75909 Catalog
2014-11-11
: Pdf 75909-Catalog 75909-Catalog 782051 Batch12 unilog
Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 452
Download | |
Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
Cable Tray Systems Other Cooper B-Line Product Lines Strut Systems (Bolted Framing) Electrical Enclosures Electronic Enclosures Pipe Hanger & Support Systems Spring Steel Fasteners Cable Runway & Relay Racks (CommData) Meter Mounting & Distribution Equipment Anchors www.cooperbline.com CT-09 B - V O C AALL with Cooper B-Line ” Questions, Comments, Suggestions? ““ SSMM Voice Of the Customer...Actively Listening bvocal@cooperindustries.com 618-654-2184 ext. 456 SYSTEMS THAT MAKE SENSE Cooper Industries, Ltd. 600 Travis, Ste. 5800 Houston, TX 77002-1001 Phone: 713-209-8400 www.cooperindustries.com © 2009 Cooper B-Line, Inc. Cable Tray Systems CT-09 Cooper B-Line 509 West Monroe Street Highland, IL 62249 Phone: 800-851-7415 Fax: 618-654-1917 Printed in U.S.A. 10509 Aluminum, Steel, Stainless Steel & Fiberglass Cable Tray Systems Redi-Rail™ & Cent-R-Rail® Tray Systems Cable Channel & Wire Basket Systems Introduction Cabling Support Options Ask The Experts! 1-800-851-7415 B-Line Systems was formed in 1956 and has over 30 years experience manufacturing cable tray systems in which it has grown to become the industry leader. This growth was achieved by offering unmatched quality in both service and products. Today Cooper B-Line stands alone in its customer service resources with cable tray fabrication location at four locations throughout the United States. Strategically located facilities alone do not generate unmatched service. The professional staff at Cooper B-Line is knowledgeable, energetic, and care about customer needs. The right attitude coupled with the facilities does generate unsurpassed customer service. Cooper B-Line’s product offerings also set new standards. Cooper B-Line manufactures cable support product lines that bridge both the electrical and telecom markets. Each of those product lines are engineered to provide top performance while offering unique installation savings. This catalog is dedicated to the metallic and non-metallic, two side rail, cable tray systems. CABLE TRAY SYSTEMS Cooper B-Line’s traditional two side rail cable tray. Rugged two side rail construction protects cables and allows for a wide range of sizes and strengths. Coupled with a large selection of materials, finishes, and bottom types, these engineered systems can satisfy your particular requirements. MEMBER REDI-RAIL™ SYSTEMS This new high tech design offers new freedom to the installer. The mechanically assembled, pre-punched side rail design provides unmatched job sight adaptability for a two side rail system. Loading depths from 2" to 6", aluminum construction. Cooper B-Line cable trays conform to the requirements of IEC Standard 61537, 2001 Ed. B - V O CCAAL Questions, Comments, Suggestions? ““ SSMM with Cooper B-Line ” Voice Of the Customer...Actively Listening bvocal@cooperindustries.com 618-654-2184 ext. 456 CHANNEL CABLE TRAY Cooper B-Line’s channel cable tray is a compact, adaptable, easy to install system that is available in steel, aluminum, and fiberglass. System has fittings available as well as connectors and a full line of accessories. Ask The Experts! 1-800-851-7415 ext. 366 Cooper B-Line 509 West Monroe Street Highland, IL 62249 ext. 366 WIREWAY Cooper B-Line offers commercial and industrial wireway and wiring trough to handle almost any of your wire and cable routing needs. Commercial Type 1 and 3R designs are available with or without knockouts. Sizes range from 2.5" x 2.5" to 12" x 12" and lengths from 12" to 120". Industrial NEMA 12 designs are available in both lay-in and feed-through styles. Wireway is available in ANSI 61 gray painted steel and Type 304 stainless steel. Cooper B-Line can also provide special sizes, finishes, and other modifications. Phone: 800-851-7415 Fax: 618-654-1917 www.cooperbline.com Important notice: The information herein has been carefully checked for accuracy and is believed to be correct and current. No warranty, either expressed or implied, is made as to either its applicability to or its compatibility with specific requirements of this information, nor for damages consequential to its use. All design characteristics, specifications, tolerances and similar information are subject to change without notice. 449 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Systems Table of Contents (Pages: 1 thru 3) B-Line Cable Tray Information General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 Tray Selection Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 11 Cable Tray System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Cable Tray Information The B-Line Advantage The Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 The Product . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 - 15 The Extras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 B-Line Advantage Cable Tray Selection Selection Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Materials and Finishes Material Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Finish Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Coatings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Thermal Contraction & Expansion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installation Considerations (Electrical Grounding) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Strength Environmental Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Support Span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deflection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Load Capacity (NEMA & CSA Load Classes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Rung/Trough Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cable Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Width and Depth Cable Fill Per 1999 NEC 318 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Straight Section Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Loading Possibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bottom Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fitting Bend Radius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 18 19 20 23 24 25 27 28 28 Cable Tray Selection 30 31 32 38 39 40 41 41 Flextray Finishes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Load & Fill Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 - 47 Splicing Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 - 57 Ceiling Support Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 - 65 Wall Support Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 - 71 FAST System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 - 79 Raised Floor System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 - 85 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 - 95 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 - 103 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 - 105 Flextray Cable Channel Channel Type Cable Tray Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 112 120 121 Cent-R-Rail Cent-R-Rail Technical & Sizing Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installation Suggestions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 132 140 148 151 165 169 177 - 131 139 147 150 164 168 176 183 Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 - 187 188 197 199 Redi-Rail Redi-Rail® Cable Tray (Aluminum) Series 1 Steel continued on page 2 1 Cable Tray Systems Table of Contents (Pages: 1 thru 3) Series 1 Cable Tray (Steel) Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 - 205 212 213 222 Series 2,3 & 4 Cable Tray - Aluminum Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 - 235 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 - 246 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Series 2,3,4 & 5 Cable Tray - Steel Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 - 257 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 - 268 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Stainless Steel Series 3, 4, & 5 Cable Tray - Stainless Steel Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 - 274 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 - 282 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283 Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings - Aluminum, Steel, Stainless Steel Horizontal Bends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Tees & Crosses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reducers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Horizontal Reducing & Expanding Tees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Horizontal Reducing & Expanding Crosses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Horizontal Wyes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vertical Bends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Vertical Tees - Up & Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cable Support Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 289 290 292 293 294 298 299 300 Fiberglass Cable Tray System Technical Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 Cable Channel Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings 313 320 325 343 344 347 348 349 350 351 Fiberglass Cable Tray Cable Fixing Cable Fixing Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353 Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354 - 355 Appendix Appendix Special Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 Side Rails & Bottom Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 Cable Tray Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362 Reference Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 Master Cable Tray Systems Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366 Cable Tray Sizing Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installation Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Support Channels & Channel Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Concrete Inserts & Channel Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 361 363 365 369 370 371 372 373 Cable Tray Manual Cable Tray Manual 2005 Cable Tray Manual Based on 2005 National Electrical Code® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375 - 425 continued on page 3 2 Cable Tray Systems Table of Contents (Pages: 1 thru 3) Part Number Index Straight Sections Cable Tray Redi-Rail™ Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Series 1 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fiberglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cable Channel Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fiberglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flextray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cent-R-Rail® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fittings Cable Tray Redi-Rail™ Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Series 1 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fiberglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cable Channel Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fiberglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Covers Cable Tray Redi-Rail™ Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Series 1 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fiberglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cable Channel Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flextray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cent-R-Rail® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories Cable Tray Redi-Rail™ Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434 Series 1 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435 Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437 Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439 Fiberglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cable Channel Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441 Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fiberglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flextray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443 Cent-R-Rail® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445 Cable Cleats .................................................... 426 426 426 426 426 426 427 427 427 427 427 428 429 429 429 429 429 430 430 430 430 430 431 431 431 431 431 431 Index 432 432 432 432 432 433 435 436 438 440 440 441 442 442 442 444 447 448 3 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Information Product Search & Construction Specifications Searching for Cooper B-Line Cable Tray Material? Need a Cable Tray Materials Price Quote? Get Fastray On-Line. http://www.cooperbline.com/product/CableTray/SearchProducts • Search for Product Info! • Create Submittal Package! (see page 6) • View Bill of Materials! • Even Receive a Quote Request! All This ON-LINE Cooper B-Line Gives Just the Facts on: Construction Specifications All specs are arranged as to their recommended CSI MasterFormat™ Divisions. All Construction Specification Documents On-Line or Downloaded in Mircosoft Word format http://www.cooperbline.com/engineer/specs.asp If you need more information about this or any other great B-Line product just... 4 Cable Tray Systems TrayCAD Information Cable Tray Information By Just One Click of the Mouse Button add Cooper B-Line Cable Tray to your next set of Plans To Download a Free copy of TrayCAD® Go to: www .cooperbline.com and click on Software & Specifications Directly: http://www.cooperbline.com/engineer/Software.asp#TrayCAD Call: (800) 851-7415 TrayCAD® 4.0 is a cable tray layout design program that works with AutoCAD® R14 and 2000. TrayCAD® 4.0 is a Windows® based program and installs as an add-on to your AutoCAD® system. Use the TrayCAD® toolbar to add cable tray to your plans by drawing a single line as the center line of the tray run, then, with the click of a button, the program will build a 3-D wire-frame model of the cable tray and all of the appropriate fittings. The program will also create a Bill of Material and contains a library of details. By Just One Click of the Mouse Button add Cooper B-Line Cable Runway, Cent-R-Rail® and Relay Racks to your next set of Plans To Download a Free copy of Runway Router™ Go to: www .cooperbline.com and click on Software & Specifications Directly: http://www.cooperbline.com/engineer/Software.asp#Runway Call: (800) 851-7415 Runway Router™ is a cable runway (ladder rack) layout design program that works with AutoCAD® R14 and 2000. Runway Router™ is a Windows® based program that installs as an add-on to your AutoCAD® system. Use the commands from the Runway Router® toolbar to layout cable runway, Cent-R-Rail®, relay racks and electronic cabinets. Add cable runway or Cent-R-Rail® to your existing plans by drawing a single line as the centerline path of the run. Then, with the click of a button, the program will build a 3-D wire-frame model of the cable runway and all of the appropriate connectors and fittings. The program will also create a Bill Of Materials, and contains a library of details. 5 Cable Tray Systems Cooper B-Line Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Information Cable tray is a mechanical support system that can support cables and raceways. Cable tray is not a raceway. Cable tray systems are required to be electrically continuous but not mechanically continuous. Advantages of Cooper B-Line Cable Tray Systems • • • • • • • • Safety Dependability Space Savings Cost Savings Design Cost Savings Material Savings Installation Cost & Time Savings Maintenance Savings For more information refer to Cooper B-Line’s Cable Tray Manual (Pages 375 thru 425) or call Cooper B-Line engineering at 1-800-851-7415 extension 366 Quick List Selection Pr ocess See pages 36 & 37 for expanded selection process. 1. Support Span Issues are: Strength and Length • Very important to first consider the support span as it affects the strength of the system and the length of the straight sections required. • Short Span, 6 to 8 foot support spacing - use 12 foot sections. • Intermediate Span, 8 to 12 foot support spacing - use 12 foot sections. • Long Span, 16 to 20 foot support spacing - use 20 foot sections. • Extra Long Span, over 20 foot to 30 foot support spacing - use 24 or 30 foot sections. 2. Working Load Issues are: Size (Width, Loading Depth, and Strength) Cable Load • Types and numbers of cables to support - Total cable load in lbs. per linear foot (lbs/ft) • Power - is single layer - issue width (refer to local electrical code) • Low Voltage - is stacked - issue loading depth and width (refer to affecting code) • See chart of listed cable load guidelines (refer to pages 36 and 37) Additional Loads 200 lb. concentrated load - Industrial installations Ice, Wind, Snow loads - Outdoor installations Select a Cable Tray system that meets the working load for the support span required and a straight section length that fits the installation. NEMA VE 2 - Straight sections equal to or larger than span. www.cabletrays.com/technical.htm 3. Installation Environment Issues are: Material and Finish • Indoor Dry - Institutional, Office, Commercial, Light Industrial Aluminum, Pre-Galvanized Steel • Indoor Industrial - Automotive, Pulp and Paper, Power Plants Aluminum, Pre-Galvanized Steel, Possibly Hot-Dipped Galvanized After Fabrication (HDGAF) • Outdoor Industrial - Petrochemical, Automotive, Power Plants Aluminum, Hot-Dipped Galvanized After Fabrication (HDGAF) • Outdoor Marine - Off Shore Platforms Aluminum, Stainless Steel, Fiberglass • Special - Petrochemical, Pulp and Paper, Environmental Air Contact Cooper B-Line Engineering (1-800-851-7415 ext, 366) 6 Cable Tray Systems Cooper B-Line Cable Tray Systems Cooper B-Line Cable Tray Pr oduct Offering Cable Tray Information • Two Side Rail Systems Aluminum, Pre-Galvanized Steel, Hot Dip Galvanized After Fabrication Steel, 304 and 316L Stainless Steel, Fiberglass in Polyester Resin, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat Redi-Rail Systems loaded with special installation and cable friendly features. Systems tested to 173 lbs/ft on a 30 foot span Special bottom options and splices Highest quality fittings Unmatched accessories supplied with attachment hardware • Cable Channel (See Cent-R-Rail Section - pages 106-121) 3, 4, and 6 inch widths in Aluminum, Pre-Galvanized Steel, Hot Dip Galvanized After Fabrication Steel and 304 or 316L Stainless Steel 3, 4, 6, and 8 inch widths in Fiberglass in Polyester Resin, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat Unmatched fitting and accessory offering Special bottom options and splices Highest quality fittings Unmatched accessories supplied with attachment hardware • Cent-R-Rail® Systems (See Cent-R-Rail Section - pages 122-183) Data Track®, Verti-Rack®, Half-Rack®, and Multi-Tier Half-Rack® Each system targeted to installation needs Each system is the fastest in the industry to install Pre-assembled, boxed connectors, splices Crated straight section shipments • Wire Flextray Tray (See Flextray Section - pages 42-105) Best finish in the industry, ASTM B633, SC2 (ZN) Strong straight top wire design maximizes strength and minimizes weight Unmatched accessory package Advantage of Using Cooper B-Line Cable Tray? Selection! What kind of Cooper B-Line Cable Tray will work for your project? First, answer three questions. 1. 2. 3. Location: Where will the project be located? A. Is the installation inside or outside? (decision dealing with thermal and weather conditions) B. Any contact of corrosive materials? (decision on cable tray material or finish) C. Is the location for the cable tray confined or open? (decision on the size and type of cable tray) Span: What would be the longest and shortest spans between supporting locations for the installation of cables? (decision on type or combination of types of cable tray design needed to be the most efficient and economical) Cables: How many and what type of cables are involved in the support installation? (decision on the strength of the cable tray) All these variables are important to the cost savings and safety of your Cooper B-Line Cable Tray installation project. It is your money, your decision. Cable Tray Systems Important notice: The information herein has been carefully checked for accuracy and is believed to be correct and current. No warranty, either expressed or implied, is made as to either its applicability to or its compatibility with specific requirements of this information, nor for damages consequential to its use. All design characteristics, specifications, tolerances and similar information are subject to change without notice. 7 Cable Tray Selection Charts Recommended Short Span Cable Tray Selection Cable Tray Information Short Span 6 - 8 Foot (distance between the supports) Steel Fiber Cable Tray RediRail Cent-R-Rail Cable Channel Flextray Catalog Number Use 10 ft or 12 ft Sections Span Load lbs/ft 6’ 8’ Rail Height Load Depth FT2X2X10 2.380” FT2X4X10 2.380” FT2X6X10 2.380” FT2X8X10 2.380” FT2X12X10 2.380” FT2X18X10 2.380” FT2X20X10 2.380” FT2X24X10 2.380” FT4X4X10 4.380” FT4X8X10 4.380” FT4X12X10 4.380” FT4X18X10 4.380” FT4X20X10 4.380” FT4X24X10 4.380” FT6X12X10 6.380” FT6X18X10 6.380” FT6X20X10 6.380” FT6X24X10 6.380” ACC-03 1.250” ACC-04 1.750” ACC-06 1.750” †CC-03 1.250” †CC-04 1.750” †CC-06 1.750” FCC-03 1.000” FCC-04 1.125” FCC-06 1.625” FCC-08 2.188” C3ADB 3.700” C4ADB 4.700” C6ADB 6.700” C3A1H 3.700” C4A1H 4.700” C6A1H 6.700” C2A①V All 2.000” C3A➁M All 3.000” C4A➁M All 4.000” H14AR 3.840” H15AR 4.840” H16AR 5.840” H17AR 6.840” 148 3.625” 156 4.188” 166 5.188” 176 6.188” 2.000” 2.000” 2.000” 2.000” 2.000” 2.000” 2.000” 2.000” 4.000” 4.000” 4.000” 4.000” 4.000” 4.000” 6.000” 6.000” 6.000” 6.000” 1.250” 1.750” 1.750” 1.250” 1.750” 1.750” 1.000” 1.125” 1.625” 2.188” 3.000” 4.000” 6.000” 3.000” 4.000” 6.000” -50 50 3.000” 4.000” 5.000” 6.000” 3.077” 3.628” 4.628” 5.628” 28 43 47 47 47 47 47 47 49 77 83 83 83 89 86 89 98 107 15 33 36 17 36 41 8 12 58 87 100 100 100 50 50 50 225 50 50 224 224 224 224 204 304 308 - 20 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 36 46 47 47 47 50 48 50 55 60 10 20.5 22.5 11.5 24.5 28 ----100 100 100 50 50 50 3” - 12” 3” - 12” 3” - 12” 194 224 224 224 115 171 173 194 2” 4” 6” 8” 12” 18” 20” 24” 4” 8” 12” 18” 20” 24” 12” 18” 20” 24” 3” 4” 6” 3” 4” 6” 3” 4” 6” 8” 6” - 24” 6” - 24” 6” - 24” 3” - 12” 3” - 12” 3” - 12” A A A 6” - 36” 6” - 36” 6” - 36” 6” - 36” 6” - 36” 6” - 36” 6” - 36” 6” - 36” 2.000” 257 145 6” - 24” 13F 3.000” Available Widths Material* Straight Sections & Accessories Pages Fittings Pages 46 & 49 - 98 46 & 49 - 98 46 & 49 - 98 46 & 49 - 98 46 & 49 - 98 46 & 49 - 98 46 & 49 - 98 46 & 49 - 98 47 & 49 - 98 47 & 49 - 98 47 & 49 - 98 47 & 49 - 98 47 & 49 - 98 47 & 49 - 98 47 & 49 - 98 47 & 49 - 98 47 & 49 - 98 47 & 49 - 98 ------------------- 108 & 109 - 112 108 & 109 - 112 108 & 109 - 112 108 & 109 - 112 108 & 109 - 112 108 & 109 - 112 348 & 349 348 & 349 348 & 349 348 & 349 113 - 120 113 - 120 113 - 120 113 - 120 113 - 120 113 - 120 349 & 350 349 & 350 349 & 350 349 & 350 132 & 140 - 164 132 & 140 - 164 132 & 140 - 164 136 & 140 - 164 136 & 140 - 164 136 & 140 - 164 ------- S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S A A A S, SS_ S, SS_ S, SS_ F F F F A A A A A A 134 & 140 - 164 138 & 140 - 164 138 & 140 - 164 ---- A A A A S S S S 186 & 189 - 196 186 & 189 - 196 187 & 189 - 196 187 & 189 - 196 188 188 188 188 202 & 206 - 212 203 & 206 - 212 204 & 206 - 212 205 & 206 - 212 214 - 222 214 - 222 214 - 222 214 - 222 F 322 & 326 - 343 344 - 347 *Material A = Aluminum • S = Steel • SS_ = Stainless Steel Type 304 or 316 • F = Fiberglass † = G for HDGAF • P for Pre-Galvanized • SS4 for 304 or SS6 for 316 Stainless Steel ① Insert 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 for number of tiers • ➁ Insert 2, 3 or 4 for number of tiers 8 Cooper B-Line cable trays conform to the requirements of IEC Standard 61537, 2001 Ed. Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Selection Charts Cable Tray Information Intermediate Span 10 - 12 Foot (distance between the supports)xx Recommended Intermediate Span Cable Tray Selection Steel Fiberglass Stainless Steel Cable Tray Aluminum Redi-Rail Cent-R-Rail Use 12 ft Sections Catalog Number Rail Height Load Depth Span Load lbs/ft 10’ 12’ Straight Sections & Accessories Pages Fittings Pages C3ADB 3.700” 3.000” 100 100 6” - 24” A 132 & 140 - 164 -- C4ADB 4.700” 4.000” 100 100 6” - 24” A 132 & 140 - 164 -- C6ADB 6.700” 6.000” 100 100 6” - 24” A 132 & 140 - 164 -- C3A1H 3.700” 3.000” 100 100 3” - 12” A 136 & 140 - 164 -- C4A1H 4.700” 4.000” 100 100 3” - 12” A 136 & 140 - 164 -- C6A1H 6.700” 6.000” 100 100 3” - 12” A 136 & 140 - 164 -- H14AR 3.840” 3.000” 124 86 6” - 36” A 186 & 189 - 196 188 H15AR 4.840” 4.000” 147 102 6” - 36” A 186 & 189 - 196 188 H16AR 5.840” 5.000” 164 114 6” - 36” A 187 & 189 - 196 188 H17AR 6.840” 6.000” 144 100 6” - 36” A 187 & 189 - 196 188 24A 4.120” 3.050” 181 126 6” - 36” A 226 & 236 - 246 286 - 300 25A 5.000” 3.930” 200 139 6” - 36” A 228 & 236 - 246 286 - 300 26A 6.120” 5.040” 204 142 6” - 36” A 230 & 236 - 246 286 - 300 37A 7.140” 6.050” -- 222 6” - 36” A 232 & 236 - 246 286 - 300 148 3.625” 3.077” 73 51 6” - 36” S 202 & 206 - 212 214 - 222 156 4.188” 3.628” 109 76 6” - 36” S 203 & 206 - 212 214 - 222 166 5.188” 4.628” 111 77 6 ”- 36” S 204 & 206 - 212 214 - 222 176 6.188” 5.628” 124 86 6” - 36” S 204 & 206 - 212 214 - 222 248 4.188” 3.140” 148 103 6” - 36” S 250 & 258 - 268 286 - 300 258 5.188” 4.140” 157 109 6” - 36” S 252 & 258 - 268 286 - 300 268 6.188” 5.140” 158 110 6” - 36” S 254 & 258 - 268 286 - 300 378 7.188” 6.140” 204 142 6” - 36” S 256 & 258 - 268 286 - 300 348 4.188” 3.130” 180 125 6” - 36” SS_ 272 & 275 - 282 286 - 300 358 5.188” 4.130” 248 172 6” - 36” SS_ 273 & 275 - 282 286 - 300 368 6.188” 5.130” 236 164 6” - 36” SS_ 274 & 275 - 282 286 - 300 13F 3.000” 2.000” 93 64 6” - 24” F 322 & 326 - 343 344 - 347 24F 4.000” 3.000” 226 157 6” - 36” F 323 & 326 - 343 344 - 347 *Material A = Aluminum S = Steel SS_ = Stainless Steel Type 304 or 316 F = Fiberglass Available Widths Material* Cooper B-Line cable trays conform to the requirements of IEC Standard 61537, 2001 Ed. 9 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Selection Charts Cable Tray Information Long 16 - 20 Foot (distance between the supports) Recommended Intermediate Span Cable Tray Selection Fittings Pages A 228 & 236 - 246 286 - 300 6” - 36” A 226 & 236 - 246 286 - 300 77 6” - 36” A 228 & 236 - 246 286 - 300 63 51 6” - 36” A 230 & 236 - 246 286 - 300 5.060” 131 104 84 6” - 36” A 230 & 236 - 246 286 - 300 7.140” 6.050” 125 99 80 6” - 36” A 232 & 236 - 246 286 - 300 46A 6.190” 5.080” 161 127 103 6” - 36” A 230 & 236 - 246 286 - 300 47A 7.240” 6.130” 156 123 100 6” - 36” A 232 & 236 - 246 286 - 300 H46A 6.240” 5.090” 261 206 167 6” - 36” A 230 & 236 - 246 286 - 300 H47A 7.240” 6.090” 233 184 149 6” - 36” A 232 & 236 - 246 286 - 300 346 4.188” 3.130” 98 78 63 6” - 36” S 250 & 258 - 268 286 - 300 356 5.188” 4.130” 108 85 69 6” - 36” S 252 & 258 - 268 286 - 300 366 6.188” 5.140” 117 93 75 6” - 36” S 254 & 258 - 268 286 - 300 378 7.188” 6.140” 80 63 51 6” - 36” S 256 & 258 - 268 286 - 300 444 4.188” 3.110” 142 112 91 6” - 36” S 250 & 258 - 268 286 - 300 454 5.188” 4.110” 166 131 106 6” - 36” S 252 & 258 - 268 286 - 300 464 6.188” 5.110” 192 152 51 6” - 36” S 254 & 258 - 268 286 - 300 476 7.188” 6.130” 120 95 77 6” - 36” S 256 & 258 - 268 286 - 300 574 7.188” 6.110” 203 160 130 6” - 36” S 256 & 258 - 268 286 - 300 Stainless Steel 348 4.188” 3.130” 70 56 45 6” - 36” SS_ 272 & 275 - 282 286 - 300 358 5.188” 4.130” 97 77 62 6” - 36” SS_ 273 & 275 - 282 286 - 300 368 6.188” 5.140” 92 73 59 6” - 36” SS_ 274 & 275 - 282 286 - 300 464 6.188” 5.110” 192 152 123 6” - 36” SS_ 274 & 275 - 282 286 - 300 36F 6.000” 5.000” 139 109 89 6” - 36” F 324 & 326 - 343 344 - 347 46F 6.000” 5.000” 221 174 141 6” - 36” F 324 & 326 - 343 344 - 347 H46F 6.000” 5.000” 239 188 153 6” - 36” F 324 & 326 - 343 344 - 347 Cable Tray Steel Aluminum Straight Sections & Accessories Pages Fiberglass Use 20 ft Sections Catalog Number Rail Height Load Depth Span Load lbs/ft 16’ 18’ 20’ 25A 5.000” 3.930” 78 62 50 6” - 36” 34A 4.200” 3.080” 125 99 80 35A 5.060” 3.960” 121 96 26A 6.120” 5.040” 80 36A 6.170” 37A Available Widths Material* *Material Cooper B-Line cable trays conform to the requirements of IEC Standard 61537, 2001 Ed. A = Aluminum S = Steel SS_ = Stainless Steel Type 304 or 316 F = Fiberglass 10 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Selection Charts Cable Tray Information Extra Long Span 24 - 30 Foot (distance between the supports)xx Recommended Extra Long Span Cable Tray Selection Aluminum Steel Cable Tray Use 24 ft or 30 ft Sections SS Catalog Number Rail Height Load Depth Span Load lbs/ft 24’ 30’ Straight Sections & Accessories Pages Fittings Pages 46A 6.190” 5.080” 72 - 6” - 36” A 230 & 236 - 246 286 - 300 47A 7.240” 6.130” 69 - 6” - 36” A 232 & 236 - 246 286 - 300 57A 7.400” 6.230” 161 75 12” - 36” A 232 & 236 - 246 286 - 300 H46A 6.240” 5.090” 116 - 6” - 36” A 230 & 236 - 246 286 - 300 H47A 7.240” 6.090” 103 - 6” - 36” A 232 & 236 - 246 286 - 300 S8A 8.000” 6.200” 252 161 12” - 36” A 234 & AT-12 235 444 4.188” 2.110” 63 - 6” - 36” S 250 & 258 - 268 286 - 300 454 5.188” 4.110” 74 - 6” - 36” S 252 & 258 - 268 286 - 300 464 6.188” 5.110” 85 - 6” - 36” S 254 & 258 - 268 286 - 300 476 7.188” 6.130” 53 - 6” - 36” S 256 & 258 - 268 286 - 300 574 7.188” 6.110” 90 - 6” - 36” S 256 & 258 - 268 286 - 300 464 6.188” 5.110” 85 - 6” - 36” SS_ 274 & 275 - 282 286 - 300 *Material Available Widths Material* A = Aluminum S = Steel SS_ = Stainless Steel Type 304 or 316 Cooper B-Line cable trays conform to the requirements of IEC Standard 61537, 2001 Ed. 11 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Information B-Line Cable Trays Designed for Your Cable Support Requirements 6 8 5 1 10 11 16 2 3 7 12 13 4 9 18 15 14 17 Nomenclature 1. Ladder Type Cable Tray 10. 30° Vertical Inside Bend, Ladder Type Cable Tray 2. Ventilated Trough Type Cable Tray 11. Vertical Bend Segment (VBS) 3. Straight Splice Plate 12. Vertical Tee Down, Ventilated Trough Type Cable Tray 4. 90° Horizontal Bend, Ladder Type Cable Tray 13. Left Hand Reducer, Ladder Type Cable Tray 5. 45° Horizontal Bend, Ladder Type Cable Tray 14. Frame Type Box Connector 6. Horizontal Tee, Ladder Type Cable Tray 15. Barrier Strip Straight Section 7. Horizontal Cross, Ladder Type Cable Tray 16. Solid Flanged Tray Cover 8. 90° Vertical Outside Bend, Ladder Type Cable Tray 17. Ventilated Channel Straight Section 9. 45° Vertical Outside Bend, Ventilated Type Cable Tray 18. Channel Cable Tray, 90° Vertical Outside Bend 12 Cable Tray Systems The B-Line Advantage - The Company -- is Committed to the Success of its Customers through Manufacturing, Engineering and Service. -- is Positioned to Serve. B-Line Advantage Four United States cable tray fabrication sites: Troy, IL Ellaville, GA Alum Bank, PA Reno, NV Sixteen factory inventories -- a Proven Industry Leader. Over thirty years experience -- offers Industry Involvement. NEMA - 5VE Member -- Metallic Cable Tray Section NEMA - 5FG Member -- Nonmetallic Cable Tray Section Cable Tray Institute (CTI) -- A Founding Member Cooper B-Line cable trays conform to the requirements of IEC Standard 61537, 2001 Ed. -- unmatched Cable Support Systems. Cable Cable Cable Cable Tray Tray Tray Tray ----- Two Side Rail (Metallic) Two Side Rail (Metallic) Redi-Rail™ Design Two Side Rail (Nonmetallic) CENT-R-RAIL; DATA-TRACK, VERTI-RACK, HALF-RACK, and MULTI-TIER HALF-RACK. Cable Tray -- Flextray Cable Support Systems Cable Runways -- B-Line Telecom NEMA Wireways -- Circle AW Products Co., a B-Line Company 13 Cable Tray Systems The B-Line Advantage - The Product Aluminum Cable Tray, Series 2, 3 & 4 -- the Side Rails B-Line Advantage 6 Our I-Beam -- the most efficient structural shape 1 Using “Copper-free” 6063-T6 Aluminum Alloy 5 2 3 4 1. I-beam side rail design - maximize strength-to-weight ratio 2. Added material to top flange to increase cable tray stiffness 3. Welding bead - positive rung lock - added material disperses heat 4. Bottom flange inside - positive rung support 5. Bottom flange outside - strong lower flange for hold down clamps and expansion guides 6. Top flange outside - strong upper flange for securing the tray cover or the conduit-totray adapter -- the Rungs -- provide system integrity The rungs can represent 40% of your cable tray system. Rung A Standard for widths through 24" The 24" width supports 589 lbs. with safety factor 1.5 Rung B Standard for widths greater than 24" The 36" width supports 487 lbs. with safety factor 1.5 • For industrial applications -- 200 lb. concentrated loads • New P-Rung design allows P-Clamp cable fastening at any location. -- the Splices -- provide system integrity With the unique Wedge Lock splice system: • Channel-shaped for extra strength • Snaps into the side rail • Positions and holds for bolting, a labor-saving feature • Four bolt patterns, a labor-saving feature • 316 Stainless Steel hardware is available as an option -- the Fittings -- provide system integrity Surpasses NEMA VE 1 requirements 3" straight tangents for splice integrity -- with a 200 lb. Concentrated Load -- providing system integrity Side rails engineered to support a 200 lb. concentrated load + cable load Rungs engineered to support a 200 lb. concentrated load + cable load -- our reliable time-tested products. A system that works. 14 Cable Tray Systems The B-Line Advantage - The Product Steel Cable Tray, Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. -- the Side Rails 2 Our I-Beam -- the most efficient structural shape 3 Roll formed for extra strength Enlarged top flange for stiffness Structural grade traceable steel Rung top lock Rung bottom rest Side rails and rungs are stamped every 18" with: 4 1 5 • • • • Company Name Part Number Material Heat Trace Number B-Line Advantage -- the Rungs -- provide system integrity The rungs can represent 40% of your cable tray system. Rung A Standard for widths through 24" The 24" width supports 581 lbs. with safety factor 1.5 Rung B Standard for widths greater than 24" The 36" width supports 485 lbs. with safety factor 1.5 For industrial applications -- 200 lb. concentrated loads. Both Rung A and Rung B are roll formed from traceable structural grade steel -- the Splices -- provide system integrity The Splices -- the engineered connection: • Special high strength eleven gauge steel • Eight bolt connection for required strength • Finish and hardware options -- Hot Dip Galvanized After Fabrication (HDGAF) -- providing system integrity • • • • ASTM A123/CSA Type I In plant post-dip inspection and deburr ASTM F-1136-88 Grade 3 Splice hardware exceeds NEMA requirements. ASTM A123 Covers available - system compatibility -- Pre-Galvanized- Hot Dip Mill Galvanized -- providing system integrity • ASTM A653SS Gr.33 G90/ CSA Type II • Anti-corrosive silicon bronze welds eliminate cosmetic painting -- our reliable time-tested products. A system that works. • 200 lb. Concentrated Load- side rail and rungs • Splice integrity - 3" fitting tangents 15 Cable Tray Systems The B-Line Advantage - The Extras -- Special Packaging • For less than truckload (LTL) shipments • Reduced freight claims over 50% • A positive package for all -- New Mid Span Aluminum Splice B-Line Advantage • The standard splice for H46A, H47A and 57A systems • Optional availability for other systems • See appendix page 357 for details -- Special Aluminum Long Span Systems • 57A12-36-360 Tested to 102 lbs./ft. on 30' span - safety factor 1.5 (Page 364 & 365) • S8A12-36-360 Tested to 161 lbs./ft. on 30' span - safety factor 1.5 (Page 366 & 367) -- Redi-Rail Aluminum Cable Tray Systems (See Redi-Rail Section) • 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 inch cable fill depths • NEMA classes to 12C • Unique fabrication method provides unmatched installation options • Industry leading accessory package -- Wire Basket Cable Support Systems (See Flextray Section) • Field adaptable - no fittings to order • Low profile in 2", 4” and 6" loading depths • Rugged welded steel, wire mesh construction -- Cent-R-Rail Cable Tray System (See Cent-R-Rail Section) • • • • Four unique product offerings Perfect for today’s high technology Fast to install in congested areas Request latest catalog -- Non-Metallic Cable Tray (See Fiberglass Section) • • • • For corrosive environments For voltage isolation A complete line offering Request latest catalog MEMBER® Cooper B-Line cable trays conform to the requirements of IEC Standard 61537, 2001 Ed. 16 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Selection - Selection Process The following factors should be considered when determining the appropriate cable tray system. 1. Material & Finish • • • • Standards Available (Pages 18 - 20) Corrosion (Pages 21 - 23) Thermal Contraction and Expansion (Page 24) Installation Considerations and Electrical Grounding Capacity (Page 25) 2. Strength • • • • • • • Environmental Loads (Pages 26 & 27) Concentrated Loads (Page 27) Support Span (Page 27) Deflection (Page 28) Load Capacity (NEMA & CSA Classes) (Page 29) Rung/Trough Data (Page 30) Cable Data (Page 31) 3. Width & Available Loading Depth Cable Diameter (Page 31) Allowable Cable Fill (Pages 32 - 37) Barrier Requirements (Page 38) Future Expansion Requirements (Page 38) Space Limitations (Page 38) Cable Tray Selection • • • • • 4. Length • • • • Lengths Available (Page 39) Support Spans (Not to exceed the length of straight sections) (Page 39) Space Limitations (Page 39) Installation (Page 39) 5. Loading Possibilities • Power Application (Page 40) • Data/Communication Cabling (Page 40) • Other Factors to Consider (Page 40) 6. Bottom Type • • • • Type of Cable (Page 41) Cost vs. Strength (Page 41) Cable Exposure (Page 41) Cable Attachment (Page 41) 7. Fitting Radius • Cable Flexibility (Page 41) • Space Limitations (Page 41) 17 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Selection - Material & Finish Standards Available MATERIAL MATERIAL SPECIFICATION ADVANTAGES 6063-T6 • • • • Corrosion Resistance Easy Field Fabrication & Installation Excellent Strength to Weight Ratio Excellent Grounding Conductor ASTM A653SS Gr. 33 G90 (Pre-Galvanized) • • • • Electric Shielding Finish Options Low Thermal Expansion Limited Deflection AISI Type 304 or AISI Type 316 ASTM A240 • Superior Corrosion Resistance • Withstands High Temperatures (Side rails, Rungs and Splice Plates) Aluminum 5052-H32 Steel ASTM A1011 SS Gr. 33 (14 Gauge Plain Steel) ASTM A1008 Gr. 33 Type 2 (Trough Bottoms, Covers and Accessories) (16 & 18 Gauge Plain Stainless Steel Cable Tray Selection Note: Fiberglass available - see page 306 Aluminum Steel Stainless Steel Aluminum cable trays are fabricated from structural grade “copper free” (marine grade) aluminum extrusions. Aluminum’s excellent corrosion resistance is due to its ability to form an aluminum oxide film that when scratched or cut reforms the original protective film. Aluminum has excellent resistance to "weathering” in most outdoor applications. Aluminum cable tray has excellent corrosion resistance in many chemical environments and has been used for over thirty years in petro-chemical plants and paper mills along the gulf coast from Texas to Florida. Typically, aluminum cable trays can perform indefinitely, with little or no degradation over time, making it ideal for many chemical and marine environments. The resistance to chemicals, indoor and outdoor, can best be determined by tests conducted by the user with exposure to the specific conditions for which it is intended. For further information, contact Cooper B-Line or the Aluminum Association. Steel cable trays are fabricated from continuous roll-formed structural quality steel. By roll-forming steel, the mechanical properties are increased allowing the use of a lighter gauge steel to carry the required load. This reduces the dead weight that must be carried by the supports and the installers. Using structural quality steel, Cooper B-Line assures that the material will meet the minimum yield and tensile strengths of applicable ASTM standards. All cable tray side rails, rungs and splice plates are numbered for material traceability. The corrosion resistance of steel varies widely with coating and alloy. Stainless Steel cable trays are fabricated from continuous roll-formed AISI Type 304 or AISI Type 316/316L stainless steel. Both are non-magnetic and belong to the group called austenitic stainless steels. Like carbon steel, they exhibit increased strength when cold worked by roll-forming or bending. Steel and Stainless Steel Cable Tray Some common chemicals which aluminum resists are shown on pages 22 & 23. Aluminum Cable Tray Note: For help choosing proper cable tray material, see Cooper B-Line Technical Paper Series. (bline.com/engineer/Technical.asp) Several important conditions could make the use of stainless steel imperative. These include long term maintenance costs, corrosion resistance, appearance and locations where product contamination is undesirable. Stainless steel exhibits stable structural properties such as yield strength and high creep strength at elevated temperatures. Cooper B-Line’s stainless steel cable trays are welded using stainless steel welding wire to ensure each weldment exhibits the same corrosion resistant characteristic as the base metal. Localized staining in the weld area or heat affected zone may occur in severe environments. Specialized shielding gases and low carbon materials are used to minimize carbon contamination during welding and reduce staining and stress corrosion. Specify passivation after fabrication per ASTM A380 to minimize staining, improve aesthetics and further improve corrosion resistance. A detailed study of the corrosive environment is recommended when considering a stainless steel design (see pages 22 & 23). 18 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Selection - Material & Finish Standards Available FINISH SPECIFICATION RECOMMENDED USE Electrogalvanized Zinc ASTM B633 Indoor (For Cable Tray Hardware and Accessories, Alum. and Pre-Galv.) (For Flextray Standard is B633 SC2) Chromium Zinc ASTM F-1136-88 Pre-Galvanized Zinc ASTM A653SS Gr.33 G90 (CSA Type 2) Hot Dip Galvanized Zinc Hotafter Dipfabrication Galvanized Zinc After Fabrication ASTM A123 (CSA Type 1) Special Paint Per Customer Specification (Hardware for Hot Dip Galvanized Cable Tray) (Steel Cable Tray and Fittings) (Steel Cable Tray and Fittings) Indoor/Outdoor Indoor Indoor/Outdoor Indoor (Aluminum or Steel Cable Tray & Fittings) Chromium/ Zinc Zinc protects steel in two ways. First it protects the steel as a coating and second as a sacrificial anode to repair bare areas such as cut edges, scratches, and gouges. The corrosion protection of zinc is directly related to its thickness and the environment. This means a .2 mil coating will last twice as long as a .1 mil coating in the same environment. Chromium/ Zinc is a corrosion resistant composition, which was developed to protect fasteners and small bulk items for automotive use. The coating applications have since been extended to larger parts and other markets. Chromium/Zinc composition is an aqueous coating dispersion containing chromium, proprietary organics, and zinc flake. This finish provides 1000 hours protection in salt spray testing per ASTM B117, exceeding NEMA VE-1 requirements by 300%. Galvanizing also protects cut and drilled edges. Zn ZnFe Fe ZnO Pre-Galvanized Zinc (Mill galvanized, hot dip mill galvanized or continuous hot dip galvanized) Electrogalvanized Zinc Electrogalvanized Zinc (also known as zinc plated or electroplated) is the process by which a coating of zinc is deposited on the steel by electrolysis from a bath of zinc salts. This finish is standard for cable tray hardware and some accessories for aluminum and pre-galvanized systems. A rating of SC3, B-Line’s standard, provides a minimum zinc coating thickness of .5 mils (excluding threaded rod, which is SC1 = .2 mils) When exposed to air and moisture, zinc forms a tough, adherent, protective film consisting of a mixture of zinc oxides, hydroxides, and carbonates. This film is in itself a barrier coating which slows subsequent corrosive attack on the zinc. This coating is usually recommended for indoor use in relatively dry areas, as it provides ninety-six hours protection in salt spray testing per ASTM B117. Pre-Galvanized steel is produced by coating coils of sheet steel with zinc by continuously rolling the material through molten zinc at the mills. This is also known as mill galvanized or hot dip mill galvanized. These coils are then slit to size and fabricated by roll forming, shearing, punching, or forming to produce B-Line pre-galvanized cable tray products. The G90 specification calls for a coating of .90 ounces of zinc per square foot of steel. This results in a coating of .45 ounces per square foot on each side of the sheet. This is important when comparing this finish to hot dip galvanized after fabrication. During fabrication, cut edges and welded areas are not normally zinc coated; however, the zinc near the uncoated metal becomes a sacrificial anode to protect the bare areas after a short period of time. To further insure a quality product, B-Line welds all pre-galvanized cable trays with a silicon bronze welding wire allowing only a small heat affected zone to be exposed. This small area quickly repairs itself by the same process as cut edges. Hot Dip Galvanized After Fabrication (Hot dip galvanized or batch hot dip galvanized) Hot Dip Galvanized After Fabrication cable tray products are fabricated from steel and then completely immersed in a bath of molten zinc. A metallic bond occurs resulting in a zinc coating that completely coats all surfaces, including edges and welds. Cable Tray Selection Zinc Coatings Another advantage of this method is coating thickness. Cable trays hot dip galvanized after fabrication have a minimum thickness of 1.50 ounces per square foot on each side, or a total 3.0 ounces per square foot of steel, according to ASTM A123. The zinc thickness is controlled by the amount of time each part is immersed in the molten zinc bath as well as the speed at which it is removed. The term "double dipping" refers to parts too large to fit into the galvanizing kettle and, therefore, must be dipped one end at a time. It does not refer to extra coating thickness. The layer of zinc which bonds to steel provides a dual protection against corrosion. It protects first as an overall barrier coating. If this coating happens to be scratched or gouged, zinc's secondary defense is called upon to protect the steel by galvanic action. Hot dip galvanized after fabrication is recommended for prolonged outdoor exposure and will protect steel for many years in most outdoor environments and in many aggressive industrial environments (see charts on page 20). 19 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Selection - Material & Finish Standards Available Service Life is defined as the time to 5% rusting of the steel surface. Anticipated Life of Zinc Coatings In Various Atmospheric Environments 40 36 29 Hot Dip = Zinc Coating 1.50 Oz./Ft.2 (.0026" Thick) Pre-Galvanized = Zinc Coating 0.45 Oz./Ft.2 (.00075" Thick) 30 25 Life in Years 21 18 20 11 10 8 10 Rural 7 Tropical Marine 6 Temperate Marine Suburban 5 3 Urban Highly Industrial Cable Tray Selection Environment PVC Coating Painting Cable Tray Special Paint PVC coating aluminum or steel cable tray is not recommended and has been removed from Cooper B-Line’s cable tray line. The application of a 15 mil PVC coating to aluminum or steel cable tray was a somewhat popular finish option 15 or more years ago. The soft PVC coating must be completely intact for the finish to be effective. In a caustic atmosphere, a pinhole in the coating can render it useless and corrode the cable tray. The shipment of the cable tray consistently damages the coating, as does installation. The splice hardware, splice plates and ground straps require field removal of the coating to ensure connections. PVC coated cable tray drastically increases the product’s cost and delivery time. Cooper B-Line recommends using fiberglass - See Fiberglass section, or stainless steel cable tray systems in highly corrosive areas. Cooper B-Line offers painted cable tray to any color specified by the customer. It is important to note that there are key advantages and disadvantages to ordering factory painted cable tray. Cooper B-Line typically does not recommend factory painted cable tray for most applications. Painted cable tray is often used in “open ceiling” applications, where all the overhead equipment and structure is painted the same color. In this type of application, additional painting is often necessary in the field, after installation, to ensure all of the supporting components, such as hanger rods, clamps and attaching hardware have been painted uniformly. Prepainted cable tray interferes with common grounding practices, requiring the paint to be removed at splice locations, and/or the addition of bonding jumpers that were otherwise unnecessary. This additional field modification not only increases the installation cost, but causes potential damage to the special painted finish. It is typically more cost effective to use an Aluminum or Pre-Galvanized Steel cable tray and paint it after installation, along with the other un-painted building components. Consult painting contractor for proper surface preparation. B-Line cable tray and supports can be painted or primed to meet the customers requirements. Cooper B-Line has several colors available, consult the factory. If a non-standard color is required the following information needs to be specified: 1. Type of material preparation (primer, etc.) 2. Type of paint, manufacturer and paint number or type of paint with chip. 3. Dry film thickness. Material/Finish Prefix Designation Chart Catalog Number Prefix A P G ZN S SS4 SS6 Material to be Furnished Aluminum Pre-Galvanized Hot Dip Galvanized Zinc Plated Plain Steel Type 304 Stainless Steel Type 316 Stainless Steel 20 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Selection - Material & Finish Corrosion 1. The amount and concentration of electrolyte present- An indoor, dry environment will have little or no galvanic corrosion compared to a wet atmosphere. All metal surfaces are affected by corrosion. Depending on the physical properties of the metal and the environment to which it is exposed, chemical or electromechanical corrosion may occur. 2. The relative size of the materials- A small amount of anodic material in contact with a large cathodic material will result in greater corrosion. Likewise, a large anode in contact with a small cathode will decrease the rate of attack. Atmospheric Corrosion Atmospheric corrosion occurs when metal is exposed to airborne liquids, solids or gases. Some sources of atmospheric corrosion are moisture, salt, dirt and sulphuric acid. This form of corrosion is typically worse outdoors, especially near marine environments. 3. The relative position on the Galvanic Series Table - The further apart in the Galvanic Series Table, the greater the potential for corrosion of the anodic material. Chemical Corrosion Chemical corrosion takes place when metal comes in direct contact with a corrosive solution. Some factors which affect the severity of chemical corrosion include: chemical concentration level, duration of contact, frequency of washing, and operating temperature. Galvanic Series In Sea Water Anodic End Galvanic Corrosion Galvanic corrosion occurs when two or more dissimilar metals are in contacts in the presence of an electrolyte (ie. moisture). An electrolytic cell is created and the metals form an anode or a cathode depending on their relative position on the Galvanic Series Table. The anodic material will be the one to corrode. Whether a material is anodic depends on the relative position of the other material. For example: If zinc and steel are in contact, the zinc acts as the anode and will corrode; the steel acts as the cathode, and will be protected. If steel and copper are in contact, the steel is now the anode and will corrode. The rate at which galvanic corrosion occurs depends on several factors: Cathodic End 21 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Selection Wet storage stain (White rust) is caused by the entrapment of moisture between surfaces of closely packed and poorly ventilated material for an extended period. Wet storage stain is usually superficial, having no affect on the properties of the metal. Light staining normally disappears with weathering. Medium to heavy buildup should be removed, in order to allow the formation of normal protective film. Proper handling and storage will help to assure stain-free material. If product arrives wet, it should be unpacked and dried before storage. Dry material should be stored in a well ventilated “low moisture” environment to avoid condensation formation. Outdoor storage is undesirable, and should be avoided whenever possible. More Anodic Storage Corrosion Magnesium Magnesium Alloys Zinc Beryllium Aluminum - Zinc Alloys (7000 series) Aluminum - Magnesium Alloys (5000 series) Aluminum (1000 series) Aluminum - Magnesium Alloys (3000 series) Aluminum - Magnesium - Silicon Alloys (6000 series) Cadmium Aluminum - Copper Alloys (2000 series) Cast Iron, Wrought Iron, Mild Steel Austenitic Nickel Cast Iron Type 410 Stainless Steel (active) Type 316 Stainless Steel (active) Type 304 Stainless Steel (active) Naval Brass, Yellow Brass, Red Brass Tin Copper Lead-Tin Solders Admiralty Brass, Aluminum Brass Manganese Bronze Silicon Bronze Tin Bronze Type 410 Stainless Steel (passive) Nickel - Silver Copper Nickel Alloys Lead Nickel - Aluminum Bronze Silver Solder Nickel 200 Silver Type 316 Stainless Steel (passive) Type 304 Stainless Steel (passive) Incoloy 825 Hastelloy B Titanium Hastelloy C Platinum Graphite Cable Tray Selection - Material & Finish Corrosion Guide Cable Tray Material Chemical Aluminum Stainless Type 304 Stainless Type 316 Cold Warm Hot Cold Warm Hot Cold Warm Hot R NR R R F R NR R R F R NR R R NR R NR NR R R R --R R R --R R R F F R R R --R R R --R R F F F R R F F -R R F NR -R R R R R R R R -R -R R -R -R R R R R R R -R R R R -R R R Amyl Alcohol Arsenic Acid Barium Chloride Barium Sulfate Barium Sulfide R F F R NR R F F R NR R F NR R NR R R R R R -R R R R --R --- R R R R R R R R R R R R R --- Benzene Benzoic Acid Boric Acid Bromine Liquid or Vapor Butyl Acetate R F R NR R R F R NR R R NR F NR R R R R NR R R R R NR -- R R R NR -- R R R NR R R R R NR R R R R NR R Butyl Alcohol Butyric Acid Calcium Chloride 20% Calcium Hydroxide Calcium Hypochlorite 2 - 3% R F F N F R F F --- R F NR --- R R R R R R R -R -- R R -F -- R R R R R R R -R -- R R -R -- Calcium Sulfate Carbon Monoxide Gas Carbon Tetrachloride Chloroform Dry Chloroform Solution R R F R R R R F NR NR -R NR NR NR R R F R -- R R F R -- -R F --- R R R R -- R R R R -- -R R --- Chromic Acid 10% CP Citric Acid Copper Cyanide Copper Sulfate 5% Ethyl Alcohol R F NR NR R R F NR NR R -F NR NR R R R R R R R R R R R F NR R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R Ethylene Glycol Ferric Chloride Ferrous Sulfate 10% Formaldehyde 37% Formic Acid 10% R NR R R R R NR NR R R F NR NR R -- R NR R R R R NR R R R -NR -R NR R NR R R R R NR R R R R NR -R R Gallic Acid 5% Hydrochloride Acid 25% Hydrofluoric Acid 10% Hydrogen Peroxide 30% Hydrogen Sulfide Wet R NR NR R R R NR NR R -- NR NR NR R -- R NR NR R NR R NR NR R NR R NR NR R NR R NR NR R R R NR NR R R R NR NR R R Acteone Aluminum Chloride Solution Anhydrous Aluminum Chloride Aluminum Sulfate Ammonium Chloride 10% Cable Tray Selection Ammonium Hydroxide Ammonium Phosphate Ammonium Sulfate Ammonium Thiocyanate Amyl Acetate R = Recommended F = May be used under some conditions NR = Not Recommended -- = Information not available The corrosion data given in this table is for general comparison only. (Reference Corrosion Resistance Tables, Second Edition) The presence of contaminates in chemical environments can greatly affect the corrosion rate of any material. B-Line strongly suggests that field service tests or simulated laboratory tests using actual environmental conditions be conducted in order to determine the proper materials and finishes to be selected. For questionable environments see Fiberglass Cable Tray Corrosion Guide (Pages 304 & 305). Cold = 50 - 80°F Warm = 130 - 170°F Hot = 200 - 212°F 22 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Selection - Material & Finish Corrosion Guide Cable Tray Material Chemical Aluminum Stainless Type 316 Warm Hot Cold Warm Hot Cold Warm Hot Lactic Acid 10% Lead Acetate 5% Magnesium Chloride 1% Magnesium Hydroxide Magnesium Nitrate 5% R NR NR R R F NR NR R -- NR NR NR R -- R R R R R R R -R R F R F -R R R R R R R R -R R R R R -R Nickel Chloride Nitric Acid 15% Oleic Acid Oxalic Acid 10% Phenol CP NR NR R R R NR NR R F R NR NR F NR R R R R NR R -R R NR R -R F NR R R R R R R -R R R R -R R R R Phosphoric Acid 50% Potassium Bromide 100% Potassium Carbonate 100% Potassium Chloride 5% Potassium Dichromate NR R F R R NR F F R R NR NR -R R R R R R R R R R R R R -R R R R R R R R F R R R R NR R R R R Potassium Hydroxide 50% Potassium Nitrate 50% Potassium Sulfate 5% Propyl Alcohol Sodium Acetate 20% NR R R R R NR R R R F NR R R R F R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R Sodium Sodium Sodium Sodium Sodium Bisulfate 10% Borate Carbonate 18% Chloride 5% Hydroxide 50% R R R R NR F F F NR NR F F F NR NR R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R Sodium Sodium Sodium Sodium Sodium Hypochlorite 5% Nitrate 100% Nitrite 100% Sulfate 100% Thiosulfate R R R R R F R R R R F R R F R F R R R R -R R R R -R R R R R R R R R -R R R R -R R R R Sulfur Dioxide (Dry) Sulfuric Acid 5% Sulfuric Acid 10% Sulfuric Acid 50% Sulfuric Acid 75 - 98% R NR NR NR NR R NR NR NR NR R -NR NR NR R F NR NR NR R NR NR NR NR R NR NR NR NR R R NR NR NR R -NR NR NR R -NR NR NR Sulfuric Acid 98 - 100% Tannic Acid 10 & 50% Tartaric Acid 10 & 50% Vinegar Zinc Chloride 5 & 20% NR NR F F F NR NR NR F NR -NR NR F NR R R R R R -R R R F -R R R NR R R R R R R R R R R F R R R R F F NR NR NR NR R R R R R R R R R R R R Zinc Nitrate Zinc Sulfate Cable Tray Selection Stainless Type 304 Cold R = Recommended F = May be used under some conditions NR = Not Recommended -- = Information not available The corrosion data given in this table is for general comparison only. (Reference Corrosion Resistance Tables, Second Edition) The presence of contaminates in chemical environments can greatly affect the corrosion rate of any material. B-Line strongly suggests that field service tests or simulated laboratory tests using actual environmental conditions be conducted in order to determine the proper materials and finishes to be selected. For questionable environments see Fiberglass Cable Tray Corrosion Guide (Pages 304 & 305). Cold = 50 - 80°F Warm = 130 - 170°F Hot = 200 - 212°F 23 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Selection Thermal Contraction and Expansion It is important that thermal contraction and expansion be considered when installing cable tray systems. The length of the straight cable tray runs and the temperature differential govern the number of expansion splice plates required (see Table 2 below). Material & Finish Figure 1 X -- -- -- -- X -- -- -- -- X X -- -- -- -- X -- -- -- -- X Expansion Splice Plates (Bonding Jumpers Required On Each Side of Tray) X :Denotes hold-down clamp (anchor) at support. _ : Denotes expansion guide clamp at support. Typical Cable Tray Installation The cable tray should be anchored at the support nearest to its midpoint between the expansion splice plates and secured by expansion guides at all other support locations (see Figure 1). The cable tray should be permitted longitudinal movement in both directions from that fixed point. When used, covers should be overlapped at expansion splices. Figure 2 Maximum Temperature C° Minimum Temperature F° F° 50 50 110 110 1 Plot the highest expected metal temperature on the maximum temperature line. 2 Plot the lowest expected metal temperature on the minimum temperature line. 3 Draw a line between the maximum and minimum points. 4 Plot the metal temperature at the time of installation to determine the gap setting. 40 40 Metal Temperature At Time Of Installation Cable Tray Selection Accurate gap settings at the time of installation are necessary for the proper operation of the expansion splice plates. The following procedure should assist the installer in determining the correct gap: (see Figure 2) C° 130 130 1 90 90 70 70 30 30 20 20 3 50 50 30 30 0 0 -10 10 10 -10 -20 -10 -10 -20 -30 -30 10 10 4 -30 2 -30 -40 -40 Refer to page 309 for thermal contraction and expansion of fiberglass cable trays. 1/8 (3.2) 1/4 (6.3) 0 (0.0) Table 2 3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9) 3/4 (19.0) 7/8 (22.2) 1 (25.4) GAP SETTING Inches (mm) Maximum Spacing Between Expansion Joints For 1" Movement Temperature Differential ˚F ˚C Steel Aluminum Feet m Stainless Steel 304 316 Feet m Feet m Feet m 25 13.9 512 156.0 260 79.2 347 105.7 379 115.5 50 27.8 256 78.0 130 39.6 174 53.0 189 57.6 75 41.7 171 52.1 87 26.5 116 35.4 126 38.4 100 55.6 128 39.0 65 19.8 87 26.5 95 29.0 125 69.4 102 31.1 52 15.8 69 21.0 76 23.2 150 83.3 85 25.9 43 13.1 58 17.7 63 19.2 175 97.2 73 22.2 37 11.3 50 15.2 54 16.4 Note: every pair of expansion splice plates requires two bonding jumpers for grounding continuity. 24 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Selection - Material & Finish Installation Considerations Weight The weight of an aluminum cable tray is approximately half that of a comparable steel tray. Some factors to consider include: shipping costs, material, handling, project weight restrictions and the strength of support members. Field Modifications Aluminum cable tray is easier to cut and drill than steel cable tray since it is a “softer” material. Similarly, galvanized steel cable tray is easier to cut and drill than stainless steel cable tray. Cooper B-Line aluminum cable tray uses a four bolt splice, resulting in half as much drilling and hardware installation as most steel cable tray, which uses an eight bolt splice. Hot dip galvanized and painted steel cable tray finishes must be repaired when field cutting or drilling. Failure to repair coatings will impair the cable tray’s corrosion resistance. Availability Aluminum, pre-galvanized, stainless steel and fiberglass cable tray can normally be shipped from the factory in a short period of time. Hot dip galvanized and painted cable tray requires an additional coating process, adding several days of preparation before final shipment. Typically, a coated cable tray will be sent to an outside source for coating, requiring additional packing and shipping. Table 392.7(B)(2) Metal Area Requirements for Cable Trays Used as Equipment Grounding Conductors Electrical Grounding Capacity NEMA Installation Guide The new NEMA VE 2 is a cable tray installation guideline and is available from NEMA, CTI or Cooper B-Line. For free download see www.cabletrays.com. Maximum Fuse Ampere Rating, Circuit Breaker Ampere Trip Setting, or Circuit Breaker Protective Relay Ampere Trip Setting for Ground Fault Protection of any Cable Circuit in the Cable Tray System Steel Cable Trays Aluminum Cable Trays 60 100 200 400 600 1000 1200 1600 2000 0.20 0.40 0.70 1.00 1.50** ----- 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.40 0.40 0.60 1.00 1.50 2.00** Minimum Cross-Sectional Area of Metal* In Square Inches Cable Tray Selection The National Electrical Code, Article 392.7 allows cable tray to be used as an equipment grounding conductor. All Cooper B-Line standard steel and aluminum cable trays are classified by Underwriter’s Laboratories per NEC Table 392.7 based on their cross-sectional area. The corresponding cross-sectional area for each side rail design (2 side rails) is listed on a fade resistant UV stabilized label (see Figure 3). This cable tray label is attached to each straight section and fitting that is U.L. classified. U.L. assigned crosssectional area is also stated in the loading charts in this catalog for each system. For SI units: one square inch = 645 square millimeters. * Total cross-sectional area of both side rails for ladder or trough-type cable trays; or the minimum cross-sectional area of metal in channel-type cable trays or cable trays of one- piece construction. ** Steel cable trays shall not be used as equipment grounding conductors for circuits with ground-fault protection above 600 amperes. Aluminum cable trays shall not be used as equipment grounding conductors for circuits with ground-fault protection above 2000 amperes. For larger ampere ratings an additional grounding conductor must be used. Figure 3 Do Not Use As A Walkway, Ladder, Or Support For Personnel. Use Only As A Mechanical Support For Cables, Tubing and Raceways. LA 1 of 1 09/15/2005 000291745 www.cooperbline.com (618) 654-2184 S SI FI E D C Catalog Number: 24A09-12-144 STR SECTION Shipping Ticket: 260203 00 001 Mark Number: 78101115400 Purchase Order: D798981 Minimum Area: 1.000 SQ. IN. Load Class: D1 179 KG/M 3 METER SPAN 30781011154005 WARNING! ® This product is classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as to its suitability as an equipment grounding conductor only. 556E NON-VENTILATED Reference File #LR36026 25 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Selection - Strength Environmental Loads Wind Loads Wind loads need to be determined for all outdoor cable tray installations. Most outdoor cable trays are ladder type trays, therefore the most severe loading to be considered is impact pressure normal to the cable tray side rails (see detail 1). separate a cover from a tray. Wind moving across a covered tray (see detail 2) creates a positive pressure inside the tray and a negative pressure above the cover. This pressure difference can lift the cover off the tray. Detail 2 Detail 1 The impact pressure corresponding to several wind velocities are given below in Table 1. Cable Tray Selection Table 1 Impact Pressures V(mph) P(lbs/ft2) 15 0.58 20 1.02 25 1.60 30 2.30 35 3.13 40 4.09 45 5.18 50 6.39 55 7.73 60 9.21 65 10.80 70 12.50 75 14.40 80 16.40 V= Wind Velocity P= Impact Pressure V(mph) P(lbs/ft2) 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 18.5 20.7 23.1 25.6 28.2 30.9 33.8 36.8 40.0 43.3 46.6 50.1 53.8 57.6 Note: These values are for an air density of 0.07651 lbs/ft3 corresponding to a temperature of 60˚ F and barometric pressure of 14.7 lbs/in2. Example Calculation: Side load for 6" side rail with 100 mph wind 25.6 x 6 = 12.8 lbs/ft 12 B-Line recommends the use of heavy duty wraparound cover clamps when covered trays are installed in an area where strong winds occur. Special Notice: Covers on wide cable tray and/or cable tray installed at elevations high off the ground may require additional heavy duty clamps or thicker cover material. Ice Loads Glaze ice is the most commonly seen form of ice build-up. It is the result of rain or drizzle freezing on impact with an exposed object. Generally, only the top surface (or the cover) and the windward side of a cable tray system is significantly coated with ice. The maximum design load to be added due to ice should be calculated as follows: x LI = W TI 144 ( ) x DI where; LI= Ice Load (lbs/linear foot) W= Cable Tray Width (inches) TI= Maximum Ice Thickness (inches) DI= Ice Density = 57 lbs/ft3 the maximum ice thickness will vary depending on location. A thickness of 1/2" can be used as a conservative standard. Example Calculation: Ice Loads for 24" wide tray with 1/2" thick ice; 24 x .5 x 57 = 4.75 lbs/ft 144 When covers are installed on outdoor cable trays, another factor to be considered is the aerodynamic effect which can produce a lift strong enough to 26 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Selection - Strength Environmental Loads Support Span Snow Loads The strength of a cable tray is largely determined by the strength of its side rails. The strength of a cable tray side rail is proportionate to the distance between the supports on which it is installed, commonly referred to as the “support span”. Therefore, the strength of a cable tray system can be altered by changing the support span. However, there is a limit to how much the strength of a cable tray system can be increased by reducing the support span, because the strength of the cable tray bottom members could become the determining factor of strength. Snow is measured by density and thickness. The density of snow varies almost as much as its thickness. The additional design load from snowfall should be determined using the building codes which apply for each installation. Seismic Loads Concentrated Loads A concentrated static load represents a static weight applied at a single point between the side rails. Tap boxes, conduit attachments and long cable drops are just some of the many types of concentrated loads. When so specified, these concentrated static loads may be converted to an equivalent, uniform load (We) by using the following formula: We= 2 x (concentrated Static Load) span length Cooper B-Line’s cable tray side rails, rungs and bottoms will withstand a 200 lb. static load without collapse (series 14 excluded)*. However, it should be noted that per NEMA Standard Publication VE1 cable tray is designed as a support for power or control cables, or both, and is not intended or designed to be a walkway for personnel. Each section of Cooper B-Line Cable Tray has a label stating the following message: Once the load requirement of a cable tray system has been established, the following factors should be considered: 1. Sometimes the location of existing structural beams will dictate the cable tray support span. This is typical with outdoor installations where adding intermediate supports could be financially prohibitive. For this situation the appropriate cable tray must be selected to accommodate the existing span. Cable Tray Selection A great deal of seismic testing and evaluation of cable tray systems, and their supports, has been performed. The conclusions reached from these evaluations is that cable tray is stronger laterally than vertically, since it acts as a truss in the lateral direction. Other factors that contribute to the stability of cable tray are the energy dissipating motion of the cables within the tray, and the high degree of ductility of the cable tray and the support material. These factors, working in conjunction with a properly designed cable tray system, should afford reasonable assurance to withstand even strong motion earthquakes. When seismic bracing is required for a cable tray system, it should be applied to the supports and not the cable tray itself. Cooper B-Line’s “Seismic Restraints” brochure provides OSHPD approved methods of bracing cable tray supports using standard Cooper B-Line products. Contact Cooper B-Line to receive a copy of this brochure. 2. When cable tray supports are randomly located, the added cost of a higher strength cable tray system should be compared to the cost of additional supports. Typically, adding supports is more costly than installing a stronger series of cable tray. The stronger cable tray series (e.g. from 75 lbs./ft. on 20’ span to 100 lbs./ft. on 20’ span) will increase the price of the cable tray system minimally, possibly less than $1/ft., with little or no additional labor cost for installation. Alternately, one extra support may cost $100.00 (material and labor) for a simple trapeze. Future cable additions or the capability of supporting equipment, raceways for example, also favor stronger cable tray systems. In summary, upgrading to a stronger cable tray series is typically more costeffective than using the recommended additional supports for a lighter duty cable tray series. 3. The support span lengths should be equal to or less than unspliced straight section lengths, to ensure that no more than one splice is placed between supports as stated in the NEMA VE 2 Cable Tray Installation Guideline. Warning! Not to be used as a walkway, ladder or support for personnel. To be used only as a mechanical support for cables and raceway. 27 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Selection - Strength Deflection Deflection in a cable tray system is primarily an aesthetic consideration. When a cable tray system is installed in a prominent location, a maximum simple beam deflection of 1/200 of support span can be used as a guideline to minimize visual deflection. It is important at this point to mention that there are two typical beam configurations, simple beam and continuous beam, and to clarify the difference. Cable Tray Selection A good example of a simple beam is a single straight section of cable tray supported, but not fastened at either end. When the tray is loaded the cable tray is allowed to flex. Simple beam analysis is used almost universally for beam comparisons even though it is seldom practical in the field installations. The three most prominent reasons for using a simple beam analysis are: calculations are simplified; it represents the worst case loading; and testing is simple and reliable. The published load data in the Cooper B-Line cable tray catalog is based on the simple beam analysis per NEMA & CSA Standards. Simple Beam 1. Economic consideration must be considered when addressing cable deflection criteria. 2. Deflection in a cable tray system can be reduced by decreasing the support span, or by using a taller or stronger cable tray. 3. When comparing cable trays of equivalent strength, a steel cable tray will typically exhibit less deflection than an aluminum cable tray since the modulus of elasticity of steel is nearly three times that of aluminum. 4. The location of splices in a continuous span will affect the deflection of the cable tray system. The splices should be located at points of minimum stress whenever practical. NEMA Standards VE 1 limits the use of splice plates as follows: Unspliced straight sections should be used on all simple spans and on end spans of continuous span runs. Straight section lengths should be equal to or greater than the span length to ensure not more than one splice between supports. See the figures below for splicing configuration samples. Continuous beam is the beam configuration most commonly used in cable tray installations. An example of this configuration is where cable trays are installed across several supports to form a number of spans. The continuous beam possesses traits of both the simple and fixed beams. When equal loads are applied to all spans simultaneously, the counterbalancing effect of the loads on both sides of a support restricts the movement of the cable tray at the support. The effect is similar to that of a fixed beam. The end spans behave substantially like simple beams. When cable trays of identical design are compared, the continuous beam installation will typically have approximately half the deflection of a simple beam of the same span. Therefore simple beam data should be used only as a general comparison. The following factors should be considered when addressing cable tray deflection: Continuous Beam Typical Continuous Span Configuration + 0 + Maximum Positive Moment - Maximum Negative Moment Preferred Splice Plate Locations Undesirable Splice Plate Locations 28 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Selection - Strength Load Capacity Ladder Type Rungs Rung Design Material Type Factors Type Single Rung Uniform Load Capacity (in Lbs.) with safety factor of 1.5 Tray Width 6 9 12 18 24 30 36 1" Ix = .0361 in.4 A 1" Aluminum 766 575 Sx = .0707 in.3 1.5" 1" Ix = .0432 in.4 B 1" Aluminum 594 495 749 624 Sx = .0877 in.3 1.5" 1" Ix = .0249 in.4 Steel 1" A 2912 1941 1456 971 728 Sx = .0528 in.3 1.5" 1" Ix = .0312 in.4 Steel 1" B Sx = .0661 in.3 1.5" 15/8" Ix = .0450 in.4 B44AL 1" 15/8" B44 Aluminum Sx = .0787 in.3 Ix = .0445 in.4 1" 2219 1664 1109 832 666 555 5172 3448 2586 1724 1293 1034 862 Redi-Rail 1480 987 740 493 370 296 224 Steel 981 654 491 327 245 230 192 Steel Sx = .0782 in.3 Strut Rung Ix = .0130 in.4 Cable Tray Selection 3/4" 3328 Strut Rung Sx = .0344 in.3 25/32" 1" 1/2" A Ix = .0039 in.4 Sx = .0134 in.3 Series 1 1.5" 1" 1/2" B Ix = .0047 in.4 Steel Sx = .0164 in.3 Series 1 1.5" 15/8" Ix = .0353 in.4 1" 15/8" Sx = .0708 in.3 Aluminum Marine Rung Sx = .0685 in.3 1997 1498 999 749 599 499 4530 3020 2265 1510 1133 906 755 Steel Ix = .0347 in.4 1" 2996 Marine Rung Corrugated Bottoms (Ventilated and Solid) Single Rung Load Capacity (in Lbs.) with safety factor of 1.5 Bottom Design Material Type Factors Type 6 9 12 18 24 30 36 Ix = .0455 in.4 Sx = .0898 in.3 Aluminum 3141 2029 1491 970 726 660 594 Ix = .0348 in.4 Sx = .0667 in.3 Steel 2973 1946 1445 955 711 650 590 Ix = .0185 in.4 Sx = .0503 in.3 Series 148 Steel 2645 1763 1323 881 661 3” 3” 21/4” 1” Tray Width Trough 3” 3” 21/4” 1” Trough 27/8” 27/8” 3/4” 21/4” Trough 29 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Selection - Strength Load Capacity Calculate each anticipated load factor, then add them to obtain a total load. (Example: Working Load = Cable + Concentrated + Wind + Snow + Ice Loads). The Working Load should be used, along with the maximum support spacing, to select a span/load class designation from Table 3. Table 4 (page 31) contains the most common load/span class designations per the US and Canadian metallic cable tray standard, CSA, C22.2 No. 126.1-98 First Addition, NEMA VE 1-1998. Table 3 - These Loading Classes Are Historical and Supplied For Reference Only Load Class Cable Tray Selection lb/ft kg/m 25 37 45 50 Class Designations for lengths of ft 8 m ft m ft m ft m ft m (2.4) 10 (3.0) 12 (3.7) 16 (4.9) 20 (6.0) –– A –– –– –– 67 –– –– –– –– D 74 8A –– 12A 16A 20A 65 97 –– C –– –– –– 75 112 8B –– 12B 16B E or 20B 100 149 8C –– 12C 16C 20C 120 179 –– D –– –– –– 200 299 –– E –– –– –– Note: 8A/B/C, 12A/B/C, 16A/B/C, and 20A/B/C were the traditional NEMA designations. A, C, D, and E were the conventional CSA designations. Actual tested loadings per span will be stated on the product labels. 30 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Selection - Strength Table 4 - B-Line Cable Tray Load Classes Series Load Load Depth lb/ft (kg/m) Aluminum Steel Copper free HDGAF/Pre-Galvanized Span ft (m) Former Classes NEMA CSA Series 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 6 86 126 80 102 50 121 114 51 84 103 167 100 (128) (187) (119) (152) (74) (180) (170) (76) (125) (153) (248) (149) 12 12 20 12 20 16 12 20 20 20 20 12 (3.7) 12B D1 (3m) (3.7) 12C D1 (3m) (6.1) 20B E (6m) (3.7) 12C D1 (3m) (6.1) 16B D1 (6m) (4.9) 20B E (3m) (3.7) 12C D1 (3m) (6.1) 20A D1 (6m) (6.1) 20B E (6m) (6.1) 20C E (6m) (6.1) 167# @ 20' 131 kg/m (7.6m) (3.7) 12B D1 (3m) 37A 47A H47A 57A S8A Data-Track Half Rack Verti-Rack Multi-Tier 6 6 6 6 6 All All All All 80 100 149 102 161 120 25 100 140 (119) (149) (222) (152) (240) (179) (37) (149) (208) 20 20 20 30 30 9.8 9.8 12 10 (6.1) 20B (6.1) 20C (6.1) 149# @ 20' (9.1) 102# @ 30' 152 kg/m (9.1m) (9.1) 161# @ 30' 240 kg/m (9.1m) (3.0) (3.0) (3.7) (3.1) Fiberglass 13F 24F 36F 46F H46F 48F 2 3 5 5 5 7 145 156 88 141 152 125 (216) (232) (131) (210) (226) (187) 8 12 20 20 20 20 (2.4) (3.7) (6.1) (6.1) (6.1) (6.1) 8C Span ft (m) Former Classes NEMA CSA 148* 248* 346* 444* 156* 258* 356* 358* 454* 166* 268* 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 51 103 63 91 76 109 69 62 106 77 110 (76) (153) (94) (135) (113) (162) (103) (92) (158) (115) (164) 12 12 20 20 12 12 20 20 20 12 12 (3.7) (3.7) (6.1) (6.1) (3.7) (3.7) (6.1) (6.1) (6.1) (3.7) (3.7) 12A 12C 20A 20B 12B 12C 16C 20A 20C 12B 12C C1 (3m) D1 (3m) D1 (6m) E (3m) C1 (3m) D1 (3m) D1 (6m) D1 (6m) E (6m) C1 (3m) D1 (3m) 368† 366* 464* † 176* 378* 476* 574* 348† 358† WB212 WB218 WB224 WB412 WB418 WB424 WB612 WB618 WB620 WB624 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 3 4 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 59 75 123 86 51 77 130 125 62 25 28 28 30 31 31 40 36 40 43 (88) (112) (183) (128) (76) (115) (193) (186) (92) (37) (42) (42) (45) (46) (46) (60) (54) (60) (64) 20 20 20 12 20 20 20 12 20 9.8 9.8 9.8 9.8 9.8 9.8 9.8 9.8 9.8 9.8 (6.1) 20A D1 (3m) (6.1) 20B E (6m) (6.1) 119# @ 20' E (6m) (3.7) 12B 137 kg/m (3.7m) (6.1) 20A D1 (3m) (6.1) 20B D1 (6m) (6.1) 117# @ 20' E (6m) (3.7) 12C C1 (3m) (6.1) 20A 89 kg/m (6.1m) (3.0) (3.0) (3.0) (3.0) (3.0) (3.0) (3.0) (3.0) (3.0) (3.0) * G denotes CSA Type 1 (HDGAF) or P denotes CSA Type 2 (Mill-Galvanized) † SS4 (Type 304 Stainless) or SS6 (Type 316 Stainless) 31 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Selection H14AR 24A 34A H15AR 25A 35A H16AR 26A 36A 46A H46A H17AR Load Load Depth lb/ft (kg/m) Cable Tray Selection Cable Data Strength Multiconductor Cable Type TC, 600V with XHHW Conductors, Copper 3 conductors with ground The cable load is simply the total weight of all the cables to be placed in the tray. This load should be expressed in lbs/ft. The data on this page provides average weights for common cable sizes. Diameter in. 0.66 0.74 0.88 1.00 1.13 1.22 1.31 1.42 1.55 1.76 1.98 2.26 2.71 3.10 Size 8 6 4 2 1 1/0 2/0 3/0 4/0 250 350 500 750 1000 Area in.2 0.34 0.43 0.61 0.79 1.00 1.17 1.35 1.58 4 conductors with ground Weight Diameter lbs/ft in. 0.33 0.72 0.45 0.81 0.66 0.96 0.96 1.10 1.17 1.25 1.43 1.35 1.72 1.45 2.14 1.58 2.64 1.77 3.18 1.93 4.29 2.18 5.94 2.50 9.01 3.12 11.70 Area in.2 0.41 0.52 0.72 0.95 1.23 1.43 1.65 1.96 Weight lbs/ft 0.42 0.58 0.84 1.20 1.55 1.84 2.20 2.80 3.46 4.04 5.48 7.64 11.40 Multiconductor Cable Type MC, 600V with XHHW Conductors, Copper 3 conductors with ground Cable Tray Selection Diameter (in.) Size Without Jacket With Jacket 8 6 4 2 1 1/0 2/0 3/0 4/0 250 350 500 750 0.70 0.78 0.89 1.01 1.16 1.23 1.32 1.46 1.56 1.74 1.96 2.24 2.68 0.80 0.88 0.99 1.12 1.27 1.34 1.43 1.57 1.68 1.86 2.10 2.37 2.84 Area (in.2) Weight (lbs/ft) Without With Jacket Jacket 0.38 0.48 0.62 0.80 1.06 1.19 1.37 1.67 4 conductors with ground 0.50 0.61 0.77 0.99 1.27 1.41 1.61 1.94 Alum. Armor 0.41 0.55 0.74 1.08 1.38 1.56 1.85 2.35 2.82 3.31 4.48 6.08 8.96 Diameter (in.) Steel Without With Armor Jacket Jacket 0.57 0.74 0.95 1.32 1.63 1.86 2.20 2.67 3.21 3.94 4.97 6.58 9.70 0.76 0.85 0.97 1.10 1.25 1.35 1.46 1.58 1.75 1.92 2.16 2.47 3.03 0.86 0.95 1.07 1.22 1.36 1.46 1.56 1.71 1.88 2.04 2.30 2.63 3.22 Area (in.2) Without With Jacket Jacket 0.45 0.57 0.74 0.95 1.23 1.43 1.67 1.96 0.58 0.71 0.90 1.17 1.45 1.67 1.91 2.30 Weight (lbs/ft) Alum. Armor Steel Armor 0.51 0.69 0.93 1.29 1.61 1.94 2.36 2.94 3.64 4.21 5.71 7.91 11.48 0.68 0.87 1.15 1.56 1.91 2.27 2.72 3.33 3.97 4.64 6.12 8.39 12.17 Single Conductor Cable 600V XHHW Size Diameter in. 1/0 2/0 3/0 4/0 250 300 350 400 500 600 750 1000 0.48 0.52 0.58 0.63 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.93 1.04 1.14 1.29 Area in.2 0.38 0.44 0.50 0.57 0.68 0.85 1.02 THHN, THWN Weight Diameter lbs/ft in. 0.37 0.46 0.57 0.71 0.85 1.02 1.17 1.33 1.64 2.03 2.24 2.52 0.50 0.54 0.60 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.83 0.87 0.96 1.06 1.17 1.32 Area in.2 0.41 0.47 0.54 0.59 0.72 0.88 1.08 TW, THW Weight Diameter Area lbs/ft in. in.2 0.37 0.46 0.57 0.71 0.85 1.02 1.17 1.33 1.64 2.01 2.48 3.30 0.53 0.57 0.62 0.68 0.75 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.98 1.09 1.19 1.34 0.44 0.52 0.58 0.64 0.75 0.93 1.11 USE, RHH, RHW Weight Diameter Area lbs/ft in. in.2 0.39 0.48 0.60 0.74 0.88 1.04 1.21 1.37 1.69 2.03 2.51 3.31 0.53 0.57 0.63 0.68 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.91 0.99 1.10 1.20 1.35 0.45 0.52 0.58 0.65 0.77 0.95 1.13 Weight lbs/ft 0.39 0.49 0.60 0.75 0.89 1.05 1.22 1.38 1.70 2.07 2.55 3.33 32 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Selection - Width and Available Loading Depth Allowable Cable Fill For allowable cable types see the Appendix page 364. The following guidelines are based on the 2002 National Electrical Code, Article 392. I) Number of Multiconductor Cables rated 2000 volts or less in the Cable Tray (1) 4/0 or Larger Cables The ladder cable tray must have an inside available width equal to or greater than the sum of the diameters (Sd) of the cables, which must be installed in a single layer. When using solid bottom cable tray, the sum of the cable diameters is not to exceed 90% of the available cable tray width. Example: Cable Tray width is obtained as follows: List Cable Sizes (D) List Cable Outside Diameter (N) List Number of Cables Multiply (D) x (N) = Subtotal of the Sum of the Cable Diameters 3/C - #500 kcmil 3/C - #250 kcmil 3/C - #4/0 AWG 2.26 inches 1.76 inches 1.55 inches 1 2 4 2.26 inches 3.52 inches 6.20 inches The sum of the diameters (Sd) of all cables = 2.26 + 3.52 + 6.20 = 11.98 inches; therefore a cable tray with an available width of at least 12 inches is required. (2) Cables Smaller Than 4/0 The total sum of the cross-sectional areas of all the cables to be installed in the cable tray must be equal to or less than the allowable cable area for the tray width, as indicated in Table 5. When using solid bottom cable tray, the allowable cable area is reduced by 22%. Inside Width of Cable Tray Allowable Cable Area inches square inches 6 9 12 18 24 7.0 10.5 14.0 21.0 28.0 Cable Tray Selection Table 5 Example: The cable tray width is obtained as follows: List Cable Sizes 3/C - #12 AWG 4/C - #12 AWG 3/C - # 6 AWG 3/C - # 2 AWG (A) List Cable Cross Sectional Areas 0.167 0.190 0.430 0.800 sq. sq. sq. sq. in. in. in. in. (N) List Number of Cables 10 8 6 9 Multiply (A) x (N) + Total of the Cross-Sectional Area for each Size 1.67 1.52 2.58 7.20 sq. sq. sq. sq. in. in. in. in. The sum of the total areas is 1.67 + 1.52 + 2.58 + 7.20 = 12.97 inches. Using Table 4, a 12-inch wide tray with an allowable cable area of 14 sq. inches should be used. Note: Increasing the cable tray loading depth does not permit an increase in allowable cable area for power and lighting cables. The maximum allowable cable area for all cable tray with a 3 inch or greater loading depth is limited to the allowable cable area for a 3 inch loading depth. (3) 4/0 or Larger Cables Installed with Cables Smaller than 4/0 The ladder cable tray needs to be divided into two zones (a barrier or divider is not required but one can be used if desired) so that the No. 4/0 and larger cables have a dedicated zone, as they are to be placed in a single layer. continued on 34 33 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Selection - Width and Available Loading Depth Allowable Cable Fill A direct method to determine the correct cable tray width is to figure the cable tray widths required for each of the cable combinations per steps (2) & (3). Then add the widths in order to select the proper cable tray width. Example: The cable tray width is obtained as follows: Part A- Width required for #4/0 AWG and larger multiconductor cables List Cable Size (D) List Cable Outside Diameter (N) List Number of Cables Multiply (D) x (N) = Subtotal of the Sum of the Cable Diameters (Sd) 3/C - #500 kcmil 3/C - #4/0 AGW 2.26 inches 1.55 inches 1 2 2.26 inches 3.10 inches Cable tray width (inches) required for large cables = 2.26 + 3.10 = 5.36 inches. Part B- Width required for multiconductor cables smaller than #4/0 AWG List Cable Sizes Cable Tray Selection 3/C - #12 AWG 3/C - #6 AWG 3/C - #2 AWG (A) List Cable Cross Sectional Areas (N) List Number of Cables Multiply (A) x (N) = Total of the Cross-Sectional Area for each Size 0.167 sq. in. 0.430 sq. in. 0.800 sq. in. 10 8 2 1.67 sq. in. 3.44 sq. in. 1.60 sq. in. The sum of the total areas (inches) = 1.67 + 3.44 + 1.60 = 6.71 sq. inches. From Table 5 (page 33), the cable tray width required for small cables is 6 inches. The total cable tray width (inches) = 5.36 + 6.00 = 11.36 inches. A 12-inch wide cable tray is required. (4) Multiconductor Control and/or Signal Cables Only A ladder cable tray containing only control and/or signal cables, may have 50% of its total available cable area filled with cable. When using solid bottom cable tray pans, the allowable cable area is reduced from 50% to 40%. Example: Cable tray width is obtained as follows: 2/C- #16 AWG instrumentation cable cross sectional area = 0.04 sq. in. Total cross sectional area for 300 Cables = 12.00 sq. in. Minimum available cable area needed = 12.00 x 2 = 24.00 sq. in.; therefore the cable tray width required for 4 inch available loading depth tray = 24.00/4 = 6 inches. II) Number of Single Conductor Cables Rated 2000 Volts or Less in the Cable Tray All single conductor cables to be installed in the cable tray must be 1/0 or larger, and are not to be installed with continuous bottom pans. (1) 1000 KCMIL or Larger Cables The sum of the diameters (Sd) for all single conductor cables to be installed shall not exceed the cable tray width. See Table 6. Table 6 Inside Width of Cable Tray Allowable Cable Area inches square inches 6 9 12 18 24 30 36 6.50 9.50 13.00 19.50 26.00 32.50 39.00 34 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Selection - Width and Available Loading Depth Allowable Cable Fill (2) 250 KCMIL to 1000 KCMIL Cables The total sum of the cross-sectional areas of all the single conductor cables to be installed in the cable tray must be equal to or less than the allowable cable area for the tray width, as indicated in Table 6 (page 34). (Reference Table 8) (3) 1000 KCMIL or Larger Cables Installed with Cables Smaller Than 1000 KCMIL The total sum of the cross-sectional areas of all the single conductor cables to be installed in the cable tray must be equal to or less than the allowable cable area for the tray width, as indicated in Table 7. Table 7 Inside Width of Cable Tray Allowable Cable Area inches square inches 6 9 12 18 24 30 36 6.50 - (1.1 Sd) 9.50 - (1.1 Sd) 13.00 - (1.1 Sd) 19.50 - (1.1 Sd) 26.00 - (1.1 Sd) 32.50 - (1.1 Sd) 39.00 - (1.1 Sd) (4) Single Conductor Cables 1/0 through 4/0 These single conductors must be installed in a single layer. See Table 8. Cable Tray Selection Note: It is the opinion of some that this practice may cause problems with unbalanced voltages. To avoid these potential problems, the individual conductors for this type of cable tray wiring system should be bundled with ties. The bundle should contain all of the three-phase conductors for the circuit, plus the neutral if used. The single conductor cables bundle should be firmly tied to the cable tray assembly at least every 6 feet. Table 8 Number of 600 Volt Single Conductor Cables That May Be Installed in Ladder Cable Tray Single Conductor Size Outside Diameter Area in. sq. in. 1/0 2/0 3/0 4/0 250 Kcmil 350 Kcmil 500 Kcmil 750 Kcmil 1000 Kcmil 0.58 0.62 0.68 0.73 0.84 0.94 1.07 1.28 1.45 .55 .69 .90 1.29 - 6 Cable Tray Width 9 12 18 24 in. 10 9 8 8 11 9 7 5 4 in. in. in. in. 15 14 13 12 18 14 11 8 6 20 19 17 16 24 19 14 10 8 31 29 26 24 35 28 22 15 12 41 38 35 32 47 38 29 20 16 Cable diameters used are those for Oknite-Okolon 600 volt single conductor power cables. III) Number of Type MV and MC Cables Rated 2001 Volts or Over in the Cable Tray The sum of the diameters (Sd) of all cables, rated 2001 volts or over, is not to exceed the cable tray width. 35 Cable Tray Systems . Cable Tray Selection - Width and Available Loading Depth Sizing Cable Tray Per 2002 NEC 392 Start Here 392.12 W ≥ Sd (single layer) No 2000V or less cables Yes No Solid Bottom Tray Yes Ladder or Vented Trough Tray No Yes See Exception 392.11(B)(3) Cable Tray Selection Vented Channel Tray 392.10(B) W ≥ Sd Yes 392.10(A)(1) W ≥ Sd Yes S/C 1000 kcmil or larger Yes S/C 1/0 or larger No Multiconductor cables Yes Continued on following page No 392.3(B)(1) Not recognized ® by the NEC No 392.10(A)(2) W ≥ A/1.1 Yes S/C 250 kcmil up to 1000 kcmil No Note: The value “A” only applies to cables 250 up to 1000 kcmil. The value “Sd” only applies to 1000 kcmil and larger cables. 392.10(A)(3) Yes W ≥ A/1.1 +Sd S/C 250 kcmil and larger Note: Use when mixing 250 thru 1000 kcmil cables with cables larger than 1000 kcmil. No Legend W = Cable Tray Width D = Cable Tray Load Depth Sd = Sum of Cable Diameters A = Sum of Cable Areas S/C = Single Conductor M/C = Multiconductor Cables RS = Ladder Rung Spacing 392.10(A)(4) W ≥ Sd (9” max. RS) Yes S/C 1/0 thru 4/0 36 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Selection - Width and Available Loading Depth Note: See appendix on page 370 for additional information regarding cable ampacity and hazardous (classified) location requirements which might affect the cable tray sizing flow chart. Ladder or Vented Trough Tray Continued from previous Yes page No Yes Yes Yes 392.9(A)(1) W ≥ Sd (single layer) No M/C smaller than 4/0 M/C 4/0 or larger 392.9(A)(2) W ≥ A/1.2 No M/C smaller than 4/0 Solid Channel Tray Yes Yes 392.9(C)(1) W ≥ Sd/0.9 (single layer) No Yes No Vented Channel Tray One M/C only Yes 392.9(E)(1) W x D ≥ 1.6A Cable Tray Selection M/C 4/0 or larger No Solid Bottom Tray No Yes 392.9(C)(2) W ≥ A/0.9 392.9(E)(2) W x D ≥ 2.9A No One M/C only No Yes M/C smaller than 4/0, with 4/0 or larger Yes W ≥ A/1.2 + Sd Note: The value “A” only applies to cables smaller than 4/0. The value “Sd” only applies to 4/0 and larger cables, which must be single layer. No M/C control and/or signal 392.9(A)(3) Yes 392.9(B) W x D ≥ 2A M/C smaller than 4/0, with 4/0 or larger Yes W≥ A + Sd 0.9 Note: The value “A” only applies to cables smaller than 4/0. The value “Sd” only applies to 4/0 and larger cables, which must be single layer. No M/C control and/or signal 392.9(C)(3) Yes 392.9(D) W x D ≥ 2.5A 392.9(F)(2) W x D ≥ 3.2A 392.9(F)(1) W x D ≥ 1.9A Legend W = Cable Tray Width D = Cable Tray Load Depth Sd = Sum of Cable Diameters A = Sum of Cable Areas S/C = Single Conductor M/C = Multiconductor Cables RS = Ladder Rung Spacing 37 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Selection - Width and Available Loading Depth Barrier Requirements Barrier strips are used to separate cable systems, such as when cables above and below 600 volts per NEC 392.6(F) are installed in the same cable tray. However, when MC type cables rated over 600 volts are installed in the same cable tray with cables rated 600 volts or less, no barriers are required. The barriers should be made of the same material type as the cable tray. When ordering the barrier, the height must match the loading depth of the cable tray into which it is being installed. Cable Tray Selection 300 & 600 Volt Cables Fixed Solid Barrier Comparable Material Cables Rated Over 600 Volts Future Expansion Requirements One of the many features of cable tray is the ease of adding cables to an existing system. Future expansion should always be considered when selecting a cable tray, and allowance should be made for additional fill area and load capacity. A minimum of 50% expansion allowance is recommended. Space Limitations Any obstacles which could interfere with a cable tray installation should be considered when selecting a cable tray width and height. Adequate clearances should be allowed for installation of supports and for cable accessibility. Note: The overall cable tray dimensions typically exceed the nominal tray width and loading depth. 38 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Selection - Length Lengths Available The current Cable Tray Standard, NEMA VE 1 and C22.2 No. 126.1-98, lists typical lengths as 3000 mm (10 ft), 3660 mm (12 ft), 6000 mm (20 ft), and 7320 mm (24 ft). It is impractical to manufacture either lighter systems in the longer lengths or heavier systems in the shorter lengths. For that reason, Cooper B-Line has introduced a primary and secondary length for each system. These straight section lengths were selected to direct the user to lengths that best suit support span demands and practical loading requirements. The primary length is the one that is the most appropriate for the strength of the system and that will provide the fastest service levels. The secondary lengths will be made available to service additional requirements. Special lengths are available with extended lead times. For additional information please review the information contained on the Cooper B-Line website at www.cooperbline.com/product/CableTray/LengthSelection.asp. Support Span Per the NEMA VE 2, the support span on which a cable tray is installed should not exceed the length of the unspliced straight section. Thus installations with support spans greater than 12 feet should use 240" (20 feet) or 288" (24 feet) cable tray lengths. Space Limitations Cable Tray Selection Consideration should be given to the space available for moving the cable tray from delivery to it’s final installation location. Obviously, shorter cable tray allows for more maneuverability in tight spaces. Installation Shorter cable tray lengths are typically easier to maneuver on the job site during installation. Two people may be needed to manipulate longer cable tray sections, while shorter sections might be handled by one person. Although longer cable tray lengths are more difficult to maneuver, they can reduce installation time due to the fact that there are fewer splice connections. This trade-off should be evaluated for each set of job site restrictions. 39 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Selection - Loading Possibilities Power Application: Power application can create the heaviest loading. The heaviest cable combination found was for large diameter cables (i.e. steel armor, 600V, 4 conductor 750 kcmil). The cables weigh less than 3.8 lbs. per inch-width of cable tray. As power cables are installed in a single layer, the width of the cable affects the possible loading. 36" Wide 140 lbs/ft 30" Wide 115 lbs/ft 24" Wide 90 lbs/ft 18" Wide 70 lbs/ft 12" Wide 45 lbs/ft 9" Wide 35 lbs/ft 6" Wide 23 lbs/ft Data/Communication Cabling: Low voltage cables can be stacked as there is no heat generation problems. The NEC employs a calculation of the total cross sectional area of the cables not exceeding 50% of the fill area of the cable tray. As the cable fill area of the cable tray system affects the possible loading, both the loading depth and width of the systems must be considered. For this example 4UTP category 5 cable (O.D. = .21, .026 lbs./ft.) were used. Calculated Cable Weight in Lbs/Ft 6" 5" 4" 3" Fill Fill Fill Fill 36" Wide 30" Wide 81 68 54 41 64 53 43 32 24" Wide 18" Wide 12" Wide 52 43 35 26 41 34 27 21 9" Wide 6" Wide 20 17 13 10 14 12 9 7 27 23 18 14 Cable Tray Selection The picture shows a 12" cable tray with a 3" load depth. The tray contains 520 4 UTP Category 5 cables with a .21" diameter. The National Electrical Code allows for 50% fill of ventilated and ladder cable tray for control or signal wiring (Article 392.9(B)). ANSI/EIA/TIA 569-A Section 4.5* also requires that the fill ratio of cable tray is not to exceed 50%. Calculation Example: Tray Area = 12 in. x 3 in. = 36 sq. in. 50% Fill = 36 sq. in. x .5 = 18 sq. in. Cable Area = (.21 in.)2 x 3.14/4 = .0346 sq. in. Number of Cables = 18 sq. in. / .0346 sq. in. = 520 cables *Section 4.5 is currently under review. Other Factors To Consider • Support Span - The distance between the supports affects the loading capabilities exponentially. To calculate loading values not cataloged use: W1 L12 = W2 L22 W1 - tested loading L1 - span in feet, a tested span W2 - loading in question L2 - known span for new loading • Other Loads - Ice, wind, snow for outdoor systems see page 26 and 27 for information. A 200 lb. concentrated load for industrial systems. The affect of a concentrated load can be calculated as follows 2 x (concentrated static load) span in feet When considering concentrated loads the rung strength should be considered. • Length Of The Straight Sections: The VE 2, Cable Tray Installation Guide, states that the support span shall not be greater than the straight section length. If a 20C system is manufactured in 12 foot sections the greatest span for supports would be 12 feet. This dramatically affects the loading of the system. W1 L12 = W2 L22 100 (202) = W2 (122) 40,000 = 144 W2 W2 = 277 lbs. per foot 40 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Selection - Bottom Type Type of Cable According to NEC Article 392, multiconductor tray cable may be installed in any standard cable tray bottom type. According to the 2005 NEC Article 392.11(8)(3), single conductor tray cable may be installed in any standard cable tray bottom type. Solid bottom cable trays are not allowed to be installed in Class II, Division 2 locations (2002 NEC Section 502.4(B) ). In general, small, highly flexible cables should be installed in solid bottom, vented bottom or 6" rung spacing ladder type cable trays. Sensitive cables (e.g. fiberoptic) are typically installed in flat, solid bottom cable trays, instead of corrugated trough bottoms. Larger, less flexible cables are typically installed in ladder type cable trays having 9" or 12" rung spacing. Ladder type cable trays having 18" rung spacing should be used for large, stiff cables to reduce cost and facilitate cable drop-outs. Cost vs Strength Often more than one bottom type is acceptable. In this case the economic difference should be considered. Ladder cable trays have a lower cost than either non-ventilated or ventilated bottom configurations. Typically, the cost of ladder type cable tray decreases as rung spacing increases. However, the effect of rung spacing on load capacity for ladder type cable trays with 18" rung spacing should be evaluated, since NEMA published load capacities are based on 12" rung spacing. Rung spacing can affect individual rung and side rail loading as well as system load capacity. Rung loads applied during cable installation should also be considered. (See page 29 for Cooper B-Line rung load capacities) Cable Exposure Cable Tray Selection Tray cables are manufactured to withstand the environment without additional protection, favoring the use of the ladder type cable tray. Some areas may benefit from the limited exposure of solid or vented bottom cable tray. Solid Bottom metal cable tray with solid metal covers can be utilized in other spaces used for environmental air to support non plenum rated tray cables (2002 NEC® 300.22(C)(1) ) Cable Attachment The major advantage of ladder type cable tray is the freedom of entry and exit of the cables. Another advantage of ladder type cable tray is the ability to secure cables in the cable tray. With standard rungs the cables may be attached with either cable ties or cable clamps. The ladder type cable tray is also available with special purpose, slotted marine or strut rungs to facilitate banding or clamping cables. Cable attachment is particularly important on vertical runs or when the tray is installed on its side. Ladder rung spacing should be chosen to provide adequate cable attachment points while allowing the cables to exit the system. Cable Tray Selection - Fitting Radius Cable Flexibility The proper bend radius for cable tray fittings is usually determined by the bend radius and stiffness of the tray cables to be installed. Typically, the tray cable manufacturer will recommend a minimum bend allowance for each cable. The fitting radius should be equal to or larger than the minimum bend radius of the largest cable which may ever be installed in the system. When several cables are to be installed in the same cable tray, a larger bend radius may be desirable to ease cable installation. Space Limitations The overall dimensions for a cable tray fitting will increase as the bend radius increases. Size and cost make the smallest acceptable fitting radius most desirable. When large radius fittings are required, the system layout must be designed to allow adequate space. 41 Cable Tray Systems Flextray Flextray® 42 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® Flextray Flextray is a flexible, field-adaptable way to manage cables throughout your project. The tray itself can be cut and bent to the needs of the installer on the jobsite, allowing cable runs to be adjusted as needed. The wide range of sizes offered by Cooper B-Line makes Flextray a great choice for everything from a small cable drop to a large trunk of cables. Our tray has the market-preferred "T" weld safety edge, protecting both the cable and the installer during cable installation. Flextray is also UL Classified as an equipment grounding conductor. The F.A.S.T. System is Foldable, Adjustable, Stackable, and Tool-less, providing many options to manage cables inside your raised floor space. With only a few parts, you can create everything from a basic single layer installation to a cantilevered, multiple-tier cable run. Make the most of your raised floor space and your time with the F.A.S.T. System! 43 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Technical Data Finish & Grounding Information Flextray Flextray Cable Tray and Accessories are available in a wide variety of finishes to meet the environmental or aesthetic requirements of customer installations. Use the list below to find the finish and suffix that will meet your needs. Available product finishes will be listed on individual pages throughout the catalog. Finish codes shown in bold type are the standard for that product. EG (ZN) Electroplated Zinc Galvanized Finish applied after fabrication Recommended applications: Controlled interior UL/CSA Classified as an equipment ground conductor when spliced as recommended ASTM B633 - Average thickness of 0.3 mils (8 microns) GS (GLV) Pre-Galvanized Zinc Finish applied before fabrication Recommended applications: Limited industrial & interior UL/CSA Classified as an equipment ground conductor when spliced as recommended ASTM A641 BLE (FB) Black Powder Coat Finish applied after fabrication Recommended applications: Controlled interior UL/CSA Classified as an equipment ground conductor when coating has been removed at splice contact points Average paint thickness of 1.2 mils (30 microns) to 3.0 mils (75 microns) BLO Black Oxide Finish Recommended applications: Controlled interior ASTM D769 SPC Custom Powder Coat Finish applied after fabrication Recommended applications: Controlled interior UL/CSA Classified as an equipment ground conductor when coating has been removed at splice contact points No Specification HD (HDG) Hot Dip Galvanized Finish applied after fabrication Recommended applications: Exterior, corrosive UL/CSA Classified as an equipment ground conductor when spliced as recommended ASTM A123 - Average thickness of 2.4 mils (60 microns) to 3.2 mils (80 microns) 304S (SS4) 304L Stainless Steel Recommended applications: Food preparation, wash-down areas ASTM A580 316S (SS6) 316L Stainless Steel Recommended applications: Highly corrosive applications & marine environments ASTM A580 Statement for all UL Classified products: This product is classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as to its suitability as an equipment grounding conductor only. 556E 44 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Technical Data Load & Fill Chart Flextray Series Part Size Number height x width Support Span / Loading Capacity* Lbs/Ft (max) 5'-0” 6'-0” 7'-0” 8'-0” Cable Fill (50% fill)** Actual Area Inside Number of CAT Number of Tray (in2) 5e Cables*** CAT 6 Cables*** 11/2” x 12” 29 17 14 11 12.2 176 124 FT2X2 FT2X4 FT2X6 FT2X8 2” x 2” 2” x 4” 2” x 6” 2” x 8” 34 52 66 66 28 43 47 47 24 35 35 35 20 27 27 27 4.3 8.2 12.1 16.1 61 118 175 231 43 83 123 163 FT2X12 FT2X16 FT2X18 FT2X20 2” x 12” 2” x 16” 2” x 18” 2” x 20” 68 68 68 68 47 47 47 47 35 35 35 35 27 27 27 27 23.9 31.8 35.8 39.7 345 459 516 573 243 324 364 404 FT2X24 FT2X30 FT2X32 2” x 24” 2” x 30” 2” x 32” 68 68 77 47 47 53 35 35 39 27 27 30 47.5 59.8 63.3 686 862 914 484 608 645 FT4X4 FT4X6 FT4X8 FT4X12 FT4X16 4” x 4” 4” x 6” 4” x 8” 4” x 12” 4” x 16” 58 93 94 119 119 49 77 78 83 83 42 60 61 61 61 36 46 47 47 47 15.8 23.6 31.5 47.5 63.5 227 341 454 686 917 160 240 321 484 647 FT4X18 FT4X20 FT4X24 FT4X30 4” x 18” 4” x 20” 4” x 24” 4” x 30” 119 119 128 128 83 83 89 89 61 61 65 65 47 47 50 50 71.5 79.5 95.5 119.5 1032 1148 1379 1725 728 810 973 1217 FT6X8 FT6X12 FT6X16 6” x 8” 6” x 12” 6” x 16” 111 124 128 77 86 89 57 63 65 43 48 50 47.3 71.6 95.3 682 1034 1375 481 729 970 FT6X18 FT6X20 FT6X24 6” x 18” 6” x 20” 6” x 24” 128 141 154 89 98 107 65 72 78 50 55 60 107.3 118.9 143.3 1549 1716 2068 1092 1211 1459 Flextray FT1.5X12 * Published load chart has not been tested with Flexmate splice. Please consult the factory for load information when using the Flexmate option. ** Flextray fill capacity is based on NEC allowable fill of 50%. The NEC rule requires that the cable cross-sectional areas together may not exceed 50% of the tray area (width x depth = fill). Cables will nearly completely fill the cable tray when reaching the 50% cable fill, due to empty space between the surface of the cables. TIA recommends 40% fill ratio. Flextray loads shown in the loading chart will not be exceeded at 50% fill. *** CAT 5e 4-pr non-plenum approximated at .21 in. diameter, CAT 6 4-pr non-plenum approximated at .25 in. diameter. Actual diameters vary by cable manufacturer. 45 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Straight Sections 1.5” Deep Flextray 1.38" (48 mm) Part Height: 1.38" (35 mm) Length: 118.312" (3 meter) Wire Dia. Minimum: .196" (5.0 mm) Finishes: EG, GS, BLE, SPC, HD, 304S, 316S Width Wt. Per Pc. Number in. mm lbs. kg FT1.5X4X10 4 100 5.8 2.63 FT1.5X6X10 6 150 7.4 3.35 FT1.5X8X10 8 200 9.0 4.08 FT1.5X12X10 12 300 12.1 5.49 Width Only FT1.5X12 (12” wide) is UL Classified 2” Deep Flextray 2.38" (60 mm) Part Number Height: 2.38" (60 mm) Length: 118.312" (3 meter) Flextray Wire Dia. Minimum: .196" (5.0 mm) Finishes: EG, GS, BLE, SPC, HD, 304S, 316S Width Wt. Per Pc. in. mm lbs. kg FT2X2X10 2 50 6.6 2.99 FT2X4X10 4 100 8.2 3.72 FT2X6X10 6 150 9.7 4.40 FT2X8X10 8 200 11.2 5.08 FT2X12X10 12 300 14.3 6.48 FT2X16X10 16 400 17.4 7.89 FT2X18X10 18 450 18.9 8.57 FT2X20X10 20 500 20.4 9.25 FT2X24X10 24 600 23.5 10.66 FT2X30X10 30 750 28.1 12.74 FT2X32X10 32 800 29.7 13.47 Width FT2X6 (6” wide) through FT2X32 (32” wide) are UL Classified See page - 44 for finish information 46 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Straight Sections 4” Deep Flextray 4.38" Part Number Width in. mm lbs. FT4X4X10 4 100 11.25 5.10 FT4X6X10 6 150 12.79 5.80 FT4X8X10 8 200 14.32 6.49 FT4X12X10 12 300 17.39 7.89 FT4X16X10 16 400 20.45 9.27 (111 mm) Wt. Per Pc. kg Height: 4.38" (111 mm) FT4X18X10 18 450 21.99 Length: 118.312" (3 meter) 9.97 FT4X20X10 20 500 23.52 10.67 FT4X24X10 24 600 26.59 12.06 FT4X30X10 30 750 31.19 14.15 Wire Diameter Minimum: .196" (5.0 mm) Finishes: EG, GS, BLE, SPC, HD, 304S, 316S Width All 4” deep Flextrays are UL Classified 6” Deep Flextray 6.38" Part Number in. mm lbs. FT6X8X10 8 200 17.39 7.89 FT6X12X10 12 300 20.45 9.27 FT6X16X10 16 400 23.52 10.67 FT6X18X10 18 450 25.06 11.37 FT6X20X10 20 500 26.59 12.06 24 Wt. Per Pc. 600 All 6” deep Flextrays are UL Classified 29.66 kg Flextray FT6X24X10 Width (162 mm) Height: 6.38" (162 mm) Length: 118.312" (3 meter) Wire Diameter Minimum: .196" (5.0 mm) 13.45 Width Finishes: EG, GS, BLE, SPC, HD, 304S, 316S See page 44 for finish information 47 Cable Tray Systems Flextray Flextray® - Splicing Accessories 48 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Splicing Accessories Washer Splice Kit • Washer is staked to bolt, holding part stationary during installation • Fewer parts to handle • For use with all tray widths and sizes • Finishes __: EG, BLE Part Description Qty./Box Number Assembly of Staked Washer Stud/Washer & Finned Nut WASHER SPL KIT__ BLE suffix indicates black zinc finish for this part only 50 Wt./Box lbs. kg 4.5 2.04 Splicing Chart (number of splices required for UL Classification) Tray Height 2” 4” 6” Tray Width - number of splices 6” 8” 12” 16” 2” 4” 18” 20” 24” (50mm) (100mm) (150mm) (200mm) (300mm) (400mm) (450mm) (500mm) (600mm) NC NM NM NC 4 NM 4 5 NM 4 6 6 4 6 6 4 7 7 4 7 7 5 7 7 5 8 8 NC = Not UL Classified in this size NM = Flextray is not manufactured in this size Splice Hardware Components • • • • Works with all splicing needs For use with all tray widths and sizes Components are sold separately Finishes __: EG, BLE-BLO, SPC, 304S, 316S Part Description Qty./Box Number Wt./Box lbs. kg 1/4” x 1” Carriage Bolt & Finned nut 50 1.2 0.54 TOP WASHER__ 1” Square Splice Washer 50 1.4 0.63 BTM WASHER __ 13/16” Square Splice Washer 50 2.0 0.91 FTHDWE 1/4 not available in BLE. TOP WASHER & BTM WASHER not available in BLO. BTM WASHER FTHDWE1/4 Flextray FTHDWE 1/4__ TOP WASHER Splicing Chart (number of splices required for UL Classification) Tray Height 2” 4” 6” Tray Width - number of splices 6” 8” 12” 16” 2” 4” 18” 20” 24” (50mm) (100mm) (150mm) (200mm) (300mm) (400mm) (450mm) (500mm) (600mm) NC NM NM NC 4 NM 4 5 NM 4 6 6 4 6 6 4 7 7 4 7 7 5 7 7 5 8 8 NC = Not UL Classified in this size NM = Flextray is not manufactured in this size See page 44 for finish and grounding information 49 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Splicing Accessories Connecting Hardware Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box Number FTSCH__ Connecting Hardware • Adaptable and designed for use with splice plate (FTS3SP), SPLICE BAR, and long splice bar (FTS36SB). • Finishes __: EG, BLE-BLO, SPC, 304S, 316S 50 lbs. kg 2.0 0.91 Splicing Chart (number of splices required for UL Classification) Tray Height 2” 4” 6” Tray Width - number of splices 6” 8” 12” 16” 2” 4” 18” 20” 24” (50mm) (100mm) (150mm) (200mm) (300mm) (400mm) (450mm) (500mm) (600mm) NC NM NM NC 4 NM 4 5 NM 4 6 6 4 6 6 4 7 7 4 7 7 5 7 7 5 8 8 NC = Not UL Classified in this size NM = Flextray is not manufactured in this size Wing Splice Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box Number Wing Splice 50 kg 3.0 1.38 Flextray FTSWN__ lbs. • Two piece design for easy handling • Tool-less installation • Reduces installation time, especially when used on fittings and bends • Finish__: ZN Splicing Chart (number of splices required for UL Classification) Tray Height 2” 4” 6” Tray Width - number of splices 6” 8” 12” 16” 2” 4” 18” 20” 24” (50mm) (100mm) (150mm) (200mm) (300mm) (400mm) (450mm) (500mm) (600mm) NC NM NM NC 4 NM 4 5 NM 4 6 6 4 6 6 4 7 7 4 7 7 5 7 7 5 8 8 NC = Not UL Classified in this size NM = Flextray is not manufactured in this size See page 44 for finish and grounding information 50 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Splicing Accessories Splice Plate (only) Part Description Length Height Hole Number Qty./Box Diameter FTS3SP__ Splice Plate 2.7” 1.6” 0.27” 50 Wt./Box lbs. kg 6.1 2.76 • Splice plate is designed for use with connecting hardware (FTSCH) to provide added stability of splice connections • Hardware sold separately • Finish__: ZN, SS6 Flexmate Splice System Part • Fastest splice connection method available in the industry • For use with 4” (100mm) to 12” (300mm) wide tray • Flexmate clips and tool sold separately • Finishes __: GS, BLE Description Qty./Box Number Wt./Box lbs. kg FLEXMATE2__ Flexmate Splice Clips 50 1.0 0.45 FLEXMATE TOOL Flexmate Splice Tool 1 0.7 0.32 Note: Please contact Cooper B-Line when using Flexmates on tray widths larger than 12” (300mm) for specific requirements. Cooper B-Line recommends that splice/supports comply with NEMA VE-2 installation requirements FLEXMATE2 Squeeze to secure splice. Flextray Flexmate Tool is used to install splices quickly. Position clip inside tool, pointing to outside of tray. FLEXMATE TOOL Splicing Chart (number of splices required for UL Classification) Tray Height 2” 2” 4” 6” Tray Width - number of splices 4” 6” 8” 12” (50mm) (100mm) (150mm) (200mm) (300mm) NC NM NM NC 5 NM 5 6 NM 5 7 7 5 7 7 NC = Not UL Classified in this size NM = Flextray is not manufactured in this size See page 44 for finish and grounding information 51 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Splicing Accessories Tab-Loc Connector Part Description Length Qty./Box Number Tab-Loc Connectors FTSTLC__ 9.29” Wt./Box lbs. kg 50 7.2 3.26 • Fast splice for straight runs of tray • For use with 2” (50mm) to 32” (800mm) wide tray to connect straight sections only • Finishes __: ZN, SS6 Application Requirements The recommendations listed are equal for all depths (except as noted). Splicing Chart (number of splices required for UL Classification) Tray Height 2” 4” 6” Tray Width - number of splices 8” 12” 16” 18” 2” 4” 6” 20” 24” (50mm) (100mm) (150mm) (200mm) (300mm) (400mm) (450mm) (500mm) (600mm) NC NM NM NC 4 NM 4 5 NM 4 6 6 4 6 6 4 7 7 4 7 7 5 7 7 5 8 8 NC = Not UL Classified in this size NM = Flextray is not manufactured in this size Flextray Installation Step 3 Step 2 Step 1 Tab-Loc security without special tools. Screwdriver can also be used to bend tab-locs (hold connector ends while bending). Step 4 See page 44 for finish and grounding information 52 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Splicing Accessories Splice Bar • • • • • Adds rigidity to washer splice methods Used on side rails only (not for use in tray bottom) For use on trays when using splice hardware FTSCH Hardware sold separately Finishes __: EG, BLE, HD, 304S, 316S, SPC Part Description Qty./Box Number 1013/16” Long Bar SPLICE BAR__ 50 Wt./Box lbs. kg 14.0 6.35 Hardware is not sold with splice bar. Flextray Each splice bar requires three (3) each of Hardware Splice Components TOP WASHER, and FTHDWE 1/4 to complete connection. These items must be ordered separately. Washer Splice Kits (WASHER SPL KIT) are required for connections on bottom of tray. Splicing Chart (number of splices required for UL Classification) Tray Height 2” 4” 6” Tray Width - number of splices 8” 12” 16” 18” 2” 4” 6” 20” 24” (50mm) (100mm) (150mm) (200mm) (300mm) (400mm) (450mm) (500mm) (600mm) NC NM NM NC 4 NM 2 4 NM 2 4 4 2 4 4 2 4 4 2 4 4 2 4 4 2 4 4 NC = Not UL Classified in this size NM = Flextray is not manufactured in this size See page 44 for finish and grounding information 53 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Splicing Accessories Splice Bar Kit Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box Number FTSBK__ 12” Long Splice Bar Kit 5 Sets lbs. kg 6.4 2.90 • Adds rigidity • Includes two (2) SPLICE BAR and hardware • Finishes __: ZN, FB, SS6 Splicing Chart (number of splices required for UL Classification) Tray Height 2” 4” 6” Tray Width - number of splices 8” 12” 16” 18” 2” 4” 6” 20” 24” (50mm) (100mm) (150mm) (200mm) (300mm) (400mm) (450mm) (500mm) (600mm) NC NM NM NC 4 NM 2 4 NM 2 4 4 2 4 4 2 4 4 2 4 4 2 4 4 2 4 4 NC = Not UL Classified in this size NM = Flextray is not manufactured in this size Flextray Long Splice Bar (only) Part Description Qty./Box Number FTS36SB__ 36” Long Splice Bar Only 1 Wt./Box lbs. kg 0.40 0.18 • FTS36SB long splice bar is used for assembly of large radius horizontal bends or field cut into short splice bars • Splice Bars are designed for use with connecting hardware (FTSCH) • Hardware sold separately • Finishes __: ZN, FB, SS6 See page 44 for finish and grounding information 54 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Splicing Accessories Hold Down Plate • Easy way to mount 4" (100mm) wide tray for raceway run. • Use 1/4" screws to attach SUPT WASHER to your specific wall/stud application (hardware sold separately). • FTA6HD can be used in pairs to create a center-hung support using 3/8" rod. • To protect cables use threaded rod protector (page 61). • To complete 3/8" center hanger assembly use: 2 - FTA6HD 2 - HN 3/8"-16 hex nuts • Finish: ZN, SS6 • Horizontal adjustable kit can be used to create horizontal angles from prepared Flextray straight sections • Conveniently poly-bagged • Finishes __: EG, BLE, 316S, SPC Part Wt./Box lbs. kg .28” x .70” 50 4.7 2.13 FTA6HD__ .40” x .70” 50 3.5 1.59 Horizontal Adjustable Kit Part Description Qty./Box Number Horizontal Adjustable Kit 10 Wt./Box lbs. kg 2.4 1.09 Flextray For fast assembly of 90° turns and tee fittings For use with all tray widths and sizes One kit will make two 90° turns or one tee fitting 90 DEGREE KIT: includes: two (2) 90° splice bars and eight (8) FTSCH • Finishes __: EG, BLE, SPC, 316S Qty./Box SUPT WASHER__ FTSHAK__ • • • • Slot Size Number 90 Degree Kit Part Description Qty./Box Number 90 DEGREE KIT__ 90 degree splice bar & hardware 1 Wt./Box lbs. kg 1.3 0.59 See page 44 for finish and grounding information 55 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Splicing Accessories Components Required to Connect Two Sections of Flextray System Part Number System Width in. mm Connector Assembly Connecting Hardware Splice Plate Splice WASHER SPL KIT FTSCH FTS3SP SPLICE BAR Bar Flextray (*) 4 for 4” Deep Flextray 6 for 6” Deep Flextray FT2X2 FT2X4 FT2X6 FT2X8 FT2X12 FT2X16 FT2X18 FT2X20 FT2X24 FT2X30 FT2X32 FT4X4 FT4X6 FT4X8 FT(*)X12 FT(*)X16 FT(*)X18 FT(*)X20 FT(*)X24 FT(*)X30 2” 4” 6” 8” 12” 16” 18” 20” 24” 30” 32” 4” 6” 8” 12” 16” 18” 20” 24” 30” 50 100 150 200 300 400 450 500 600 750 800 100 150 200 300 400 450 500 600 750 2 2 42 42 42 42 42 53 53 75 75 42 66 66 66 77 77 77 77 88 - - - Washer Splice Kits FT2X2 FT2X4 FT2X6 FT2X8 FT2X12 FT2X16 FT2X18 FT2X20 FT2X24 FT2X30 FT2X32 FT4X4 FT4X6 FT4X8 FT(*)X12 FT(*)X16 FT(*)X18 FT(*)X20 FT(*)X24 FT(*)X30 2” 4” 6” 8” 12” 16” 18” 20” 24” 30” 32” 4” 6” 8” 12” 16” 18” 20” 24” 30” 50 100 150 200 300 400 450 500 600 750 800 100 150 200 300 400 450 500 600 750 11 11 22 22 22 22 22 44 44 11 22 22 33 44 44 44 44 55 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 - Splice Plates FT2X2 FT2X4 FT2X6 FT2X8 FT2X12 FT2X16 FT2X18 FT2X20 FT2X24 FT2X30 FT2X32 FT4X4 FT4X6 FT4X8 FT(*)X12 FT(*)X16 FT(*)X18 FT(*)X20 FT(*)X24 FT(*)X30 2” 4” 6” 8” 12” 16” 18” 21” 24” 30” 32” 4” 6” 8” 12” 16” 18” 20” 24” 30” 50 100 150 200 300 400 450 500 600 750 800 100 150 200 300 400 450 500 600 750 11 11 22 22 22 22 22 33 33 11 22 22 22 33 33 33 33 44 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 6 6 2 2 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 - 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Splice Bars 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Install one connector on the bottom. Install two connectors on the bottom. Install three connectors on the bottom. Install four connectors on the bottom. Install five connectors on the bottom. Install two connectors on the bottom and two on each side. Install three connectors on the bottom and two on each side. Install four connectors on the bottom and two on each side. 56 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Splicing Accessories Splice Plate Kits for 2" Deep Flextray Part Number System Width Weight Per 100 Box Quantity in. mm lbs. kg FTS20SK 2” 4” 50 100 2.91 1.32 10 FTS21SK 6” 8” 150 200 3.63 1.64 10 FTS22SK 12” 18” 20” 24” 300 450 500 600 4.35 1.97 10 Conveniently poly-bagged for use with 2" Deep Flextray Splice Plate Kits for 4" & 6” Deep Flextray Part Number FTS23SK in. mm 4” 100 6” 150 8” 200 12” 300 18” 450 20” 500 24” 600 Weight Per 100 Box Quantity lbs. kg 5.07 2.30 10 5.79 2.62 10 Conveniently poly-bagged for use with 4" & 6” Deep Flextray Flextray FTS24SK System Width 57 Cable Tray Systems Flextray Flextray® - Ceiling Support Methods 58 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Ceiling Support Methods • Accommodates 1/4" and 3/8" rod sizes • Installs quickly with a screwdriver or pliers thus reducing installation time • Requires only one hex nut (not included) to hang and level the Flextray • Retainer tabs can be bent over to lock-in the threaded rod and wire basket • Finishes __: ZN, FB, SS6 Flip Clip™ Part Description Qty./Box Number WB46H__ Flip Clip 50 Wt./Box lbs. kg 5.2 2.36 Snap retainer stops in place after cable is loaded. Trapeze Support • Trapeze Clip installs fast • For use with trays up to 4” (100mm) deep, 12” (300mm) wide, and spans up to 8’-0” (2.44m) • Tray can be released from support to allow side cable loading • Accepts 1/4” and 3/8” threaded rod sizes • Finishes __: GS, BLE, SPC Part Description Qty./Box Number TRAPEZE SUPT2__ Trapeze Support Clip 50 trapeze clips 100 retainer stops Wt./Box lbs. kg 7.0 3.17 Snap retainer stops in place after cable is loaded. Flextray 2” Center Hanger • • • • For use with 2” (50mm) tray widths only Accepts 1/4” threaded rod Hardware sold separately Finishes __: GS, BLE, SPC Part Description Qty./Box Number 2 IN CTR SUPT__ Center Support Hanger for FT2x2 50 Wt./Box lbs. kg 5.0 2.27 Assemble with ATTACHMENT CLP & FTHDWE 1/4 hardware. See page 44 for finish information 59 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Ceiling Support Methods Hold Down Plate Part Slot Size Qty./Box Wt./Box Number lbs. kg SUPT WASHER__ .28” x .70” 50 4.7 2.13 FTA6HD__ .40” x .70” 50 3.5 1.59 • Easy way to mount 4" (100mm) wide tray for raceway run. • Use 1/4" screws to attach SUPT WASHER to your specific wall/stud application (hardware sold separately). • FTA6HD can be used in pairs to create a center-hung support using 3/8" rod. • To protect cables use threaded rod protector (page 61). • To complete 3/8" center hanger assembly use: 2 - FTA6HD 2 - HN 3/8"-16 hex nuts • Finish: ZN, SS6 Mounting Bracket Part Description Qty./Box Number FTB2UB__ Light Duty Wall/Rack Bracket 10 Wt./Box lbs. kg 2.1 0.95 • Designed to support FT2X2X10 Flextray • Click tabs for Flextray attachment • Use 1/4” hardware and washer (not included) to mount bracket • Finishes __: SS6 1" typ. (25 mm) Flextray .26" typ. (6.6 mm) Center Hung Clip Part Description Qty./Box Number CTR HUNG CLP__ Light Duty Center Hanger 50 Wt./Box lbs. kg 4.0 1.81 • Use for light duty cabling applications • For use with 11/2” (38mm) & 2” (51mm) deep tray with 4” (100mm) and 6” (150mm) widths • Built-in hold down tab • Accepts 1/4” threaded rod • Threaded rod and nuts sold separately • Finishes __: GS, BLE, SPC Assemble with 1/4” threaded rod and finned nut See page 44 for finish information 60 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Ceiling Support Methods Threaded Rod Protector • Use to protect cables from 1/4” to 1/2” threaded rod • PVC UL94V-O material • Color: Gray Part Description Qty./Box Number Wt./Box lbs. SB301-1/2x8__ Rod Protector 1 kg 0.01 0.004 8” Center Hanger • Center hangers install with only one threaded rod and hardware • Tabs for easy hold down (not available in stainless steel) • For use with 4” (100mm) to 24” (600mm) wide tray • Tubing protects cable • 6” (150mm) and 18” (450mm) width hangers have slightly offset center tubing to allow the tube to fit properly between wire grid • Accepts 1/4”, 3/8” & 1/2” threaded rod • Finishes __: EG, BLE, HD, SPC Part Use With Actual Number Tray Width Width 4 CTR HGR__ 4” (100mm) 47/16” (112mm) 6” (150mm) 517/32” (140mm) 8” (200mm) 819/32” (218mm) 12” (300mm) 121/2” (317mm) 16 CTR HGR__ 16” (400mm) 163/8” (416mm) 18 CTR HGR__ 18” (450mm) 6 CTR HGR__ 8 CTR HGR__ 12 CTR HGR__ 20 CTR HGR__ 24 CTR HGR__ Qty./Box Wt./Box lbs. kg 1 1.6 0.72 1 1.7 0.77 1 1.9 0.86 1 2.7 1.22 1 3.2 1.45 17” (432mm) 1 3.3 1.49 20” (500mm) 209/32” (515mm) 1 3.6 1.63 24” (600mm) 243/16” (640mm) 1 4.3 1.95 Flextray Position hanger below tray. Tabs can be bent over for hold down. See page 44 for finish information 61 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Ceiling Support Methods Heavy Duty Center Hung Support Kit Part Channel Number Length WB5518CH__ 18” Qty./Box 1 • Designed for 1/2" ATR. Channel length of 18" supports 12", 18" and 20" Flextray Systems. • Protection sleeve for ATR to prevent damage to cables. 1 • /2" ATR attachment hardware provided. • Flextray mounting attachment hardware provided. • Heavy Duty Center Hung Support assembly includes: (1) - SB3011/2x8 Threaded Rod Protector (2) - B202 Square Washers (2) - HN 1/2"-13 Hex Nuts (2) - N224WO, 1/4"-20 Channel Nuts (no spring) (2) - SRHMS 1/4"-20 x 1” Machine Screws (2) - SUPT WASHER Hold Down Plates (1) - B54SH Channel, 18" long • Finishes __: ZN, SS6, SPC Wt./Box lbs. kg 2.2 1.00 Kit supplied with attachment hardware. Flextray Trapeze Support Kits Part Use With Overall Number Tray Width Width Qty./Box WB5506__ 6” (150mm) 10” (254mm) WB5508__ 8” (200mm) WB5512 __ Wt./Box lbs. kg 1 1.6 0.73 12” (305mm) 1 1.7 0.77 12” (300mm) 16” (406mm) 1 2.0 0.91 WB5518 __ 18” (450mm) 22” (559mm) 1 2.5 1.13 WB5524__ † 28” (711mm) 1 2.9 1.32 • Trapeze Support Kit includes all components required for single trapeze support in one package. • Designed for use with 1/4" ATR. • Also available for 3/8" ATR, add -3/8 suffix to part number. • Order threaded rod separately. • Finish: Channel - GLV Other components - ZN, SPC Available in SS6 † For 20” (500 mm) and 24” (600 mm) wide Flextray Trapeze Kit for 1/4" ATR includes: (4) - B450-1/4" U-Washers (4) - HN 1/4"-20 Hex Nuts (1) - SUPT WASHER (1) - TN224 1/4"-20 EZ Twirl Nut (1) - SRHMS 1/4"-20 x 1" Machine Screw (1) - B54SH Channel Trapeze Kit for 3/8" ATR add -3/8" suffix, includes: (4) - B450-3/8" U-Washers (4) - HN 3/8"-16 Hex Nuts (1) - SUPT WASHER (1) - TN224 1/4"-20 EZ Twirl Nut (1) - SRHMS 1/4"-20 x 1" Machine Screw Kits supplied with (1) - B54SH Channel attachment hardware. Overall Width See page 44 for finish information 62 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Ceiling Support Methods Profile Supports Part Use With Actual Number Tray Width Width 12 PROFILE SUPT__ up to 8” (200mm) 12.49” (317mm) 16 PROFILE SUPT__ 12” (300mm) 24 PROFILE SUPT__ 28 PROFILE SUPT__ Qty./Box Wt./Box lbs. kg 1 0.80 0.36 16.39” (416mm) 1 1.07 0.48 16” (400mm) to 20” (500mm) 24.19” (614mm) 1 1.60 0.72 24” (600mm) to 26” (650mm) 28.05” (712mm) 1 1.87 0.85 • • • • Use profile for full tray bottom support Accepts 1/4”, 3/8” & 1/2” threaded rod - (rod and nuts not included) For use with 4” (100mm) to 24” (600mm) wide trays Items included: one (1) Profile Support two (2) SUPT WASHER two (2) FTHDWE 1/4 • Finishes __: GS, EG, BLE, HD, SPC Position hanger below tray. Install and tighten hardware. Profile Length Part Description Qty./Box Number 10 LFT PROFILE__ 10’ nominal length 117” (2971mm) actual length Profile Tray Support 1 Wt./Box lbs. kg 7.8 3.54 Flextray • 10’ section to allow field cutting to length • For use with 4” (100mm) to 32” (800mm) wide trays • Can support multiple runs at same time • Accepts 1/4” threaded rod • Use FTHDWE 1/4 and TOP WASHER for hold down (sold separately) • Finishes __: GS, BLE, HD, SPC See page 44 for finish information 63 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Ceiling Support Methods KwikWire™ Clamps & Wire Rope • KwikWire system replaces jack chain or ATR to support lighting, ductwork, and Flextray. • Can be quickly installed around beams - No drilling required. • Ideal for sloped ceilings - can hang objects at up to 60° angles. • Simple height adjustments are made by releasing locking tab, no tools required. • Spools of wire can be cut to length in field, reducing waste and up front planning. Part Clamp Description Number For Use With Rope Diameter BKC100 1/16” Qty./Box & 3/32” BKC150 3/32” BKC200 1/8” 100 & 3/16” 50 Part Rope Diameter - Working Load - 96 lbs. 500 ft. (1) 3/32” - 184 lbs. 500 ft. BKW125 (1) 1/8” - 340 lbs. 500 ft. BKW188 (2) 3/16” - 840 lbs. 250 ft. BKW094 BKCC Wire Rope Cutter 1/16” 0-75 BKC100 3/32” 25-150 BKC150 3/32” 25-150 BKC150 1/8” 25-250 BKC200 1/8” 25-250 BKC200 3/16” 50-640 1 Lbs. Safety Factor 5 15° = 96% 30° = 86% 45° = 70% 60° = 50% (2) 7 x 19 New KwikWire™ Cable Assemblies • New KwikWire “Y” Cable Assemblies will simplify the installation of light fixtures and cable tray. • “Y” Cables enable a single suspension point to provide two securement points. • “Y” legs are 18” in length. • “Y” Cable Assembly Kits include two (2) 10’-0” long cable assemblies and two (2) KwikWire clamps. • Add-on cable assemblies can be field installed on KwikWire systems. Flextray BKC100 Wire Rope Construction (1) 7 x 7 Part Wire Rope Dia. * Working loads shown are for hanging vertically. For suspending at 15°, 30°, 45° or 60° angles from vertical, use the following percentage of the working loads from the chart: Qty./Spool 1/16” BKW063 (1) Clamp Part No. 100 & 1/8” Number KwikWire™ Clamp Working Loads* Description Qty./Box BKYC-094 Carabiner 20 BKYC-094-120K Carabiner 10 BKYC-094 BKYC-094-120K Number See page 44 for finish information 64 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Ceiling Support Methods KwikWire™ Starter Kit • Starter Kit includes everything you need to get the job done. • Kits are packaged in a 5-gallon bucket for easy transportation. The lid includes a built-in cable counter to simplify measuring and cutting the wire rope to length. • Starter Kit includes KwikWire clamps, a spool of wire rope, and a cable cutter. Part Kit Includes Number - Working Load BKS10063 BKC100 (100 pcs.), Cable Cutter 1/16”Ø Wire Rope (500 ft.) 1 BKS10094 BKC100 (100 pcs.), Cable Cutter 3/32”Ø Wire Rope (500 ft.) 1 BKS15094 BKC150 (100 pcs.), Cable Cutter 3/32”Ø Wire Rope (500 ft.) 1 BKS15125 BKC150 (100 pcs.), Cable Cutter 1/8”Ø Wire Rope (500 ft.) 1 BKS20125 BKC200 (50 pcs.), Cable Cutter 1/8”Ø Wire Rope (500 ft.) 1 BKS20188 BKC200 (50 pcs.), Cable Cutter 3/16”Ø Wire Rope (250 ft.) 1 New Qty./Box KwikPak™ Wire Rope & Clamps KwikPak™ makes handling KwikWire™ a breeze! • Refill your starter kit with a B-Line KwikPak™. • KwikPaks include KwikWire clamps and a spool of wire rope. • KwikPaks are shipped in a specially designed dispenser box to ease field cutting of wire. Kit Includes - Working Load Qty./Box BKP10063 BKC100 (100 pcs.), Cable Cutter 1/16”Ø Wire Rope (500 ft.) 1 BKP10094 BKC100 (100 pcs.), Cable Cutter 3/32”Ø Wire Rope (500 ft.) 1 BKP15094 BKC150 (100 pcs.), Cable Cutter 3/32”Ø Wire Rope (500 ft.) 1 BKP15125 BKC150 (100 pcs.), Cable Cutter 1/8”Ø Wire Rope (500 ft.) 1 BKP20125 BKC200 (50 pcs.), Cable Cutter 1/8”Ø Wire Rope (500 ft.) 1 BKP20188 BKC200 (50 pcs.), Cable Cutter 3/16”Ø Wire Rope (250 ft.) 1 Flextray Part Number See page 44 for finish information 65 Cable Tray Systems Flextray Flextray® - Wall Support Methods 66 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Wall Support Methods Shelf Brackets • Heavy-duty support bracket • For use with 6” (150mm) to 24” (600mm) wide trays • Built-in tab for hold down • Accepts 1/4” through 11/2” conduit sizes for additional support options • Optional hardware sold separately • Finishes __: GLV, HDG, SS6 Part Use With Number Tray Width FTB06CS__ 6” (150mm) FTB08CS__ Qty./Box Wt./Box lbs. kg 1 0.5 0.22 8” (200mm) 1 0.6 0.27 FTB12CS__ 12” (300mm) 1 1.2 0.54 FTB16CS __ 16” (400mm) 1 1.7 0.77 FTB18CS __ 18” (450mm) 1 1.9 0.86 FTB20CS __ 20” (500mm) 1 2.6 1.18 FTB24CS __ 24” (600mm) 1 3.2 1.45 FTB24CS shown L Brackets Part Use With Number Tray Width 4 L BRKT__ 4” (150mm) 8 L BRKT__ Qty./Box Wt./Box lbs. kg 1 0.6 0.27 6” (150mm) & 8” (200mm) 1 0.8 0.36 12 L BRKT__ 12” (300mm) 1 1.3 0.59 16 L BRKT__ 16” (400mm) 1 1.4 0.63 20 L BRKT__ 20” (500mm) 1 2.0 0.91 24 L BRKT__ 24” (600mm) 1 2.3 1.04 Tab can be bent over for hold down. Flextray • Installs tray to wall cleanly • Built-in tab for hold down (not available in stainless steel) • For use with 4” (100mm) to 24” (600mm) wide trays • Use with pedestal clamp in raised floor applications • Hardware sold separately • Finishes __: EG, HD, BLE, 316S, SPC 12 L BRKT See page 44 for finish information 67 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Wall Support Methods Z Brackets Part Description Qty./Box Number Z BRKT__ Z Bracket 1 • • • • • • Wt./Box lbs. kg 0.6 0.27 Used for horizontal and/or vertical mounting For use with 4” (100mm) to 32” (800mm) wide trays Can be used to offset trays from floor Can be used to terminate tray run at wall Multiple brackets can be used for wider tray widths Finishes __: GS, BLE, SPC Use with two (2) FTSCH (sold separately) Hold Down Plate Part Slot Size Qty./Box Number Wt./Box lbs. kg .28” x .70” 50 4.7 2.13 FTA6HD__ .40” x .70” 50 3.5 1.59 Flextray SUPT WASHER__ • Easy way to mount 4" (100mm) wide tray for raceway run. • Use 1/4" screws to attach SUPT WASHER to your specific wall/stud application (hardware sold separately). • FTA6HD can be used in pairs to create a center-hung support using 3/8" rod. • To protect cables use threaded rod protector (page 61). • To complete 3/8" center hanger assembly use: 2 - FTA6HD 2 - HN 3/8"-16 hex nuts • Finish: ZN, SS6 See page 44 for finish information 68 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Wall Support Methods Attachment Clips • Wall attachment for 2” (50mm) wide tray only (FT2X2X10) • Low-profile appearance • Built-in tab to hold down tray • Can also be used with 2” (50mm) Center Support (see page 59) • Hardware sold separately • Finishes __: GS, BLE, SPC Part Description Qty./Box Number ATTACHMENT CLP__ Attachment Clip Support for FT2x2x10 50 Wt./Box lbs. kg 3.4 1.54 Mounting Bracket • Designed to support FT2X2X10 Flextray • Click tabs for Flextray attachment • Use 1/4” hardware and washer (not included) to mount bracket • Finishes __: SS6 Part Description Qty./Box Number FTB2UB__ Light Duty Wall/Rack Bracket 10 Wt./Box lbs. kg 2.1 0.95 1" typ. (25 mm) .26" typ. (6.6 mm) • Use to attach 2” (50mm) or 4” (100mm) trays to walls, struts or cabinets • Use for raceway mounting • Mount to metal framing for vertical support • Tabs are built in for tray hold down • Mount to side rail for electrical box connection • Finishes __: GS, BLE, SPC Part Description Qty./Box Number WALL SUPT__ Wall Support Bracket 1 Flextray Wall Supports Wt./Box lbs. kg 0.6 0.27 See page 44 for finish information 69 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Wall Support Methods Wall Termination Kit Part Length Qty./Box Number WBWTK__ 9” 1 Wt./Box lbs. kg 1.3 0.59 • Kit includes all hardware necessary to support Flextray when terminated at a wall • Mount slotted angle to wall with up to 3/8" hardware (not included) • Finishes __: ZN, FB, SS6 Wall Termination Kit includes: 1 1 1 1 - SA276-9 Slotted Angle FTA6HD - Hold Down 3/8"-16 x 1" Slotted Head Screw 3/8"-16 Hex Nut Wall Mount Kit Part Length Qty./Box Number Wt./Box lbs. kg WB48WMK__ 8” 1 0.76 0.35 WB1224WMK__ 12” 1 1.22 0.55 • Kit includes all components necessary to mount Flextray to a wall horizontally or vertically • Mount strut to wall with up to 1/2" hardware (not included) • Finish: Channel - GLV Hardware - ZN Available in SS6 Wall Mount Kit includes: Flextray WB48WMK WB1224WMK 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 B54SH Strut SUPT WASHER Hold Downs 1/4"-20 x 1" Slotted Head Screw N224WO Channel Nut WB1224WMK shown Horizontally Mounted Vertically Mounted See page 44 for finish information 70 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Wall Support Methods C Brackets • Tab can be used for hold down (stainless steel will not have these tabs) • For use with 4” (100mm) to 12” (300mm) wide trays • C Bracket attaches to hard ceiling types • All brackets are 77/8” (200mm) tall • Cables can be side loaded • L Brackets (page 67) and C Brackets can be combined for layered tray runs • Finishes __: EG, BLE, HD, SPC Part Description Qty./Box Number Wt./Box lbs. kg 4 C BRKT__ 4” (100mm) C Bracket 1 1.2 0.54 8 C BRKT__ 8” (200mm) C Bracket 1 1.4 0.63 12 C BRKT__ 12” (300mm) C Bracket 1 1.9 0.86 Hold down tab. Assemble with SUPT WASHER & FTHDWE 1/4. Flextray See page 44 for finish information 71 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - F.A.S.T. Underfloor System Flextray The F.A.S.T. System is an innovative and flexible way to support and manage cables in raised floor applications. This Foldable, Adjustable, Stackable, Tool-less System uses Flextray, stands, and accessories to provide a variety of options for your project and the fastest installation time on the market. Best of all, it does not attach to the raised floor structure and can be installed either before or after floor is in place. 72 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - F.A.S.T. Underfloor System F.A.S.T. System Flextray • • • • • • • Rounded ends on all wires UL Classified (see technical data for details) Depths: 2”, 4”, & 6” nominal Lengths: 24”, 48”, & 118” Use flat fitting (WBUFLT) for turns Wire Diameter: 0.191” (4.9mm) Standard finishes: GS Consult customer service for other available finishes Flat Fitting 6” (150 mm) Depths LD LD Widths LD 12” (300 mm) 20” (500 mm) 6” (150mm) deep Flats H 2” deep Width 4” deep Length LD 6” deep H Wt. Per Pc. in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm lbs. kg FTU2X6X2 FTU2X6X4 FTU2X6X10 FTU2X12X2 FTU2X12X4 FTU2X12X10 FTU2X20X2 FTU2X20X4 FTU2X20X10 FTU4X6X2 FTU4X6X4 FTU4X6X10 FTU4X12X2 FTU4X12X4 FTU4X12X10 FTU4X20X2 FTU4X20X4 FTU4X20X10 FTU6X6X2 FTU6X6X4 FTU6X6X10 FTU6X12X2 FTU6X12X4 FTU6X12X10 FTU6X20X2 FTU6X20X4 FTU6X20X10 6 6 6 12 12 12 20 20 20 6 6 6 12 12 12 20 20 20 6 6 6 12 12 12 20 20 20 150 150 150 300 300 300 500 500 500 603 1206 3008 603 1206 3008 603 1206 3008 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 1.21 2.36 5.80 1.65 3.21 7.89 2.24 4.35 10.67 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 172 172 172 172 172 172 172 172 172 2.03 3.95 9.72 2.99 5.82 14.32 4.28 8.33 20.45 2.67 5.20 12.79 3.64 7.08 17.39 4.93 9.58 23.52 3.32 6.45 15.85 4.28 8.33 20.45 5.57 10.83 26.59 0.92 1.79 4.41 1.36 2.64 6.50 1.94 3.78 9.28 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 2.02 2.02 2.02 2.02 2.02 2.02 2.02 2.02 2.02 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77 6.77 6.77 6.77 6.77 6.77 6.77 6.77 6.77 6.77 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 603 1206 3008 603 1206 3008 603 1206 3008 1.63 1.63 1.63 1.63 1.63 1.63 1.63 1.63 1.63 4.38 4.38 4.38 4.38 4.38 4.38 4.38 4.38 4.38 6.38 6.38 6.38 6.38 6.38 6.38 6.38 6.38 6.38 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 150 150 150 300 300 300 500 500 500 23.9 47.5 118.4 23.9 47.5 118.4 23.9 47.5 118.4 23.9 47.5 118.4 23.9 47.5 118.4 23.9 47.5 118.4 23.9 47.5 118.4 23.9 47.5 118.4 23.9 47.5 118.4 WBUFLT WBUFLT-12 WBUFLT-06 20 12 6 500 250 150 24 24 24 604 604 604 - - - - 2.96 1.50 1.00 1.34 0.68 0.45 150 150 150 300 300 300 500 500 500 603 1206 3008 603 1206 3008 603 1206 3008 Flextray 4” (100mm) deep 2” (50mm) deep Part Number H H 1.51 2.93 7.19 1.94 3.78 9.28 2.53 4.91 12.06 See page 44 for finish information 73 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - F.A.S.T. Underfloor System Stands • No tools required for installation • Formed top surface free of protrusions or sharp edges • 6” height adjustment • Inside and outside leg positioning • Folded and boxed for ease in shipping • Patent Pending • Stand part number includes: one (1) stand two (2) feet two (2) adhesive pads two (2) hold down clips • Standard finish: Pre-Galvanized WBU2031 WBU2024 WBU2016 WBU1216 Max. Basket Width Flextray WBU2016 shown Height Adjustment WBU2016 stands shown in double tier application. Feet and adhesive pads not required for second tier assembly. Part Number Max. Basket Width Height Adjustment Stands Per Box in. mm in. mm WBU1216 WBU1224 * WBU1231 * 12 12 12 300 300 300 10-16 18-24 25-31 254-406 457-609 635-787 2 WBU2016 WBU2024 WBU2031 * 20 20 20 500 500 500 10-16 18-24 25-31 254-406 457-609 635-787 2 2 2 2 2 Wt. Per Box lbs. kg 7.44 9.06 10.52 3.37 8.56 10.20 11.64 3.88 4.11 4.77 4.62 5.28 * Legs are packed separately in box and not inserted in stand. See page 44 for finish information 74 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - F.A.S.T. Underfloor System Cantilever Kits & Accessories • • • • • • • No tools required for installation Simple design for tiered applications Available in kits or individual parts Adjustable shelf height Formed top surface has no sharp edges Can be installed independent of raised floor Standard finish: Pre-Galvanized Adjustability of shelf brackets WBUCK812 Double Tier Cantilever Kit Shown with WBU2016 Stand 3 Flextray (See pg. 73) 9 (See pg. 76) 8 (See pg. 76) 4 5, 6 or 7 1 2 WBUCK12 - Single Tier Cantilever Kit WBUCK812 - Double Tier Cantilever Kit Includes Includes (1) WBUCB12 (1) WBUL16 (1) WBUCF (2) WBUHD (1) WBUCB8 (1) WBUCB12 (1) WBUL24 (1) WBUCF (3) WBUHD 3 10 (See pg. 76) 9 4 (See pg. 76) Stand (Sold Separately WBUCB12 Part Number Flooring Post Item # 6 7 5 Flextray See pg. 74) WBUCB8 Description Max Height in. mm 7.30 185 15.25 † Box Qty. Wt. Per Box lbs. kg 10 15.62 7.08 387 10 25.40 11.52 - - 10 5.51 2.50 - - 10 9.16 4.15 WBUCK12 * 1 ∆ WBUCK812 2 ∆ WBUCB8 3 WBUCB12 4 WBUL16 5 Cantilever Kit - Single Tier with 12” Bracket Cantilever Kit - Double Tier with 8” & 12” Brackets 8” Cantilever Bracket for 6” Flextray 12” Cantilever Bracket for up to 12” Flextray Short Vertical Support 7.30 185 10 4.37 1.98 WBUL24 6 Medium Vertical Support 15.25 387 10 8.45 3.83 WBUL31 7 Tall Vertical Support 22.25 565 10 12.07 5.47 * For use with 2” and 4” deep Flextray on the lower level. † Height - from top of stand ∆ Stand not included See page 44 for finish information 75 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - F.A.S.T. Underfloor System Hold Down Clip • Spring steel clip to attach Flextray to stands • No tools required for installation • Holds both continuous and spliced wire sections securely • Works with stands and cantilever brackets Part Number Item # WBUHD 8 Description Box Qty. Basket Clip 50 Wt. Per Box lbs. kg 1.10 0.50 Pedestal Clip • Optional spring steel clip to give added rigidity to system • Works with stands and cantilever brackets Part Number Item # WBUPC 9 Description Box Qty. Pedestal Clip 50 Wt. Per Box lbs. kg 1.65 0.75 Cantilever Foot • Secures vertical support into stand top • Only required when stand legs are in the inner position Part Number Item # WBUCF 10 Description Box Qty. Cantilever Foot 50 Wt. Per Box lbs. kg 8.65 3.92 Flextray Under Floor Stand • • • • • • • Part Number WBU1203 WBU1204 WBU1205 WBU1206 Heights of 3”, 4”, 5” or 6” Leg cutout allows for airflow No tools required to mount Flextray to stand Use WBUHD hold down clips to secure basket Stand width is 12” Fasten to floor for maximum stability Floor mounting slot size: .313” (7.9mm) x .813” (20.6mm) for 1/4” hardware Overall Height Wt. Per Each in. mm lbs. kg 3 4 5 6 76 101 127 152 1.32 1.60 1.88 2.17 0.60 0.72 0.85 0.98 See page 44 for finish information 76 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - F.A.S.T. Underfloor System L Bracket & Toolless Clip • • • • • • For use when access to ground floor is limited Use with round post sizes 0.9” (25mm) through 1.2” (30mm) Use with square posts Order clamps and brackets separately Built-in tab for hold down Tool-less Clip (plenum-rated material) - Snap-in locking pin securely holds basket to bracket 12 L BRKT shown PEDESTAL CLAMP TOOLLESS CLIP Part Number Description Qty. TOOLLESS CLIP Tool-less Hold-Down Clip Wt. Per Box 50/Box lbs. kg 1.00 0.45 Brackets (Zinc Plated) Part Number System Width in. mm in. mm 8 L BRKT 6-8 150-200 8 200 12 L BRKT 12 300 12 300 Box Qty. Wt. Per Box lbs. kg 1 0.80 0.36 1 1.30 0.59 Pedestal Clamp & Kit Part Description Qty./Box Number Flextray • Clamps to existing raised-access floor stanchion • Use L BRKT (see page 24) or full pedestal kit to support trays under the raised access floor (sold separately) • For tray widths 2” (50mm) to 20” (500mm) • *Pedestal Clamp Kit includes two (2) pedestal clamps, 28” (711mm) profile section, bolts & nuts • Kits include hardware • Finishes __: EG Length Wt./Box lbs. kg PEDESTAL CLAMP__ Pedestal Clamp 1 0.6 0.27 PEDESTAL KIT__ Pedestal Clamp Kit 1* 3.3 1.49 Pedestal kits are recommended for tray widths of 16” (400mm) or greater See page 44 for finish information 77 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - F.A.S.T. Underfloor System Under Floor Support Bracket • Under Floor Support Bracket provides rugged support for Flextray System from access floor post. • To complete the installation, the following hardware must be ordered separately. (2) - B501 U-Bolts (1) - SUPT WASHER Hold Down (1) - 1/4"-20 x 1" Slotted Head Screw (1) - N224WO Channel Nut • Finish: ZN ‘A’ Part Number in. ‘A’ mm in. Thread mm Box Quantity B409UF-12 12” 300 12” 300 B409UF-18 18” 450 18” B409UF-21 21” 533 21” Wt. Per Box lbs. kg 1 3.6 1.63 450 1 4.5 2.04 533 1 5.4 2.45 U-Bolts Flextray • Designed for attachment of Under Floor Support Brackets to access floor post. Each U-Bolt includes two (2) hex nuts. • Finish: ZN ‘A’ Part Number B501-1 B501-11/2 in. ‘A’ mm Thread Size Box Quantity 13/8” 30 5/16”-18 50 5/16”-18 62 3/8”-16 75 3/8”-16 2” B501-2 27/16” B501-21/2 215/16” Wt. Per Box lbs. kg 50 7.0 3.17 50 8.0 3.63 20 5.4 2.45 25 8.0 3.63 See page 44 for finish information 78 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - F.A.S.T. Underfloor System Ground Bolt • Attaches up to #1 ground wire to each tray section when separate ground wire is required • Used for UL grounding compliance. • When using color powder coated finish or paint, coating must be removed at the points of contact. • Finish: Copper Plated Part Description Qty./Box Number GROUND BOLT Ground Bolt 1 Wt./Box lbs. kg 0.11 0.05 Adhesive & Feet WBUFA WBUF WBUTAPE Part Number • WBUTAPE - Double-sided adhesive pads for temporary positioning of floor stands Pad Size: 2” (50mm) x 4” (100mm) • WBUFA - Adhesive to secure stand to floor Description Box Qty. Wt. Per Box lbs. kg WBUF Stand Foot 10 2.36 1.07 WBUTAPE Double-Sided Tape 50 2.50 1.13 WBUFA Floor Adhesive 1 Gallon 10.78 4.89 Floor Stand Flextray • Non-metallic snap lock floor stand is designed for use under access floors. • Floor stand elevates Flextray System 15/8" (41.3mm) above the floor. • To attach floor stand, use Liquid Nails™ or anchors. • Elevation increments of 13/8" (35mm) can be obtained by stacking floor stands. • Sized for 1/4" hardware (order separately). • Material: Black Plenum-rated Plastic Part Number Wt. Per Pc. lbs. kg Box Quantity FTA2FS 0.44 0.20 10 See page 44 for finish information 79 Cable Tray Systems Flextray Flextray® - Raised Floor System 80 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Raised Floor System Raised Floor Tray Sections • • • • • • • • Provides maximum flexibility Self-supporting Works with any raised access floor Easy drop-in design UL classified system (when used with grounding clips) Pre-galvanized finish eliminates the risk of zinc whiskers Horizontal transitions are made easy with flat fittings Finishes __: GS, BLE, SPC Part Description Qty./ Fill Area Max Number depth x width x length Box lbs. Wt./Box kg sq. in. Cables FTRF2X6X2__ 2” (50mm) x 6” (150mm) x 24” (600mm) 1 2.11 0.96 12.1 171 FTRF2X6X4__ 2” (50mm) x 6” (150mm) x 48” (1200mm) 1 4.21 1.91 12.1 171 FTRF4X6X2__ 4” (100mm) x 6” (150mm) x 24” (600mm) 1 2.76 1.25 23.6 334 FTRF4X6X4__ 4” (100mm) x 6” (150mm) x 48” (1200mm) 1 5.53 2.51 23.6 334 FTRF6X6X2__ 6” (150mm) x 6” (150mm) x 24” (600mm) 1 3.42 1.55 35.8 507 FTRF6X6X4__ 6” (150mm) x 6” (150mm) x 48” (1200mm) 1 6.85 3.11 35.8 507 FTRF2X12X2__ 2” (50mm) x 12” (300mm) x 24” (600mm) 1 3.10 1.40 23.9 339 FTRF2X12X4__ 2” (50mm) x 12” (300mm) x 48” (1200mm) 1 6.20 2.81 23.9 339 FTRF4X12X2__ 4” (100mm) x 12” (300mm) x 24” (600mm) 1 3.75 1.70 47.5 673 FTRF4X12X4__ 4” (100mm) x 12” (300mm) x 48” (1200mm) 1 7.50 3.40 47.5 673 FTRF6X12X2__ 6” (150mm) x 12” (300mm) x 24” (600mm) 1 4.42 2.00 71.6 1014 FTRF6X12X4__ 6” (150mm) x 12” (300mm) x 48” (1200mm) 1 8.85 4.01 71.6 1014 FTRF2X24X2__ 2” (50mm) x 24” (600mm) x 24” (600mm) 1 4.76 2.16 43.8 620 FTRF2X24X4__ 2” (50mm) x 24” (600mm) x 48” (1200mm) 1 9.50 4.31 43.8 620 FTRF4X24X2__ 1 5.42 2.46 87.5 1239 1 10.84 4.92 87.5 1239 FTRF6X24X2__ 6” (150mm) x 24” (600mm) x 24” (600mm) 1 6.06 2.75 131.3 1859 FTRF6X24X4__ 6” (150mm) x 24” (600mm) x 48” (1200mm) 1 12.12 5.50 131.3 1859 Flextray 4” (100mm) x 24” (600mm) x 24” (600mm) FTRF4X24X4__ 4” (100mm) x 24” (600mm) x 48” (1200mm) Max. Cable calculations based on cable diameter of 0.1852” Part Description Qty./ Fill Area Max Number depth x width x length Box lbs. Wt./Box kg sq. in. Cables FTRF0X24X2__ Flat Fitting 0” (0mm) x 24” (600mm) x 24” (600mm) 1 3.8 1.72 -- -- See page 44 for finish information 81 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Raised Floor System Vertical Supports Part Description Qty./Box Number Wt./Box lbs. kg FTRFVS02__ 2” (50mm) Vertical Support 1 0.12 0.05 FTRFVS04__ 4” (100mm) Vertical Support 1 0.26 0.12 FTRFVS06__ 6” (150mm) Vertical Support 1 0.38 0.17 FTRFVS10__ 10” (250mm) Vertical Support 1 0.62 0.28 FTRFVS12__ 12” (300mm) Vertical Support 1 0.74 0.33 FTRFVS16__ 16” (400mm) Vertical Support 1 1.00 0.45 FTRFVS18__ 18” (450mm) Vertical Support 1 1.12 0.51 FTRFVS20__ 20” (500mm) Vertical Support 1 1.94 0.89 • Patented vertical supports hold tray independent of the raised access floor • Vertical support will fit around 11/4” (31.7mm) diameter floor support • Custom sizes are available for different height requirements and seismic supports • Finishes __: GS 12” 6” Horizontal Supports Part Description Qty./Box Flextray Number Wt./Box lbs. kg FTRFHS06__ 6” (150mm) Horizontal Support Bar 1 0.34 0.15 FTRFHS12__ 12” (300mm) Horizontal Support Bar 1 0.70 0.32 FTRFHS24__ 24” (600mm) Horizontal Support Bar 1 1.20 0.54 • Simple lock-in design • No fasteners required • Finishes __: GS 24” 12” See page 44 for finish information 82 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Raised Floor System Multi-Level Brackets & Accessories • Use brackets to achieve multi-level pathways • Bridges give horizontal support when tray width changes at a fitting • Finishes __: GS Part Description Qty./Box Number FTRF6CBRKT__ Multi-Level Bracket 6” (150mm) Wide 1 Part Description Qty./Box Number FTRF12CBRKT__ Multi-Level Bracket 12” (300mm) Wide 1 Part Description Qty./Box Number Multi-Level Bracket 3-Tier 1 Part Description Qty./Box Number FTRFBRIDGE__ Horizontal Bridge Support 1 Part Description Qty./Box Number kg 2.0 0.91 Wt./Box lbs. kg 3.3 1.49 Wt./Box lbs. kg 1.8 0.81 Flextray FTRFLBRKT__ Wt./Box lbs. Wt./Box lbs. kg 0.98 0.44 Wt./Box lbs. kg FTRFVERTEX04__ 4” (100m) Vertical Extension 1 0.52 0.23 FTRFVERTEX06__ 6” (150m) Vertical Extension 1 0.68 0.31 FTRFVERTEX08__ 8” (200m) Vertical Extension 1 0.80 0.36 See page 44 for finish information 83 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Raised Floor System RF Office Part Description Qty./Box Number FTRFOFFICE__ RF Office 1 • In lighter cabling applications, allows for Flextray straight sections to easily be supported with RF Verticals. • Works with RF installations for a tiered tray system • For use with tray widths of 2” (50mm) to 6” (150mm) • Finishes __: BLO Wt./Box lbs. kg 0.25 0.11 RF Accessories Part Description Qty./Box Number Wt./Box lbs. kg FTRFGROUND CLIP__ Support Washer & Ground Bolt 50 5.0 2.27 FTRFVERT CLIP__ Vertical Support Locking Clip 50 1.0 0.45 Ground Clip • UL Classified connector • Finishes __: EG Vertical Clip • Locks vertical support around stanchion • Finishes __: BLO Vertical Clip Flextray Ground Clip See page 44 for finish information 84 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Raised Floor System Pedestal Clamps • Clamps to existing raised-access floor stanchion • Use L BRKT (see page 24) or full pedestal kit to support trays under the raised access floor (sold separately) • For tray widths 2” (50mm) to 20” (500mm) • *Pedestal Clamp Kit includes two (2) pedestal clamps, 28” (711mm) profile section, bolts & nuts • Kits include hardware • Finishes __: EG Part Description Qty./Box Number Wt./Box lbs. kg PEDESTAL CLAMP__ Pedestal Clamp 1 0.6 0.27 PEDESTAL KIT__ Pedestal Clamp Kit 1* 3.3 1.49 Pedestal kits are recommended for tray widths of 16” (400mm) or greater Floor Pans Part Description Qty./Box Number Wt./Box lbs. kg FLOOR PAN 4__ 4” (100mm) High Floor Pan 1 2.6 1.18 FLOOR PAN 6__ 6” (150mm) High Floor Pan 1 3.3 1.49 Flextray • Raises trays off the floor • For use with 4” (100mm) to 20” (500mm) wide trays • Use toolless clip to hold down tray to support • Multiple pans may be needed for wider trays • Finishes __: GS, BLE, SPC FLOOR PAN 4 See page 44 for finish information 85 Cable Tray Systems Flextray Flextray® - Accessories 86 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Accessories Covers • • • • Protects cable from debris and dust Adds security to cable installation Easy bend-over tabs secure cover to trays Available for 2” (50mm) to 24” (600mm) wide trays • Comes in 118” (2997mm) length • Finishes __: GS, BLE, 316S, SPC Use With Tray Width 2 IN COVER__ 2” (50mm) 4 IN COVER__ Qty./Box Wt./Box lbs. kg 1 3.8 1.72 4” (100mm) 1 5.7 2.58 6 IN COVER__ 6” (150mm) 1 6.7 3.04 8 IN COVER__ 8” (200mm) 1 8.7 3.94 12 IN COVER__ 12” (300mm) 1 11.6 5.26 16 IN COVER__ 16” (400mm) 1 15.6 7.07 18 IN COVER__ 18” (450mm) 1 17.0 7.71 20 IN COVER__ 20” (500mm) 1 18.5 8.39 24 IN COVER__ 24” (600mm) 1 22.0 9.98 Dividers Part Use With Number Tray Depth 2 IN DIVIDER__ 2” (50mm) Deep 4 IN DIVIDER __ 6 IN DIVIDER __ Qty./Box Wt./Box lbs. kg 1 3.5 1.59 4” (100mm) Deep 1 9.6 4.35 6” (150mm) Deep 1 14.5 6.58 Flextray • Allows cable separation within a single tray • Hemmed/rounded edge provides cable jacket safety • Hardware included • Field miter for bends and turns • Dual slots every 24” (609mm) for field cutting • Available in 2” (50mm), 4” (100mm) and 6” (150mm) heights • Comes in 118.125” (3000mm) length • Finishes __: GS, BLE, 316S, SPC Part Number Dividers include hardware shown below 6” 2” 4” See page 44 for finish information 87 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Accessories Solid Bottom Inserts Part Use With Number Tray Width Qty./Box INSERT 4X118__ 4” (100mm) INSERT 6X118__ Wt./Box lbs. kg 1 6.8 3.08 6” (150mm) 1 9.8 4.44 INSERT 8X118__ 8” (200mm) 1 13.3 6.03 INSERT 12X118__ 12” (300mm) 1 21.6 9.80 INSERT 16X118__ 16” (400mm) 1 26.4 11.97 INSERT 18X118__ 18” (450mm) 1 32.4 14.69 INSERT 20X118__ 20” (500mm) 1 32.9 14.92 INSERT 24X118__ 24” (600mm) 1 39.3 17.82 • • • • Continuous support for sensitive cables Security of cable in high-traffic areas Hardware included Available for 2” (50mm) to 24” (600mm) wide trays • Comes in 118” (2997mm) length • Finishes __: GS, BLE, 316S, SPC Attach with FTHDWE 1/4 & Top Washer Blind Ends Flextray Part Number in. ‘A’ mm in. Height mm Box Quantity FT BE 2X2 2” 50 2” 50 1 FT BE (*)X4 4” 100 (*) (*) 1 FT BE (*)X6 6” 150 (*) (*) 1 FT BE (**)X8 8” 200 (*) (*) 1 (*) Insert: 2 = 2" (50 mm), 4 = 4" (100 mm) for height FT BE (**)X12 12” 300 (**) (**) 1 FT BE (**)X16 16” 400 (**) (**) 1 (**) Insert: 2 = 2" (50 mm), 4 = 4" (100 mm), 6 = 6" (150 mm) for height FT BE (**)X18 18” 450 (**) (**) 1 FT BE (**)X20 20” 500 (**) (**) 1 FT BE (**)X24 24” 600 (**) (**) 1 • Forms a closure for a dead-end Flextray • Hardware included • Finish: GS, 316S ‘A’ Height See page 44 for finish information 88 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Accessories Cable Roller • Protects and maintains recommended cable radii for Cat 5, Cat 5E, Cat 6, Cat 6A, Fiber, etc. • Height of roller can be adjusted to tray depth • Installs in seconds with no tools • Reduces cable installation time • Prevents migration of cables • For use with 4” (100mm) to 32” (800mm) tray widths • Finish: Cast Aluminum Part Description Qty./Box Number CABLE ROLLER Cable Roller 1 Wt./Box lbs. kg 1.0 0.45 Quick, snap-together design Toolless Clip • • • • • Securely holds tray to support Snap-in locking pin No tools or fastening required Fastest hold-down method available For use with the following: FTB__CS (see pg. 67) L BRKT (see pg. 67) C BRKT (see pg. 71) FLOOR PAN (see pg. 85) PROFILE SUPPORTS (see pg. 63) • Finish: Plenum rated resin (black) Part Description Qty./Box Number TOOLLESS CLIP Toolless Hold-Down Clip 50 Wt./Box lbs. kg 1.0 0.45 Flextray • Use to secure Flextray to horizontal strut support • Designed for use as shown in drawing (no load rating) • Finish: Black Zinc Phosphate Strut Mounting Clip Part Description Qty./Box Number BW4 Strut Mounting Clip 100 Wt./Box lbs. kg 0.9 0.41 See page 44 for finish information 89 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Accessories Drop Out Fitting Part Description Qty./Box Number DROP OUT__ Drop Out Fitting 1 Wt./Box lbs. kg 0.5 0.22 • • • • Keeps cable radius secure at drop point For use with 4” (100mm) to 32” (800mm) wide trays Attaches to tray without hardware Drop outs can be attached at bottom, side or ends of tray • Hold down tabs on bottom of drop out to secure tray (tabs not available on stainless steel drop out) • Finishes __: EG, BLE, SPC Cable Drop Out Part Description Qty./Box Number Cable Drop Out 10 lbs. kg 0.17 0.08 • Non-metallic 2" (50mm) radius Cable Drop-Out snap locks into mesh bottom and protects cables from sharp bend • Material: Black Plenum-rated Plastic Flextray FTA2DO Wt./Box See page 44 for finish information 90 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Accessories Conduit Connector • Conduit connector is designed to connect conduit to the side or bottom of Flextray • Conduit bushing will remain outside of tray to keep cable pathway clear • Bend tabs to secure connector to tray • No hardware included • Finishes __: GLV Part Description Qty./Box Number Wt./Box lbs. kg FTA050CC__ 1/2” (15mm) Conduit Clip 4 0.8 0.36 FTA075CC __ 3/4” (20mm) Conduit Clip 4 1.0 0.45 FTA100CC __ 1” (25mm) Conduit Clip 4 1.9 0.86 FTA125CC __ 11/4” (32mm) Conduit Clip 4 2.6 1.18 Rack Clamp • • • • Securely holds tray down to rack Installs without drilling Black-painted finish to match rack Finish__: BLE Part Description Qty./Box Number RACK CLAMP__ Rack Clamp 4 Wt./Box lbs. kg 4.7 2.13 Flextray Adaptor Kit • Adaptor kit includes all hardware necessary to connect Flextray system to top of relay rack at right angle or parallel position • Finish__: YZN (Yellow Zinc Chromate) Part Description Qty./Box Number SB2204__ Adaptor Kit 1 Wt./Box lbs. kg 0.37 0.17 Adaptor Kit includes: (1) - Mounting Plate (2) - 5/16"-18 x 2" “J”-Bolts (2) - HN 5/16"-18 Hex Nuts (2) - LW 5/16" Lock Washers See page 44 for finish information 91 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Accessories Radius Shield Part Description Number in. mm FTA2RS 2.5 63 FTA4RS 4.3 FTA6RS 5.9 Qty./Box • Provides a smooth inside radius surface. • No tools or fasteners needed to install. • Sizes for 2", 4" & 6" deep Flextray; 90° horizontal bends, tees, and crosses. • Installs in seconds. Simply hold in place and bend back tabs. • Slick surface to reduce cable friction. • Material: Black Polycarbonate Wt./Box lbs. kg 20 7.2 3.2 110 20 12.3 5.5 150 20 21.6 9.8 11" (279 mm) ‘A’ Rubber Cap Box Quantity B719EB 100 • Install on wire ends if required. Fits all wire diameters Wt. Per 100 lbs. kg 0.20 0.10 Flextray Part Number Touch-Up Paint Part Number Color SB420ATG Gray Lacquer SB420AFB Box Quantity Wt. Per Pc. lbs. kg 1 0.9 0.41 Flat Black Lacquer 1 0.9 0.41 SB420ACW Computer White Lacquer 1 0.9 0.41 B999 Silver Zinc-Rich Paint 1 0.9 0.41 • Size: 12 ounce aerosol can • Cannot ship air freight See page 44 for finish information 92 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Accessories Label Clip • • • • • Clips easily into trays Use for identifying your cable pathways Can be used on all tray sizes Will not fit on side of 11/2” deep Flextray Finish: Non-plenum-rated resins Part Description Qty./Box Number LABEL CLIP 101/2” (267mm) Long 10 Wt./Box lbs. kg 0.6 0.27 Ground Bolt • Attaches up to #1 ground wire to each tray section when separate ground wire is required • Used for UL grounding compliance. • When using color powder coated finish or paint, coating must be removed at the points of contact. • Finish: Copper Plated Part Description Qty./Box Number GROUND BOLT Ground Bolt 1 Wt./Box lbs. kg 0.11 0.05 Flextray Ground Wire Supports • Supports ground wire along side of tray • Can be used on all trays • Finish __: Zinc Plated Part Description Qty./Box Number GROUND SUPT GL Ground Wire Support 100 Wt./Box lbs. kg 0.6 0.27 See page 44 for finish information 93 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Accessories • • • • Complete source of hardware for ceiling connections Available in stock Strut can be purchased in pre-cut lengths and various colors All hardware is zinc plated Lock Washers Threaded Rod Part Size Qty. Number Wt./Qty. Part lbs. kg Number Size Qty. Wt./Qty. lbs. kg x 72” (1828mm) 1 0.7 0.31 1/4LW 1/4” 200 0.6 0.27 1/4” x 120” (3048mm) 1 1.2 0.54 3/8LW 3/8” 200 1.6 0.72 ATR1/4x144 1/4” x 144” (3657mm) 1 1.4 0.63 1/2LW 1/2” 200 2.0 0.91 ATR3/8x72 3/8” x 72” (1828mm) 1 1.7 0.77 ATR3/8x120 3/8” x 120” (3048mm) 1 2.9 1.31 ATR3/8x144 3/8” x 144” (3657mm) 1 3.5 1.58 ATR1/2x72 1/2” x 72” (1828mm) 1 3.2 1.45 ATR1/2x120 1/2” x 120” (3048mm) 1 5.4 2.45 Part Size Qty. ATR1/2x144 1/2” x 144” (3657mm) 1 6.5 2.95 Number ATR1/4x72 1/4” ATR1/4x120 Flat Washers Wt./Qty. lbs. kg 1/4FW 1/4” 200 1.2 0.54 3/8FW 3/8” 200 3.0 1.36 1/2FW 1/2” 200 6.6 2.99 Rod Couplings Part Size Qty. Number Wt./Qty. lbs. kg B655-1/4 1/4”-20 50 2.0 0.91 B655-3/8 3/8”-16 50 5.5 2.49 1/2”-13 50 6.0 2.72 Flextray B655-1/2 Square Washers Part Hole Size Qty. Number Wt./Qty. lbs. kg B201 7/16 50 6.0 2.72 B202 9/16 50 7.0 3.17 Size Qty. Hex Nuts Part Size Qty. Number Wt./Qty. lbs. kg 1/4HN 1/4”-20 100 0.6 0.27 3/8HN 3/8”-16 100 1.6 0.72 1/2HN 1/2”-13 100 4.3 1.95 Beam Clamps Part Number Wt./Qty. lbs. kg B3036L-3/8 3/8”-16 100 60.0 27.2 B3036L-1/2 1/2”-13 100 140.0 63.5 See page 44 for finish information 94 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Accessories Concrete Rapid Rod Hanger Beam Clamps Part Size Qty. Number Wt./Qty. lbs. kg B444-1/4 1/4”-20 100 160 72.5 B444-3/8 3/8”-16 100 430 195.0 B444-1/2 1/2”-13 100 430 195.0 Part Rod Shank Qty. Wt./Qty. Number Size Size lbs. kg ARC-37-150 3/8” 100 3.4 1/4” x 11/2” 1.54 ARW-SW Wood Rapid Rod Hanger ARW U-Bolt Clamps Part Size Qty. Number B441-22 3/8”-16 x 33/8” long 100 Wt./Qty. lbs. kg 160 72.5 Part Rod Shank Qty. Wt./Qty. Number Size Size lbs. kg ARW-37-200 3/8” 1/4” x 2” 100 3.4 1.54 ARW-37-200SW 3/8” 1/4” x 2” 100 3.4 1.54 SW = Side Mount Spring Nuts Part ARS-SW Thread Size Qty. Number Wt./Qty. lbs. kg N224 1/4”-20 100 6.5 2.95 N228 3/8”-16 100 9.3 4.22 N225 1/2”-13 100 11.3 5.12 Steel Rapid Rod Hanger ARS Part Rod Shank Qty. Wt./Qty. Number Size Size lbs. kg ARS-37-150 3/8” 100 3.4 1.54 ARS-37-150SW 3/8” 100 3.4 1.54 1/4” x 11/2” 1/4” x 1” SW = Side Mount SH S Part Channel Number Size B22SGALV120 15/8” x 120” - 12 ga. B22SHGALV120 15/8” B56SGALV120 B56SHGALV120 B22 Qty. S Flextray Bolted Framing SH Sockets for Rapid Rod Hangers B56 Wt./Qty. Part lbs. kg Number 1 6.0 2.72 7187 x 120” - 12 ga. 1 6.0 2.72 13/16” x 120” - 15 ga. 1 7.0 3.17 13/16” x 120” - 15 ga. 1 6.0 2.72 7197 Hole Size Universal Steel & Wood Socket 3/8” Concrete Socket Qty. Wt./Qty. lbs. kg 1 4.5 2.04 1 4.5 2.04 95 Cable Tray Systems Flextray Flextray® - Installation 96 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Installation Flextray Cutters • • • • Cleanshear® Exclusive, patented cuts tray fast No sharp edges Designed specifically for cutting Flextray Safely cut and bend Flextray into any configuration Part Description Qty./Box Number CLEANSHEAR Cleanshear® Cutting Tool 1 Wt./Box lbs. kg 4.3 1.95 Patented 1 Face tray up. Slide cutter next to vertical wire and cut. 2 Turn tray to the side with open side facing you. Repeat step 1 to cut wire. 3 Finish cutting all side wires. • Cleanshear® Bender has our exclusive bending attachment • Makes bending larger trays easy • Recommended for bending tray widths of 16” (400mm) or greater 5 Finish cutting by moving to other side of tray to cut remaining wires, 4 Turn tray open-side down and cut wires from bottom of tray. Flextray Bender Part Description Qty./Box Number CLEANSHEAR BEND Cleanshear Cutting Tool With Bender Attachment 1 Wt./Box lbs. kg 5.4 2.45 Flextray Patented Airshear Cutter • Fastest wire mesh cutter available • 57% time savings over regular Cleanshear® • Airshear is available when you have a large project to install. Call us for details. Part Description Qty./Box Number AIRSHEAR Pneumatic Cleanshear Cutting Tool 1 Wt./Box lbs. kg 9.0 4.08 Patented 97 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Installation Angular Bolt Cutter Part Description Qty./Box Number Wt./Box lbs. kg WB30BC Bolt Cutter 1 6.8 3.1 WB30RB Replacement Blade 1 1.3 0.6 WB30RB Replacement Blade WB30BC Angular Bolt Cutter Completely adaptable, Cooper B-Line’s Flextray is designed to accommodate jobsite changes. Cut wires with Cooper B-Line’s Angular Bolt Cutter, bend to create a bend, tee, or reducer. Offset Cut Cut and remove each wire as illustrated below. Follow cutting pattern and blade positioning. Placing Flextray open side down provides the optimum cutting angle. Cutting Order Flextray X Do not use center cut blades. ③ ⑤ For the best results, use a WB30BC Angular Blade Offset Bolt Cutter with 24" (600 mm) long handles. The Offset Blade Cutter produces a clean cut. Position bolt cutter blades near the cross wire and perpendicular to wire to be cut (see illustration above). Proper cut will make the assembly faster, easier and safer while minimizing grinding. ⑦ Part Number in. Length mm Wt. Per Cutter lbs. kg Box Quantity WB50WC 123/4” 325 3.0 1.3 1 Part Number Description WB50RB Replacement Blade 1 WB50BA Replacement Battery 1 ② ④ ⑥ ⑧ Box Quantity The Greenlee cable wire cutter makes flush cuts without burrs. Will cut .191" diameter wire in 2 seconds. Cutting head rotates 330° for ease of positioning and the tool automatically retracts when cut is complete. Comes with 2 batteries, charger, and carrying case. Approximately 250 cuts per charge. See page 44 for finish information 98 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Installation 90° Horizontal Bends (Short Radius) • Make your own field cut horizontal bends using Clearshear® to make safe, smooth cuts • Can be made from any tray width and depth with any available finish • SUPT WASHER & FTHDWE 1/4 hardware may be used on bottom of tray instead of WASHER SPL KIT where desired 2” (50mm) Tray Width Tray Depth Required Hardware Description Quantity 2” (50mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1 4” (100mm) Tray Width Tray Depth Required Hardware Description Quantity 11/2” (38mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1 2” (50mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1 4” (100mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1 6” (150mm) Tray Width Tray Depth Required Hardware Description Quantity 11/2” (38mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1 2” (50mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1 4” (100mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1 8” (200mm) Tray Width Required Hardware Description Quantity 11/2” (38mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1 2” (50mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1 4” (100mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1 6” (150mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1 Flextray Tray Depth 12” (300mm) Tray Width Tray Depth Required Hardware Description Quantity 11/2” (38mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1 2” (50mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1 4” (100mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1 6” (150mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1 99 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Installation 90° Horizontal Bends (Short Radius) • Make your own field cut horizontal bends using Clearshear® to make safe, smooth cuts • Can be made from any tray width and depth with any available finish • SUPT WASHER & FTHDWE 1/4 hardware may be used on bottom of tray instead of WASHER SPL KIT where desired 16” (400mm) Tray Width Tray Depth Required Hardware Description Quantity 2” (50mm) WASHER SPL KIT 3 4” (100mm) WASHER SPL KIT 3 6” (150mm) WASHER SPL KIT 3 18” (450mm) Tray Width Tray Depth Required Hardware Description Quantity 2” (50mm) WASHER SPL KIT 3 4” (100mm) WASHER SPL KIT 3 6” (150mm) WASHER SPL KIT 3 Flextray 20” (500mm) Tray Width Tray Depth Required Hardware Description Quantity 2” (50mm) WASHER SPL KIT 3 4” (100mm) WASHER SPL KIT 3 6” (150mm) WASHER SPL KIT 3 24” (600mm) Tray Width Tray Depth Required Hardware Description Quantity 2” (50mm) WASHER SPL KIT 3 4” (100mm) WASHER SPL KIT 3 6” (150mm) WASHER SPL KIT 3 100 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Installation 90° Horizontal Bends (Long Radius) • • • • Make your own field cut horizontal sweeps using Clearshear® to make safe, smooth cuts Can be made from any tray width and depth with any available finish Cut as many Segments as required to control sweep radius (use chart for recommendations) One (1) WASHER SPL KIT is required to connect each cut segment minus one, this segment uses one (1) SPLICE BAR, two (2) FTHDWE 1/4 and two (2) BTM WASHER • Illustration shown below is for a 8” (200mm) width • 1.5” deep Flextray has only one (1) side wire 2” deep Flextray has two (2) side wires - shown 4” deep Flextray has three (3) side wires 6” deep Flextray has four (4) side wires Component Qty. Tray Width Segments To Be Removed WASHER SPL KIT FTHDWE 1/4 & BTM WASHER SPLICE BAR 4” (100mm) 2 1 2 1 6” (150mm) 3 2 2 1 8” (200mm) 4 3 2 1 12” (300mm) 6 5 2 1 16” (400mm) 7 6 2 1 18” (450mm) 8 7 2 1 20” (500mm) 10 9 2 1 24” (600mm) 11 10 2 1 30” (750mm) 13 12 2 1 32” (800mm) 13 12 2 1 90° Horizontal Bend From (2) Straight Sections Flextray Width Side Sections WASHER SPL KIT To Be Removed Qty. 4” (100mm) 1 2 6” (150mm) 2 2 8” (200mm) 2 2 12” (300mm) 3 2 16” (400mm) 4 3 18” (450mm) 5 3 20” (500mm) 5 3 24” (600mm) 6 4 30” (750mm) 8 4 32” (800mm) 8 4 Flextray • Cut required number of wire side sections listed in chart per the illustration below (Illustration is for a 8” (200mm) width) • 1.5” deep Flextray has only one (1) side wire 2” deep Flextray has two (2) side wires - shown 4” deep Flextray has three (3) side wires 6” deep Flextray has four (4) side wires 101 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Installation Reducers WASHER SPL KIT Component Qty. FTHDWE 1/4 & BTM WASHER SPLICE BAR Large Tray Width (SR) (LRR) (SR) (LRR) (SR) (LRR) 4” (100mm) - 1 - 2 - 1 6” (150mm) - 2 - 2 - 1 8” (200mm) 1 2 4 2 2 1 12” (300mm) 2 3 4 2 2 1 16” (400mm) 2 3 4 2 2 1 18” (450mm) 2 3 4 2 2 1 20” (500mm) 3 3 4 2 2 1 24” (600mm) 3 3 4 2 2 1 30” (750mm) 3 3 4 2 2 1 32” (800mm) 3 3 4 2 2 1 Straight Reducers (SR) Left & Right Reducers (LRR) • 1.5” deep Flextray has only one (1) side wire 2” deep Flextray has two (2) side wires - shown 4” deep Flextray has three (3) side wires 6” deep Flextray has four (4) side wires Vertical Inside & Outside Bends Flextray • Cut wire section as shown and bend to desired angle • 1.5” deep Flextray has only one (1) side wire 2” deep Flextray has two (2) side wires - shown 4” deep Flextray has three (3) side wires 6” deep Flextray has four (4) side wires 102 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Accessories Horizontal Tees (and crosses) • Cut wire side sections as shown in the illustration below (Illustration is for a 8” (200mm) width) • 1.5” deep Flextray has only one (1) side wire 2” deep Flextray has two (2) side wires - shown 4” deep Flextray has three (3) side wires 6” deep Flextray has four (4) side wires • For crosses, duplicate process on opposite side Flextray Width WASHER SPL KIT 2” (50mm) 2 4” (100mm) 2 6” (150mm) 3 8” (200mm) 3 12” (300mm) 4 16” (400mm) 4 18” (450mm) 4 20” (500mm) 4 24” (600mm) 4 30” (750mm) 5 32” (800mm) 5 Qty. Flextray 103 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Accessories SECTION 2X XX XX - WIRE BASKET CABLE SUPPORT SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included in This Section: Materials, equipment, fabrication, installation and tests in conformity with applicable codes and authorities having jurisdiction for the following: 1. Wire mesh cable tray support systems B. Related Work in Other Sections: 1. Conduit and wiring - BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Section. 1.02 INCORPORATED DOCUMENTS A. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not limited to, Conditions of the Contract and Sections in Division 01 of these Specifications. B. Professionally recognized published specifications, standards, tests or recommended methods of trade, industry or governmental organizations apply to work in this Section where cited below but not limited to: 1. ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. 2. ASTM B 633 - Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel. 3. ASTM A 653 - Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot Dip Process. 4. ASTM A 123 - Specification for Zinc (Hot Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel. 5. ASTM A 510 - Specification for General Requirements for Wire Rods and Coarse Round Wire, Carbon Steel. 6. NEMA VE 1-2002 - Metal Cable Tray Systems. 7. NEMA VE 2-2002 - Cable Tray Installation Guidelines. 8. ASTM A 641 - Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Carbon Steel Wire 9. ASTM A 580 - Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Wire 10. ASTM D 769 - Standard Specification for Black Oxide Coatings 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All equipment and accessories to be the product of a manufacturer regularly engaged in its manufacture. B. Supply all equipment and accessories new and free from defects. C. Supply all equipment and accessories in compliance with the applicable standards listed in Article 1.02 of this Section and with all applicable national, state and local codes. D. All items of a given type shall be the products of the same manufacturer. E. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC, as applicable to construction and installation of cable tray and cable channel systems (Article 318, NEC). F. NFPA Compliance Comply with NFPA 70B, “Recommended Practice for Electrical Equipment Maintenance” pertaining to installation of cable tray systems. 1.04 SUBMITTALS Flextray A. Submittals shall be complete, bound under cover and indicating project title, specification section and/or drawings references. Contractor shall review submittals for conformance with Contract Documents, make necessary revisions and submit to Architect, indicating the following: 1. Manufacturer's name, brand name and catalog sheet(s) reference of all equipment and materials specified under this Section. 2. Submit drawings of wire mesh cable tray and accessories including connector assemblies, clamp assemblies, brackets, splice plates, splice bars, grounding clamps and hold down plates showing accurately scaled components. 3. Submit manufacturer's data on wire mesh cable tray support system including, but not limited to, types, materials, finishes and inside depths. 4. The drawings, which constitute a part of these specifications, indicate the general route of the wire mesh cable tray support systems. Data presented on these drawings is as accurate as preliminary surveys and planning can determine until final equipment selection is made. Accuracy is not guaranteed and field verification of all dimensions, routing, etc., is required. 5. Specifications and drawings are for assistance and guidance, but exact routing, locations, distances and levels will be governed by actual field conditions. Contractor is directed to make field surveys as part of his work prior to submitting system layout drawings. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Ship equipment in its original packages to prevent damaging or entrance of foreign matter. All handling performed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Provide protective coverings during construction. B. Replace at no expense to Owner, equipment or material damaged during storage or installation as directed by the Architect. C. Deliver wire mesh cable tray support systems and components carefully to avoid breakage, bending and scoring finishes. Do not install damaged equipment. D. Store wire mesh cable tray and accessories in original cartons and in clean dry space; protect from weather and construction traffic. 104 Cable Tray Systems Flextray® - Accessories PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with these specifications, wire mesh cable tray support systems to be installed shall be as manufactured by Cooper B-Line, Inc. [or engineer-approved equal]. 2.02 WIRE MESH CABLE TRAY SECTIONS AND COMPONENTS A. Provide wire mesh cable tray of types and sizes indicated; with connector assemblies, clamp assemblies, connector plates, splice plates and splice bars. Construct units with rounded edges and smooth surfaces; in compliance with applicable standards; and with the following additional construction features. B. Materials and Finishes: Material and finish specifications for [Carbon Steel Wire] [Pre-Galvanized Steel Wire][Stainless Steel Wire] are as follows: 1. Electro-Plated Zinc Galvanizing: Straight sections shall be made from steel meeting the minimum mechanical properties of ASTM A 510, Grade 1008 and shall be electro-plated zinc in accordance with ASTM B633, Type III, SC-1. 2. Stainless Steel: Straight sections and accessories shall be made from AISI Type [304L][316L] Stainless Steel meeting the minimum mechanical properties of ASTM A 580. 3. Black Powder Coat: Straight sections shall be powder coated black with an average paint thickness of 1.2mils (30microns) to 3.0mils (75microns). 4. Pre-Galvanized Zinc: Straight section shall be made from pre-galvanized steel meeting the minimum mechanical properties of ASTM A 641. 5. Hot Dipped Galvanizing: Straight sections shall be made from steel meeting the minimum mechanical properties of ASTM A 510, Grade 1008 and shall be hot dipped galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A 123. 6. Black Oxide: Certain support accessories and miscellaneous hardware shall be manufactured with a black oxide finish in accordance with ASTM D 769. 2.03 TYPE OF WIRE MESH CABLE TRAY SUPPORT SYSTEM A. All straight section longitudinal wires shall be constructed with a continuous top wire safety edge. Safety edge must be kinked and T-welded on all tray sizes. B. Wire mesh cable tray shall be made of high strength steel wires and formed into a standard 2 inch by 4 inch wire mesh pattern with intersecting wires welded together. All mesh sections must have at least one bottom longitudinal wire along entire length of straight section. C. Wire mesh cable tray sizes shall conform to the following nominal criteria: 1. Straight sections shall be furnished in standard 118 inch lengths 2. Wire diameter shall be 0.196” (5mm) minimum on all mesh sections (minimum size of 4.5mm on stainless steel) 3. Wire mesh cable tray shall have a 1 inch usable loading depth by [4][6][8][12] inches wide. 4. Wire mesh cable tray shall have a 2 inch usable loading depth by [2][4][6][8][12][16][18][20][24][30][32] inches wide. 5. Wire mesh cable tray shall have a 4 inch usable loading depth by [4][6][8][12][16][18][20][24][30] inches wide. 6. Wire mesh cable tray shall have a 6 inch usable loading depth by [8][12][16][18][20][24] inches wide. D. All fittings shall be field formed, from straight sections, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. E. In order for system to be approved as an Equipment Ground Conductor (EGC), all splicing assemblies shall be UL/CSA approved as an EGC. When using powder coated wire mesh cable tray as an EGC, the paint must be completely removed at all contact points of splice/ground bolt attachment. F. Wire mesh cable tray supports shall be center support hangers, trapeze hangers or wall brackets as manufactured by Cooper B-Line, Inc. [or engineer approved equal]. Flextray G. Trapeze hangers or center support hangers shall be supported by 1/4 inch or 3/8 inch diameter rods. H. Special accessories shall be furnished as required to protect, support and install a wire mesh cable tray support system. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF WIRE MESH CABLE TRAY A. Install wire mesh cable tray as indicated; in accordance with recognized industry practices (NEMA VE-2 2000), to ensure that the cable tray equipment complies with requirements of NEC, and applicable portions of NFPA 70B and NECA's “Standards of Installation” pertaining to general electrical installation practices. B. Coordinate wire mesh cable tray with other electrical work as necessary to properly interface installation of wire mesh cable tray runway with other work. C. Provide sufficient space encompassing wire mesh cable tray to permit access for installing and maintaining cables. END OF SECTION 105 Cable Tray Systems Cable Channel Channel Cable Tray - Straight Sections 106 Cable Tray Systems Channel Cable Tray - Accessories How The Service Advisor Works B-Line knows that your time is important! That’s why the color-coding system in this catalog is designed to help you select products that fit your service needs. Products are marked to indicate the typical lead time for orders of 50 pieces or less. Customer: How do I select my cable channel product so that I get the quickest turnaround? Example: A CC 3-5 3-5 03 - 144 (from page 108) Lead time(days) 5-10 Cable Channel Service Advisor: Each part of our selection chart is shown in colors. If any section of a part number is a different color, the part will typically ship with the longer lead time represented by the colors. Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Part will typically ship in 5-10 days, because of the 03 width. 3-5 Changing the part number to 04 width instead of 03 will change the coding to green for all sections of the straight section, therefore, the lead time will typically be 3-5 working days, instead of the original 5-10. 107 Cable Tray Systems Channel Cable Tray - Straight Sections Straight Section Part Numbering Example: Material A G P SS4 SS6 = = = = = Aluminum 6063-T4 Type 1 - HDGAF Type 2 - Pre-Galvanized 304 Stainless Steel 316 Stainless Steel Prefix A CC - 04 - 120 Type Width CC = Ventilated Cable Channel CCN = Non-Ventilated Cable Channel 03 = 3" 04 = 4" 06 = 6" Length ¬ 144 Á = 12 ft. 120 = 10 ft. ¬Primary Length. Length. ÁSecondary See page 39 for explanation of lengths. Non-Ventilated Ventilated Ventilated straight sections contain 21/4" diameter holes and 3/16" x 7/8" slots for cable attachment. Ventilated straight sections also have splice holes repeating every 12" to simplify field modifications. Material Type Cable Channel Aluminum Width Depth UL Area in. in. 3 1.25 in.2 0.6 Load Data * Support Span (Ft) Load Data * Support Span (m) Safety Factor = 1.5 5 6 10 12 Safety Factor = 1.5 1.5 1.8 3.0 3.7 Load (lbs/ft) 22 15 5 4 Load (kg/m) 33 22 7 6 13.997 (75) (32) Deflection Multiplier 0.025 0.051 0.395 0.820 Deflection Multiplier .427 0.871 6.743 4 1.75 Load (lbs/ft) 48 33 12 8 Load (kg/m) 71 49 18 12 (100) (44) Deflection Multiplier 0.0071 0.015 0.114 0.236 Deflection Multiplier 0.121 0.256 1.946 4.028 6 1.75 Load (lbs/ft) 52 36 13 9 Load (kg/m) 77 54 19 13 3.124 0.6 1.00 (150) (44) Deflection Multiplier 0.0055 0.011 0.088 0.183 Deflection Multiplier 0.094 0.188 1.502 3 1.25 Load (lbs/ft) 24 17 6 4 Load (kg/m) 36 25 9 6 (75) (32) Deflection Multiplier 0.013 0.028 0.216 0.447 Deflection Multiplier 0.222 0.478 3.687 7.630 Steel 4 1.75 Load (lbs/ft) 52 36 13 9 Load (kg/m) 77 54 19 13 14 Gauge (100) (44) Deflection Multiplier 0.063 0.130 Deflection Multiplier 0.067 0.140 1.075 2.219 6 1.75 Load (lbs/ft) 59 41 15 10 Load (kg/m) 88 61 22 15 (150) (44) Deflection Multiplier 0.003 0.0063 0.049 0.101 Deflection Multiplier 0.051 0.108 0.836 1.724 0.20 0.40 0.40 0.0039 0.0082 To calculate simple Beam Deflection in inches, multiply the design load (lbs/ft) by the Deflection Multiplier shown for the span. To calculate simple Beam Deflection in millimeters, multiply the design load (kg/m) by the Deflection Multiplier shown for the span. All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified. * Load data is determined by realistic deflection, not by failure. 108 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Channel Cable Tray - Accessories Splice Plate Blind End Plate The Splice Plate has the standard 4-hole pattern for all cable channel. • Provided with straight sections and fittings. • Furnished as one plate with hardware. • (*) Insert A G P SS4 SS6 The Blind End Plate forms a closure for any cable channel dead end. • Furnished as one plate with hardware. • (*) Insert A G P SS4 SS6 Catalog No. Catalog No. Channel Width in. 3 4 6 9(*)-1043 9(*)-1044 9(*)-1044-6 mm 76 101 152 9(*)-1583 9(*)-1584 9(*)-1586 Channel Width in. 3 4 6 mm 76 101 152 Horizontal Adjustable Splice Plate Vertical Adjustable Splice Plate The Horizontal Adjustable Splice Plate adapts to changes in direction in a horizontal plane, beyond the capability of the standard horizontal fittings. • Furnished as one plate with hardware. • (*) Insert A G P SS4 SS6 The Adjustable Splice Plate allows changes in elevation where standard vertical fittings are not applicable. • Furnished as one plate with hardware. • (*) Insert A G P SS4 SS6 Catalog No. Catalog No. Channel Width in. 3 4 6 9(*)-1743 9(*)-1744 9(*)-1746 mm 76 101 152 Requires supports within 24” on both sides, per NEMA VE 2. 9(*)-1643 9(*)-1644 9(*)-1646 Channel Width in. 3 4 6 mm 76 101 152 Requires supports within 24” on both sides, per NEMA VE 2. Channel To Tray or Channel To Channel Connector Box Connector Channel to Tray The Box Connector is used to attach the end of a cable channel run to a distribution box or a control center. • Furnished as one connector with hardware. • (*) Insert A G P SS4 SS6 Catalog No. 9(*)-1543 9(*)-1544 9(*)-1546 Channel Width in. 3 4 6 mm 76 101 152 The Channel Reducer Plate is used to join cable channel sections of different widths. • Furnished as one plate with hardware. • (*) Insert A G P SS4 SS6 9(*)-1261-3 9(*)-1261-4 9(*)-1261-6 Channel Width in. 3 4 6 mm 76 101 152 The Channel Connector is used to link a cable channel to a cable tray, or a cable channel to cable channel. • Furnished as one plate with hardware. • (*) Insert A G P SS4 SS6 mm 101 to 76 152 to 76 152 to 101 The Mounting Bracket allows a parallel run of cable channel to be attached to the side of a cable tray. It can also serve as a support splice connection. • Furnished as one bracket. • Order hardware separately. • (*) Insert A G ZN SS4 SS6 Catalog No. 9(*)-1237-3 9(*)-1237-4 9(*)-1237-6 Cable Channel 9(*)-1843 9(*)-1863 9(*)-1864 Channel Width in. 4 to 3 6 to 3 6 to 4 Catalog No. Mounting Bracket - Channel To Tray Channel Reducer Plate Catalog No. Channel to Channel Channel Width in. 3 4 6 mm 76 101 152 All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified. Cable Tray Systems Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 109 Channel Cable Tray - Accessories Expansion Guide Clamp Hold-Down Clamp The Expansion Guide Clamp allows cable channel to expand and contract in the horizontal plane, but not in the transverse plane. • Furnished as one clamp. • Order 1/2" hardware separately. • (*) Insert A G ZN SS4 SS6 The Hold-Down Clamp secures cable channel to a support member. • Furnished as one clamp. • Order 1/2" hardware separately. • (*) Insert A G ZN SS4 SS6 Catalog No. Catalog No. Channel Width in. 3 4 6 9(*)-1243 9(*)-1244 9(*)-1244 mm 76 101 152 Channel Width in. 3 4 6 9(*)-1245 9(*)-1246 9(*)-1246 mm 76 101 152 Channel To Floor Base Plate Cable Channel Bushing The Channel to Floor Base Plate is used to attach the end of a cable channel run to the floor or to an equipment mounting pad. • Anchors and hardware are ordered separately. • (*) Insert A G ZN SS4 SS6 The Cable Channel Bushing is a snap-in plastic bushing used to protect cable insulation from mechanical wear. Catalog No. Channel Width in. 3 4 6 9(*)-3305-3 9(*)-3305-4 9(*)-3305-6 mm 76 101 152 Catalog No. 99-1125 Cable Channel Bracket Cable Channel Bracket • Uniform Load: 225 lbs (1.00 kN) Safety Factor of 2.5 • Finishes available: ZN G • Safety Factor of 2.5 • Finishes available: ZN G GRN A 8" (203mm) Catalog No. Channel Width B185CCL in. 3 4 6 Catalog No. mm 76 101 152 Channel Width Uniform Load B409-6 B409-9 A in. mm lbs kN in. mm 3 4, 6 76 101, 152 1920 1280 8.54 5.69 6 9 152 228 Cable Channel Hanger Cable Channel Single Cable Channel Hanger and Wall Mount Designed for 1/2" Threaded Rod, Double Nut Installation Channel Width in. mm in. mm in. Material 3 150 lb. Safety Factor 3.0 76 4 101 6 Double Cable Channel Hanger mm 152 Zinc Plated Steel Double Channel Single Channel 9ZN-1232-3 9ZN-1231-3 & 4 9ZN-1232-4 9ZN-1231-3 & 4 9ZN-1232-6 9ZN-1231-6 HDGAF Steel (18 Ga.) Double Channel Single Channel 9G-1232-3 9G-1231-3 & 4 9G-1232-4 9G-1231-3 & 4 9G-1232-6 9G-1231-6 265 lb. Safety Factor 3.0 All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified. 110 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Channel Cable Tray - Accessories Cable Channel Covers 90° HB Straight Section Covers Part Numbering Prefix Example: 80 8 A 40 - 04 - 144 Cover Type Detail Material 8 = Flanged A = Aluminum G = Type 1 HDGAF P = Type 2 Pre-Galvanized SS4 = 304 Stainless Steel SS6 = 316 Stainless Steel 80 = Solid All items normal lead time except for those indicated Straight Section Part Number Material Aluminum (.040) Solid Type II Pre-Galvanized Steel (20 Ga.) Solid Type I Hot Dip Galvanized Steel (18 Ga.) Solid Tray Width Material Thickness 40 = .040 Aluminum 20 = 20 Gauge PreGalvanized, Gauge SS4 and SS6 18 = 18 Gauge HDGAF 03 = 3" 04 = 4" 06 = 6" Item Description For Straight Section Cover: Pre-Galv & Aluminum Only: 144 = 12 ft. 120 = 10 ft. Pre-Galv, HDGAF & Alum 72 = 6 ft. 60 = 5 ft. For fitting covers: Insert suffix of fitting to be covered. Channel Width Length 12' 10' 12' 10' 12' 10' (3.56m) (3.05m) (3.56m) (3.05m) (3.56m) (3.05m) in. 3 mm 76 in. 4 808A40-03-144 808A40-03-120 808P20-03-144 808P20-03-120 808G18-03-72 808G18-03-60 mm 101 808A40-04-144 808A40-04-120 808P20-04-144 808P20-04-120 808G18-04-72 808G18-04-60 in. 6 mm 152 808A40-06-144 808A40-06-120 808P20-06-144 808P20-06-120 808G18-06-72 808G18-06-60 Fitting covers are available. To order, use the cover prefix followed by the fitting description. Ex: 808A40 - 03 - 90HB12. Combination Hold-Down & Cover Clamp Wrap-Around Cover Clamps are used to securely hold a cover on cable channel in locations where strong winds can prevail. • Furnished as one clamp with hardware. • (*) Insert A G P SS4 SS6 This clamp is used to hold both the cable channel and cover in place at the same time. • Furnished as one clamp. • Order 1/4" hardware separately. • (*) Insert A G P SS6 Catalog No. Catalog No. 9(*)-9033 9(*)-9034 9(*)-9036 Channel Width in. 3 4 6 mm 76 101 152 9(*)-9023 9(*)-9024 9(*)-9024 Cable Channel Wrap-Around Cover Clamp Channel Width in. 3 4 6 mm 76 101 152 All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified. Cable Tray Systems Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 111 Channel Cable Tray - Accessories Channel Cable Tray Connectors Fast, economical, space saving Channel Cable Tray Connectors Patent No. 5,628,481; 5,782,439. Other patents pending. Horizontal: 90˚ Bend Cross Tee • Provides 0 or 6-inch radius connection for Cable Channel • The Pivot Connector is available for custom angle adjustment • up to +/– 45˚ angle adjustment • order the desired quantity separately • Slotted for easy cable fastening • Shipped with the required hardware Pivot Connector Vertical: 90˚ Bend 6-inch radius • • • • 90˚ Vertical Square Connector 0-inch radius Pivot Connector Use the same part for VO and VI applications Slotted for easy cable fastening The Pivot Connector is available for custom angle adjustment (order separately) Shipped with the required hardware Cable Channel Connector Part Numbering Prefix Example: A CC - 04 - 90HC 060 Material A = Aluminum G = Type 1 HDGAF Tray Type CC = Ventilated Cable Channel All items normal lead time except for those indicated 112 Width 03 = 3" 04 = 4" 06 = 6" Connector Type 90HC HTC HXC 90VC PC = = = = = 90˚ Horizontal Horizontal Tee Horizontal Cross 90˚ Vertical Pivot Connector Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Radius Horizontal Connectors 060 = 0" & 6" Radii Vertical Connectors 00 = 0" Radius 06 = 6" Radius Cable Tray Systems Channel Cable Tray - Fittings ACCN-04-90HB12 Non-Ventilated Horizontal Bend ACCN-04-HT12 Non-Ventilated Tee Fittings engineered with 3" tangents for splicing integrity. ACC-04-90VO12 Ventilated Vertical Bend ACC-04-HX12 Ventilated Horizontal Cross Fittings Part Numbering Prefix Example: A CCN - 04 - 90 HB 24 Material A = Aluminum G = Type 1 HDGAF SS4 = 304 Stainless Steel SS6 = 316 Stainless Steel P=† Tray Type *CC = Ventilated Cable Channel CCN = Non-ventilated Cable Channel Width 03 = 3" 04 = 4" 06 = 6" Angle 30 45 60 90 = = = = 30° 45° 60° 90° Fitting Type HB HT HX VI VO = = = = = Horizontal Bend Horizontal Tee Horizontal Cross Vertical Inside Bend Vertical Outside Bend Radius 12 24 36 48 = = = = 12" 24" 36" 48" Cable Channel * Ventilated Cable Channel Fittings are available only in 12" and 24" radii. † - Due to multiple piece welded construction, P fittings are not available - substitute G. All items normal lead time except for those indicated Cable Tray Systems Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 113 Channel Cable Tray - Fittings Horizontal Bends 90°, 60° (HB) 1 splice plate with hardware included. Bend Radius R in. mm 305 24 609 36 915 48 1218 in. mm 3 4 6 3 4 6 3 4 6 3 4 6 76 101 152 76 101 152 76 101 152 76 101 152 90˚ Horizontal Bend Dimensions Catalog No. A B (Pre)-03-90HB12 (Pre)-04-90HB12 (Pre)-06-90HB12 (Pre)-03-90HB24 (Pre)-04-90HB24 (Pre)-06-90HB24 (Pre)-03-90HB36 (Pre)-04-90HB36 (Pre)-06-90HB36 (Pre)-03-90HB48 (Pre)-04-90HB48 (Pre)-06-90HB48 C in. mm in. mm in. mm 161/2 17 18 281/2 29 30 401/2 41 42 521/2 53 54 419 432 457 723 737 762 1029 1041 1067 1334 1346 1372 161/2 17 18 281/2 29 30 401/2 41 42 521/2 53 54 419 432 457 723 737 762 1029 1041 1067 1334 1346 1372 161/2 17 18 281/2 29 30 401/2 41 42 521/2 53 54 419 432 457 723 737 762 1029 1041 1067 1334 1346 1372 239 245 254 391 397 406 543 549 559 695 702 711 103/4 111/8 115/8 173/4 18 185/8 245/8 25 251/2 315/8 317/8 321/2 273 283 296 451 450 466 625 635 648 803 810 826 90° Horizontal Bend Ventilated Horizontal Bend 90˚ HB C 3" (76) 12 Tray Width C B R A 60˚ Horizontal Bend 12 305 24 609 36 915 48 1218 76 101 152 76 101 152 76 101 152 76 101 152 (Pre)-03-60HB12 (Pre)-04-60HB12 (Pre)-06-60HB12 (Pre)-03-60HB24 (Pre)-04-60HB24 (Pre)-06-60HB24 (Pre)-03-60HB36 (Pre)-04-60HB36 (Pre)-03-60HB36 (Pre)-03-60HB48 (Pre)-04-60HB48 (Pre)-06-60HB48 161/4 412 93/8 5 16 /8 422 95/8 1 17 /2 445 10 265/8 819 153/8 27 686 155/8 7 27 /8 708 16 37 940 213/8 373/8 949 215/8 381/4 972 22 473/8 1203 273/8 477/8 1216 275/8 485/8 1235 28 All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified. (Pre) See page 113 for catalog number prefix. 60° Horizontal Bend Non-Ventilated Horizontal Bend 60˚ HB C C R ) (76 3" 3 4 6 3 4 6 3 4 6 3 4 6 A Cable Channel B 114 Cable Tray Systems Channel Cable Tray - Fittings Horizontal Bends 45°, 30° (HB) 1 splice plate with hardware included. Bend Radius R Tray Width in. in. mm 3 4 6 3 4 6 3 4 6 3 4 6 76 101 152 76 101 152 76 101 152 76 101 152 mm 45° Horizontal Bend Ventilated Horizontal Bend 12 305 45˚ HB C 3” 6) (7 A 24 609 36 915 R C 48 1218 B 45˚ Horizontal Bend Dimensions Catalog No. A B in. (Pre)-03-45HB12 (Pre)-04-45HB12 (Pre)-06-45HB12 (Pre)-03-45HB24 (Pre)-04-45HB24 (Pre)-06-45HB24 (Pre)-03-45HB36 (Pre)-04-45HB36 (Pre)-06-45HB36 (Pre)-03-45HB48 (Pre)-04-45HB48 (Pre)-06-45HB48 mm in. 145/8 371 61/8 15 381 61/4 3 15 /4 400 61/2 231/8 587 95/8 231/2 597 93/4 241/8 613 10 315/8 803 131/8 32 813 131/4 3 32 /4 832 131/2 401/8 1019 165/8 401/2 1029 163/4 411/8 1045 17 C mm in. mm 156 159 165 244 248 254 334 337 343 422 425 432 85/8 87/8 91/4 135/8 133/4 141/8 185/8 183/4 191/8 231/2 233/4 241/8 219 225 235 346 249 359 473 476 486 597 603 613 83 86 89 124 127 130 165 168 171 207 210 213 65/8 63/4 7 97/8 10 101/4 13 131/8 131/2 161/4 163/8 165/8 168 171 178 251 254 260 330 334 343 413 416 422 30˚ Horizontal Bend 12 305 24 609 30° Horizontal Bend Non-Ventilated Horizontal Bend 36 915 30˚ HB 48 1218 C 3” (76 ) R C 3 4 6 3 4 6 3 4 6 3 4 6 76 101 152 76 101 152 76 101 152 76 101 152 (Pre)-03-30HB12 (Pre)-04-30HB12 (Pre)-06-30HB12 (Pre)-03-30HB24 (Pre)-04-30HB24 (Pre)-06-30HB24 (Pre)-03-30HB36 (Pre)-04-30HB36 (Pre)-06-30HB36 (Pre)-03-30HB48 (Pre)-04-30HB48 (Pre)-06-30HB48 123/8 125/8 131/8 183/8 185/8 191/8 243/8 245/8 251/8 303/8 305/8 311/8 314 321 334 467 473 486 619 626 638 772 778 791 31/4 33/8 31/2 47/8 5 51/8 61/2 65/8 63/4 81/8 81/4 83/8 A All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified. (Pre) See page 113 for catalog number prefix. B Cable Channel 115 Cable Tray Systems Channel Cable Tray - Fittings Horizontal Tee (HT) 2 splice plates with hardware included. Tray Width in. in. mm 3 4 6 3 4 6 3 4 6 3 4 6 76 101 152 76 101 152 76 101 152 76 101 152 12 24 36 48 mm 305 609 915 1218 Horizontal Tee Dimensions Catalog No. A B (Pre)-03-HT12 (Pre)-04-HT12 (Pre)-06-HT12 (Pre)-03-HT24 (Pre)-04-HT24 (Pre)-06-HT24 (Pre)-03-HT36 (Pre)-04-HT36 (Pre)-06-HT36 (Pre)-03-HT48 (Pre)-04-HT48 (Pre)-06-HT48 in. mm in. mm 161/2 17 18 281/2 29 30 401/2 41 42 521/2 53 54 419 432 457 723 737 762 1029 1041 1067 1334 1346 1372 33 34 36 57 58 60 81 82 84 105 106 108 838 864 914 1448 1473 1524 2057 2083 2134 2667 2692 2743 Horizontal Tee Ventilated Horizontal Tee HT B W A R 3” (76) Bend Radius R All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified. (Pre) See page 113 Horizontal Cross (HX) Bend Radius R Tray Width in. in. mm 3 4 6 3 4 6 3 4 6 3 4 6 76 101 152 76 101 152 76 101 152 76 101 152 mm 12 305 24 609 36 48 915 1218 Horizontal Cross Dimensions Catalog No. A B (Pre)-03-HX12 (Pre)-04-HX12 (Pre)-06-HX12 (Pre)-03-HX24 (Pre)-04-HX24 (Pre)-06-HX24 (Pre)-03-HX36 (Pre)-04-HX36 (Pre)-06-HX36 (Pre)-03-HX48 (Pre)-04-HX48 (Pre)-06-HX48 in. mm in. mm 161/2 17 18 281/2 29 30 401/2 41 42 521/2 53 54 419 432 457 723 737 762 1029 1041 1067 1334 1346 1372 33 34 36 57 58 60 81 82 84 105 106 108 838 864 914 1448 1473 1524 2057 2083 2134 2667 2692 2743 Horizontal Cross Non-Ventilated Horizontal Cross HX B W A R 3” (76) Cable Channel 3 splice plates with hardware included. All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified. (Pre) See page 113 for catalog number prefix. 116 Cable Tray Systems Channel Cable Tray - Fittings Vertical Outside Bends 90°, 60° (VO) 1 splice plate with hardware included. Bend Radius R in. mm 90° Vertical Outside Bend Ventilated Vertical Outside Bend 12 305 90˚ VO C 3” (76) C B R A 24 609 36 915 48 1218 Tray Width in. mm 3 4 6 3 4 6 3 4 6 3 4 6 76 101 152 76 101 152 76 101 152 76 101 152 90˚ Vertical Outside Bend Dimensions Catalog No. A B (Pre)-03-90VO12 (Pre)-04-90VO12 (Pre)-06-90VO12 (Pre)-03-90VO24 (Pre)-04-90VO24 (Pre)-06-90VO24 (Pre)-03-90VO36 (Pre)-04-90VO36 (Pre)-06-90VO36 (Pre)-03-90VO48 (Pre)-04-90VO48 (Pre)-06-90VO48 C in. mm in. mm in. mm 15 381 15 381 15 381 27 686 27 686 27 686 39 991 39 991 39 991 51 1295 51 1295 51 1295 60˚ Vertical Outside Bend 12 305 24 609 36 915 60° Vertical Outside Bend Non-Ventilated Vertical Outside Bend 60˚ VO C 76 101 152 76 101 152 76 101 152 76 101 152 (Pre)-03-60VO12 (Pre)-04-60VO12 (Pre)-06-60VO12 (Pre)-03-60VO24 (Pre)-04-60VO24 (Pre)-06-60VO24 (Pre)-03-60VO36 (Pre)-04-60VO36 (Pre)-06-60VO36 (Pre)-03-60VO48 (Pre)-04-60VO48 (Pre)-06-60VO48 147/8 378 81/2 216 97/8 251 253/8 645 145/8 372 167/8 428 355/8 905 205/8 524 233/4 603 461/8 1172 265/8 676 303/4 781 All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified. (Pre) See page 113 for catalog number prefix. Cable Channel R 3” (76) C 48 1218 3 4 6 3 4 6 3 4 6 3 4 6 B A 117 Cable Tray Systems Channel Cable Tray - Fittings Vertical Outside Bends 45°, 30° (VO) 1 splice plate with hardware included. Bend Radius R Tray Width in. in. mm mm 12 305 24 609 915 48 1218 76 101 152 76 101 152 76 101 152 76 101 152 in. (Pre)-03-45VO12 (Pre)-04-45VO12 (Pre)-06-45VO12 (Pre)-03-45VO24 (Pre)-04-45VO24 (Pre)-06-45VO24 (Pre)-03-45VO36 (Pre)-04-45VO36 (Pre)-06-45VO36 (Pre)-03-45VO48 (Pre)-04-45VO48 (Pre)-06-45VO48 mm C mm in. in. mm 135/8 346 55/8 143 8 203 221/4 565 91/4 235 13 330 45° Vertical Outside Bend Ventilated Vertical Outside Bend 45˚ VO C C 301/2 775 125/8 321 177/8 454 39 991 161/8 410 227/8 581 3” (76) 36 3 4 6 3 4 6 3 4 6 3 4 6 45˚ Vertical Outside Bend Dimensions Catalog No. A B B R A 30˚ Vertical Outside Bend 12 305 24 609 36 915 48 1218 3 4 6 3 4 6 3 4 6 76 101 152 76 101 152 76 101 152 3 76 4 101 6 152 (Pre)-03-30VO12 (Pre)-04-30VO12 (Pre)-06-30VO12 (Pre)-03-30VO24 (Pre)-04-30VO24 (Pre)-06-30VO24 (Pre)-03-30VO36 (Pre)-04-30VO36 (Pre)-06-30VO36 (Pre)-03-30VO48 (Pre)-04-30VO48 (Pre)-06-30VO48 115/8 296 31/8 79 61/4 158 171/2 445 47/8 124 93/8 238 231/2 597 63/8 162 125/8 321 295/8 753 8 203 157/8 403 30° Vertical Outside Bend Non-Ventilated Vertical Outside Bend All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified. (Pre) See page 113 for catalog number prefix. C R 3” (76) Cable Channel 30˚ VO C B A 118 Cable Tray Systems Channel Cable Tray - Fittings Vertical Inside Bends 90°, 60° (VI) 1 splice plate with hardware included. Bend Radius R in. 90° Vertical Inside Bend Ventilated Vertical Inside Bend 12 A 90˚ VI 24 C 36 R 3” (76) B C 48 mm Tray Width in. 3 305 4 6 3 609 4 6 3 915 4 6 3 1218 4 6 90˚ Vertical Inside Bend Dimensions Catalog No. A B mm 76 101 152 76 101 152 76 101 152 76 101 152 (Pre)-03-90VI12 (Pre)-04-90VI12 (Pre)-06-90VI12 (Pre)-03-90VI24 (Pre)-04-90VI24 (Pre)-06-90VI24 (Pre)-03-90VI36 (Pre)-04-90VI36 (Pre)-06-90VI36 (Pre)-03-90VI48 (Pre)-04-90VI48 (Pre)-06-90VI48 C in. mm in. mm in. mm 161/4 163/4 163/4 281/4 283/4 283/4 401/4 403/4 403/4 521/4 523/4 523/4 413 425 425 718 730 730 1024 1035 1035 1327 1340 1340 161/4 163/4 163/4 281/4 283/4 283/4 401/4 403/4 403/4 521/4 523/4 523/4 413 425 425 718 730 730 1024 1035 1035 1327 1340 1340 161/4 163/4 163/4 281/4 283/4 283/4 401/4 403/4 403/4 521/4 523/4 523/4 413 425 425 718 730 730 1024 1035 1035 1327 1340 1340 60˚ Vertical Inside Bend 3 4 6 3 4 6 3 4 76 101 152 76 101 152 76 101 6 3 1218 4 6 152 76 101 152 12 305 24 609 36 915 60° Vertical Inside Bend Non-Ventilated Vertical Inside Bend A 16 161/2 161/2 261/2 267/8 267/8 363/4 406 419 419 673 683 683 933 91/4 91/2 91/2 151/4 151/2 151/2 211/4 235 241 241 387 394 394 540 105/8 11 11 175/8 177/8 177/8 241/2 270 280 280 448 454 454 622 (Pre)-04-60VI36 (Pre)-06-60VI36 (Pre)-03-60VI48 (Pre)-04-60VI48 (Pre)-06-60VI48 371/8 943 371/8 943 471/8 1197 475/8 1210 475/8 1210 213/8 213/8 271/8 271/2 271/2 543 543 689 699 699 243/4 243/4 313/8 313/4 313/4 629 629 797 806 806 All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified. (Pre) See page 113 for catalog number prefix. Cable Channel R 3” (76) B 60˚ VI 48 (Pre)-03-60VI12 (Pre)-04-60VI12 (Pre)-06-60VI12 (Pre)-03-60VI24 (Pre)-04-60VI24 (Pre)-06-60VI24 (Pre)-03-60VI36 C C 119 Cable Tray Systems Channel Cable Tray - Fittings Vertical Inside Bends 45°, 30° (VI) 1 splice plate with hardware included. Tray Width in. in. mm 3 4 6 3 4 6 3 4 6 3 4 6 76 101 152 76 101 152 76 101 152 76 101 152 12 mm 305 24 609 36 915 48 1218 45˚ Vertical Inside Bend Dimensions Catalog No. A B in. (Pre)-03-45VI12 (Pre)-04-45VI12 (Pre)-06-45VI12 (Pre)-03-45VI24 (Pre)-04-45VI24 (Pre)-06-45VI24 (Pre)-03-45VI36 (Pre)-04-45VI36 (Pre)-06-45VI36 (Pre)-03-45VI48 (Pre)-04-45VI48 (Pre)-06-45VI48 mm in. 141/2 368 6 147/8 373 61/8 147/8 378 61/8 23 584 91/2 231/4 591 95/8 231/4 591 95/8 313/8 797 13 313/4 806 131/8 313/4 806 131/8 397/8 1013 161/2 403/8 1026 163/4 403/8 1026 163/4 mm 152 156 156 241 245 245 330 330 334 419 425 425 C in. mm 81/2 83/4 83/4 131/2 135/8 135/8 183/8 185/8 185/8 233/8 235/8 235/8 216 222 222 343 346 346 467 467 473 594 600 600 61/2 65/8 65/8 93/4 97/8 97/8 13 131/8 131/8 161/4 163/8 163/8 165 163 163 248 163 163 330 334 334 413 416 416 45° Vertical Inside Bend Ventilated Vertical Inside Bend 45˚ VI R 3” (76) Bend Radius R B C C A 30˚ Vertical Inside Bend 12 305 24 609 36 415 48 1218 3 4 6 3 4 6 3 4 6 3 4 6 76 101 152 76 101 152 76 101 152 76 101 152 (Pre)-03-30VI12 (Pre)-04-30VI12 (Pre)-06-30VI12 (Pre)-03-30VI24 (Pre)-04-30VI24 (Pre)-06-30VI24 (Pre)-03-30VI36 (Pre)-04-30VI36 (Pre)-06-30VI36 (Pre)-03-30VI48 (Pre)-04-30VI48 (Pre)-06-30VI48 121/8 123/8 123/8 181/8 183/8 183/8 241/4 241/2 241/2 303/8 305/8 305/8 308 314 314 461 467 314 616 622 622 772 778 778 31/8 83 33/8 86 33/8 86 43/4 121 47/8 86 47/8 86 61/2 165 65/8 168 65/8 168 81/8 207 81/4 210 81/4 210 30° Vertical Inside Bend Non-Ventilated Vertical Inside Bend All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified. (Pre) See page 113 for catalog number prefix. 30˚ VI Cable Channel 3” (76) R B C C A 120 Cable Tray Systems Channel Cable Tray - Fittings Section 1- Acceptable Manufacturers 1.01 Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with these specifications, channel cable tray systems shall be as manufactured by Cooper B-Line, Inc. Section 2- Selection and Components 2.01 General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide ventilated metal channel cable trays, of types, classes and sizes indicated with splice connectors, fittings and all other necessary accessories for a complete system. Provide channel cable tray with rounded edges and smooth surfaces in compliance with applicable standards, and with the following additional requirements. 2.02 Materials and finishes: Material and finishes specifications for each channel cable tray are as follows: 1. Aluminum: Extruded components shall be made from Aluminum Association Alloy 6063. All fabricated parts shall be made from Aluminum Association Alloy 5052. 2. Pre-Galvanized Steel: Straight sections and fittings shall be made from structural quality mill galvanized 14 gauge steel meeting the properties of ASTM A653SS, coating designation G90. 3. Hot Dip Galvanized Steel: Straight sections and fittings shall be made from 14 gauge structural quality steel meeting the minimum mechanical properties of ASTM A1011 SS, Grade 33 and shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A123. All hot dip galvanized after fabrication cable trays must be returned to point of man facture after coating for inspection, conditioning and labeling. 4. Stainless Steel: Straight sections and fittings shall be AISI Type [304] [316]. 2.03 Channel cable tray straight sections shall be constructed with ventilated flat bottom. Ventilated bottom shall be perforated with 2.25" diameter holes and have slots to facilitate the use of cable ties to secure the cables. 2.04 Straight sections shall be supplied in standard [12 foot] [10 foot (3 m)] lengths, except where shorter lengths are permitted to facilitate tray assembly as shown on drawings. 2.05 Ventilated straight sections shall have splice holes every 12 inches to simplify field modifications. 2.06 Channel cable tray width shall be [3] [4] [6] inches with a minimum loading depth of 11/4". 2.07 Fittings will have a minimum radius of [12] [24] [36] [48] inches. 2.08 Splice plates and hardware shall be included with each straight section and fitting. Cable Channel 121 Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail Cent-R-Rail® 122 Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® Cent-R-Rail How The Service Advisor Works B-Line knows that your time is important! That’s why the color-coding system in this catalog is designed to help you select products that fit your service needs. Products are marked to indicate the typical lead time for orders of 50 pieces or less. Customer: How do I select my straight sections. covers, or fittings so that I get the quickest turnaround? Service Advisor: Each part of our selection chart is shown in colors. If any section of a part number is a different color, the part will typically ship with the longer lead time represented by the colors. Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Example: C0 A DB 09 - 12 - 144 (from page 132) Lead time(days) 5-10 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 Part will typically ship in 5-10 working days, because of the C0 Series. 123 Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® System 6 Cent-R-Rail 7 8 5 9 4 10 3 2 1 14 15 13 11 16 12 19 20 18 21 17 1. Tray-To-Box Connector (pg. 162) 11. Horizontal Offset Coupling (pg. 141) 2. Center Rail End Cap (pg. 158) 12. Vertical Coupling (pg. 145) ® 3. HALF-RACK Straight Section (pg. 136) 13. DATA-TRACK® Straight Section (pg. 132) 4. Vertical Offset Coupling (pg. 142) 14. Horizontal Pivot Connector (pg. 147) 5. Horizontal Tee Coupling (pgs. 143 & 144) 15. Cable Drop-Out (pg. 156) ® 6. MULTI-TIER HALF-RACK Straight Section (pg. 138) ® 7. MULTI-TIER HALF-RACK Add-A-Rung (pg. 138) ® 16. VERTI-RACK® Add-A-Rung® (pg. 134) 17. Qwik-Bolt® Splice Hanger (pg. 140) 18. Horizontal Adjustable Splice (pg. 142) 19. Universal Hub Fitting (pg. 146) 8. VERTI-RACK® Straight Section (pg. 134) 20. Vertical Adjustable Splice (pg. 145) 9. Horizontal Cross Coupling (pg. 144) 21. Clevis Hanger (pg. 148) 10. Tray-To-Wall Connector (pg. 161) WARNING: Do NOT use as a walkway, ladder or support for personnel. 124 Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® Systems Half-Rack® Verti-Rack® Multi-Tier Half-Rack® Cent-R-Rail Data-Track® Features Common to B-Line Cent-R-Rail® Systems: • The fastest cable tray systems to install • Sides and bottom are open for easy loading and inspection of cables • Light-weight, high-strength, corrosion-resistant aluminum construction • Provide the most freedom for cables to enter or exit - perfect for future change • Cable fill area is free of sharp edges and connection hardware • The splice can also be used to support the tray • Qwik-Bolt® splice maximizes installation speed and minimizes hardware • Clevis hangers are available for random support locations without drilling center rail • Systems are designed to install with 1/2" ATR • Cent-R-Rail® engineered to simplify the in-field drilling process and to provide post modification integrity • All Cent-R-Rail® Systems use the same internal connectors • All Cent-R-Rail® Systems are interactive with each other • Designed to interact with B-Line’s Strut System and Strut Raceway System • Comprehensive accessory options allow for complete installations without traditional cable tray fittings • Colored rung end caps are available for system labeling • UL Classified (cross sectional area 0.60 in2/1000 amps) • Patent Information The indicated patented products in this catalog are protected by one or more of the following patents. U.S. Patents 5,618,014; 5,628,481; 5,628,580; 5,634,614; 5,651,518; 5,564,658; 5,720,567; 5,730,400; 5,782,439; 5,816,542; 5,868,361; 6,547,192 U.K. Patents 2,285,344; 2,317,508; 2,317,509 Germany Patent 4,447,144 Canada Patent 2,139,201 Mexico-Pending 125 Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® Systems Half-Rack® • • • • • • • • • Cent-R-Rail Data-Track® Ceiling hung or floor mounted Low profile Built-in barrier NEMA 12C load classification Seismic restraint systems available (see appendix page 180) • CSA classified • Technical information on pages 132 & 133 Supported on wall or other structure Low profile Flush mounted without spacers or brackets Seismic restraint systems available (see appendix page 180) • CSA classified • Technical information on pages 136 & 137 Sizes Available Sizes Available Loading depth: 3" (75), 4" (100), 6" (150) and straight rung Width: 6" (150), 9" (225), 12" (225), 18" (450), 24" Length: 120" (3m), 144" (4m) Rung Spacing: 6" (150), 9" (225), 12" (300) Loading depth: 3" (75), 4" (100), 6" (150) and straight rung Width: 3" (75), 6" (150), 9" (225), 12" (300) Length: 120" (3m), 144" (4m) Rung Spacing: 6" (150), 9" (225), 12" (300) (600) Verti-Rack® • Ceiling hung • Multiple tray runs with one center rail • Installs in narrow spaces • Provides cable system segregation • NEMA 12C load classification • Expandable with ADD-A-RUNG® • Expanded sizes available (page 181) • Variable widths available (page 182) • Inverted design available (page 183) • Technical information on pages 134 & 135 Multi-Tier Half-Rack® • Supported on wall or other structure • Multiple tray runs with one center rail • Installs in narrow spaces • Provides cable system segregation • Flush mounted without spacers or brackets • Expandable with ADD-A-RUNG® • Seismic restraint systems available (see appendix page 180) • Variable widths available (page 182) • Technical information on pages 138 & 139 Sizes Available Sizes Available Loading depth: Each tier 2" (50) and straight rung Width: 3" (75), 6" (150), 9" (225), 12" (300) Number of tiers: 2, 3, 4, 5 & 6 Length: 120" (3m), 144" (4m) Rung Spacing: 6" (150), 9" (225), 12" (300), specials available Loading depth: 3" (75), 4" (100) and straight rung Width: 3" (75), 6" (150), 9" (225), 12" (300) Number of tiers: 2, 3 & 4 Length: 120" (3m), 144" (4m) Rung Spacing: 6" (150), 9" (225), 12" (300), specials available Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters, unless otherwise specified. 126 Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® Sizing Guide The following guidelines are based on the 1999 National Electrical Code, Article 318. Cent-R-Rail I) Number of Multiconductor Cables, Rated 2000 Volts or Less, in Data-Track® and Half-Rack® (Excluding Straight Rung) (1) Multiconductor Control and/or Signal Cables Only A ladder cable tray containing only control and/or signal cables, may have 50% of its total fill area filled with cable. When using continuous bottom pans, the allowable fill is reduced from 50% to 40%. Example: Cable tray width is obtained as follows: 2/C - #16 AWG instrumentation cable cross sectional area = 0.04 sq. in. Total Cross Sectional Area for 300 Cables = 12.00 sq. in. Minimum tray fill area needed = 12.00 x 2 = 24.00 sq. in.; therefore, the tray width required for 4" loading depth tray = 24.00/4 = 6 inches. (2) 4/0 or Larger Cables The ladder cable tray must have an inside usable width equal to or greater than the sum of the diameters (Sd) of the cables, which must be installed in a single layer. When using continuous bottom pans, the sum of the cable diameters can not exceed 90% of the usable tray width. Example: Cable tray width is obtained as follows: List Cable Sizes (D) List Cable Outside Diameter (N) List Number of Cables Multiply (D) x (N) = Subtotal of the Sum of the Cable Diameters 3/C - #500 kcmil 3/C - #250 kcmil 3/C - #4/0 AWG 2.26 inches 1.76 inches 1.55 inches 1 2 4 2.26 inches 3.52 inches 6.20 inches The sum of the diameters (Sd) of all cables = 2.26 + 3.52 + 6.20 = 11.98 inches; therefore, a cable tray with a usable width of at least 12 inches is required. (3) Cables Smaller Than 4/0 Table 1 The total sum of the cross-sectional areas of all the cables to be installed in the cable tray must be equal to or less than the allowable cable area for the tray width, as indicated in Table 1. When using continuous bottom pans, the allowable cable area is reduced by 22%. Example: Cable tray width is obtained as follows: List Cable Sizes 3/C - #12 AWG 4/C - #12 AWG 3/C - # 6 AWG 3/C - # 2 AWG (A) List Cable Cross Sectional Areas 0.167 0.190 0.430 0.800 sq. sq. sq. sq. in. in. in. in. (N) List Number of Cables 10 8 6 9 Multiply (A) x (N) = Total of the Cross-Sectional Area for Each Size 1.67 1.52 2.58 7.20 sq. sq. sq. sq. Inside Allowable Width of Cable Cable Area Tray square inches inches 6 9 12 18 24 7.0 10.5 14.0 21.0 28.0 in. in. in. in. The sum of the totals of the cross-sectional areas = 1.67 + 1.52 + 2.58 + 7.20 = 12.97 inches. Using Table 1, a 12 inch wide tray with an allowable cable area of 14 sq. inches should be used. Note: Increasing the cable tray loading depth does not permit an increase in cable fill area for power and lighting cables. The maximum allowable fill area for all cable tray with a 3 inch or greater loading depth is limited to the fill area for a 3 inch loading depth. 127 Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® Sizing Guide (4) 4/0 or Larger Cables Installed with Cables Smaller than 4/0 Cent-R-Rail The ladder cable tray needs to be divided into two zones (a barrier or divider is not required, but one can be used if desired) so that the No. 4/0 and larger cables have a dedicated zone, as they must be placed in a single layer. A direct method for determining the cable tray width is by figuring the cable tray widths that are required for each of the cable combinations, per steps (2) & (3); and then adding these widths together to select the proper cable tray width. Example: Cable tray width is obtained as follows: Part A- Width required for #4/0 AWG and larger multiconductor cables List Cable Sizes (D) List Cable Outside Diameter (N) List Number of Cables Multiply (D) x (N) = Subtotal of the Sum of the Cable Diameters (Sd) 3/C - #500kcmil 2.26 inches 1 2.26 inches 3/C - #4/0 AGW 1.55 inches 2 3.10 inches Cable tray width required for large cables = 2.26 + 3.10 = 5.36 inches. Part B- Width required for multiconductor cables smaller than #4/0 AWG List Cable Sizes (A) List Cable Cross Sectional Areas (N) List Number of Cables Multiply (A) x (N) = Total of the Cross-Sectional Area for Each Size 3/C - #12 AWG 3/C - #6 AWG 3/C - #2 AWG 0.167 sq. in. 0.430 sq. in. 0.800 sq. in. 10 8 2 1.67 sq. in. 3.44 sq. in. 1.60 sq. in. The sum of the total areas = 1.67 + 3.44 + 1.60 = 6.71 sq. inches. From Table 1, the cable tray width required for small cables is 6 inches. The total cable tray width = 5.36 + 6.00 = 11.36 inches; therefore a 12 inch wide cable tray is required. II) Number of Single Conductor Cables, Rated 2000 Volts or Less, in DATA-TRACK® and HALF-RACK® (Excluding Straight Rung) Single conductor cables installed in cable tray must be 1/0 or larger, and they can not be installed with continuous bottom pans. (1) 1000 KCMIL or Larger Cables The sum of the diameters (Sd) of all single conductor cables shall not exceed the cable tray width. See Table 3, page 129. (2) 250 KCMIL to 1000 KCMIL Cables The total sum of the cross-sectional areas of all the cables to be installed in the cable tray must be equal to or less than the allowable cable area for the tray width, as indicated in Table 2. Table 2 Inside Allowable Width of Cable Cable Area Tray square inches inches 6 9 12 18 24 6.5 9.5 13.0 19.5 26.0 128 Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® Sizing Guide (3) Cables 1/0 through 4/0 Cent-R-Rail These conductors must be installed in a single layer. See Table 3. Note: It is the opinion of some that this practice may cause problems with unbalanced voltages. To avoid these potential problems, the cables for this type of cable tray wiring system should be bundled with ties. The bundle should contain the circuit’s three phase conductors plus the neutral, if one is used. The single conductor cables should be firmly tied to the cable trays at intervals not greater than 6 feet. Table 3 Number of 600 Volt Single Conductor Cables that may be Installed in Ladder Cable Tray Single Outside Conductor Diameter Size in. 1/0 0.58 2/0 0.62 3/0 0.68 4/0 0.73 250 Kcmil 0.84 350 Kcmil 0.94 500 Kcmil 1.07 750 Kcmil 1.28 1000 Kcmil 1.45 Area Cable Tray Width 6 9 12 18 24 sq. in. in. in. in. in. in. .55 .69 .90 1.29 - 10 9 8 8 11 9 7 5 4 15 14 13 12 18 14 11 8 6 20 19 17 16 24 19 14 10 8 31 29 26 24 35 28 22 15 12 41 38 35 32 47 38 29 20 16 Cable diameters used are those for Oknite-Okolon 600 volt single conductor power cables. III) Sizing VertI-Rack® and Multi-Tier Half-Rack® Due to the unique nature of multiple-tier cable trays, there are no existing guidelines for sizing these types of cable trays. However, the following tables are provided to assist you in comparing the usable widths and fill areas for the different Cent-R-Rail® trays available. Do Not Use As A Walkway, Ladder, Or Support For Personnel. Use Only As A Mechanical Support For Cables, Tubing and Raceways. LA 1 of 1 09/15/2005 000291745 www.cooperbline.com (618) 654-2184 S SI FI E D C Catalog Number: C3ADB09-12-144 STR SECTION Shipping Ticket: 260203 00 001 Mark Number: 78101115400 Purchase Order: D798981 Minimum Area: 0.60 SQ. IN. Load Class: D1 179 KG/M 3 METER SPAN 30781011154005 WARNING! ® This product is classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as to its suitability as an equipment grounding conductor only. 556E VENTILATED Reference File #LR36026 This cable tray label is attached to each straight section and fitting that is U.L. classified. U.L. assigned cross-sectional area is also stated in the loading charts in this catalog for each system. 129 Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® Sizing Guide Cent-R-Rail Usable Tray Width & Overall Outside Width: Data-Track® Tray Width Usable Width Overall Outside Width Bottom Rung Top Rung in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) Bottom Rung in. (mm) in. Top Rung (mm) 6 9 12 18 24 (150) (225) (300) (450) (600) 6 9 12 16 22 (150) (225) (300) (400) (550) 6 9 12 18 24 (150) (225) (300) (450) (600) 8.7 11.7 14.7 19.1 25.1 (220) (295) (375) (485) (630) 7.1 10.1 13.1 19.1 25.1 (180) (250) (335) (485) (630) Verti-Rack® Tray Total Usable Width Width 2 tier 3 tier Overall 4 tier 5 tier 6 tier Outside Width in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) 3 6 9 12 (75) (150) (225) (300) 6 12 18 24 (150) (300) (450) (600) 9 18 27 36 (225) (450) (675) (900) 12 24 36 48 (300) (600) (900) (1200) 15 30 45 60 (381) (750) (1125) (1500) 18 36 54 72 (450) (900) (1350) (1800) 4.4 7.4 10.4 13.4 (110) (190) (265) (340) Half-Rack® Tray Width Usable Width Overall Outside Width in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) 3 6 9 12 (75) (150) (225) (300) 3 6 9 12 (75) (150) (225) (300) 5.2 8.2 11.2 14.2 (130) (210) (285) (360) Multi-Tier Half-Rack® Tray Width Total Usable Width 2 tier 3 tier Overall 4 tier Outside Width in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) 3 6 9 12 (75) (150) (225) (300) 6 12 18 24 (150) (300) (450) (600) 9 18 27 36 (225) (450) (675) (900) 12 24 36 48 (300) (600) (900) (1200) 4.7 7.7 10.7 13.7 (120) (195) (270) (350) 130 Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® Tray Fill Area & Overall Outside Height: in. Tray Width (mm) 3 (75) 4 (100) 6 (150) Loading 2 Data-Track® Overall Outside Height Bottom Rung Top Rung in. (mm) in.2 (cm2) in.2 (cm2) in. (mm) in. (mm) 6 9 12 18 24 6 9 12 18 24 6 9 12 18 24 (150) (225) (300) (450) (600) 18 27 36 49 67 24 36 48 65 89 36 54 72 98 134 (120) (180) (240) (325) (450) 18 27 36 54 72 24 36 48 72 96 36 54 72 108 144 (120) (180) (240) (360) (480) 3.7 (95) 6.1 (155) (160) (240) (320) (480) (640) 4.7 (120) 7.1 (180) (240) (360) (480) (700) (930) 6.7 (170) 9.1 (230) (150) (225) (300) (450) (600) (150) (225) (300) (450) (600) (160) (240) (320) (420) (575) (240) (360) (480) ((630) (865) Tray Depth in. Fill Area Bottom Rung Top Rung Verti-Rack® Fill Area Width 2 tier 3 tier Cent-R-Rail Loading Depth 4 tier 5 tier 6 tier (mm) in. (mm) in.2 (cm2) in.2 (cm2) in.2 (cm2) in.2 (cm2) in.2 (cm2) (50) 3 6 9 12 (75) (150) (225) (300) 12 24 36 48 (80) (160) (240) (320) 18 36 54 72 (120) (240) (360) (480) 24 48 72 96 (160) (320) (480) (640) 30 60 90 120 (200) (400) (600) (800) 36 72 108 144 (240) (480) (700) (930) Overall Outside Height 2 tier 3 tier 4 tier 5 tier (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) 9.3 (235) 13.3 (340) 17.3 (440) 21.3 (540) 25.3 (645) Half-Rack® Loading Depth in. (mm) 3 (75) 4 (100) 6 (150) Tray Width Fill Area Multi-Tier Half-Rack® Overall Outside Height in. (mm) in.2 (cm2) in. (mm) 3 6 9 12 3 6 9 12 3 6 9 12 (75) (150) (225) (300) 9 18 27 36 12 24 36 48 18 36 54 72 (60) (120) (180) (240) 3.7 (95) 4.7 (120) 6.7 (170) (75) (150) (225) (300) (75) (150) (225) (300) 6 tier in. Loading Depth in. 3 (80) (160) (240) (320) (120) (240) (360) (480) 4 Tray Fill Area Width 2 tier 3 tier 4 tier in. (mm) in.2 (cm2) in.2 (cm2) in.2 (cm2) 3 6 (75) 9 12 3 6 (100) 9 12 (75) (150) (225) (300) 18 36 54 72 24 48 72 96 (120) (240) (360) (480) 27 54 81 108 36 72 108 144 (180) (360) (525) (700) 36 72 108 144 48 96 144 192 (240) (480) (700) (930) (mm) (75) (150) (225) (300) (160) (320) (480) (640) (240) (480) (700) (930) (320) (640) (930) (1240) Overall Outside Height 2 tier 3 tier 4 tier in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) 11.3 (285) 17.3 (440) 23.3 (590) 131 Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® - Straight Sections Cent-R-Rail Data-Track® Data-Track® Straight Section with CAS-SB Splice Hanger shown Rung Spacing Loading Depth • One CAS-SB Splice Hanger provided with each straight section • For overall height and width dimension see pages 130 & 131 Patented (see page 125) Data-Track® Straight Section Part Numbering C3 A DB 09 - 12 - 144 Series C0 C3 C4 C6 = = = = Straight Rung 3" Loading Depth 4" Loading Depth 6" Loading Depth Material Type A = Aluminum DB = Bottom Rung DT = Top Rung Rung Spacing 06 = 6" 09 = 9" 12 = 12" Width Length* 06 = 6" 09 = 9" 12 = 12" 18 = 18" 24 = 24" 144 = 144" 120 = 120" * Actual tray lengths are 142" and 118" to allow for splice hangers 132 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® - Straight Sections Data-Track® Tray Width in. (mm) 6 (150) 9 (225) 12 (300) 18 (450) 24 (600) Rung Spacing 5 (1.5) Support Span ft. (m) 8 (2.4) 10 6 (1.8) Rung * (3.0) 12 (mm) lbs/ft (kg/m) lbs/ft (kg/m) lbs/ft (kg/m) lbs/ft (kg/m) lbs/ft (kg/m) 6 9 12 6 9 12 6 9 12 6 9 12 6 9 12 (150) (225) (300) 646 532 400 532 354 266 400 266 200 266 178 134 200 134 100 (150) (225) (300) (150) (225) (300) (150) (225) (300) (150) (225) (300) (961) (793) (595) (793) (527) (396) (595) (396) (298) (396) (265) (199) (298) (199) (149) 448 448 400 448 354 266 400 266 200 266 178 134 200 134 100 (667) 252 (667) 252 (595) 252 (375) (375) (375) (667) 252 (527) 252 (396) 252 (375) (375) (375) (595) 252 (396) 252 (298) 200 (375) (375) (298) (396) 252 (265) 178 (199) 134 (375) (265) (199) (298) 200 (199) 134 (149) 100 (298) (199) (149) 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 134 161 134 100 (240) (240) (240) (240) (240) (240) (240) (240) (240) (240) (240) (199) (240) (199) (149) 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 100 Avg. Empty Tray Weight (3.7) Deflection in. Multiplier lbs/ft (167) (167) (167) (167) (167) (167) (167) (167) (167) (167) (167) (167) (167) (167) (149) 0.00002 0.00003 0.00004 0.00005 0.00008 0.00010 0.00020 0.00020 0.00030 0.00050 0.00070 0.00090 0.00110 0.00170 0.00220 Cent-R-Rail Data-Track® Load Capacities 1.38 1.25 1.20 1.45 1.30 1.24 1.53 1.35 1.28 1.69 1.46 1.35 1.85 1.56 1.43 (kg/m) (2.05) (1.86) (1.79) (2.16) (1.93) (1.85) (2.28) (2.01) (1.90) (2.51) (2.17) (2.01) (2.75) (2.32) (2.13) Safety Factor = 1.5 for load capacities For unbalanced load information see appendix page 179 For Seismic Restraint Systems see appendix page 180 5 Support Span (feet) 6 8 10 12 Center Rail Deflection Multiplier* 0.0012 0.0025 0.0079 0.0192 0.0397 * Deflection multipliers are given for English units. To determine deflection in millimeters, first calculate deflection in inches and then multiply by 25.4. To calculate the center rail simple beam deflection at mid span in inches for a specific support span (ft), multiply the “center rail deflection multiplier” for that span by the load in lbs/ft that will be installed in the cable tray. Example: The center rail deflection for 50 lbs/ft supported every 12 ft = 50 x .0397 = 2.0 inches. Note: When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection is reduced by as much as 50%. To calculate the rung deflection in inches for a specific tray width (in.) and rung spacing (in.), multiply the rung deflection multiplier for that width and rung spacing by the load in lbs/ft that will be installed in the cable tray. Example: The rung deflection for 50 lbs/ft in a 12" wide tray with 9" rung spacing = 50 x .0002 = .01 inches. Note: The rung deflection multiplier is based on a uniformly distributed load. Section Property Area Sx Ix Center Rail Rungs Center Rail Rung in2 0.88 0.13 1.63" .54" (cm2) (5.68) (0.84) (41mm) (14mm) in3 0.70 0.02 (cm3) (11.49) (0.31) in4 1.17 0.005 (cm4) (48.87) (0.21) 3.25" (82mm) .54" (14mm) 133 Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® - Straight Sections Cent-R-Rail Verti-Rack® Verti-Rack® Straight Section with CAS-SB Splice Hanger shown • One CAS-SB Splice Hanger provided with each straight section • For overall height and width dimension see pages 130 & 131 Rung Spacing 13/4" (44mm) Patented (see page 125) Verti-Rack® Straight Section Part Numbering C2 A 4V 12 - 09 - 144 Series C0 = Straight Rung C2 = 2" Loading Depth Material Type† A = Aluminum 2V = 2 tier 3V = 3 tier 4V = 4 tier 5V = 5 tier 6V = 6 tier Rung Spacing 06 = 6" 09 = 9" 12 = 12" (Specials available) Width† Length* 03 = 3" 06 = 6" 09 = 9" 12 = 12" 144 = 144" 120 = 120" * Actual tray lengths are 142" and 118" to allow for splice hangers † For inverted, multiple or special sizes and widths see appendix pages 181, 182, 183 Expand your Verti-Rack® system with ADD-A-Rung® ADD-A-Rung® Part Numbering CAR-2 V 2 12 • Attaches to bottom of existing tray • Shipped with required hardware No. of Tiers Loading Depth 1 = 1 tier 2 = 2 tier 0 = Straight Rung 2 = 2" Loading Depth Width 03 = 3" 06 = 6" 09 = 9" 12 = 12" Note: Not to exceed 100 lbs/ft on 12 ft span, 225 lbs/ft on 8 ft span. 134 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® - Straight Sections Verti-Rack® Total System Load Capacities ft (m) lbs/ft (kg/m) 5 6 8 10 12 (1.5) 300 300 225 144 100 (450) (1.8) (2.4) (3.0) (3.7) Tray Width in. 3 6 9 12 Center Rail* Deflection Multiplier 0.0010 0.0020 0.0063 0.0155 0.0321 (450) (335) (214) (149) Rung Spacing Cent-R-Rail Support Span Per Tier Load Capacity Rung* Deflection Avg. Empty Tray Weight (mm) in. (mm) lbs/ft (kg/m) Multiplier lbs/ft (kg/m) (150) 608 408 304 (905) 0.00001 0.00002 0.00002 2.09 1.72 1.55 (3.11) (75) 6 9 12 6 9 12 (150) 304 204 152 (452) 0.00010 0.00020 0.00020 2.31 1.86 1.66 (3.44) 6 9 12 (150) 203 136 102 (302) 0.00030 0.00040 0.00050 2.53 2.00 1.77 (3.76) 6 9 12 (150) 152 102 76 (226) 0.00060 0.00090 0.00120 2.75 2.14 1.88 (4.09) (150) (225) (300) (225) (300) (225) (300) (225) (300) (225) (300) (607) (452) (304) (226) (202) (152) (152) (113) (2.56) (2.31) (2.77) (2.47) (2.98) (2.63) (3.18) (2.80) Safety Factor = 1.5 for load capacities * Deflection multipliers are given for English units. To determine deflection in millimeters, first calculate deflection in inches and then multiply by 25.4. Example: The center rail deflection for 50 lbs/ft supported every 12 ft = 50 x .0321 = 1.6 inches. Example: The rung deflection for 50 lbs/ft in a 12" wide tray with 9" rung spacing = 50 x .0009 = .05 inches. Center Rail Section Property Area Sx Ix Center Rail Rungs Trunk in2 0.88 0.09 0.18 (cm2) (5.68) (0.61) (1.16) in3 0.56 0.01 N/A (cm3) (9.15) (0.12) (N/A) in4 1.27 0.001 N/A (0.04) (N/A) (cm4) Trunk Rung (41mm) (18mm) (14mm) 1.63" .71" .54" .71" (18mm) .31" (8mm) (52.99) 3.90" (99mm) 135 Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® - Straight Sections Cent-R-Rail Half-Rack® Half-Rack® Straight Section with CAS-SB Splice Hanger shown Rung Spacing • One CAS-SB Splice Hanger provided with each straight section • For overall height and width dimension see pages 130 & 131 Loading Depth Patented (see page 125) Half-Rack® Straight Section Part Numbering C3 A 1H 09 - 12 - 144 Series C0 = Straight Rung C3 = 3" Loading Depth C4 = 4" Loading Depth C6 = 6" Loading Depth Material Type A = Aluminum 1H = 1 tier Rung Spacing 06 = 6" 09 = 9" 12 = 12" Width Length* 03 = 3" 06 = 6" 09 = 9" 12 = 12" 144 = 144" 120 = 120" * Actual tray lengths are 142" and 118" to allow for splice hangers 136 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® - Straight Sections Half-Rack® Cent-R-Rail Half-Rack® Loading Guidelines • Support Locations 1" (25mm) 144" (3.7m) (12') Length Section *24" (609mm) Mid Length * = 20" (508mm) for 120" (3m) Length Section *24" (609mm) Sections should be attached to the wall at mid length and at 1/6th of the section length from both ends (20" for 120"; 24" for 144") • No spacers needed • For Half-Rack® wall attachment options see page 172 • Loading Recommendations • CSA classified A-3M • 50 lbs/ft (74kg/m) maximum based on 3/4" (19mm) rung deflection Rung Center Rail Section Property Center Rail Rungs (14mm) (41mm) .54" 1.63" Area Sx in2 0.88 0.13 (cm2) (5.68) (0.84) in3 (cm3) 0.70 0.02 (11.49) (0.31) .54" (14mm) 3.25" (82mm) Ix in4 (cm4) 1.27 (52.99) 0.005 (0.21) 137 Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® - Straight Sections Cent-R-Rail Multi-Tier Half-Rack® Multi-Tier Half-Rack® Straight Section with CAS-SB Splice Hanger shown A A = 25/8" (67mm) for 3" (76mm) Loading Depth = 13/4" (44mm) for 4" (102mm) Loading Depth • One CAS-SB Splice Hanger provided with each straight section • For overall height and width dimension see pages 130 & 131 Rung Spacing Patented (see page 125) Loading Depth Multi-Tier Half-Rack® Straight Section Part Numbering C3 A 2M 09 - 12 - 144 Series C0 = Straight Rung C3 = 3" Loading Depth C4 = 4" Loading Depth Material A = Aluminum Type Rung Spacing 2M = 2 tier 3M = 3 tier 4M = 4 tier 06 = 6" 09 = 9" 12 = 12" (Specials available) Width† 03 = 3" 06 = 6" 09 = 9" 12 = 12" Length* 144 = 144" 120 = 120" * Actual tray lengths are 142" and 118" to allow for splice hangers † For multiple widths see appendix pages 181 & 182 Expand your Multi-Tier Half-Rack® system with ADD-A-Rung® • Attaches to bottom of existing tray • Shipped with required hardware ADD-A-Rung® Part Numbering CAR-2 M 3 12 No. of Tiers 1 = 1 tier 2 = 2 tier 138 Loading Depth 0 = Straight Rung 3 = 3" Loading Depth 4 = 4" Loading Depth Width 03 = 3" 06 = 6" 09 = 9" 12 = 12" Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® - Straight Sections Multi-Tier Half-Rack® Cent-R-Rail Multi-Tier Half-Rack® Loading Guidelines • Support Locations 1" (25mm) 144" (3.7m) (12') Length Section *24" (609mm) Mid Length *24" (609mm) * = 20" (508mm) for 120" (3m) Length Section Sections should be attached to the wall at mid length and at 1/6th of the section length from both ends (20" for 120"; 24" for 144") • No spacers needed • For Multi-Tier Half-Rack® wall attachment options see page 173 • Loading Recommendations • 50 lbs/ft (74kg/m) maximum based on 3/4" (19mm) rung deflection Half-Rack® shown For Seismic Restraint Systems see appendix page 180 Center Rail Section Property Area Sx Ix Center Rail Rungs Trunk in2 0.88 0.13 0.18 (cm2) (5.68) (0.84) (1.16) in3 0.56 0.02 N/A (cm3) (9.15) (0.31) (N/A) in4 1.27 0.005 N/A (cm4) (52.99) (0.21) (N/A) Trunk Rung (41mm) (18mm) (14mm) 1.63" .71" .54" .71" (18mm) .54" (8mm) 3.90" (99mm) 139 Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® - Connectors Application System Icons Cent-R-Rail The parts in the following catalog sections can be used with one or more of the Cent-R-Rail® systems. We have provided the following application icons to indicate the systems each item is compatible with. Compatibility with Data-Track® Shaded items shown in the illustrations are items that are provided with the part numbers. Compatibility with VertI-Rack® Compatibility with Half-Rack® Compatibility with Multi-Tier Half-Rack® Qwik-Bolt® Splice Hanger Cat. No. CAS-SB Patented (see page 125) • • • • • • • One splice included with each straight section Bolts screw directly into splice, minimizing hardware Splice protects cables from center rail edges Vertical hardware removes hardware from cable fill area Shipped assembled with required hardware Designed to install with 1/2" ATR UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps Qwik-Bolt® No Gap Splice Cat. No. CAS-NG Patented (see page 125) • • • • • • • A straight splice option Bolts screw directly into splice, minimizing hardware Vertical hardware removes hardware from cable fill area Shipped assembled with required hardware UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps Straight section length (using this splice) is 142 or 118 inches For use where ATR is not required through the splice hanger Note: All connectors are aluminum material and sized for 1/2" zinc plated steel hardware, unless otherwise specified. 140 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® - Connectors Qwik-Bolt® Splice Hanger Cent-R-Rail Cat. No. CAS-CB Patented (see page 125) • Side mounts to existing 1/2" ATR • Qwik-Bolt® design • Shipped with required hardware • UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps Expansion Splice Hanger Cat. No. Tray Type CAS-EB1 Data-Track® & Half-Rack® CAS-EB2 Verti-Rack® & Multi-Tier Half-Rack® Table 1 Patented (see page 125) Maximum Spacing Between Expansion Joints that Provide for 1" (25mm) Movement • Allows for 1" (25mm) of tray expansion and contraction • Shipped with required hardware • Order grounding jumper CAM-GJ separately (see page 156) Temperature Aluminum Differential It is important that thermal contraction and expansion be considered when installing cable tray systems. The length of the straight cable tray runs and the temperature differential govern the number of expansion splice plates required (See Table 1). ˚F (˚C) ft (m) 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 (14) 260 130 87 65 52 43 37 (79) (28) (42) (56) (69) (83) (97) (40) (27) (20) (16) (13) (11) Horizontal Offset Coupling Cat. No. offset CAC-OH050B CAC-OH065B CAC-OH080B CAC-OH100B CAC-OH130B Offset in. (mm) 5.0 6.5 8.0 10.0 13.0 (125) (165) Patented (see page 125) (200) (250) (330) Refer to tray widths on pg. 130 to determine offset needed • Designed to provide horizontal offset • Ideal for connecting Data-Track® to Half-Rack® • Pivoting connections • Qwik-Bolt® design • Shipped assembled with required hardware • UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps • 7/8" (22mm) adjustment on offset Note: All connectors are aluminum material and sized for 1/2" zinc plated steel hardware, unless otherwise specified. Cable Tray Systems Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 141 Cent-R-Rail® - Connectors Cent-R-Rail Vertical Offset Coupling Cat. No. Offset CAC-OV030B CAC-OV060B in. (mm) 3.0 6.0 (150) (75) Patented (see page 125) offset • Designed to provide vertical offset • Pivoting connections • Qwik-Bolt® design • Shipped assembled with required hardware • UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps Horizontal Adjustable Splice Cat. No. CAS-HB Patented (see page 125) • Allows random angle horizontal bend • Also can be used to connect straight sections at mid-run locations • Qwik-Bolt® design • Shipped assembled with required hardware • UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps Horizontal Bend Rung Support Cat. No. CAR-H3-06 CAR-H3-09 CAR-H3-12 CAR-H3-18 CAR-H3-24 CAR-H4-06 CAR-H4-09 CAR-H4-12 CAR-H4-18 CAR-H4-24 CAR-H6-06 CAR-H6-09 CAR-H6-12 CAR-H6-18 CAR-H6-24 Cat. No. CAR-H3-06 Loading Depth Tray Width 3 = 3" 4 = 4" 6 = 6" 06 = 6" 09 = 9" 12 = 12" 18 = 18" 24 = 24" Patented (see page 125) • Use with CAS-HB • For additional cable support on the outside of bends • Select fill depth and width required • Shipped with required hardware (1 pc. HHCS - 1/2" x 4" znplt) • Rungs set at 45° angle Note: All connectors are aluminum material and sized for 1/2" zinc plated steel hardware, unless otherwise specified. 142 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® - Connectors Data-Track® Horizontal Tee Coupling L Tray 1 Patented (see page 125) Tray 1 L in. (mm) 6 9 12 18 24 (150) (225) (300) (450) (600) 3 6 9 12 Patented (see page 125) 5 61/2 8 10 13 (125) Cat. No. (165) (200) (250) (330) L (mm) (75) (150) (225) (300) in. CAC-HTV03B CAC-HTV06B CAC-HTV09B CAC-HTV12B (mm) 3 (75) 41/2 (115) 6 (150) 71/2 (190) • Used to make tee, elbow or wye • Allows random attachment to center rail without drilling • Pivoting connection • Qwik-Bolt® design • Shipped assembled with required hardware • 7/16" (11mm) adjustment slot • UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps Half-Rack® Horizontal Tee Coupling Tray 1 Width L (mm) Verti-Rack® Horizontal Tee Coupling in. Tray 1 CAC-HTD06B CAC-HTD09B CAC-HTD12B CAC-HTD18B CAC-HTD24B L in. • Used to make tee, elbow or wye • Allows random attachment to center rail without drilling • Pivoting connection • Qwik-Bolt® Design • Shipped assembled with required hardware • 9/16" (14mm) hole provided for optional support ATR • 7/16" (11mm) adjustment slot • UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps Tray 1 Width Patented (see page 125) Cat. No. Cent-R-Rail Tray 1 Width in. (mm) 3 6 9 12 (75) (150) (225) (300) Cat. No. CAC-HTH03B CAC-HTH06B CAC-HTH09B CAC-HTH12B L in. (mm) 5 8 11 14 (125) (200) (275) (355) • Used to make tee, elbow or wye • Allows random attachment to center rail • Pivoting connection • Qwik-Bolt® design • Shipped assembled with required hardware • UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps Note: All connectors are aluminum material and sized for 1/2" zinc plated steel hardware, unless otherwise specified. Cable Tray Systems Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 143 Cent-R-Rail® - Connectors Cent-R-Rail Multi-Tier Half-Rack® Horizontal Tee Coupling Tray 1 Width in. 3 6 9 12 Cat. No. (mm) (75) (150) (225) (300) CAC-HTM03B CAC-HTM06B CAC-HTM09B CAC-HTM12B Tray 1 L L in. (mm) 5 8 11 14 (125) (200) (275) (355) • Used to make tee, elbow or wye • Allows random attachment to center rail • Pivoting connection • Qwik-Bolt® design • Shipped assembled with required hardware • UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps Patented (see page 125) Data-Track® Horizontal Cross Coupling Tray 1 Width • • • • • • in. (mm) 6 9 12 18 24 (150) (225) (300) (450) (600) Cat. No. CAC-HXD06B CAC-HXD09B CAC-HXD12B CAC-HXD18B CAC-HXD24B Tray 1 L in. (mm) 10 13 16 20 26 (250) L (330) (400) (500) (650) Allows random attachment to center rail without drilling Pivoting connections Qwik-Bolt® design Shipped assembled with required hardware 9/16" (14mm) hole provided for optional support ATR UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps Patented (see page 125) Verti-Rack® Horizontal Cross Coupling Tray 1 Width in. (mm) 3 6 9 12 (75) Cat. No. Tray 1 L in. (mm) 3 9 12 15 (75) L • • • • • • (150) (225) (300) CAC-HXV03B CAC-HXV06B CAC-HXV09B CAC-HXV12B (225) (300) (375) Allows random attachment to center rail without drilling Pivoting connections Qwik-Bolt® design Shipped assembled with required hardware 9/16" (14mm) hole provided for optional support ATR UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps Patented (see page 125) Note: All connectors are aluminum material and sized for 1/2" zinc plated steel hardware, unless otherwise specified. 144 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® - Connectors Cent-R-Rail Vertical Adjustable Splice Cat. No. CAS-VB Patented (see page 125) • Ideal for random angle vertical bends • Qwik-Bolt® design • Shipped assembled with required hardware • UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps Vertical Coupling Cat. No. CAC-VB Patented (see page 125) • Use one piece to create vertical tees. • Use two pieces to create vertical crosses. • Pivoting connections • Qwik-Bolt® design • Shipped assembled with required hardware • UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps Note: All connectors are aluminum material and sized for 1/2" zinc plated steel hardware, unless otherwise specified. Cable Tray Systems Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 145 Cent-R-Rail® - Connectors Universal Hub Fittings Cent-R-Rail Cat. No. U4A-12 Fill Depth Cat. No. U2A-06 U2A-09 U2A-12 U2A-18 U2A-24 U3A-06 U3A-09 U3A-12 U3A-18 U3A-24 U4A-06 U4A-09 U4A-12 U4A-18 U4A-24 U6A-06 U6A-09 U6A-12 U6A-18 U6A-24 2 3 4 6 = = = = Width 2" 3" 4" 6" 06 = 6" 09 = 9" 12 = 12" 18 = 18" 24 = 24" Patented (see page 125) Width Fill Depth • • • • • • • Connects up to 4 trays in random directions Provides an area free of center rails for cable transitions Ideal for easy system expansion Slots provided for cable tie down Order one CAC-UFB pivot connector per tray connection (see page 147) Positive cable retention for cables routed around corner post UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps Typical applications for universal hub fittings: Elbow Tee Cross Wye Note: All connectors are aluminum material and sized for 1/2" zinc plated steel hardware, unless otherwise specified. 146 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® - Connectors Pivot Connector For Universal Hub Cent-R-Rail Horizontal Application Cat. No. CAC-UFB Patented (see page 125) • Qwik-Bolt® design • Shipped with required hardware • UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps Category 5 Cable Radius Protector Cat. No. Tray Depth CAM-PR253 CAM-PR254 CAM-PR256 3 4 6 • Designed to provide a 21/2" cable bend radius • Mounts directly over the horizontal pivot connector using the existing hardware • Made from aluminum Note: All connectors are aluminum material and sized for 1/2" zinc plated steel hardware, unless otherwise specified. Cable Tray Systems Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 147 Cent-R-Rail® - Supports Cent-R-Rail Data-Track® Standard Clevis Hanger Cat. No. Rod Size CZNH-CD CZNH-CD-5/8 1/2” 5/8” • Allows random support without drilling • Zinc plated steel construction • If seismic restraints required, see Seismic Restraints Cent-R-Rail® Supplement brochure (SRSCR1) Verti-Rack® Standard Clevis Hanger Cat. No. Rod Size CZNH-CV CZNH-CV-5/8 1/2” 5/8” • Allows random support without drilling • Zinc plated steel construction Isolation Clevis Hanger Cat. No. Tray Type CZNH-CD-I Data-Track® CZNH-CV-I Verti-Rack® Data-Track® shown • • • • • Isolates tray from ATR to reduce low voltage interference Nylon bushing Allows random support without drilling Zinc plated steel construction Used with 1/2" ATR Note: All connectors are aluminum material and sized for 1/2" zinc plated steel hardware, unless otherwise specified. 148 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® - Supports Wall Hanger Half Rack® Cent-R-Rail Cat. No. CZNH-WH • • • • • • Simplifies bolt to anchor alignment. Center rail drilling eliminated. Hanger bottom snaps over center rail. Smooth edge design in wire fill areas. Zinc plated steel construction Sized for up to a 1/2" bolt. Wall Hanger Multi-Tier Half Rack® Cat. No. CZNH-WM • • • • • • Simplifies bolt to anchor alignment. Center rail drilling eliminated. Hanger bottom snaps over center rail. Smooth edge design in wire fill areas. Zinc plated steel construction Sized for up to a 1/2" bolt. U-Bracket: In Drywall & Metal Stud Wall Cat. No. Tray Type CPB-U10 Half-Rack® CPB-CV1 Multi-Tier Half-Rack® Flat Washers CPB-U10 U-Bracket Half-Rack® Metal Cable Tray Screws 1/4" Metal Stud Note: All connectors are aluminum material and sized for 1/2" zinc plated steel hardware, unless otherwise specified. Cable Tray Systems Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 149 Cent-R-Rail® - Supports Cent-R-Rail Floor Stands Cat. No. Height in. B381 B382 B383 B384 B385 23/8 43/8 63/8 83/8 103/8 Width (mm) in. (mm) (60.3) 6 8 10 12 14 (152.4) (111.1) (161.9) (212.7) (263.5) (203.2) (254.0) (304.8) (355.6) Height 13/16" (21mm) • Zinc plated steel construction • 9/16" (14mm) holes Width Relay Rack Mounting Bracket Cat. No. SB-2133-CR • ASTM A36 Steel • Yellow zinc dichromate • Includes: Mounting plates 1 - 1/2" x 41/2" HHCS 1- 1/2" hex nut 2 - 5/16" x 3" SRHMS 2 - 5/16" hex nuts 2 - 5/16" lockwashers Note: All connectors are aluminum material and sized for 1/2" zinc plated steel hardware, unless otherwise specified. 150 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® - Zinc Plated Steel Zinc Plated Steel Square Washer “U” Washer Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. B202 B450 B101 Zinc Plated Steel Aluminum 90° Angle Fitting Aluminum Wall Bracket “Z” Bracket “Z” Bracket Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. B370 B110AL CAB-U25 Zinc Plated Steel Zinc Plated Steel Aluminum “U” Bracket “U” Bracket “U” Bracket Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. B107 B107-22A CAB-U10 Zinc Plated Steel Aluminum Zinc Plated Steel “U” Bracket “U” Bracket Post Base Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. CAB-U20 B594 B281ASQ Cable Tray Systems Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 151 Cent-R-Rail Zinc Plated Steel Support Accessories Cent-R-Rail® - Support Accessories Cent-R-Rail Non-Uniform Loading Bracket Cat. No. ATR Length CZN-DRS-36 CZN-DRS-60 CZN-DRS-72 • • • • • 36 60 72 Hardware included ATR included Zinc plated See Seismic Restraints Cent-R-Rail® Supplement brochure (SRSCR1) Note: Refer to unbalance section in the appendix (pg. 179) • • • • • • 1 1 9 2 1 2 - Includes: B107 Znplt U Support B107-22A Znplt U Support 1/2" Hex Nuts, Znplt ATR 1/2" x Length, Znplt HHC Screw 1/2" x 41/2", Znplt B202 Znplt sq washers All Threaded Rod Stiffener • See Seismic Restraints Cent-R-Rail® Supplement brochure (SRSCR1) • Note: Minimum of (2) - SC228 or SC-UB are required per rod. SC228 Hanger Rod Stiffener Assembly For 3/8" thru 5/8" ATR (Order B22 Channel Separately) SC228 Hanger Rod Stiffener Assembly B22 Channel Rod Stiffener 152 1/2" ATR Maximum distance from top of hanger rod to first bolt of the channel rod stiffener is 6" (152mm). 1/2" ATR Maximum distance between each SC228 is 18" (457mm). Maximum distance from top of channel where the hanger rod is attached to the first bolt of the channel rod stiffener is 6" (152mm). Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) B22 Channel Rod Stiffener with SC228 Assemblies Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® - Support Accessories Channel Sizes and Hole Patterns Selections Chart Channel Dimensions Height in. B11 B22A B22 B54 4 SH Channel Hole Patterns S H17/8 TH Width (mm) 31/4 31/4 15/8 15/16 Material & Thickness 2 3 1 Cent-R-Rail Channel Type in. (mm) (82.5) 15/8 (41.3) (82.5) 15/8 (41.3) (41.3) 15/8 (41.3) (20.6) 15/8 (41.3) Steel Alum. 12Ga. 12Ga. 12Ga. 14Ga. -.105 .105 .080 304 S.S. 316 S.S. -12Ga. 12Ga. 14Ga. -12Ga. 12Ga. 14Ga. 1 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1 1 1 1 1 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 --1 -- Available Finishes on Steel: Dura-Green Epoxy, Pre-Galvanized and Hot Dip Galvanized are standard. Material types available for various hole patterns are defined by numbers 1 thru 4 as follows: 1= 2= 3= 4= Steel Aluminum Type 304 Stainless Steel Type 316 Stainless Steel Channel Nuts With Spring B11 B12 B22 B24 B32 Without Spring B42 B52 B54 B11, B22 B12, B24 B32 Twirl Nut B42 B52 B54 B11, B22 B12, B24 B32 Thread Size Thickness B42 B52 B54 N725 N225 N525 N225WO N525WO TN225 TN525 1/2"-13 1/2"(12.7 mm) for N725,N225,N225WO,TN225 3/8"(9.5 mm) for N525,N525WO,TN525 N755 N255 N555 N255WO N555WO 5/8"-11 1/2"(12.7 mm) for N755,N255,N255WO 3/8"(9.5 mm) for N555,N555WO Channel Nut With Spring Cat. No. & Size Threads Per Inch ATR 1/2" ATR 5/8" 13 11 -- -- Channel Nut Without Spring *Recommended Load lbs (kN) 1130 1810 (5.02) Twirl Nut All Threaded Rod (ATR) (8.05) *Safety Factor = 5 • Specify length in inches: 36", 72", 120", 144" Flat Washers Cable Tray Systems Cat. No. & Size Cat. No. & Size FW 1/2" FW 5/8" HN 1/2" HN 5/8" Hex Nut Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 153 Cent-R-Rail Cent-R-Rail® - Rod Coupling Support Accessories Recommended Load Cat. No. Size Length in. (mm) lbs (kN) B655-1/2 1/2"-13 13/4 (44.4) 5/8"-11 21/8 (54.0) 1130 1810 (5.02) B655-5/8 Cat. No. Size (8.05) in. B656-1/2 3/8 x x 1/2 B656-3/4 x 5/8 B656-5/8 Reducer Rod Coupling Type 1/2"-13 & 3/8"-16 & 1/2"-13 3/4"-10 & 5/8"-11 Size ASA-50-225HN ASA-50-400HN ASA-62-225HN ASA-62-425HN ASA-37-250RQ ASA-37-375RQ ASA-37-475RQ Hex Nut Round Quadrex Round Quadrex Sleeve Anchors Catalog Number 1/2 x 21/4 x4 x 21/4 x 41/4 x 21/2 x 33/4 x 43/4 1/2 5/8 5/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 Minimum Embedment ASA-50-225HN ASA-50-400HN ASA-62-225HN ASA-62-425HN ASA-37-250RQ ASA-37-375RQ ASA-37-475RQ lbs Bolt Diameter in. Hex Nut (mm) 11/4 (31.7) 610 11/4 (31.7) 1130 11/2 (38.1) 1810 5/8"-11 Catalog Number Recommended Load Length (kN) (2.71) (5.02) (8.05) Hole Diameter (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) (13 x 57) 3/8 (10) 1/2 (13) (13 x 102) 3/8 (10) 1/2 (13) (16 x 57) 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) (16 x 108) 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) (10 x 64) 5/16 (8) 3/8 (10) (10 x 95) 5/16 (8) 3/8 (10) (10 x 121) 5/16 (8) 3/8 (10) Allowable PullOut Load* Allowable Shear Load* in. (mm) lbs (kN) lbs (kN) 11/2 11/2 2 2 1 1 /4 11/4 11/4 (38) 1100 1100 1545 1545 675 675 675 (4.8) 1100 1100 1790 1790 570 570 570 (4.8) (38) (51) (51) (32) (32) (32) (4.8) (6.8) (6.8) (2.9) (2.9) (2.9) (4.8) (7.8) (7.8) (2.5) (2.5) (2.5) *Tested in 3500 PSI (24 MPa) concrete. S.F. = 4.0 Catalog Number Anchor Size Diameter Length ADI-50 ADI-62 Catalog Number Drop-In Anchors in. (mm) 1/2 5/8 in. (mm) (13) 2 (51) 12/16 (16) 21/2 (64) 13/16 Anchor Length ADI-50 ADI-62 Thread Hole Depth Diameter Allowable Pull-out Load* in. (mm) in. (mm) (21) 5/8 (16) (30) 7/8 (22) Allowable Shear Load* in. (mm) lbs (kN) lbs (kN) 2 21/2 (51) 1883 2473 (8.2) (10.8) 1903 3403 (14.9) (64) (8.3) Setting Tool Catalog Number ADI-50T ADI-62T *Tested in 4860 PSI (33.5 MPa) concrete. S.F. = 4.0 154 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® - Support Accessories Beam Clamps Rod Size B C in. B307 B308 B321-2 Cat. No. D in. (mm) B307 B308 11/8" B321-2 15/8" E 7/8" (22.2) 29/16" (65.1) 1/2"-13 1/2"-13 39/16" (90.5) 7/8" (22.2) 111/16" (42.8) 1/2"-13 1/2"-13 Design Load T in. (mm) in. (mm) lbs. (kN) 21/2" (63.5) 7Ga. 1/4" 1/4" (4.5) 1100 1500 1400 (4.89) 21/2" (63.5) (41.3) 31/4" (82.5) (28.6) (6.3) (6.3) Anchor Strap Cat. No. Flange Width in. B312-6 B312-9 B312-12 (7.11) (6.23) • Design Load Safety Factor = 5 • Setscrew included T F (mm) 27/16" (61.9) 1/2"-13 1/2"-13 F 11/8" (28.6) C in. E B D (mm) Cent-R-Rail Cat. No. (mm) Up to 6" (Up to 152.4) 6"-9" (152.4-228.6) 9"-12" (228.6-304.8) Beam Clamp Part Number Design Load* lbs B212-3/8 (kN) 1000 (4.45) Max. Mat’l Flange Thick Thickness in. 11/8 (mm) in. (mm) (28.6) 3/8 (9.5) *when used in pairs Used with B307, B308 and B321-2 beam clamps • Design Load Safety Factor = 5 • Sold in pieces • Setscrew included Beam Clamp Cat. No. Design Load* lbs (kN) Beam Clamps Cat. No. ‘A’ Dimension in. B441-22 1200 (15.34) 33/8 B441-22A 1200 (15.34) 5 B441Z-22 N/A (N/A) 33/8 B355 (mm) (85.7) (127.0) (85.7) • Design Load 1200 lbs (5.34kN) when used in pairs • Design Load Safety Factor = 5 • Sold in pieces • Order HHCS & channel nuts separately *when used in pairs • Design Load Safety Factor = 5 • Sold in pieces Cable Tray Systems Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 155 Cent-R-Rail® - Accessories Cent-R-Rail Cable Drop-Out • • • • Cat. No. CAM-DO-1 CAM-DO-2 CAM-DO-3 CAM-DO-4 CAM-DO-5 CAM-DO-7 CAM-DO-8 CAM-DO-10 CAM-DO-11 Provides 3.25" (82mm) bend radius Attaches to horizontal section of rung Self-drilling screw included Part number for one side only Tray A A in. 1 2 3 4 5 7 8 10 11 Recommended Drop-out Width A* DATA-TRACK® Bottom Rung DATA-TRACK® Top Rung Half-Rack® in. Multi-Tier Half-Rack® 3 6 9 12 18 24 N/A 2 3 5 7 10 N/A 1 2 4 7 10 2 5 8 11 N/A N/A 2 5 8 11 N/A N/A Width * Indicates widest Dropout that will fit in tray Verti-Rack® Drop-Out Cat. No. A in. CAM-VDO-1 1.5 1 CAM-VDO-2 /2 3 CAM-VDO-4 4.5 1 CAM-VDO-5 /2 6 • • • • A Provides 3.25" (82mm) bend radius Attaches to horizontal section of rung Self-drilling screw included Part number for one side only Grounding Jumper Cat. No. CAM-GJ • • • • • • 156 Tin plated copper 1000 Amps maximum fuse amperage rating 12" (305mm) overall length Provides electrical continuity between trays Required with expansion splice hangers and when trays are discontinuous For up to 1/2" hardware - not provided Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® - Accessories Pan Tray Pan Catalog Number Width Data-Track® Data-Track® Verti-Rack® in. Bottom Rung (one side only) Top Rung (one side only) (one side one tier only) N/A C(*)P-020-(†) C(*)P-035-(†) C(*)P-050-(†) C(*)P-072-(†) C(*)P-102-(†) N/A C(*)P-012-(†) C(*)P-027-(†) C(*)P-042-(†) C(*)P-072-(†) C(*)P-102-(†) C(*)P-008-(†) C(*)P-023-(†) C(*)P-038-(†) C(*)P-053-(†) N/A N/A 3 6 9 12 18 24 Cent-R-Rail (Pan shown in Data-Track®) • Solid floor system with the flexibility of a center rail system • Side remains open for cable exit/entry • Available in aluminum or pre-galvanized steel • Hemmed edges to provide smooth cable fill area • Shipped with self-drilling screws for easy field installation Half-Rack® Multi-Tier Half-Rack® (one tier only) C(*)P-020-(†) C(*)P-050-(†) C(*)P-080-(†) C(*)P-110-(†) N/A N/A C(*)P-020-(†) C(*)P-050-(†) C(*)P-080-(†) C(*)P-110-(†) N/A N/A (*) Material- Insert “A” for .040 aluminum or “P” for 20 Ga. pre-galvanized steel. (†) Length- Insert 060 for 60", 072 for 72", 120 for 120", or 144 for 144". Ordering information - Example: CAP-035-144 Aluminum pan for 9" wide bottom rung Data-Track in a 12 foot section. Liner (Liner shown in Data-Track®) • Used to enclose a center rail system when desired • Available in aluminum or pre-galvanized steel • Hemmed edges to provide smooth cable fill area • Shipped with self-drilling screws for easy field installations Tray Liner Catalog Number Width Data-Track® Data-Track® Verti-Rack® in. Bottom Rung (one side only) Top Rung (one side only) (one side one tier only) N/A C(*)L-D(x)-028-(†) C(*)L-D(x)-044-(†) C(*)L-D(x)-059-(†) C(*)L-D(x)-081-(†) C(*)L-D(x)-111-(†) N/A C(*)L-D(x)-021-(†) C(*)L-D(x)-036-(†) C(*)L-D(x)-051-(†) C(*)L-D(x)-081-(†) C(*)L-D(x)-111-(†) C(*)L-V2-014-(†) C(*)L-V2-029-(†) C(*)L-V2-044-(†) C(*)L-V2-059-(†) N/A N/A 3 6 9 12 18 24 Half-Rack® Multi-Tier Half-Rack® (one tier only) C(*)L-D(x)-028-(†) C(*)L-D(x)-059-(†) C(*)L-D(x)-089-(†) C(*)L-D(x)-119-(†) N/A N/A C(*)L-D(x)-028-(†) C(*)L-D(x)-059-(†) C(*)L-D(x)-089-(†) C(*)L-D(x)-119-(†) N/A N/A (*) Material- Insert “A” for .040 aluminum or “P” for 20 Ga. pre-galvanized steel. (†) Length- Insert 060 for 60", 072 for 72", 120 for 120", or 144 for 144". (x) Loading Depth- Insert 3, 4 or 6 for applicable depth. Ordering information Example: CAL-D4-059-120 Aluminum liner for 12" wide bottom rung Data-Track with 4" loading in a ten foot section. Cable Tray Systems Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 157 Cent-R-Rail Cent-R-Rail® - Accessories Plastic Center Rail End Cap Plastic Center Rail End Cap Cat. No. Cat. No. CPLM-EC10-Gray CPLM-EC20-Gray • Fits over end of center rail • Gray PVC material • Field installation • Fits over end of center rail • Gray PVC material • Field installation Plastic Rung End Cap Plastic Rung End Cap Cat. No. Cat. No. CPLM-EC40-* CPLM-EC30-* 158 * Insert color: Gray is standard Optional- red, white, purple, blue, yellow, orange, black * Insert color: Gray is standard Optional- red, white, purple, blue, yellow, orange, black • • • • • • • • Fits over end of rungs Used for cable identification PVC material Field installation Fits over end of rungs Used for cable identification PVC material Field installation Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® - Accessories Cent-R-Rail Plastic Trunk End Cap Cat. No. CPLM-EC50-Gray • Fits over end of vertical trunk • Gray PVC Material • Field installation Conduit Adapter Cat. No. • Designed to support or suspend light-duty stationary conduit runs • Zinc plated steel • Attaches to tray center rail (mounting hardware not included) Conduit Size BL1400 BL1410 BL1420 BL1430 BL1440 BL1450 BL1460 BL1470 BL1480 BL1490 Mounting Hardware Size in. (mm) in. (mm) 1/2 (15) 1/4 (6) (20) 1/4 (6) (25) 1/4 (6) (32) 1/4 (6) (40) 5/16 (8) (50) 5/16 (8) (65) 5/16 (8) (80) 5/16 (8) (90) 5/16 (8) (100) 5/16 (8) 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 1 2 /2 3 31/2 4 Conduit Adapter Cat. No. BL1400-C442 BL1410-C442 BL1420-C442 BL1430-C442 BL1440-C442 BL1450-C442 Conduit Size in. (mm) 1/2 (15) 3/4 (20) 1 11/4 11/2 2 (25) (32) (40) (50) • Connects conduit to Cent-R-Rail® • Easy one rung installation • Positions conduit between rungs • Shipped assembled with hardware Cable Tray Systems Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 159 Cent-R-Rail® - Accessories 6" (152mm) thru 12" (305mm) rung spacing Cent-R-Rail Cat. No. Conduit Size Punched in. Conduit Adapter CAM-CA1S-1/2 1/2 CAM-CA1S-3/4 3/4 CAM-CA1S-1 CAM-CA1S-11/4 CAM-CA2S-11/2 CAM-CA2S-2 CAM-CA2S-21/2 CAM-CA3S-3 CAM-CA3S-31/2 CAM-CA3S-4 Conduit Size Unpunched in. CAM-CA1S CAM-CA2S CAM-CA3S 1/2 Cat. No. in. (mm) (15) CAM-CA1L-1/2 1/2 (15) (20) CAM-CA1L-3/4 3/4 (20) CAM-CA1L-1 CAM-CA1L-11/4 CAM-CA2L-11/2 CAM-CA2L-2 CAM-CA2L-21/2 CAM-CA3L-3 CAM-CA3L-31/2 CAM-CA3L-4 1 (25) 1 1 /4 (32) 11/2 (40) 2 (50) 1 2 /2 (65) 3 (80) 1 3 /2 (90) 4 (100) 18" (457mm) thru 24" (609mm) rung spacing Cat. No. Conduit Size Unpunched in. (mm) thru 11/4 (15) thru (32) 1 1 /2 thru 21/2 (40) thru (65) 3 thru 4 (80) thru (100) Conduit Size Punched (mm) 1 (25) 1 1 /4 (32) 11/2 (40) 2 (50) 1 2 /2 (65) 3 (80) 1 3 /2 (90) 4 (100) 6" (152mm) thru 12" (305mm) rung spacing Cat. No. 18" (457mm) thru 24" (609mm) rung spacing CAM-CA1L CAM-CA2L CAM-CA3L (mm) 1/2 thru 11/4 (15) thru (32) 1 1 /2 thru 21/2 (40) thru (65) 3 thru 4 (80) thru (100) • Connects conduit to Cent-R-Rail® • Supported by two rungs for stability • Allows variable positioning between rungs • Items included: -mounting body -2 rung attachment clips with #10 self-drilling screws Drill Fixture Cat. No. CAM-DF • Locates splice holes to be drilled in field cut trays • Used to mark cut lines square • Requires 9/16" diameter drill bit (not included) 160 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® - Accessories Cent-R-Rail Data-Track® Tray-to-Wall Connector Cat. No. CZNT-WB1 • • • • Easy to install Strong - 1/4" (6mm) steel Zinc plated - ASTM B633 Designed for up to 1/2" diameter wall attachment hardware (not included) • Cent-R-Rail® nut and bolt connector provided Verti-rack® Tray-to-Wall Connector Cat. No. CZNT-WB2 • • • • Easy to install Strong - 1/4" (6mm) steel Zinc plated - ASTM B633 Designed for up to 1/2" diameter wall attachment hardware (not included) • Cent-R-Rail® nut and bolt connector provided Tray-to-Wall Connector Cat. No. CAT-WB Patented (see page CRR-4) • Connects tray end to wall for termination and support • Qwik-Bolt® design • Shipped with one bolt for tray connection (order 1/2" diameter wall mounting hardware separately) Cable Tray Systems Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 161 Cent-R-Rail Cent-R-Rail® - Accessories Data-Track® Tray-To-Box Connector Verti-Rack® Tray-To-Box Connector Cat. No. Cat. No. CAT-BD B 3 12 B CAT-B 4 V 06 B Rung Type Loading Depth Tray Width Number of Tiers Tray Width B=Bottom rung T=Top rung 3=3" 4=4" 6=6" 06= 6" 09= 9" 12=12" 18=18" 24=24" 2 3 4 5 6 03 = 3" 06 = 6" 09 = 9" 12 = 12" 2 3 4 5 6 tiers tiers tiers tiers tiers Patented (see page 125) Patented (see page 125) • Connects tray to opening in enclosures • Qwik-Bolt® design • Shipped with one bolt for tray connection (order 1/4" diameter wall mounting hardware separately) • Connects tray to opening in enclosures • Qwik-Bolt® design • Shipped with one bolt for tray connection (order 1/4" diameter wall mounting hardware separately) Half-Rack® Tray-To-Box Connector Multi-Tier Half-Rack® Tray-To-Box Connector Cat. No. Cat. No. CAT-B1H 3 03 B CAT-B 2 M 03 B Loading Depth Tray Width Number of Tiers Tray Width 3 = 3” 4 = 4” 6 = 6” 03 = 3" 06 = 6" 09 = 9" 12 = 12" 2 = 2 tiers 3 = 3 tiers 4 = 4 tiers 03 = 3" 06 = 6" 09 = 9" 12 = 12" Patented (see page 125) Patented (see page 125) • Connects tray to opening in enclosures • Qwik-Bolt® design • Shipped with one bolt for tray connection (order 1/4" diameter wall mounting hardware separately) 162 = = = = = • Connects tray to opening in enclosures • Qwik-Bolt® design • Shipped with one bolt for tray connection (order 1/4" diameter wall mounting hardware separately) • Designed for 3” and 4” fill Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® - Accessories Data-Track® Blind End Cat. No. Cat. No. CAM-BE1 B 3 12 B CAM-BED B 3 12 B Rung Type Loading Depth Tray Width Rung Type Loading Depth Tray Width B = Bottom rung T = Top rung 3 = 3" 4 = 4" 6 = 6" 06 = 6" 09 = 9" 12 = 12" 18 = 18" 24 = 24" B = Bottom rung T = Top rung 3 = 3" 4 = 4" 6 = 6" 06 = 6" 09 = 9" 12 = 12" 18 = 18" 24 = 24" Patented (see page 125) Patented (see page 125) • Terminates cable tray run • Qwik-Bolt® design • Shipped with one bolt for tray connections • Terminates cable tray run • Qwik-Bolt® design • Shipped with one bolt for tray connections Cat. No. Cat. No. CAM-BE 2 M 12 B CAM-BE 2 V 09 B Tier 2 = 2 Tier 3 = 3 Tier 4 = 4 Tier Rung Type Tray Width M = Multi-Tier Half Rack® 03 = 3" 06 = 6" 09 = 9" 12 = 12" Tier 2 = 2 Tier 3 = 3 Tier 4 = 4 Tier • Terminates cable tray run • Qwik-Bolt® design • Shipped with one bolt for tray connections • Designed for 3” and 4” fill Rung Type Tray Width V = Verti-Rack® 03 = 3" 06 = 6" 09 = 9" 12 = 12" Patented (see page 125) Patented (see page 125) Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail Half-Rack® Blind End • Terminates cable tray run • Qwik-Bolt® design • Shipped with one bolt for tray connections • Designed for straight rung and 2” fill Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 163 Accessories Cent-R-Rail Cent-R-Rail® - Horizontal Bend Barriers Straight Section Barriers Cat. No. C73A-144 C74A-144 C76A-144 C73A-120 C74A-120 C76A-120 Cat. No. Tray Loading Depth Length 3" (76.2mm) 4" (101.6mm) 6" (152.4mm) 3" (76.2mm) 4" (101.6mm) 6" (152.4mm) 144" (3.66m) 144" (3.66m) 144" (3.66m) 120" (3.05m) 120" (3.05m) 120" (3.05m) Tray Loading Depth C73A-90HBFL C74A-90HBFL C76A-90HBFL 3" (76.2mm) 4" (101.6mm) 6" (152.4mm) • Separates cable randomly • Standard Length: 72” (6 ft.) (1.8m) • Horizontal bend barriers are flexible in order to conform to any horizontal bend • Furnished with 3 rung attachment clips, hardware and one splice • Separates cable randomly in straight tray • Furnished with 4 rung attachment clips, hardware and one splice Rung Attachment Cat. No. CZNM-RC • Used to attach barrier strips without screwing into rungs • One #10 x 1/2" self-drilling screw included K1 Cover Bottom Rung Data-Track® Cat. No. C(*)K1F-DB-06-(length) C(*)K1F-DB-09-(length) C(*)K1F-DB-12-(length) C(*)K1F-DB-18-(length) C(*)K1F-DB-24-(length) Overall Width in. (mm) 9.000 12.000 15.000 19.375 25.375 (228.6) (304.8) (381.0) (492.1) (644.5) Top Rung Data-Track® Cat. No. C(*)K1F-DT-06-(length) C(*)K1F-DT-09-(length) C(*)K1F-DT-12-(length) C(*)K1F-DT-18-(length) C(*)K1F-DT-24-(length) Overall Width in. (mm) 7.375 10.375 13.375 19.375 25.375 (187.3) (*) Insert “A” for .040" aluminum or “P” for 20 Ga. pre-galvanized steel. 164 (263.5) • • • • • Available in .040 (1mm) aluminum Available in 20 (.9mm) gauge pre-galvanized steel. Notched for 1/2" ATR (hardware not included). Full 1/2" flange. Available in 10 ft. (120") (3.0m) and 12 ft. (144") (3.7m) sections. (339.7) (492.1) Length Suffix Cover Length -120 -144 120" (10 ft.) (3.05m) 144" (12 ft.) (3.66m) (644.5) Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® - Sample Specification Data-Track® Section 1- Acceptable Manufacturers Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray system shall be as manufactured by B-Line® Systems, Inc. Cent-R-Rail 1.01 Section 2- Cable Tray Sections and Components 2.01 General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide metal cable trays, of types, classes and sizes indicated with splice hangers and all other necessary accessories. Provide cable trays with rounded edges and smooth surfaces in compliance with applicable standards, and with the following additional construction features. 2.02 Materials and Finish: Aluminum: Center rails and rungs shall be extruded from Aluminum Association Alloy 6063. All fabricated parts shall be made from Aluminum Association Alloy 5052 and all cast parts from Aluminum Association Alloy 319. All hardware and fasteners shall be zinc plated steel in accordance with ASTM B633. 2.03 Cable trays shall be constructed of a center rail 1.625" x 3.250" with minimum section properties of Sx = 0.701 in3 and Ix = 1.174 in4. Rungs shall be a single continuous square tube 0.54" x 0.54" with radiused corners and minimum section properties of Sx = 0.019 in3 and Ix = 0.005 in4. Rungs shall be mechanically connected to the center rail in at least two places, symmetrical about the center rail, with ends finished to protect installers and cables. 2.04 Rungs shall be spaced every [6] [9] [12] inches. 2.05 Straight sections shall be supplied in [10] [12] foot lengths. 2.06 Cable tray width shall be [6] [9] [12] [18] [24] inches. 2.07 Splice hangers must also be capable of acting as the support points for all thread rod. 2.08 Cable tray loading depth shall be [3] [4] [6] inches. 2.09 All splices and connectors must protect cables from the edges of the center rail and act as a barrier to prevent the center rail from transmitting hazardous gases or smoke; hardware must be installed vertically, so as not to interfere with the cables in the cable fill area. 2.10 Where required, expansion splices shall allow for 1" of thermal expansion and contraction. 2.11 When required, and to provide an area free of center rails for cable transitions, contractor shall install a universal hub fitting. The universal hub fitting must be a cast aluminum structural member, B-Line CAU Series (flat sheets of steel or aluminum are not acceptable), which can be used with cable ties and allows the center rails to be connected so they may be pivoted at connection points. Section 3- Loading Capacities and Testing 3.01 Cable tray shall meet the loading requirements of NEMA 12C. 3.02 Upon request, manufacturer shall provide test reports in accordance with the latest revision of NEMA VE-1 or CSA C22.2 No. 126-M91. 3.03 UL Compliance: Provide products which are UL classified and labeled. 165 Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® - Sample Specification Verti-Rack® Section 1- Acceptable Manufacturers Cent-R-Rail 1.01 Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray systems shall be as manufactured by B-Line® Systems, Inc. Section 2- Cable Tray Sections and Components 2.01 General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide metal cable trays, of types, classes and sizes indicated with splice hangers and all other necessary accessories. Provide cable trays with rounded edges and smooth surfaces in compliance with applicable standards, and with the following additional construction features. 2.02 Materials and Finish: Aluminum: Center rails and rungs shall be extruded from Aluminum Association Alloy 6063. All fabricated parts shall be made from Aluminum Association Alloy 5052 and all cast parts from Aluminum Association Alloy 319. All hardware and fasteners shall be zinc plated steel in accordance with ASTM B633. 2.03 Cable trays shall be constructed of a center rail 1.625" x 3.900" with minimum section properties of Sx = 0.558 in3 and Ix = 1.272 in4. Rungs shall be a single continuous rectangular tube 0.54" x 0.31" with radiused corners and minimum section properties of Sx = 0.007 in3 and Ix = 0.001 in4. Rungs shall be mechanically connected to square trunks 0.71" x 0.71", symmetrical about the trunk, with ends finished to protect installers and cables. Trunks shall be mechanically connected to the center rail. 2.04 Rungs shall be spaced every [6] [9] [12] inches. 2.05 Straight sections shall be supplied in [10] [12] foot lengths. 2.06 Cable tray width shall be [3] [6] [9] [12] inches. 2.07 Splice hangers must also be capable of acting as the support points for all thread rod. 2.08 Cable tray loading depth shall be 2 inches. 2.09 Cable tray shall have [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] tiers. 2.10 All splices and connectors must protect cables from the edges of the center rail and act as a barrier to prevent the center rail from transmitting hazardous gases or smoke; hardware must be installed vertically, so as not to interfere with the cables in the cable fill area. 2.11 Where required, expansion splices shall allow for 1" of thermal expansion and contraction. 2.12 When required, cable tray system shall be expandable after installation, up to two additional tiers. Section 3- Loading Capacities and Testing 3.01 Cable tray shall meet the loading requirements of NEMA 12C. 3.02 Upon request, manufacturer shall provide test reports in accordance with the latest revision of NEMA VE-1 or CSA C22.2 No. 126-M91. 3.03 UL Compliance: Provide products which are UL classified and labeled. 166 Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® - Sample Specification Half-Rack® Section 1- Acceptable Manufacturers Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray systems shall be as manufactured by B-Line® Systems, Inc. Cent-R-Rail 1.01 Section 2- Cable Tray Sections and Components 2.01 General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide metal cable trays, of types, classes and sizes indicated with splice hangers and all other necessary accessories. Provide cable tray with rounded edges and smooth surfaces in compliance with applicable standards, and with the following additional construction features. 2.02 Materials and Finish: Aluminum: Center rails and rungs shall be extruded from Aluminum Association Alloy 6063. All fabricated parts shall be made from Aluminum Association Alloy 5052 and all cast parts from Aluminum Association Alloy 319. All hardware and fasteners shall be zinc plated steel in accordance with ASTM B633. 2.03 Cable trays shall be constructed of a center rail 1.625" x 3.250" with minimum section properties of Sx = 0.701 in3 and Ix = 1.174 in4. Rungs shall be a single continuous square tube 0.54" x 0.54" with radiused corners and minimum section properties of Sx = 0.019 in3 and Ix = 0.005 in4. Rungs shall be mechanically connected to the center rail in at least two places, with ends finished to protect installers and cables. 2.04 Rungs shall be spaced every [6] [9] [12] inches. 2.05 Straight sections shall be supplied in [10] [12] foot lengths. 2.06 Cable tray width shall be [3] [6] [9] [12] inches. 2.07 Splice hangers must also be capable of acting as the support points for all thread rod. 2.08 Cable tray loading depth shall be [3] [4] [6] inches. 2.09 All splices and connectors must protect cables from the edges of the center rail and act as a barrier to prevent the center rail from transmitting hazardous gases or smoke; hardware must be installed vertically, so as not to interfere with the cables in the cable fill area. 2.10 Cable tray shall be capable of being installed flush against a flat surface without the use of spacers or brackets. 2.11 Where required, expansion splices shall allow for 1" of thermal expansion and contraction. Section 3- Loading Capacities and Testing 3.01 Upon request, manufacturer shall provide test reports in accordance with the latest revision of NEMA VE-1 / CSA C22.2 No. 126.1-98. 3.02 UL Classified: Provide products which are UL classified and labeled. 167 Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® - Sample Specification Multi-Tier Half-Rack® Section 1- Acceptable Manufacturers Cent-R-Rail 1.01 Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray systems shall be as manufactured by B-Line® Systems, Inc. Section 2- Cable Tray Sections and Components 2.01 General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide metal cable trays, of types, classes and sizes indicated with splice hangers and all other necessary accessories. Provide cable tray with rounded edges and smooth surfaces in compliance with applicable standards, and with the following additional construction features. 2.02 Materials and Finish: Aluminum: Center rails and rungs shall be extruded from Aluminum Association Alloy 6063. All fabricated parts shall be made from Aluminum Association Alloy 5052 and all cast parts from Aluminum Association Alloy 319. All hardware and fastener shall be zinc plated steel in accordance with ASTM B633. 2.03 Cable trays shall be constructed of a center rail 1.625" x 3.900" with minimum section properties of Sx = 0.558 in3 and Ix = 1.272 in4. Rungs shall be a single continuous square tube 0.54" x 0.54" with radiused corners and minimum section properties of Sx = 0.019 in3 and Ix = 0.005 in4. Rungs shall be mechanically connected to square trunks 0.71" x 0.71", with ends finished to protect installers and cables. Trunks shall be mechanically connected to the center rail. 2.04 Rungs shall be spaced every [6] [9] [12] inches. 2.05 Straight sections shall be supplied in [10] [12] foot lengths. 2.06 Cable tray width shall be [3] [6] [9] [12] inches. 2.07 Splice hangers must also be capable of acting as the support points for all thread rod. 2.08 Cable tray loading depth shall be [3] [4] inches. 2.09 Cable tray shall have [2] [3] [4] tiers. 2.10 All splices and connectors must protect cables from the edges of the center rail and act as a barrier to prevent the center rail from transmitting hazardous gases or smoke; hardware must be installed vertically, so as not to interfere with the cables in the cable fill area. 2.11 Cable tray shall be capable of being installed flush against a flat surface without the use of spacers or brackets. 2.12 Where required, expansion splices shall allow for 1" of thermal expansion and contraction. 2.13 When required, cable tray system shall be expandable after installation, up to two additional tiers. Section 3- Loading Capacities and Testing 3.01 Upon request, manufacturer shall provide test reports in accordance with the latest revision of NEMA VE-1 / CSA C22.2 No. 126.1-98. 3.02 UL Compliance: Provide products which are UL classified and labeled. 168 Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® - Installation Suggestions Common Items Required: • Horizontal Adjustable Splices • Vertical Adjustable Splices (pg. 142) (pg. 145) • Horizontal Elbow & Tee Coupling (pgs. 143) Cent-R-Rail • 10 ft (3.0m) or 12 ft (3.7m) Straight Sections with Standard Splice Hangers. (pgs. 132-139) • Universal Hub Fittings with Pivot Connectors (pg. 146) • Clevis Hangers (pgs. 148 & 149) • 1/2" ATR & Hex Nuts (pg. 153) • Beam Clamps (pg. 153) • Anchors (pg. 153) • Two 3/4" Combination Wrenches Guidelines for Common Items: • When field cutting is required, use drill fixture (pg. 38) to cut ends square and locate new splice holes, or drill one 9/16" (14mm) hole 7/8" (22mm) on center from end of the tray through center rail. IMPORTANT: Tube end must be cut square when field cutting. 7/8" (22mm) 9/16" (14mm) • When hanging ATR, leave slightly loose until after tray is installed to ease alignment with splice hanger holes. • When attaching the tray system to the ATR, extend the ATR approximately 1" past the hex nut to allow for the use of B655 rod couplings (pg. 154) for future expansion. • To address unbalanced loading. When tray stabilization is required for non-uniform loading, use brackets with ATR as shown: (pg. 152) • Page 179 - unbalanced loading study. • Refer to page 151 for • CENT-R-RAIL® tray was designed to be auxiliary support interactive with Cooper B-Line’s strut systems, allowing multiple options for miscellaneous supports. Refer to Cooper B-Line’s Strut Systems catalog and seismic brochure for a complete listing of items available. A few examples are shown below: 6° 169 Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® - Installation Suggestions Guidelines for Common Items: Cent-R-Rail • When installing straight sections: - Hang 1/2" ATR on 10 ft or 12 ft centers (depending on tray lengths) with one hex nut threaded approximately 4 inches onto ATR. - Attach splice hanger and tray onto ATR through center hole of splice hanger. - Install one hex nut on ATR under tray and thread up to set elevation of tray. - Tighten upper hex nut against top of splice hanger. 120" (3m) or 144" (4m) 118" (2997mm) or 142" (3607mm) - For wall attachment options see Seismic Restraints Cent-R-Rail® Supplement. • When using Qwik-Bolt® Splice Hangers: - Insert splice into ends of tray with non-threaded side toward bolt head. - Insert bolts and tighten securely. • When using Horizontal Adjustable Splices: - Install with ATR through center hole, adjust splice to required angle and tighten ATR nuts. (May also install with the included 3" bolt and nut and support tray using a clevis hanger within 2 ft of splice.) - For optional outside bend cable support, horizontal bend rung support (pg. 142). • When using Vertical Adjustable Splices: • Allow for future expansion - When possible, extend ATR 1" past bottom hex nut to provide for later expansion by using an ATR coupling (pg. 154). • For connecting two mid-run straight pieces: - Use Horizontal Adjustable Splices to join two straight sections at mid-run, where short of space for connection. • Removing the captive nut - Attach splice to trays and install a clevis hanger within 2 ft of splice to support tray. (May also install using ATR as support by first removing captive nut.) - Tighten pivot bolt & nut. Captive Nut 170 Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® - Installation Suggestions Guidelines for Common Items: Cent-R-Rail • When using Expansion Splice Hangers: - Both splices adjacent to expansion splice hangers must be installed 120" or 144" (depending on the tray length) on centers from expansion splice to allow full expansion and contraction. - Grounding jumper must be installed with expansion splice. 120" or 144" 120" or 144" (3m) (3m) (4m) (4m) Half-Rack® and Multi-Tier Half-Rack® Support Locations 1" (25mm) *24" (609mm) 144" (12') (4m) Length Section Mid Length *= 20" (508mm) for 120" (3m) Length Section *24" (609mm) Sections should be attached to the wall at mid length and at 1/6th of the section length from both ends (20" for 120"; 24" for 144") • When wall-mounting tray: - Attach tray and splice to wall by bolting through center rail to wall. (May also be installed using other methods, such as brackets.) 171 Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® - Installation Suggestions Cent-R-Rail Guidelines for Common Items: Half-Rack® Mounting Details: • Drill Through Method: In Concrete Slab • B594 Clevis U-Bracket: In Concrete Slab Expansion or Cast-InPlace Anchor Expansion or Cast-InPlace Anchor B594 U-Bracket 1" Half-Rack® Cable Tray Half-Rack® Cable Tray Flat Washer Use Flat Washer with 3/8" Dia. Anchors • CPB-U10 U-Bracket: In Drywall & Metal Stud Wall • CPB-CV1 For Multi-Tier Half-Rack • CZNH-WH Wall Hanger: In Hollow CMU Wall Sleeve Anchor or Toggle Bolt Flat Washers CPB-U10 U-Bracket Use Flat Washer with 3/8" Dia. Anchors CZNH-WH Wall Hanger (Spacers Included) Half-Rack® Cable Tray 1/4" Half-Rack® Cable Tray Metal Screws Metal Stud Note: These mounting details serve as a vertical support, and can serve as seismic bracing. See the Cent-R-Rail Seismic Restraints brochure for details. 172 Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® - Installation Suggestions Guidelines for Common Items: • CZNH-WM Wall Hanger: In Hollow CMU Wall • CZNH-WM Wall Hanger: In Concrete Slab Expansion or Cast-InPlace Anchor Flat Washer Toggle Bolt or Sleeve Anchor CZNH-WM Wall Hanger (Spacers Included) Use Flat Washer with 3/8" Dia. Anchors CZNH-WM Wall Hanger (Spacers Included) Multi-Tier Half-Rack® Cable Tray (2-4 Tiers) Trunk Multi-Tier Half-Rack® Cable Tray (2-4 Tiers) Trunk • B594 Clevis U-Bracket: In Wood Stud Wall B594 U-Bracket Half-Rack® Cable Tray Lag Bolt 3" Embedment into Wood Use Flat Washers Except For 1/2" Dia. Bolts 2 x 4 Nominal (Min.) 173 Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail Multi-Tier Half-Rack® Mounting Details: Cent-R-Rail® - Installation Suggestions Guidelines (cont.): Cent-R-Rail • When using Horizontal Elbow and Tee Couplings: - Bolt “U” bracket around tray center rail with coupling bar on bottom of center rail for Data-Track® & Half-Rack®, and top of center rail for Verti-Rack® & Multi-Tier Half-Rack®. - Attach pivot connector to branch tray using included bolt, and support tray with clevis hanger within 2 ft of coupling. (May also attach to ATR by first removing captive nut.) - Adjust pivot connector to desired position and tighten all hardware. • When using Horizontal Cross Couplings: - Installation is similar to elbow and tee coupling, except with two branch trays instead of one. - Support ATR may be located through existing “U” bracket holes, by using clevis hangers within 2 ft of coupling. (May also attach to ATR by first removing captive nut.) 174 Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® - Installation Suggestions Guidelines (cont.): Cent-R-Rail • When using Add-A-Rung® with Verti-Rack® or Multi-Tier Half-Rack®: - See loading data for maximum center rail load capacity to determine the maximum number of tiers allowed. - Insert Add-A-Rung® into end of vertical trunk. - Install included screw through pilot hole in trunk. • When using Add-A-Rung® with Verti-Rack® or Multi-Tier Half Rack® in Different Widths: - See loading data for maximum center rail load capacity to determine the maximum number of tiers in different widths allowed. - 3", 6", 9" and 12" wide tiers. - Insert Add-A-Rung® into end of vertical trunk. - Install included screw through pilot hole in trunk. - See page 134 for part number. • When using Universal Hub Fittings: - Position hubs with rounded edges toward cables. - Attach pivot connectors to cable support surface using ATR, or bolt and nut through pivot hole. (If bolt and nut are used, tray must be supported using clevis hangers within 2 ft of pivot connectors.) - Connect tray ends to pivot connectors. - Position pivot connectors as desired and tighten hardware. - Warning: Do not use as a support for personnel! 175 Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® - Installation Suggestions Cat. No. Cat. No. Cent-R-Rail Data-Track® Bottom Rung Replacement • #10 self-drilling attachments included. • This product can act as a Rail-Riser™ for Data-Track®. C3ADB-06-RK C3ADB-09-RK C3ADB-12-RK C3ADB-18-RK C3ADB-24-RK C4ADB-06-RK C4ADB-09-RK C4ADB-12-RK C4ADB-18-RK C4ADB-24-RK C6ADB-06-RK C6ADB-09-RK C6ADB-12-RK C6ADB-18-RK C6ADB-24-RK Half-Rack® Rung Replacement • #10 self-drilling attachments included. Cat. No. Verti-rack® Rung Replacement Assembly C2AV-03-RK C2AV-06-RK C2AV-09-RK C2AV-12-RK C3A1H-03-RK C3A1H-06-RK C3A1H-09-RK C3A1H-12-RK C4A1H-03-RK C4A1H-06-RK C4A1H-09-RK C4A1H-12-RK C6A1H-03-RK C6A1H-06-RK C6A1H-09-RK C6A1H-12-RK Cat. No. Multi-Tier Half-Rack® Rung Replacement C3AM-03-RK C3AM-06-RK C3AM-09-RK C3AM-12-RK C4AM-03-RK C4AM-06-RK C4AM-09-RK C4AM-12-RK • #10 self-drilling attachments included. • #10 self-drilling attachments included. Helpful Hints • When installing cables near a ceiling, use straight rung DATA-TRACK® and bolt to ceiling through splice holes or use “U” brackets (pg. 151). • Vertical offsets can be easily field fabricated by attaching two trays to the same ATR with one above the other. Note: Bonding jumper is required to maintain electrical continuity. (pg. 156) 176 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® - Appendix Cable Tray Fill Cent-R-Rail The National Electrical Code allows for 50% fill of ventilated cable tray for control or signal wiring (Article 318-9(b)). This rule requires that all the individual cable cross-sectional areas added up may not exceed one half the cable tray area. The cable tray area is equal to the width times the load depth. In actual practice with Category 5 cables, however, the cable tray is completely full in order to reach the “50% cable fill”. See the picture below. The tray is completely full, but the sum of the cable area is only 50% of the tray area, due to the empty spaces between the cables. Picture shows 12" wide Cent-R-Rail cable tray with 3" load depth. The tray contains 520 4 UTP Category 5 cables (.21" OD). This being the case, there is a practical limit to the amount of cables that can be installed in the tray, based on the trays’ width and load depth. The following chart shows the approximate cable weight that can be installed without exceeding the 50% fill rule: Cable Tray Width 6" 9" 12" 18" 24" Cable Tray Fill Depth 3" 4" 6" Group 1 7 lbs/ft 10 lbs/ft 13.5 lbs/ft 20 lbs/ft 27 lbs/ft 9 lbs/ft 13.5 lbs/ft 13.5 lbs/ft 20 lbs/ft 18 lbs/ft 27 lbs/ft Group 2 27 lbs/ft 41 lbs/ft 36 lbs/ft 50 lbs/ft This chart was based on 50% fill of 4 UTP Category 5 cable (O.D. = .21", .026 lbs/ft). This is not a maximum load rating for the tray, rather a practical guide to the amount of cable weight that can realistically be installed. For analysis purposes, the loads are separated into 2 groups: less than 25 lbs/ft, and greater than 25 lbs/ft. These groups will be used in the eccentric load study on the following pages. 177 Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® - Appendix Cent-R-Rail Data-Track® Allowable Unbalanced Load Distribution Group 1 - Loads under 25 lbs/ft Method Method Method Method 1 2 3 4 - Loading Balance %* 1/2" all thread rod with hex nuts on top and bottom of tray all thread rod with CZNH-CD clevis hanger 1/2" all thread rod stiffened with B22 and SC228’s (pg. 152) using CZN-DRS-72 (pg. 152) Group 2 - Loads between 25 lbs/ft and 50 lbs/ft Method Method Method Method 1 2 3 4 65/35 65/35 80/20 100/0 1/2" Loading Balance %* 1/2" all thread rod with hex nuts on top and bottom of tray - 1/2" all thread rod with CZNH-CD clevis hanger - 1/2" all thread rod stiffened with B22 and SC228’s (pg. 152) - using CZN-DRS-72 (pg. 152) 60/40 55/45 65/35 80/20 Failure was defined as a 6 degree horizontal tilt of the tray. Tests were performed on single sections of tray with a span of 12 ft between supports. Maximum hanger rod length tested was 6 ft. For study results refer to page 179. *Defined as percentage of total cable load allowed on one side of the tray. Method 1 Method 2 Method 3 Method 4 178 Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® - Appendix Unbalanced Loading - The Study Cent-R-Rail To better understand uneven loading on center rail systems, Cooper B-Line® ran a series of tests on Data-Track®. Tests were performed with supports on twelve foot centers using 1/2" threaded rod. The maximum allowable tilt was set at six degrees. This angle was chosen purely for aesthetic reasons. It is nowhere near structural failure, but the point at which it started to look unacceptable. 6° Center rail systems can be supported using different processes. For B-Line’s study, the following four were used: Method 1 Method 1: Method 2: Method 3: Method 2 Method 3 Method 4 1/2" ATR passing through splice hangers (CAS-SB) with hex nuts on top and bottom. ATR with clevis (CZNH-CD). 1/2" ATR reinforced with rod stiffener (B22 channel rod stiffener and SC228 hanger rod stiffener assembly). Method 4: CZN-DRS-72 special purpose support assembly. 1/2" Combining the two loading groups and the four support methods, testing revealed the following: Group 1-Under 25 lbs/ft Method 1 Method 2 Method 3 Method 4 Loading Balance %* 65/35 65/35 80/20 100/0 Group 2 - 25 lbs/ft to 50 lbs/ft Method 1 Method 2 Method 3 Method 4 Loading Balance %* 60/40 55/45 65/35 80/20 As a reminder, failure was defined as a 6° horizontal tilt. The supports were on 12 ft centers and the ATR drops were 6 ft. Cable loading was estimated for category 5 cable weighing .021 lbs/ft with a cross-sectional area of .0492 square inches. This information should be beneficial when considering eccentric loading and center rail systems. *Defined as percentage of total cable load allowed on one side of the tray. 179 Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® - Appendix Cent-R-Rail Seismic Restraint Systems ❑ SRS-00 Seismic Restraints Multi-Directional bracing for electrical conduit, cable tray and mechanical piping systems. Standard mounting details and bracing schedules have been reviewed and stamped by a California structural engineer. ❑ SRS-CR1 Cent-R-Rail Seismic Supplement Multi-Directional bracing for Data-Track®, Half-Rack® and Multi-Tier Half-Rack® Systems. Standard mounting details and bracing schedules have been reviewed and stamped by a California structural engineer. Flat Washers CPB-U10 U-Bracket B335-21/2 Adjustable Hinge Half-Rack® Cable Tray 4" Maximum 1/4" Metal Screws Rod Attachment To Cable Tray CZNM-DSC Clamp Cat. No. ‘H’ in. Cat. No. CPM-MTSS (mm) CPM-MTSC-1/4 5/16 (7.9) CPM-MTSC-3/8 7/16 (11.1) Clip Strip 13/16" (20.7mm) 50" (1270mm) 5/16" (7.9mm) ‘H’ Dia. Attachment to Trunk CPM-MTSS Strip Attachment to Metal Stud Attachment to Trunk CPM-MTSC Clip Attachment to Wall 180 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® - Appendix Cent-R-Rail New - Verti-Rack® 4" Fill Depth to 24" Wide Single Tier Cat. No. C4A1V12-24-144 • • • • • Expandable with Add-A-Rung Center rail loading to NEMA 12C UL Classified Widths available: 6", 9", 12", 18" and 24" Lengths: 120" or 144" 5.35" (136mm) 4" (101mm) Two Tier Cat. No. C4A2V12-24-144 • • • • Center rail loading to NEMA 12C UL Classified Widths available: 6", 9", 12", 18" and 24" Lengths: 120" or 144" 11.35" (287mm) 4" (101mm) Add-A-Rung Cat. No. CAR-1V424 • Attaches to bottom of existing tray • Shipped with required hardware 6" (152mm) 4" (101mm) Cable Tray Systems Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 181 Cent-R-Rail® - Appendix Variable Width Verti-Rack® Cent-R-Rail Rung #1 Rung #2 Rung #3 Rung #4 **Variable Width Verti-Rack® 4 Tier Example C2A4V12-12-09-06-03-144 Rung Rung Rung Rung Width #1 = 12" #2 = 09" #3 = 06" #4 = 03" Rung #1 being closest to the center rail Variable Width Verti-RACK® Straight Section Part Numbering C2 A 4V 12 - 12-09-06-03 - 144 Series Material C0 = Straight Rung C2 = 2" Loading Depth A = Aluminum Type 2V = 2 3V = 3 4V = 4 5V = 5 6V = 6 * Actual tray lengths are 142" and 118" to allow for splice tier tier tier tier tier hangers Rung Spacing 06 = 6" 09 = 9" 12 = 12" (Specials available) Width** Length* 03 = 3" 06 = 6" 09 = 9" 12 = 12" 144 = 144" 120 = 120" Variable Width Multi-Tier Half-Rack® Rung #1 Rung #2 Rung #3 Rung #4 **Variable Width Multi-Tier Half-Rack® 4 Tier Example C3A4M09-12-09-06-03-144 Rung Rung Rung Rung Width #1 = 12" #2 = 09" #3 = 06" #4 = 03" Rung #1 being closest to the center rail Variable Width Multi-Tier Half-RACK® Straight Section Part Numbering C3 A 4M 09 - 12-09-06-03 - 144 Series Material Type Rung Spacing C0 = Straight Rung C3 = 3" Loading Depth C4 = 4" Loading Depth A = Aluminum 2M = 2 tier 3M = 3 tier 4M = 4 tier 06 = 6" 09 = 9" 12 = 12" (Specials available) Width** Length* 03 = 3" 06 = 6" 09 = 9" 12 = 12" 144 = 144" 120 = 120" * Actual tray lengths are 142" and 118" to allow for splice hangers 182 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Cent-R-Rail® - Appendix Inverted Verti-Rack® Cent-R-Rail Used as a floor mounted system • Requires splice CAS-SBVI Inverted Verti-Rack® Straight Section Part Numbering C2 A 4VI 12 - 09 - 144 Series Material C0 = Straight Rung C2 = 2" Loading Depth Type A = Aluminum 2VI = 2 tier 3VI = 3 tier 4VI = 4 tier 5VI = 5 tier 6VI = 6 tier * Actual tray lengths are 142" and 118" to allow for splice hangers Rung Spacing 06 = 6" 09 = 9" 12 = 12" (Specials available) Width** Length* 03 = 3" 06 = 6" 09 = 9" 12 = 12" 144 = 144" 120 = 120" Inverted Variable Width Verti-Rack® Rung #3 Rung #2 Rung #1 **Inverted Variable Width Verti-Rack® 3 Tier Example C2A3VI12-12-09-09-144 Width Rung #1 = 12" Rung #2 = 09" Rung #3 = 09" Used as a floor mounted system • Requires splice CAS-SBVI Rung #1 being closest to the center rail Inverted Variable Width Verti-Rack® Straight Section Part Numbering C2 A 3VI 12 - 12-09-09 - 144 Series Material C0 = Straight Rung C2 = 2" Loading Depth 2VI = 2 tier 3VI = 3 tier 4VI = 4 tier 5VI = 5 tier 6VI = 6 tier * Actual tray lengths are 142" and 118" to allow for splice hangers Cable Tray Systems A = Aluminum Type Rung Spacing 06= 6" 09= 9" 12=12" (Specials available) Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Width** Length* 03 = 3" 06 = 6" 09 = 9" 12 = 12" 144 = 144" 120 = 120" 183 Redi-Rail Redi-Rail Rung Multi-Functional Pre-Punched Holes An “I”-Beam shaped rung provides a great strength-to-weight ratio. Patented fastener hole is designed to provide maximum grip for the fastener threads. Act as holes for splice plate hardware: allow for field cutting to any length, no field-drilling necessary. Holes also allow rungs to be repositioned. Holes allow for easy attachment of accessory items requiring 1/4" hardware (or smaller). Redi-Rail Rung Fastener Redi-Rail Specially designed and finished rung fastener. Rung pullout tested to over 3000 lbs. Vibration tested for your confidence. Patent Information U.S. Patent D361982; 5,580,014 Canada 2,137,879 UK Patent 2,285,343 Other United States and foreign patents are pending. 184 Cable Tray Systems Redi-Rail - Straight Sections Redi-Rail Electrical Continuity of Connections Redi-Rail rung to side rail resistance test results. 0.000071 ohm (max. allowable per standard 0.00033 ohm) Tested per NEMA VE 1-1998 CSA C22.2 No. 126.1-98 For more information go to www.cooperbline.com/pdf/Flyers/ElectricalContinuity.pdf How The Service Advisor Works B-Line knows that your time is important! That’s why the color-coding system in this catalog is designed to help you select products that fit your service needs. Products are marked to indicate the typical lead time for orders of 50 pieces or less. Customer: How do I select my straight sections. covers, or fittings so that I get the quickest turnaround? Service Advisor: Each part of our selection chart is shown in colors. If any section of a part number is a different color, the part will typically ship with the longer lead time represented by the colors. Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Example: H1 6AR 3-5 3-5 150KO 09 - 12 - 120 (from page 187) Lead time(days) 5-10 3-5 3-5 5-10 Part will typically ship in 5-10 days, because of the 150KO knockout type. 185 Cable Tray Systems Redi-Rail - Straight Sections H14A and H15A Straight Sections Straight Section Part Numbering Prefix Example: H1 4 A R 075KO 09 - 12 - 120 Series Height Material Construction H1 4 = 4" 5 = 5" Aluminum Redi-Rail Knockout Type Bottom Type Blank = None 050KO = 1/2” KO 075KO = 3/4” KO 100KO = 1” KO Ladder06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12" rung spacing Redi-Rail Rung Spacing Width (Inside) Overall Width (Width + 21/16”) Width 06 = 6" 09 = 9" 12 = 12" 18 = 18" 24 = 24" Trough30 = 30" 04 = Vented Bottom 36 = 36" SB = Non-Ventilated Bottom Length ¬144 Á120 = 12 ft. = 10 ft. ¬Primary ÁSecondary Values are based on simple beam tests per VE-1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. The published load safety factor is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the tray. These systems will support without collapse a 200 lb. concentrated load. Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Redi-Rail with knockouts. Available in H16A & H17A only. Ladder Type Non-Ventilated Trough (Specify Rung Spacing) (See Part Numbering Below) Ventilated Trough • Splices included with straight sections B-Line Series Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Dimensions Classifications 1.02 H14A 3.84 .745 B-Line Series 3.00 .375 Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Dimensions Classifications 1.02 H15A NEMA: 12B CSA: D1-3m UL Cross-Sectional Area: 0.60 in2 4.84 .745 4.00 .375 NEMA: 12C CSA: D1-3m UL Cross-Sectional Area: 0.60 in2 Span ft Load lbs/ft 6 8 10 12 224 194 124 86 Span ft Load lbs/ft 6 8 10 12 224 224 147 102 Deflection Design Factors Span Multiplier for Two Rails meters 0.0015 0.0047 0.0114 0.0237 Area=0.98 in2 Sx=0.93 in3 Ix=1.97 in4 1.8 2.4 3.0 3.7 Deflection Design Factors Span Multiplier for Two Rails meters 0.0008 0.0027 0.0065 0.0136 Area=1.06 in2 Sx=1.29 in3 Ix=3.44 in4 1.8 2.4 3.0 3.7 Load kg/m 333 288 184 128 Load kg/m 333 288 219 152 Deflection Design Factors Multiplier for Two Rails 0.025 0.080 0.195 0.404 Area=6.32 cm2 Sx=15.24 cm3 Ix=82.00 cm4 Deflection Design Factors Multiplier for Two Rails 0.025 0.080 0.195 0.404 Area=6.84 cm2 Sx=21.14 cm3 Ix=143.18 cm4 When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus. 186 Cable Tray Systems Redi-Rail - Straight Sections H16A and H17A Straight Sections Straight Section Part Numbering Prefix Example: H1 6 A R 150KO 09 - 12 - 120 Series Height Material Construction H1 6 = 6" 7 = 7" Aluminum Redi-Rail Rung Spacing Bottom Type Width Blank = None Ladder06 = 6" 09 = 9" 050KO = 1/2” KO 06 = 6" rung spacing 3 075KO = /4” KO 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12" 100KO = 1” KO 12 = 12" rung spacing 18 = 18" 125KO = 11/4” KO 24 = 24" Trough30 = 30" 150KO = 11/2” KO 04 = Vented Bottom 36 = 36" SB = Non-Ventilated Bottom Length ¬144 Á120 = 12 ft. = 10 ft. ¬Primary ÁSecondary Redi-Rail Width (Inside) Overall Width (Width + 21/16”) Knockout Type Values are based on simple beam tests per VE-1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. The published load safety factor is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the tray. These systems will support without collapse a 200 lb. concentrated load. Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Redi-Rail with knockouts. Available in H16A & H17A only. Ladder Type (Specify Rung Spacing) B-Line Series 5.84 5.00 .375 .745 B-Line Series H17A NEMA: 12C CSA: D1-3m UL Cross-Sectional Area: 1.00 in2 Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Dimensions Classifications 1.02 6.84 6.00 .745 .375 (See Part Numbering Below) Ventilated Trough • Splices included with straight sections Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Dimensions Classifications 1.02 H16A Non-Ventilated Trough NEMA: 12C CSA: D1-3m UL Cross-Sectional Area: 1.00 in2 Span ft Load lbs/ft 6 8 10 12 224 224 164 114 Span ft Load lbs/ft 6 8 10 12 224 224 144 100 Deflection Design Factors Span Multiplier for Two Rails meters 0.0005 0.0017 0.0041 0.0085 Area=1.26 in2 Sx=1.75 in3 Ix=5.51 in4 1.8 2.4 3.0 3.7 Deflection Design Factors Span Multiplier for Two Rails meters 0.0004 0.0011 0.0027 0.0057 Area=1.41 in2 Sx=2.24 in3 Ix=8.18 in4 1.8 2.4 3.0 3.7 Load kg/m 333 333 244 170 Load kg/m 333 333 214 149 Deflection Design Factors Multiplier for Two Rails 0.025 0.080 0.195 0.404 Area=8.13 cm2 Sx=28.68 cm3 Ix=229.34 cm4 Deflection Design Factors Multiplier for Two Rails 0.025 0.080 0.195 0.404 Area=9.10 cm2 Sx=36.71 cm3 Ix=340.89 cm4 When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus. 187 Cable Tray Systems Redi-Rail - Fittings Fittings For H14A, H15A, H16A and H17A Horizontal Tee Width1 Horizontal Bend • Furnished with splice plates. Width2 Width1 Vertical Inside Redi-Rail Vertical Tee Bolt on Design 12" radius for 30° angle 24" radius for all standard angles 12" radius for 45°, 60°, 90° angle Fittings Part Numbering Prefix Example: Series H1 Suffix H1 4 A R - 09 - 30 HB 12 Height Material Construction Width Angle 4 = 4" 5 = 5" 6 = 6" 7 = 7" Aluminum Redi-Rail 06 = 6" 09 = 9" 12 = 12" 18 = 18" 24 = 24" 30 = 30" 36 = 36" 30 = 30° 45 = 45° 60 = 60° 90 = 90° *Angle not required on HT & HX Type Radius HB = Horizontal Bend *HT = Horizontal Tee *HX = Horizontal Cross VI = Vertical Inside Bend VO = Vertical Outside Bend VT = Vertical Tee 12 = 12" 24 = 24" Horizontal Reducing / Expanding Tee or Cross Fittings Part Numbering Prefix Example: Series H1 Suffix H1 4 A R - 09 - 12 - HT 12 Height Material Construction 4 = 4" 5 = 5" 6 = 6" 7 = 7" Aluminum Redi-Rail Width1 Width2 06 = 6" 09 = 9" 12 = 12" 18 = 18" 24 = 24" 30 = 30" 36 = 36" 06 = 6" 09 = 9" 12 = 12" 18 = 18" 24 = 24" 30 = 30" 36 = 36" Type Radius HT = Horizontal Tee HX = Horizontal Cross 12 = 12" 24 = 24" For aluminum 4", 5", 6", 7" vented or non-ventilated bottom add 04 or SB as shown below. Prefix Prefix H15AR04 - 24 - 90HB24 Vented Bottom H15ARSB - 24 - 90HB24 Non-Ventilated Bottom For stainless steel rung attachment hardware on all aluminum straight sections and fittings add SS as shown below. Prefix H15AR04 - 24 - 90HB24SS 188 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Stainless Steel Cable Tray Systems Redi-Rail Standard Splice Plates Offset Reducing Splice Plates • Furnished in pairs with 1 / 4 " hardware. • UL Classified. • Furnished in pairs with 1 / 4 " hardware. • UL Classified. Accessories Flex-Mount Adjustable Splice Plates • Furnished in pairs with 1 / 4 " hardware. • Horizontally adjustable to 90°. • Vertically adjustable to 15°. • UL Classified. • For optional rung, see page 196. Right Reducer Requires supports within 24” on both sides, per NEMA VE 2. Catalog No. Tray Series Catalog No. H14A H15A H16A H17A 9A-R004 9A-R005 9A-R006 9A-R007 H14A H15A H16A H17A 9A-R034 9A-R035 9A-R036 9A-R037 Center Reducer Step Down Splice Plates Tray To Box Splice Plates • Furnished in pairs with 1 / 4 " hardware. • UL Classified. • Furnished in pairs with 1 / 4 " hardware. • UL Classified. Redi-Rail Tray Series Left Reducer Tray Series H15A H16A H17A H16A H17A H17A to to to to to to H14A H14A H14A H15A H15A H16A Catalog No. 9A-R045 9A-R046 9A-R047 9A-R060 9A-R061 9A-R062 Tray Series Catalog No. H14A H15A H16A H17A 9A-R064-†r 9A-R065-†r 9A-R066-†r 9A-R067-†r r = reduction † Specify L = left reducer C = center reducer R = right reducer Tray Series Catalog No. H14A H15A H16A H17A 9A-R054 9A-R055 9A-R056 9A-R057 Vertical Adjustable Splice Plates Expansion Splice Plates Reversing Splice Plates • Furnished in pairs with 1 / 4 " hardware. • UL Classified. • Furnished in pairs with 1 / 4 " hardware. • Bonding jumper required. • Furnished in pairs with 1 / 4 " hardware. • UL Classified. Requires supports within 24” on both sides, per NEMA VE 2. Tray Series Catalog No. Tray Series Catalog No. Tray Series Catalog No. H14A H15A H16A H17A 9A-R024 9A-R025 9A-R026 9A-R027 H14A H15A H16A H17A 9A-R014 9A-R015 9A-R016 9A-R017 H14A H15A H16A H17A 9A-R964 9A-R965 9A-R966 9A-R967 Cable Tray Systems Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 189 Redi-Rail Bonding Jumper Accessories Conduit to Tray Adaptors • Furnished with 1 / 4 " hardware. • UL Classified. • Mounting hardware not included. Redi-Rail Conduit Size Ampacity Conduit to Tray Adaptors Catalog No. Conduit Size in mm 1/2, 3/4 15, 20 9G-1158-1/2, 3/4 1/2 1, 11/4 25, 32 9G-1158-1, 11/4 3/4 11/2, 2 40, 50 9G-1158-11/2, 2 Catalog No. 21/2, 3 65, 80 9G-1158-21/2, 3 1 11/2 99-30 31/2, 4 90, 100 9G-1158-31/2, 4 1200 Catalog No. BL1400 BL1410 BL1420 BL1430 Redi-Rail™ Clamp/Guide Hanger Rod Bracket Drop-Out • Furnished as pair of studded clamps with 1 / 4 ” serrated flanged lock nuts. • Loading is 1,000 lbs. (4.45kN) per pair with safety factor of 3. • Position ATR 3” (76mm) wider than cable tray. • Provides 4” (101mm) radius. • Holes provided to secure cables. • Features a no-twist design. • Has four times the strength of the traditional design. • Each side is labeled to ensure proper installation. • Designed for 1 / 4 ” hardware. • Furnished in pairs with or without hardware. 1.5” (38mm) Patent No. RE35479 Support ATR Size 3/8” 1/2” Catalog No. Catalog No. 9(*)-R238 9(*)-R250 Catalog No. 9A-R104-† 9ZN-1204 (without hardware) 9ZN-1204NB (with hardware) † = tray width (*) Insert ZN or SS Frame Type Box Connector Blind End Support Bracket • Furnished as one plate with 1 / 4 " hardware. • Designed for center hung or trapeze supports. • Load capacity is 600 lbs. (2.67kN) with safety factor of 3. • All components are zinc plated. • Furnished with 1 / 4 " hardware for tray connection. Patent No. 5,100,086 Tray Series H14A H15A H16A H17A † = tray width 190 Catalog No. 9A-R074-† 9A-R075-† 9A-R076-† 9A-R077-† Tray Series H14A H15A H16A H17A Catalog No. 9A-R084-† 9A-R085-† 9A-R086-† 9A-R087-† † = tray width Catalog No. Center Hung Wall or Trapeze Mount For Tray Width in mm 6 152 9ZN-5109-WB 9 226 9ZN-5112-WB 12 305 9ZN-5118 9ZN-5118-WB 18 452 9ZN-5124 9ZN-5124-WB 24 609 9ZN-5106 9ZN-5106-WB 9ZN-5109 9ZN-5112 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Redi-Rail Mounting Bracket Accessories Inside Side Rail Flange Application Furnished with 1 / 4 " hardware. #12-24 U-Nuts sold separately. Attaches to Redi-Rail in over 20 positions. EIA/TIA panel mounting holes - both sides. Mounting holes for NEMA outlet/junction boxes. Zinc plated steel. Includes mounting screws. Inside flange application bracket 5.125" must match side rail height. • See page 197 for Voice/Data/Video and Power Options. • • • • • • • • 9ZN-MB1-4 mounting bracket shown. Outside Side Rail Flange Application A Redi-Rail Catalog No. Inside Flange Application 9ZN-MB1-4 mounting bracket shown with 4" electrical box. Outside Flange Application in 92 117 A mm 9ZN-MB1-4 4" for H14AR 4" or 5" as desired 35/8 9ZN-MB1-5 5" for H15AR 4" or 5" as desired 45/8 9ZN-MB1-4 mounting bracket shown with patch panels. See www.cooperbline.com/product/cabletray/bracket.asp for mounting options. ∅ 1.344 Low Voltage Adapter 1.250" • Mounting for low voltage wall plates. • Snaps into mounting bracket 9ZN-MB1-4 or 9ZN-MB1-5. • Zinc plated steel. • #6 - 32 U-nuts included. • See page 197 for Voice/Data/Video and Power Options. 2.938" 2.030" 3.500" 3.28" Ref 9ZN-LV1-1 shown 3.500" Catalog No. 9ZN-LV1-1 5.125" 9ZN-LV1-1 (cutout on front) 9ZN-LV1A-1 (cutout on bottom) 9ZN-LV1A-1 Under Rung Fastener Attachment • • • • Supports electrical fixtures from bottom of rung or siderails. Wing nut included. Various 1 / 4 "-20 stud lengths available. Static Load Capacity: 75 Lbs. (34kg). Catalog No. BAX-4-16 BAX-4-16-24 BAX-4-16-32 BAX-4-16-48 Cable Tray Systems Stud Length 5/8” (16mm) 11/2” (38mm) 2” (51mm) 3” (76mm) Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 191 Redi-Rail - Accessories Covers for H14A, H15A, H16A, and H17A • Corners notched for splice hardware clearance. • Slots provided for easy attachment (hardware not included). • Over-lap seam designed - fittings only. Aluminum Cover Part Numbering Prefix Example: Redi-Rail Cover Type 88 = Solid Detail 7 =Flanged 88 7 A 40 - 12 - 72 Material Material Thickness Aluminum 40 = .040 Tray Width Note: For ventilated covers add a “V” suffix to cover part number. Example: 887A40-12-72V 06 = 6" 09 = 9" 12 = 12" 18 = 18" 24 = 24" 30 = 30" 36 = 36" Item Description For Straight Section Cover: 144 = 12 ft. 120 = 10 ft. 72 = 6 ft. 60 = 5 ft. For fitting covers: Insert suffix of fitting to be covered. See example below. Examples of Catalog Numbers for Fitting Covers: Horizontal Bend Cover Prefix Suffix 88 7 A 40 - 18 - 90 HB 24 Radius Fitting Angle Width Material Thickness Material Detail Cover Type Vertical Inside & Outside Bend Cover Prefix Suffix 88 7 A 40 - 24 - 90 V* 24 - 4 Side Rail Height Radius Fitting Angle Width Material Thickness Material Detail Cover Type Horizontal Expanding Cross Cover Prefix Suffix 88 7 A 40 - 12 - 24 - HX 24 Radius Fitting Width2 Width1 Material Thickness Material Detail Cover Type * Insert I for Inside or O for Outside Bend Standard Cover Clamp Heavy Duty Cover Clamp Cover Attachment Hardware • Setscrew included. • Sold each. • For heavy duty application. • Sold per piece. • 4 Pack of 1 / 4 " - 20 nuts and 1 / 4 " - 20 x 5 / 8 " bolts. Tray Type Aluminum Side Rail Height Catalog No. All Sizes 9ZN-9012 9A-9012 192 Tray Series Catalog No. H14A H15A H16A H17A 9A-†-R044 9A-†-R054 9A-†-R064 9A-†-R074 Catalog No. 9ZN-1420NB † = tray width Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Redi-Rail - Accessories Out Board Rungs Add-A- Rung Kit • • • • • Kit allows an additional rung to be added to a desired location throughout the tray system. • Pre-cut rung sections supplied. • Attachment hardware is included. • Torque rung fasteners to 18 ft/lbs. Formed aluminum rung with attachment screw. Field installs as required. Torque rung fasteners to 6 ft/lbs. See page 197 for Voice/Data/Video and Power Options. • Uniform load capacity on rung: 10 lbs. Redi-Rail H Tray Width W Fill Depth 'H' For Tray Width 'W' in mm Catalog No. 6 152 9A-R06RK 9 226 9A-R09RK Catalog No. in mm in mm 12 305 9A-R12RK 9A-SR0406 4 101 6 152 18 452 9A-R18RK 9A-SR0409 4 101 9 226 24 609 9A-R24RK 9A-SR0506 5 127 6 152 30 762 9A-R30RK 9A-SR0509 5 127 9 226 36 914 9A-R36RK End Rung Kit For Solid Bottom Barrier Strip Clip • Special rung captures solid bottom plate when required at field cuts. • Pre-cut rung sections supplied. • Attachment hardware is included. • • • • Provides attachment to Redi-Rail rung. Allows for installed barrier adjustment. Asymmetrical clip provides a wide range for screw location. Barriers strip clips and hardware are included with all barriers. Catalog No. 9A-RBC .563" .390" Screw slot for sheet metal screw Tray Width Catalog No. in mm 6 152 9A-R06SBERK 9 226 9A-R09SBERK 12 305 9A-R12SBERK 18 452 9A-R18SBERK 24 609 9A-R24SBERK 30 762 9A-R30SBERK 36 914 9A-R36SBERK Cable Tray Systems .484" Barrier Flange Rung Siderail Flange Maximum Distance Long leg adjacent to rung fully extended Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) .081" Barrier Flange Rung Siderail Flange Minimum Distance Short leg adjacent to rung fully extended 193 Redi-Rail Redi-Rail - Accessories Straight Section Barrier Strip Horizontal Bend Barrier Strip • Furnished with four (4) barrier strip clips, mounting hardware and splice. • Standard lengths are 144" (12 ft) & 120" (10 ft). • Kit allows an additional rung to be added to a desired location throughout the tray system. • Pre-cut rung sections supplied. • Attachment hardware is included. • Torque rung fasteners to 18 ft/lbs. Tray Series Catalog No. in H mm H14A 73AR-Length 3 76 H15A 74AR-Length 4 H16A 75AR-Length H17A 76AR-Length Tray Series H H Catalog No. in mm H14A 73AR-90HBFL 3 76 101 H15A 74AR-90HBFL 4 101 5 127 H16A 75AR-90HBFL 5 127 6 152 H17A 76AR-90HBFL 6 152 H Universal Fitting • • • • • • • • Aluminum construction. 3" smooth radius. UL Classified. Shipped as a 90° horizontal bend. Field modify to create a tee or cross. Includes four pairs of splice plates. Accommodates Rail-Riser™. Patent Pending. Tray Series Catalog No. Punched Solid H14A UR3A-(†) UR3ASB-(†) H15A UR4A-(†) UR4ASB-(†) H16A UR5A-(†) UR5ASB-(†) H17A UR6A-(†) UR6ASB-(†) Punched Bottom (†) Insert Tray Width 6" to 24”) Covers: Cover catalog number is UA-†-C where †=tray width. Example: UA-12-C is a cover for UR4A-12 universal fitting shipped with attachment screws. Solid Bottom Corner Post For Universal Fitting • • • • Use to create reducing fittings. Furnished with hardware. 3" inside radius. UL Classified. Universal Fitting Shown as a Reducing Tee 194 Loading Depth Catalog No. 3" U3A-CP 4" U4A-CP 5" U5A-CP 6" U6A-CP Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Redi-Rail - Accessories Rail-Riser™ For Redi-Rail™ Cable Support Systems Vertical Bend Barrier Strip • Provides expansion capabilities for existing systems where additional cable fill area is required. • Increases fill-depth by two inches. • Recommended installation frequency: two required every three feet, depending on cable density. • Provides controlled cable exit locations. • Does not interfere with cable fill area. • Comes complete with necessary mounting hardware. • Zinc plated. • Sold separately. • Patent Pending. • Furnished with three (3) barrier strip clips, mounting hardware and splice. 24" radius for all standard angles Inside Bend (VI) 12" radius for 30° angle H H H 12" radius for 45°, 60°, 90° angle Redi-Rail Outside Bend (VO) H Tray Series Catalog No. 9ZN-RR2RR Hanger Rod Bracket Catalog No. Inside Bend Outside Bend H in mm H14A 73AR-(**)VI(†) 73AR-(**)VO(†) 3 76 H15A 74AR-(**)VI(†) 74AR-(**)VO(†) 4 101 H16A 75AR-(**)VI(†) 75AR-(**)VO(†) 5 127 H17A 76AR-(**)VI(†) 76AR-(**)VO(†) 6 152 (**) Insert 30°, 45°, 60°, 90° for angles (†) Insert 12, 24 for radius Center Hung Trapeze • Studded bracket bolts to Redi-Rail™ holes. • For 3 / 8 " ATR. • Loading is 1,000 lbs. (4.45kN), per pair, safety factor 3. • Designed for 1 / 2 " and 3 / 8 " ATR. • Loading is 600 lbs. (2.67kN), safety factor 3. • Zinc plated. • Position ATR 3" wider than cable tray width. Support ATR Size 3/8” 1/2” Pre-assembled hanger system that can be used as a trapeze or a center hung support. Catalog No. 9(*)-R238 9(*)-R250 (*) Insert ZN or SS • 1 / 4 " ATR through Redi-Rail™ holes on top flange. Hex nut on top and bottom. • Loading is 800 lbs. (3.56kN), per pair, safety factor 3. • Position ATR 1" wider than cable tray width. Cable Tray Systems For Tray Width Catalog No. in mm 9ZN-5106 6 152 9ZN-5109 9 226 9ZN-5112 12 305 9ZN-5118 18 452 9ZN-5124 24 609 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 195 Redi-Rail - Accessories Wall-Mount Assembly For Tray Width • Pre-assembled wall-mount hanger system. • Load capacity is 600 lbs. (272.1 kg) safety factor of 3. Catalog No. in mm 9ZN-5106-WB 6 152 9ZN-5109-WB 9 226 9ZN-5112-WB 12 305 9ZN-5118-WB 18 452 9ZN-5124-WB 24 609 H15AR09-12-144 shown at 90° Redi-Rail How to miter cut Redi-Rail™ cable tray for use with flex-mount splice plates. Cut location Count over number of holes specified in chart Count over number of holes specified in chart Cut location H15AR09-12-144 Straight Section shown with required side rail removed to form 90° fitting. Example: For a 12" wide 90° bend, the cuts must be made through the eighth hole from the end. • • • • • • • • Mark desired hole/cut locations per chart. Remove any rungs (if necessary) affected by cuts. Cut side rails through center of required holes per chart. Mount outside flex-mount splice plate with provided hardware and bend Redi-Rail sections to desired angle. Form inside flex-mount splice plate to fit contour of inner rails and bolt into place. Reinstall (if necessary) appropriate rungs. Torque to 18 ft./lbs. If Splice Rung Kit (see below) is required, order separately. Recommend adding one to the value in the chart if the first hole is less than 3 / 8 " from the end of tray. Tray Width Number Of Holes For Angle Desired Angle Adjustment 30° 45° 60° 90° Allowed 6 1 2 2 4 ± 14.5 9 2 2 3 6 ± 9.7 12 2 3 4 8 ± 7.3 18 3 5 7 11 ± 4.9 24 4 6 9 15 ± 3.6 30 5 8 11 19 ± 2.9 36 6 10 13 23 ± 2.4 Flex-Mount Splice Rung Kit • Kit allows a support rung to be added to flex-mount splice plates so that cables may be supported through a bend. • The support rung is available in three lengths and should be ordered based upon tray width. • The rung length is sized so that it will fit a maximum tray width when flex-mount splices are used to make a bend up to 90°. • Once the flex-mount splices are installed in the cable tray system, the distance between the splice mounting surfaces should be measured. Cut support rung to the measured distance and install using the hardware included. Torque to 18 ft./lbs. For Tray Width 196 Catalog No. Actual Rung Length Up to 12" 9A-RFM-12RK 20" 18" & 24" 9A-RFM-24RK 37" 30" & 36" 9A-RFM-36RK 54" Example: Flex connectors are installed on an 18" wide tray with approximately a 45° bend. The correct support rung kit is 9A-RFM-24RK. The tray width is 24" or less and the angle is less than 90°. Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Redi-Rail 1/2" Voice / Data / Video Options Accessories ATR 9ZN-5112 as center hung H14AR09-12-144 Single patch panel mounted in center of 9ZN-MB1-4 Redi-Rail 9ZN-LV1-1 with low voltage adapter 9A-SR0406 Out-Board Rung 9ZN-LV1-1 with low voltage adapter and wall plate Power Options 3/8" ATR 9ZN-MB1-4 9ZN-R238 H14A09-12-144 Electrical Box BL1400 Data Cables The National Electrical Code allows for 50% fill of ventilated cable tray for control or signal wiring (Article 392-9(b)). This rule requires that all the individual cable cross-sectional areas added up may not exceed one half the cable tray area. The cable tray area is equal to the width times the load depth. In actual practice with data cables, however, the cable tray becomes completely full in reaching the "50% cable fill". See the picture below. The tray is completely full, but the sum of the cable areas is only 50% of the tray area, due to the empty spaces between the cables. Data Cable Fill and Weight Chart Number of Category 5/5e/6 Cables and Calculated Cable Weight in Lbs/Ft Tray Depth in "50%" Fill Per NEC Cross Sectional Area Calculation 3” 4” 5” 6” mm 76 101 127 152 6" 9" 12" Tray Width 18" 24" 30" 36" Cables lbs/ft Cables lbs/ft Cables lbs/ft Cables lbs/ft Cables lbs/ft Cables lbs/ft Cables lbs/ft 260 347 433 520 7 9 12 14 390 520 650 780 10 13 17 20 520 693 866 1040 14 18 23 27 780 1040 1299 1559 21 27 34 41 1040 1386 1733 2079 26 35 43 52 1299 1733 2166 2599 32 43 53 64 1559 2079 2599 3119 41 54 68 81 This chart was based on 50% fill of 4 UTP Category 5, 5e, or 6 cables (O.D. = .21" .026 lbs/ft). In the above loading grid, the weight of the cables is not the issue. The volume capacity of the tray governs. For example, the worst case (6" load depth, 36" wide) has a total cable weight of 81 lbs/ft. Cable Tray Systems Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 197 Redi-Rail - Specifications Section 161xx - Redi-Rail™ Cable Tray Part 1 - General 1.01 Section Includes A. The work covered under this section consists of the furnishing of all necessary labor, supervision, materials, equipment, tests and services to install complete cable tray systems as shown on the drawings. B. Cable tray systems are defined to include, but are not limited to straight sections of [ladder type] [vented bottom type] [solid bottom type] cable trays, bends, tees, elbows, drop-outs, supports and accessories. 1.02 References A. ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code B. NEMA VE 1-1998 - Metallic Cable Tray Systems C. NEMA VE 2-2000 - Cable Tray installation Guidelines 1.03 Drawings Redi-Rail A. The drawings, which constitute a part of these specifications, indicate the general route of the cable tray systems. Data presented on these drawings are as accurate as preliminary surveys and planning can determine until final equipment selection is made. Accuracy is not guaranteed and field verification, of all dimensions, routing, etc., is directed. B. Specifications and drawings are for assistance and guidance, but exact routing, locations, distances and levels will be governed by actual field conditions. Contractor is directed to make field surveys as part of his work prior to submitting system layout drawings. 1.04 Submittals A. Submittal Drawings: Submit drawings of cable tray and accessories including clamps, brackets, hanger rods, splice plate connectors, expansion joint assemblies, and fittings, showing accurately scaled components. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s data on cable tray including, but not limited to, types, materials, finishes, rung spacings, inside depths and fitting radii. For side rails and rungs, submit cross sectional properties including Section Modulus (Sx) and Moment of Inertia (Ix). 1.05 Quality Assurance A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of cable trays and fittings of types and capacities required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. B. NEMA Compliance: Comply with NEMA Standards Publication Number VE 1, “Cable Tray Systems”. C. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC, as applicable to construction and installation of cable tray and cable channel systems (Article 392, NEC). D. UL Compliance: Provide products that are UL-classified and labeled. E. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 70B, “Recommended Practice for Electrical Equipment Maintenance” pertaining to installation of cable tray systems. 1.06 Delivery, Storage and Handling A. Deliver cable tray systems and components carefully to avoid breakage, denting and scoring finishes. Do not install damaged equipment. B. Store cable trays and accessories in original cartons and in clean dry space; protect from weather and construction traffic. Wet materials should be unpacked and dried before storage. Part 2 - Products 2.01 Acceptable Manufacturers 2.02 A. Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray systems shall be as manufactured by Cooper B-Line, Inc. Cable Tray Sections and Components A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide metal cable trays, of types, classes, and sizes indicated; with splice plates, bolts, nuts and washers or connecting units. Construct units with rounded edges and smooth surfaces; in compliance with applicable standards; and with the following additional construction features. Cable tray shall be installed according to the latest revision of NEMA VE-2. B. Material and Finish: Straight sections, fitting side rails, rungs and splice plates shall be extruded from Aluminum Association Alloy 6063. All fabricated parts shall be made from Aluminum Association Alloy 5052. 198 Cable Tray Systems Redi-Rail - Specifications 2.03 Type of Tray System A. Ladder Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with transverse members (rungs) mechanically fastened to the side rails. Rungs shall be spaces [6] [9] [12] inches on center. Rung spacing in radiused fittings shall be industry standard 9” and measured at the center of the tray’s width. Each rung must be capable of supporting 1 200 lb. concentrated load at the center of a 24” wide cable tray with a safety factor of 1.5 (See following rung loading table). Rungs shall be capable of easy removal, reinstallation, or replacement if necessary. Rung Loading Table Single Rung Uniform Load Capacity (lbs.) with safety factor of 1.5 Design Factors Material Type Aluminum Sx = 0.0343 in3 Series H1 Ix = 0.0130 9 12 18 24 30 36 1480 987 740 493 370 296 224 Redi-Rail in4 Tray Width 6 B. Ventilated Bottom Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with rungs spaced 4” on center. C. Solid Bottom Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a solid sheet over rungs spaced on 12” centers. D. Cable tray loading depth shall be [3] [4] [5] [6] inched per NEMA VE-1. E. Straight sections shall be supplied in standard [10 foot (3.05m)] [12 foot (3.65m)] lengths. F. Cable tray widths shall be [6] [9] [12] [18] [24] [30] [36] inches or as shown on drawings. G. Splice plates shall have (4) four nuts and bolts per plate. The resistance of fixed splice connections between adjacent sections of tray shall not exceed 0.00033 ohms. Splice plates shall be furnished with straight sections and fittings. H. All fittings must have a minimum radius of [12] [24] [36] inches. 2.04 Loading Capacities A. Cable trays shall meet NEMA class designation: [86 lbs./ft. on 12 ft. span] [100 lbs./ft. on 12 ft. span]. Or A. Cable tray shall be capable of carrying a uniformly distributed load of ________ lbs./ft on a ______ foot support span with a safety factor of 1.5 when supported as a simple span and tested per NEMA VE 1 Section 5.2. Part 3 - Execution 3.01 Installation A. Install cable trays as indicated: Installation shall be in accordance with equipment manufacturer’s instructions, and with recognized industry practices to ensure that cable tray equipment comply with requirements of NEC and applicable portions of NFPA 70B. Reference NEMA VE-2 for general cable tray installation guidelines. B. Coordinate cable tray with other electrical work as necessary to properly integrate installation of cable tray work with other work. C. Provide sufficient space encompassing cable trays to permit access for installing and maintaining cables. D. Cable tray fitting supports shall be located such that they meet the strength requirements of straight sections. Install fitting supports per NEMA VE-2 guidelines, or in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 3.02 Testing A. Test cable trays to ensure electrical continuity of bonding and grounding connections, and to demonstrate compliance with specified maximum grounding resistance. See NFPA 70B, Chapter 18, for testing and test methods. B. Manufacturer shall provide test reports witnessed by an independent testing laboratory of the “worst case” loading conditions outlined in this specification and performed in accordance with the latest revision of NEMA VE-1-2002/CSA C22.2 No. 126.1-02. End Of Section. 199 Cable Tray Systems Series 1 Steel Series 1 Steel 200 Cable Tray Systems Series 1 Steel - Straight Sections Series 1 Steel How The Service Advisor Works B-Line knows that your time is important! That’s why the color-coding system in this catalog is designed to help you select products that fit your service needs. Products are marked to indicate the typical lead time for orders of 50 pieces or less. Customer: How do I select my straight sections. covers, or fittings so that I get the quickest turnaround? Service Advisor: Each part of our selection chart is shown in colors. If any section of a part number is a different color, the part will typically ship with the longer lead time represented by the colors. Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Example: 156G 09 - 24 3-5 3-5 - 144 (from page 203) Lead time(days) 15 3-5 Part will typically ship in 15 days minimum, because of the 156G material. Changing the part number from 156G to 156P will change the coding to black for all sections of the tray to be 5-10 working days, instead of the original 15 days minimum. 201 Cable Tray Systems Series 1 Steel - Straight Sections 3" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth Actual Loading Depth = 3.077" Straight Section Part Numbering Prefix Example: 148 P 09 - 24 - 144 Series 148 Material Type P = Pre-Galvanized Steel G = Hot Dip Galvanized After Fabrication Steel Ladder06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12" rung spacing Rung Spacing Series 1 Steel Overall Width (Width + 1/8”) Trough6" thru 24" wide VT = Vented Trough ST = Non-Ventilated Trough For side rail & rung data, see chart on pages AP-5 & AP-6 = = = = = = = 6" 9" 12" 18" 24" 30" 36" ¬ Á Length 144 = 12 ft. 148 120 = 10 ft. ¬Primary Length. Length. ÁSecondary See page 39 for explanation of lengths. See page 356 for additional rung options. *SB available for all widths. Ventilated Trough Ladder Type Width 06 09 12 18 24 30 36 Non-Ventilated Trough (Specify Rung Spacing) Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. The published load safety factor is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed. B-Line Series Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Dimensions Classifications Span ft Load lbs/ft 6 8 10 12 204* 115 73 51 Deflection Design Factors Span Multiplier for Two Rails meters Load kg/m Deflection Design Factors Multiplier for Two Rails .875 148 3.625 3.077 18 gauge NEMA: 12A, 8C CSA: C1-3m UL Cross-Sectional Area: 0.40 in2 0.0011 0.0036 0.0087 0.0181 Area=0.51 in2 Sx=0.48 in3 Ix=0.89 in4 1.8 2.4 3.0 3.7 304* 171 109 76 0.019 0.061 0.149 0.309 Area=3.29 cm2 Sx=7.87 cm3 Ix=37.04 cm4 *When using 12" rung spacing load capacity is limited to 195 lbs/ft (290.16 kg/m) for 36" tray width. When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus. 202 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Series 1 Steel - Straight Sections 4" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth Actual Loading Depth = 3.628" Straight Section Part Numbering Prefix Example: 156 P 09 - 24 - 144 Series 156 Material Type P = Pre-Galvanized Steel G = Hot Dip Galvanized After Fabrication Steel Ladder06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12" rung spacing Width Trough04 = Vented Bottom SB = Non-Ventilated Bottom Rung Spacing 06 09 12 18 24 30 36 = = = = = = = ¬ 6" 9" 12" 18" 24" 30" 36" Á Length 144 = 12 ft. 156 120 = 10 ft. ¬Primary Length. Length. ÁSecondary See page 39 for explanation of lengths. For side rail & rung data, see chart on pages AP-5 & AP-6 Overall Width (Width + 1/8”) Ventilated Bottom Ladder Type Series 1 Steel See page 356 for additional rung options. *SB available for all widths. Non-Ventilated (Specify Rung Spacing) Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above the published loads. The published load safety factor is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed. B-Line Series Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Dimensions Classifications Span ft Load lbs/ft 6 8 10 12 304* 171 109 76 Deflection Design Factors Span Multiplier for Two Rails meters Load kg/m Deflection Design Factors Multiplier for Two Rails .875 156 3.628 4.188 16 gauge NEMA: 12B, 8C CSA: C1-3m UL Cross-Sectional Area: 0.40 in2 0.0007 0.0021 0.0051 0.011 Area=0.68 in2 Sx=0.724 in3 Ix=1.517 in4 1.8 2.4 3.0 3.7 452* 254 163 113 0.011 0.036 0.087 0.181 Area=4.39 cm2 Sx=11.86 cm3 Ix=63.14 cm4 *When using 12" rung spacing, load capacity is limited to 234 lbs/ft (348.192 kg/m) for 30" tray width and 195 lbs/ft (290.16 kg/m) for 36" tray width. When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus. Cable Tray Systems Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 203 Series 1 Steel - Straight Sections 5" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth Actual Loading Depth = 4.628" Straight Section Part Numbering Prefix Example: 166 P 09 - 24 - 144 Series 166 Material Type P = Pre-Galvanized Steel G = Hot Dip Galvanized After Fabrication Steel Ladder06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12" rung spacing Rung Spacing Overall Width (Width + 1/8”) Width Trough04 = Vented Bottom SB = Non-Ventilated Bottom 06 09 12 18 24 30 36 = = = = = = = 6" 9" 12" 18" 24" 30" 36" ¬ Á Length 144 = 12 ft. 166 120 = 10 ft. ¬Primary Length. Length. ÁSecondary See 39 page CTS-23 for explanation of lengths. For side rail & rung data, see chart on pages AP-5 & AP-6 Series 1 Steel See page 356 for additional rung options. *SB available for all widths. Ladder Type Ventilated Bottom Non-Ventilated (Specify Rung Spacing) Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. The published load safety factor is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed. B-Line Series Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Dimensions Classifications Span ft Load lbs/ft 6 8 10 12 308* 173 111 77 Deflection Design Factors Span Multiplier for Two Rails meters Load kg/m Deflection Design Factors Multiplier for Two Rails .750 166 4.628 5.188 16 gauge NEMA: 12B, 8C CSA: C1-3m UL Cross-Sectional Area: 0.70 in2 0.0004 0.0013 0.0032 0.0067 Area=0.77 in2 Sx=0.93 in3 Ix=2.40 in4 1.8 2.4 3.0 3.7 458* 258 165 115 Area=4.97 cm2 Sx=15.24 cm3 Ix=99.90 cm4 0.007 0.023 0.055 0.114 *When using 12" rung spacing, the load capacity is limited to 234 lbs/ft (348.192 kg/m) for 30" tray width and 195 lbs/ft (290.16 kg/m) for 36" tray width. When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus. 204 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Series 1 Steel - Straight Sections 6" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth Actual Loading Depth = 5.628" Straight Section Part Numbering Prefix Example: 176 P 09 - 24 - 144 Series 176 Material Type P = Pre-Galvanized Steel G = Hot Dip Galvanized After Fabrication Steel Ladder06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12" rung spacing Width Trough04 = Vented Bottom SB = Non-Ventilated Bottom Rung Spacing 06 09 12 18 24 30 36 = = = = = = = ¬ 6" 9" 12" 18" 24" 30" 36" Á Length 144 = 12 ft. 176 120 = 10 ft. ¬Primary Length. Length. ÁSecondary See page 39 for explanation of lengths. For side rail & rung data, see chart on pages AP-5 & AP-6 Overall Width (Width + 1/8”) Ventilated Bottom Ladder Type Series 1 Steel See page 356 for additional rung options. *SB available for all widths. Non-Ventilated (Specify Rung Spacing) Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. The published load safety factor is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed. B-Line Series Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Dimensions Classifications Span ft Load lbs/ft 8 10 12 194 124 86 Deflection Design Factors Span Multiplier for Two Rails meters Load kg/m Deflection Design Factors Multiplier for Two Rails .750 176 5.628 6.188 16 gauge NEMA: 12B, 8C CSA: 137 kg/m 3.7m UL Cross-Sectional Area: 0.70 in2 0.0008 0.0020 0.0042 Area=0.89 in2 Sx=1.23 in3 Ix=3.80 in4 2.4 3.0 3.7 288 184 128 0.014 0.035 0.072 Area=5.74 cm2 Sx=20.16 cm3 lx=158.2 cm4 When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus. Cable Tray Systems Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 205 Series 1 Steel - Accessories Standard (L-Shaped) Splice Plates Expansion (L-Shaped) Splice Plates • • • • • • • Expansion plates allow for one inch expansion or contraction of the cable tray, or where expansion joints occur in the supporting structure. • Bonding Jumpers are required. Order Separately. • L-shaped lay-in design. • Furnished in pairs with hardware. • (*) Insert ZN or G One pair including hardware provided with each section. Furnished in pairs with hardware. Prepackaged in pairs in a plastic bag, with hardware. 4-hole pattern L-shaped splice plates. L-shaped lay-in design. (*) Insert ZN or G Tray Tray Series Catalog No. Series Catalog No. 148 9(*)-4004 148 9(*)-4014 156 9(*)-4005 156 9(*)-4015 166 9(*)-4006 166 9(*)-4016 176 9(*)-4007 176 9(*)-4017 Step Down Splice Plates Vertical Adjustable Splice Plates • Used to splice to existing cable tray systems. • Furnished in pairs with hardware. • (*) Insert P or G • These splice plates are offered for connecting cable tray sections having side rails of different heights. • Furnished in pairs with hardware. • (*) Insert ZN or G • These plates provide for changes in elevation that do not conform to standard vertical fittings. • Furnished in pairs with hardware. • (*) Insert ZN or G Series 1 Steel Universal Splice Plates Requires supports within 24” on both sides, per NEMA VE 2. Tray Series Catalog No. 148 9(*)-2004-1/2 156 9(*)-2005-1/2 166 9(*)-2006-1/2 176 9(*)-2007-1/2 Tray Series Catalog No. Tray Series Catalog No. 156 to 148 9(*)-8004 148 9(*)-7024 166 to 156 or 148 9(*)-8045 156 9(*)-8024 176 to 156 or 148 9(*)-8046 166 9(*)-8025 176 to 166 9(*)-8060 176 9(*)-8026 Horizontal Adjustable Splice Plates Branch Pivot Connectors • Offered to adjust a cable tray run for 9(*)-803(X)-12 or 9(*)-803(X)-36 changes in direction in a horizontal One pair splice plates with extensions. plane that do not conform to L standard horizontal fittings. L • Furnished in pairs with hardware. • New design bonding jumpers not required. • (*) Insert ZN or G • (X) Insert 4 for series 148 or 156 5 for series 166 9(*)-803(X) 6 for series 176 Splices only • Branch from existing cable tray runs at any point. • Pivot to any required angle. • UL Classified for grounding (bonding jumper not required). • Furnished in pairs with hardware. • (*) Insert ZN or G Catalog No. Cable Tray End Cut Tray Width 'L' 9(*)-803(X) 9(*)-803(X)-12 9(*)-803(X)-36 Mitered Not mitered Not mitered Thru 36" Thru 12" Thru 36" N/A 16" 41" 206 Requires supports within 24” on both sides, per NEMA VE 2. Tray Series Catalog No. 156 to148 9(*)-8244 166 9(*)-8245 176 9(*)-8246 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Series 1 Steel Offset Reducing Splice Plate Accessories Tray Hardware • This plate is used for joining cable trays having different widths. When used in pairs they form a straight reduction; when used singly with a standard splice plate they form an offset reduction. • Furnished as one plate with hardware. • (‡) Insert reduction • (*) Insert P or G Pre-Galvanized Tray Hardware Catalog No. RNCB 3/8"-16 x 3/4" Znplt Ribbed Neck Carriage Bolt ASTM A307 Grade A Catalog No. SFHN 3/8"-16 Znplt Serrated Flange Hex Nut ASTM A563 Grade A Finish: Zinc Plated ASTM B633, SC1 Tray Series Catalog No. 148 9(*)-8064-(‡) 156 9(*)-8064-(‡) 166 9(*)-8065-(‡) 176 9(*)-8066-(‡) Hot Dip Galvanized Tray Hardware Catalog No. RNCB 3/8"-16 x 3/4" CZ Ribbed Neck Carriage Bolt Chromium Zinc ASTM F-1136-88 Catalog No. SFHN 3/8"-16 CZ Serrated Flange Hex Nut Chromium Zinc ASTM F-1136-88 Frame Type Box Connector Blind End • Used to attach the end of a cable tray run to a distribution box or control panel. • Furnished in pairs with hardware. • (*) Insert P or G • Designed to attach the end of a cable tray run to a distribution cabinet or control center to help reinforce the box at the point of entry. • Furnished with tray connection hardware. • (‡) Insert tray width • (*) Insert ZN or G • This plate forms a closure for a dead end cable tray. • Furnished as one plate with hardware. • (‡) Insert tray width • (*) Insert P or G Tray Tray Tray Series Catalog No. Series Catalog No. Series Catalog No. 148 9(*)-8054 148 9(*)-8074-(‡) 148 9(*)-8084-(‡) 156 9(*)-8054 156 9(*)-8074-(‡) 156 9(*)-8084-(‡) 166 9(*)-8055 166 9(*)-8075-(‡) 166 9(*)-8085-(‡) 176 9(*)-8056 176 9(*)-8076-(‡) 176 9(*)-8086-(‡) Conduit to Tray Adaptor Conduit to Tray Adaptor • • • • • For easy attachment of conduit terminating at a cable tray. • Use on aluminum or steel cable trays. Assembly required. Mounting hardware included. Conduit clamp included (‡) = Conduit size (1/2" thru 4"). Catalog No. Series 1 Steel Tray to Box Splice Plates 9ZN-1150-(‡) Cable Tie (Ladder Tray) Nylon ties provide easy attachment of cable to ladder rungs; maximum cable O.D. of 3" (76 mm). Overall Length 15" Catalog No. Cable Tray Systems 99-2125-15 Catalog No. Conduit Size 9G-1158-1/2, 3/4 9G-1158-1, 11/4 9G-1158-11/2, 2 9G-1158-21/2, 3 9G-1158-31/2, 4 1/2, 3/4 in. Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 1, 11/4 11/2, 2 21/2, 3 31/2, 4 mm 15, 20 25, 32 40, 50 65, 80 90, 100 207 Series 1 Steel Cable Tray Clamp/Guide 9ZN-1208 shown. Installed as a clamp. • Features a no-twist design. • Has four times the strength of the traditional design. • Each side is labeled to ensure proper installation. • Furnished in pairs, with or without hardware. 21/4" (57mm) Patent # RE35479 11/2" (39mm) Catalog No. Without With Hardware Hardware Overall Hardware Length Size Finish in. 9ZN-1204 9ZN-1208 Series 1 Steel Accessories 9ZN-1204NB 11/2 9ZN-1208NB 21/4 9ZN-1204 shown. Installed as a guide. Bonding Jumper Use at each expansion splice and where the cable tray is not mechanically/electrically continuous to ground. Sold individually. • Hardware included. • See table 392.7(B)(2) on page 25 for amperage ratings required to match the UL cross-sectional area of the tray. • 600 amp rating. • Bonding jumper is 16" long. mm 1/4" 38 57 3/8" Znplt Znplt Catalog No. Cross-Sectional Area Ampacity 99-N1 1.5 Square inches 600 Ground Clamp Grounding Clamp • Mechanically attaches grounding cables to cable tray. • Hardware included. • (*) Insert ZN or SS4 B-Line Cable Tray is UL® classified as to its suitability as an equipment grounding conductor. If a separate conductor for additional grounding capability is desired, B-Line offers this clamp for bolting the conductor at least once to each tray section. • Accepts #6 AWG to 250 MCM. Catalog No. Cable Size 9(*)-2351 9(*)-2352 #1 thru 2/0 3/0 thru 250 MCM Catalog No. Material Item 9A-2130 Tin Plated Aluminum Grounding Clamp Support Bracket Hanger Rod Clamp • Designed for center hung or trapeze supports. • Can be purchased as a wall mounted bracket. • Load capacity is 600 lbs. (272.1 kg), safety factor 3. • All components are zinc plated. • 1/2" threaded rod and 1/2" hex nuts not included. • • • • • For Cable Tray Width Catalog No. Center Hung Wall or Trapeze Mount 9ZN-5106 9ZN-5109 9ZN-5112 9ZN-5118 9ZN-5124 For 1/2" ATR. Furnished in pairs. Order ATR and hex nuts separately. Two piece "J"-hanger design. 9ZN-1113 has 275 lbs./pair safety factor 3 capacity. • 9ZN-532(X) has 1500 lbs./pair capacity safety factor 3. in. 9ZN-5106-WB 9ZN-5109-WB 9ZN-5112-WB 9ZN-5118-WB 9ZN-5124-WB 6 9 12 18 24 Tray Series Catalog No. mm 152 226 305 452 609 Patent No. 5,100,086 148 9ZN-1113 156 9ZN-5324 166 9ZN-5325 176 9ZN-5326 Threaded Rod (ATR) & Rod Coupling Loading Size lbs. Catalog No. Available Lengths Coupling Cat. No. 3/8-16 730 ATR 3/8 x Length 36", 72", 120", 144" B655-3/8 1/2-13 1350 ATR 1/2 x Length 36", 72", 120", 144" B655-1/2 Loading based on safety factor 5. Standard Finish: Zinc plated See B-Line Strut Systems Catalog for other sizes and finishes. 208 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Series 1 Steel - Accessories Ladder or Trough Type Drop-Out Trough Drop-Out Bushing (Plastic) • This special designed, easy to install drop-out provides a 4" (101.6 mm) radius to protect cables exiting the cable tray from damage. • Attaches to a ladder rung or trough bottom (148 series only). • Hardware included. • (*) Insert P or G • (‡) Insert tray width • These snap-in plastic bushings provide a round surface to protect cables exiting from an opening in the bottom of a ventilated trough tray. Catalog No. For 148 Series Only Catalog No. 9(*)-1104T-(‡) 99-1124 Barriers Horizontal Bend Straight Section • Standard length: 120" (3 m) 144" (12 ft.). • Order catalog number based on loading depth. • Furnished with four #10 x 1/2" plated selfdrilling screws and a 99-9982 splice. • (*) Insert P or G • Horizontal Bend Barriers are flexible in order to conform to any horizontal fitting radius. Cut to length. • Order catalog number based on loading depth. • Furnished with three #10 x 1/2" zinc plated self-drilling screws and a 99-9982 Barrier Strip Splice. • Standard length is 72" (6 ft.), sold individually. • (*) Insert P or G Tray H Tray Series 1 Steel H H H Series Catalog No. in. mm Length = 144 for 12' or 120 for 10' Series Catalog No. in. mm 148 72(*)-90HBFL 2.8 58 156 737(*)-90HBFL 3.4 70 148 72(*)-Length 2.8 58 156 737(*)-Length 3.4 70 166 747(*)-Length 4.4 91 166 747(*)-90HBFL 4.4 91 176 757(*)-Length 5.4 112 176 757(*)-90HBFL 5.4 112 Vertical Bend Barriers Barrier Strip Splice • Vertical Bend Barriers are preformed to conform to a specific vertical fitting. • Furnished with three #10 x 1/2" plated self-drilling screws and a 99-9982 Barrier Strip Splice. • (*) Insert P or G • (**) Insert 30, 45, 60 or 90 for degrees • (†) Insert 12, 24, or 36 for radius • Plastic splice holds adjoining barrier strips in straight alignment. Inside Bend (VI) H H Tray Series Catalog No. Inside Bend Outside Bend H in. mm 148 72(*)-(**)VI(†) 72(*)-(**)VO(†) 2.8 58 156 737(*)-(**)VI(†) 737(*)-(**)VO(†) 3.4 70 166 747(*)-(**)VI(†) 747(*)-(**)VO(†) 4.4 91 176 757(*)-(**)VI(†) 757(*)-(**)VO(†) 5.4 112 Cable Tray Systems Outside Bend (VO) Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Catalog No. 99-9982 209 Series 1 Steel - Accessories Cantilever Bracket Cantilever Bracket A A Finishes available: ZN GRN or HDG Safety Load Factor 2.5 Catalog No. Uniform Load B494-12 B494-18 B494-24 lbs kN 1580 1000 996 7.02 4.45 4.43 Finishes available: ZN GRN or HDG Safety Load Factor 2.5 Tray Width in. mm 'A' in. 6 & 9 152 & 229 12 304.8 12 305 18 457.2 18 457 24 609.6 kN in. mm in. mm B494-30 B494-36 924 864 4.11 3.84 24 30 609.6 762.0 30 36 762.0 914.4 B494-42 580 2.58 36 914.4 42 1066.8 A A Finishes available: ZN GRN HDG SS4 or SS6 Safety Load Factor 2.5 Catalog No. Uniform Load B409-12 B409-18 B409-24 lbs 960 640 480 kN 4.27 2.84 2.13 Finishes available: ZN GRN HDG or SS4 Safety Load Factor 2.5 Tray Width 'A' in. mm in. mm 6 & 9 152 & 228 12 304.8 12 305 18 457.2 18 457 24 609.6 Catalog No. Uniform Load Tray Width B297-30 B297-36 B297-42 lbs 665 550 465 kN 2.95 2.44 2.06 Underfloor Support (U-Bolts not included) Beam Clamp U-Bolt Size Fits Pipe O.D. • Finishes available: ZN or HDG • Sold in pieces with hardware. B501-3/4 B501-1 B501-11/4 B501-11/2 B501-2 B501-21/2 .841 1.051 1.316 1.661 1.901 2.376 - 1.050 1.315 1.660 1.900 2.375 2.875 in. 24 30 36 mm 609.6 762.0 914.4 'A' in. mm 30 762.0 36 914.4 42 1066.8 A • Order properly sized U-Bolts separately. A Finish available: ZN Safety Load Factor 2.5 Design load when used in pairs. Safety Load Factor 5.0 Catalog No. Uniform Load 210 'A' lbs Cantilever Bracket Cantilever Bracket Series 1 Steel Catalog No. Uniform Load Tray Width mm Tray Width 'A' lbs kN in. mm in. mm B409UF-12 800 3.55 6&9 152 & 229 12 305 B409UF-21 450 2.00 12 & 18 305 & 457 21 533 Catalog No. Design Load* 'A' lbs kN in. mm B441-22 1200 5.34 33/8 86 B441-22A 1200 5.34 5 127 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Series 1 Steel - Accessories Beam Clamp Steel C-Clamp With Locknut Beam Clamp • Finishes available: ZN GRN or HDG • Setscrew included. • Finishes available: ZN for 3/8 & 1/2 ZN for 5/8 & 3/4 • Finishes available: ZN GRN or HDG • Sold in pieces. SS4 all sizes Safety Load Factor 5.0 Design load when used in pairs. Safety Load Factor 5.0 Cat. No. Catalog Number Rod Size lbs kN B351L-3/8 3/8"-16 300 0.89 Design load when used in pairs. Safety Load Factor 5.0 Design Load B210 B210A Design Load 800 lbs. 3.56 kN 300 lbs. 1.33 kN B351L-1/2 1/2"-13 380 1.69 Design Load 600 lbs. 2.67 kN 1000 lbs. 4.45 kN Tap Size 1/2"-13 - 3/8"-16 - B351L-5/8 5/8"-11 550 2.44 Max. Flange Thick 3/4" 19 mm 11/8" 28.6 mm 3/8" 9.5 mm 1/4" 6.4 mm B351L-3/4 3/4"-10 630 2.80 Mat’l. Thickness 1/4" 6.3 mm 3/8" 9.5 mm Mat'l. Thickness Cat. No. B212-1/4 B212-3/8 B312 Anchor Strap B305 Thru B308 & B321 Series Beam Clamps • Finishes available: ZN or HDG • Setscrew included. • Safety Load Factor 5.0 • Finishes available: ZN or HDG • For a maximum beam thickness of 3/4". • For thicker beams, step up one flange width size. B C D E Series 1 Steel T F A Cat. No. Rod Size A B C D E F T Design Load B305 3/8"-16 3/8"-16 2 5/16" 7/8" 1 1/8" 2 1/2" B306 3/8"-16 1/2"-13 2 7/16" 7/8" 1 1/8" 2 1/2" B307 1/2"-13 1/2"-13 2 7/16" 7/8" 1 1/8" B308 1/2"-13 1/2"-13 2 9/16" 7/8" B321-1 3/8"-16 1/2"-13 3 9/16" 1 B321-2 1/2"-13 1/2"-13 3 9/16" 1 lbs kN 11 Ga. 600 2.67 7 Ga. 1100 4.90 2 1/2" 7 Ga. 1100 4.90 Cat. No. Flange Width 1 1/8" 2 1/2" 1/4" 1500 6.68 B312-6 Up to 6" 11/16" 1 5/8" 3 1/4" 1/4" 1300 5.79 B312-9 6" - 9" 11/16" 1 5/8" 3 1/4" 1/4" 1400 6.23 B312-12 B751 Bottom Beam Clamp and Accessories Setscrew included Setscrew included Finish available: ZN Loading position A - 500 lbs. Loading position B - 300 lbs. Safety Load Factor 5.0 B751 B701-J_-3/8 B751-J_-3/8* Position A Assembly No. To Fit Flange Sizes Provides a full 15° swivel in any direction. (State the desired rod size.) Cable Tray Systems B752 B751 B701J_ Clamp,Setscrew J-Hook,Clip & J-Hook & Square Nut B752 Swivel & Bolt Only Position B B753 Swivel Nut Only 4"-5 7/8" B751-J4-3/8* B701-J4-3/8 B752 B753-** 7/8" B751-J6-3/8* B701-J6-3/8 B752 B753-** B751-J9-3/8* B701-J9-3/8 B752 B753-** 6"-8 B753 9" - 12" 9"-11 7/8" * Clamp Assembly complete with J-Hook Assembly. Setscrew included. ** Insert 1/4, 3/8 or 1/2 for the desired rod size. Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 211 Series 1 Steel - Accessories Covers Solid covers should be used when maximum enclosure of the cables is desired and no accumulation of heat is expected. Ventilated covers provide an overhead cable shield yet allow heat to escape. Cooper B-Line recommends that covers on vertical cable tray runs to a height of 6 ft. (1.83 m) to 8 ft. (2.44 m) above the floor to isolate both cables and personnel. Flanged covers have a .30 in. (7.6 mm) flange. Cover clamps are not included with the cover and must be ordered separately. Solid Non-Flanged Solid Flanged Ventilated Flanged Covers Part Numbering Series 1 Steel Prefix Example: 80 1 P - 20 - 24 - 144 Cover Type Detail Material 80 = Solid 81 = Ventilated 1 = Flanged 9 = Non-Flanged P = Pre-Galvanized G = HDGAF Material Thickness 20 = 20 Ga. Steel for Pre-Galvanized 18 = 18 Ga. Steel for HDGAF Tray Width Item Description 06 = 6" 09 = 9" 12 = 12" 18 = 18" 24 = 24" 30 = 30" 36 = 36" For Straight Section Cover: Covers 30" and 36" wide have reinforcing ridges. Example of Catalog Number for Fitting Cover: Quantity of Standard Cover Clamps Required Vertical Bend Cover Prefix Suffix 80 1 P 20 - 24 - 90 VO 24 - 4* Side Rail* Height Radius Fitting Angle Width Material Thickness Material Detail Cover Type Straight Section 60" or 72"........................ 4 pcs. Straight Section 120" or 144".................... 6 pcs. Horizontal/Vertical Bends ...........................4 pcs. Tees ..........................................................6 pcs. Crosses......................................................8 pcs. * Required for VO fittings only. Combination Hold Down & Cover Clamp • Sold per piece • For indoor service only Tray Series 148 156 166 176 212 Catalog No. Znplt/Pre-Galv. HDGAF 9ZN-9243 9G-9243 9P-9043 9G-9043 9P-9053 9G-9053 9P-9063 9G-9063 Pre-Galvanized Only: 144 = 12 ft. (3.66 m) 120 = 10 ft. (3.05 m) Pre-Galvanized & HDGAF 72 = 6 ft. (1.83 m) 60 = 5 ft. (1.52 m) For fitting covers: Insert suffix of fitting to be covered. See example below. Standard Cover Clamp • Sold per piece • For indoor service only Note: When using the Heavy Duty Cover Clamp, only one-half the number of clamps stated above is required. Cover Joint Strip • Used to join covers • Plastic • (‡) Insert tray width Cat. No. 99-9980-(‡) Tray Series 148 156 166 176 Catalog Znplt 9ZN-9019 9ZN-9014 9ZN-9015 9ZN-9016 Heavy Duty Cover Clamp Raised Cover Clamp • (‡) Insert tray width • For indoor service only. • Sold per piece • For use with flanged covers only. Tray Series 148 156 166 176 Catalog No. Pre-Galv. HDGAF 9P-(‡)-9040 9G-(‡)-9040 9P-(‡)-9044 9G-(‡)-9044 9P-(‡)-9054 9G-(‡)-9054 9P-(‡)-9064 9G-(‡)-9064 No. HDGAF 9G-9019 9G-9014 9G-9015 9G-9016 † Specify gap of 1", 2", 3" or 4". Tray Series Catalog No. Series 1 9ZN-910† Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Series 1 Steel - Specifications Section 1- Acceptable Manufacturers 1.01 Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray systems shall be as manufactured by Cooper B-Line, Inc. Section 2- Cable Tray Sections and Components 2.01 General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide metal cable trays, of types, classes and sizes indicated; with splice plates, bolts, nuts and washers for connecting units. Construct units with rounded edges and smooth surfaces; in compliance with applicable standards; and with the following additional construction features. Cable tray shall be installed according to the latest revision of NEMA VE 2. 2.02 Pre-Galvanized Steel: Straight sections, fitting side rails, rungs, and covers shall be made from structural quality steel meeting the minimum mechanical properties and mill galvanized in accordance with ASTM A653 SS, Grade 33, coating designation G90. Hardware finish shall be electro-galvanized zinc per ASTM B633. 2.03 Hot dip Galvanized Steel: All side rails, covers, splice plates, and rungs shall be made from structural quality steel meeting the minimum mechanical properties of ASTM A1011 SS, Grade 33 for 14 gauge and heavier, ASTM A1008, Grade 33 Type 2 for 16 gauge and lighter, and shall be hot dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A123. Mill galvanized covers are not acceptable for hot dipped galvanized cable tray. Hardware finish shall be chromium zinc per ASTM F-1136-88. Series 1 Steel 2.04 Ladder Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with transverse members (rungs) welded to the side rails. Rungs shall be spaced [6] [9] [12] inches on center. Rung spacing in radiused fittings shall be industry standard 9" and measured at the center of the tray’s width. No portion of the rungs shall protrude below the bottom plane of the side rails. 2.05 Ventilated Trough Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a corrugated bottom welded to the side rails or rungs spaced 4" on center. The peaks of the corrugated bottom shall have a minimum flat cable bearing surface of 23/4" and shall be spaced on 6" centers. To provide ventilation in the tray, the valleys of the corrugated bottom shall have 21/4" x 4" rectangular holes punched along the width of the bottom. 2.06 Non-Ventilated Bottom Trough Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a corrugated bottom welded to the side rails or a solid sheet over rungs. The peaks of the corrugated bottom shall have a minimum flat cable bearing surface of 23/4" and shall be spaced on 6" centers. 2.07 Cable tray loading depth shall be [3] [4] [5] [6] inches per NEMA VE 1. 2.08 Straight sections shall be supplied in standard [12 foot] [10 foot (3 m)] lengths. 2.09 Cable tray widths shall be [6] [9] [12] [18] [24] [30] [36] inches or as shown on drawings. 2.10 Splice plates shall be L-shaped with 4 nuts and bolts per plate. The resistance of fixed splice connections between an adjacent section of tray shall not exceed 0.00033 ohm. 2.11 All fittings must have a minimum radius of [12] [24] inches. Section 3- Loading Capacities and Testing 3.01 Cable tray shall be capable of carrying a uniformly distributed load of ______ lbs./ft. on a _______ ft. support span with a safety factor of 1.5 when supported as a simple span and tested per NEMA VE 1 5.2. Cable tray shall be made to manufacturing tolerances as specified by NEMA. 3.02 Upon request, manufacturer shall provide test reports in accordance with the latest revision of NEMA VE 1 or CSA C22.2 No. 126. 213 Cable Tray Systems Series 1 - Fittings Fittings engineered with 3" tangents for splicing integrity. Series 1 Fittings Fittings Part Numbering Prefix Example: 1 4 P - 24 - 90 HB 24 Series 1 Material Height 4 5 6 7 = = = = 148 156 166 176 P = Pre-Galvanized G = HDGAF 06 09 12 18 24 30 36 Width Angle = 6" (152) = 9" (228) = 12" (305) = 18" (457) = 24" (609) = 30" (762) = 36" (914) 30 45 60 90 = = = = 30° 45° 60° 90° (9" rung spacing is standard) Type HB = HT = HX = VI = VO = LR = RR = SR = Horizontal Bend Horizontal Tee Horizontal Cross Vertical Inside Bend Vertical Outside Bend Left Reducer Right Reducer Straight Reducer Radius 12 = 12" (305) 24 = 24" (609) 36 = 36" (914) For steel and aluminum 4" vented or solid trough add VT or ST as shown below. Prefix Prefix 14PVT - 24 - HT24 14PST - 24 - HT24 Vented Trough Non-Ventilated Trough For steel 5", 6", 7" vented or non-ventilated add 04 or SB as shown below. Prefix Prefix 15P04 - 24 - 90HB24 Vented Bottom 214 15PSB - 24 - 90HB24 Non-Ventilated Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Series 1 - Fittings Horizontal Bends 90° 60° 45° 30° (HB) 1 pair splice plates with hardware included. Bottoms manufactured: 90˚ Horizontal Bend 60˚ Horizontal Bend 30˚ Horizontal Bend Ladder = 9" Rung Spacing VT & 04 = 4" Rung Spacing ST & SB = Flat sheet over 12" Rung Spacing 45˚ Horizontal Bend 60˚ HB C C C C B C R R in. mm Tray Width 24 305 609 mm 450 in. 18 mm 450 in. 18 191/2 495 191/2 495 191/2 mm 450 (Pre)-06-60HB12 24 609 in. 171/2 C mm in. 445 101/8 mm 257 in. 1111/16 mm 297 495 (Pre)-09-60HB12 1813/16 478 107/8 276 121/2 318 115/8 295 133/8 340 21 533 21 533 21 533 (Pre)-12-60HB12 18 457 (Pre)-18-90HB12 24 600 24 600 24 600 (Pre)-18-60HB12 2211/16 576 131/8 333 151/8 384 24 609 (Pre)-24-90HB12 27 686 27 686 27 686 (Pre)-24-60HB12 255/16 643 145/8 372 167/8 429 708 161/8 472 201/16 510 30 762 (Pre)-30-90HB12 30 750 30 750 30 750 (Pre)-30-60HB12 277/8 410 189/16 36 914 (Pre)-36-90HB12 33 838 33 838 33 838 (Pre)-36-60HB12 301/2 775 175/8 448 205/16 516 6 152 (Pre)-06-90HB24 30 750 30 750 30 750 (Pre)-06-60HB24 277/8 708 161/8 410 189/16 472 9 228 (Pre)-09-90HB24 311/2 800 311/2 800 311/2 800 (Pre)-09-60HB24 293/16 741 167/8 429 197/16 494 775 175/8 516 12 305 (Pre)-12-90HB24 33 838 33 838 33 838 (Pre)-12-60HB24 301/2 448 205/16 18 457 (Pre)-18-90HB24 36 914 36 914 36 914 (Pre)-18-60HB24 331/16 840 191/8 486 221/16 560 24 609 (Pre)-24-90HB24 39 991 39 991 39 991 (Pre)-24-60HB24 3511/16 907 205/8 524 2313/16 605 30 762 (Pre)-30-90HB24 42 1067 42 1067 42 1067 (Pre)-30-60HB24 381/4 972 221/8 562 251/2 648 45 1143 (Pre)-36-60HB24 407/8 235/8 600 271/4 692 45 1143 45 1143 45˚ Horizontal Bend 305 A 12 305 (Pre)-12-90HB12 36 914 (Pre)-36-90HB24 12 R 6) (7 60˚ Horizontal Bend Dimensions Catalog No. A B C in. 18 30˚ HB 1038 30˚ Horizontal Bend 6 152 (Pre)-06-45HB12 153/4 400 61/2 165 93/16 9 228 (Pre)-09-45HB12 1613/16 427 615/16 176 913/16 233 (Pre)-06-30HB12 131/8 333 249 (Pre)-09-30HB12 137/8 352 311/16 12 305 (Pre)-12-45HB12 177/8 454 73/8 187 18 457 (Pre)-18-45HB12 20 500 81/4 107/16 265 (Pre)-12-30HB12 210 1111/16 297 (Pre)-18-30HB12 24 609 (Pre)-24-45HB12 221/16 560 91/8 232 1215/16 30 762 (Pre)-30-45HB12 243/16 614 10 250 329 143/16 360 36 914 (Pre)-36-45HB12 265/16 668 1015/16 278 6 152 (Pre)-06-45HB24 243/16 614 10 9 228 (Pre)-09-45HB24 251/4 641 101/2 12 305 (Pre)-12-45HB24 265/16 668 1015/16 278 18 457 (Pre)-18-45HB24 287/16 24 609 (Pre)-24-45HB24 309/16 30 762 (Pre)-30-45HB24 3211/16 31/2 89 7 175 94 77/16 189 145/8 372 315/16 100 161/8 410 45/16 (Pre)-24-30HB12 175/8 (Pre)-30-30HB12 191/8 157/16 392 (Pre)-36-30HB12 250 143/16 360 267 1413/16 713/16 198 135 85/8 219 448 411/16 119 97/16 240 486 51/8 130 101/4 260 205/8 524 51/2 140 111/16 281 (Pre)-06-30HB24 191/8 486 51/8 130 101/4 260 376 (Pre)-09-30HB24 197/8 505 55/16 135 105/8 270 157/16 392 (Pre)-12-30HB24 205/8 524 51/2 140 111/16 281 722 1113/16 300 1611/16 424 (Pre)-18-30HB24 221/8 562 515/16 151 1113/16 300 776 1211/16 322 1715/16 456 (Pre)-24-30HB24 235/8 600 65/16 160 125/8 321 638 63/4 172 137/16 341 676 71/8 181 141/4 362 345 191/8 486 (Pre)-30-30HB24 251/8 36 914 (Pre)-36-45HB24 3413/16 884 147/16 367 203/8 518 (Pre)-36-30HB24 265/8 830 139/16 (Pre) See page 214 for catalog number prefix. All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified. Width dimensions are to inside wall. Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions. 215 Cable Tray Systems Series 1 Fittings 12 228 (Pre)-09-90HB12 C A 90˚ Horizontal Bend Dimensions Catalog No. A B in. mm 6 152 (Pre)-06-90HB12 9 3" A A Bend Radius R R ) (76 3" C B B B 3" (76) 45˚ HB 3" (76 ) 90˚ HB C Series 1 - Fittings Horizontal Tee (HT) 2 pair splice plates with hardware included. in. 12 Series 1 Fittings 24 mm 305 609 Tray Width Horizontal Tee Dimensions Catalog No. A B in. mm in. mm in. mm 6 152 (Prefix)-06-HT12 18 457 36 914 9 228 (Prefix)-09-HT12 191/2 495 39 991 12 305 (Prefix)-12-HT12 21 533 42 1067 18 457 (Prefix)-18-HT12 24 610 48 1219 24 609 (Prefix)-24-HT12 27 686 54 1372 30 762 (Prefix)-30-HT12 30 762 60 1524 36 914 (Prefix)-36-HT12 33 838 66 1676 6 152 (Prefix)-06-HT24 30 762 60 1524 9 228 (Prefix)-09-HT24 311/2 800 63 1600 12 305 (Prefix)-12-HT24 33 838 66 1676 18 457 (Prefix)-18-HT24 36 914 72 1829 24 609 (Prefix)-24-HT24 39 991 78 1981 30 762 (Prefix)-30-HT24 42 1067 84 2134 36 914 (Prefix)-36-HT24 45 1143 90 2286 HT B W 3" (76) Bend Radius R A R (Prefix) See page 214 for catalog number prefix. Horizontal Cross (HX) 3 pair splice plates with hardware included. 12 24 mm 305 609 Horizontal Cross Dimensions Catalog No. A B in. mm in. mm in. mm 6 152 (Prefix)-06-HX12 18 457 36 914 9 228 (Prefix)-09-HX12 191/2 495 39 991 12 305 (Prefix)-12-HX12 21 533 42 1067 1219 18 457 (Prefix)-18-HX12 24 610 48 24 609 (Prefix)-24-HX12 27 686 54 1372 30 762 (Prefix)-30-HX12 30 762 60 1524 36 914 (Prefix)-36-HX12 33 838 66 1676 6 152 (Prefix)-06-HX24 30 762 60 1524 1600 9 228 (Prefix)-09-HX24 311/2 800 63 12 305 (Prefix)-12-HX24 33 838 66 1676 18 457 (Prefix)-18-HX24 36 914 72 1829 24 609 (Prefix)-24-HX24 39 991 78 1981 30 762 (Prefix)-30-HX24 42 1067 84 2134 36 914 (Prefix)-36-HX24 45 1143 90 2286 HX B W A 3" (76) in. Tray Width R Bend Radius R (Prefix) See page 214 for catalog number prefix. All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified. Width dimensions are to inside wall. Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions. 216 Cable Tray Systems Series 1 - Fittings Reducers (LR, SR, RR) 1 pair splice plates with hardware included. Reducer Part Numbering 14A - 24 - RR 18 Width2 Fitting Width1 Prefix Straight Reducer Left Reducer LR W2 W2 Left Hand Reducer W2 Catalog No. mm in. mm 9 228 6 152 12 305 6 152 18 24 30 36 457 609 762 914 W1 W1 Straight Reducer A Catalog No. in. mm (Prefix)-09-LR06 93/4 248 (Prefix)-12-LR06 111/2 292 A mm (Prefix)-09-SR06 87/8 225 (Prefix)-12-SR06 93/4 248 248 (Prefix)-12-SR09 87/8 379 (Prefix)-18-SR06 111/2 9 228 (Prefix)-12-LR09 6 152 (Prefix)-18-LR06 1415/16 340 (Prefix)-18-SR09 105/8 292 (Prefix)-18-SR12 93/4 9 228 (Prefix)-18-LR09 12 305 (Prefix)-18-LR12 111/2 Catalog No. in. 93/4 133/16 Right Hand Reducer A in. mm (Prefix)-09-RR06 93/4 248 (Prefix)-12-RR06 111/2 292 225 (Prefix)-12-RR09 93/4 248 292 (Prefix)-18-RR06 1415/16 379 270 (Prefix)-18-RR09 133/16 340 248 (Prefix)-18-RR12 111/2 292 467 6 152 (Prefix)-24-LR06 183/8 467 (Prefix)-24-SR06 133/16 340 (Prefix)-24-RR06 183/8 9 228 (Prefix)-24-LR09 1611/16 424 (Prefix)-24-SR09 123/8 314 (Prefix)-24-RR09 1611/16 424 12 305 (Prefix)-24-LR12 1415/16 379 (Prefix)-24-SR12 111/2 292 (Prefix)-24-RR12 1415/16 379 18 457 (Prefix)-24-LR18 111/2 292 (Prefix)-24-SR18 93/4 248 (Prefix)-24-RR18 111/2 292 6 152 (Prefix)-30-LR06 217/8 555 (Prefix)-30-SR06 1415/16 380 (Prefix)-30-RR06 217/8 555 9 228 (Prefix)-30-LR09 201/8 511 (Prefix)-30-SR09 141/16 358 (Prefix)-30-RR09 201/8 511 462 12 305 (Prefix)-30-LR12 183/8 462 (Prefix)-30-SR12 133/16 335 (Prefix)-30-RR12 183/8 18 459 (Prefix)-30-LR18 1415/16 380 (Prefix)-30-SR18 111/2 292 (Prefix)-30-RR18 1415/16 380 24 609 (Prefix)-30-LR24 111/2 292 (Prefix)-30-SR24 93/4 248 (Prefix)-30-RR24 111/2 292 1611/16 643 6 152 (Prefix)-36-LR06 255/16 643 (Prefix)-36-SR06 424 (Prefix)-36-RR06 255/16 9 228 (Prefix)-36-LR09 239/16 598 (Prefix)-36-SR09 1513/16 402 (Prefix)-36-RR09 239/16 598 12 305 (Prefix)-36-LR12 217/8 555 (Prefix)-36-SR12 1415/16 380 (Prefix)-36-RR12 217/8 555 462 18 457 (Prefix)-36-LR18 183/8 462 (Prefix)-36-SR18 133/16 335 (Prefix)-36-RR18 183/8 24 609 (Prefix)-36-LR24 1415/16 380 (Prefix)-36-SR24 111/2 292 (Prefix)-36-RR24 1415/16 380 30 762 (Prefix)-36-LR30 111/2 292 (Prefix)-36-SR30 93/4 248 (Prefix)-36-RR30 111/2 292 (Prefix) See page 214 for catalog number prefix. All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified. Width dimensions are to inside wall. Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions. 217 Cable Tray Systems Series 1 Fittings W1 RR W2 A W1 in. SR A A Tray Width Right Reducer Series 1 - Fittings Vertical Bend 90° (VO, VI) 1 pair splice plates with hardware included. 90° VI R 3" (76) B 90˚ VO C 3" (76) A C C R C B A 90° Vertical Inside 90° Vertical Outside VO Dimensions All Series 1 Bend Radius R A B C Series 1 Fittings 90° Vertical Bend 12" (305) 15" (381) 15" (381) 15" (381) 24" (609) 27" (686) 27" (686) 27" (686) 90° Vertical Inside Bend Bend Radius R in. mm 12 24 305 609 VI Dimensions Series 15 Steel Series 16 Steel Series 14 Steel Width Catalog No. in. 6 9 12 18 24 30 36 mm 152 228 305 457 609 762 914 (Pre)-06-90(*)12 (Pre)-09-90(*)12 (Pre)-12-90(*)12 (Pre)-18-90(*)12 (Pre)-24-90(*)12 (Pre)-30-90(*)12 (Pre)-36-90(*)12 6 9 12 18 24 30 36 152 228 305 457 609 762 914 (Pre)-06-90(*)24 (Pre)-09-90(*)24 (Pre)-12-90(*)24 (Pre)-18-90(*)24 (Pre)-24-90(*)24 (Pre)-30-90(*)24 (Pre)-36-90(*)24 A B C 18 7/16" 18 7/16" 18 7/16" (468) (468) (468) 30 7/16" 30 7/16" 30 7/16" (773) (773) (773) A B C A B Series 17 Steel C 19 3/16" 19 3/16" 19 3/16" 20 3/16" 20 3/16" 20 3/16" (487) (487) (487) (513) (513) (513) 31 3/16" 31 3/16" 31 3/16" 32 3/16" 32 3/16" 32 3/16" (792) (792) (792) (817) (817) (817) A B C 21 3/16" 21 3/16" 21 3/16" (538) (538) (538) 33 3/16" 33 3/16" 33 3/16" (843) (843) (843) (Pre) See page 214 for catalog number prefix. (*) = Insert VI for Vertical Inside Bend. Insert VO for Vertical Outside Bend. All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified. Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions. 218 Cable Tray Systems Series 1 - Fittings Vertical Bend 60° (VO, VI) 1 pair splice plates with hardware included. 60˚ VI 60˚ VO C C R R C 3" (76) B 3" (76) A B C A 60° Vertical Inside 60° Vertical Outside VO Dimensions All Series 1 Bend Radius R A B C 60° Vertical Bend 147/8" (378) 85/8" (219) 915/16" (252) 24" (609) 255/16" (643) 145/8" (371) 167/8" (428) 60° Vertical Inside Bend Bend Radius R in. mm 12 24 305 609 Tray Width Catalog No. in. 6 9 12 18 24 30 36 mm 152 228 305 457 609 762 914 (Pre)-06-60(*)12 (Pre)-09-60(*)12 (Pre)-12-60(*)12 (Pre)-18-60(*)12 (Pre)-24-60(*)12 (Pre)-30-60(*)12 (Pre)-36-60(*)12 6 9 12 18 24 30 36 152 228 305 457 609 762 914 (Pre)-06-60(*)24 (Pre)-09-60(*)24 (Pre)-12-60(*)24 (Pre)-18-60(*)24 (Pre)-24-60(*)24 (Pre)-30-60(*)24 (Pre)-36-60(*)24 VI Dimensions Series 15 Steel Series 16 Steel Series 14 Steel A B 18 1/16" 10 7/16" (459) (265) C 12" (305) A B C 18 1/2" 10 11/16" 12 3/8" (470) (271) (314) 28 7/16" 16 7/16" 18 15/16" 28 15/16" 16 11/16" 19 1/4" (722) (417) (481) (735) (424) (489) A 19 3/8" B Series 17 Steel C 11 3/16" 12 15/16" A B C 20 1/4" 11 11/16" 13 1/2" (297) (343) (492) (284) (328) (514) 29 3/4" 17 3/16" 19 7/8" 30 5/8" (755) (436) (505) (778) 17 11/16" 20 7/16" (449) (519) (Pre) See page 214 for catalog number prefix. (*) = Insert VI for Vertical Inside Bend. Insert VO for Vertical Outside Bend. All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified. Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions. 219 Cable Tray Systems Series 1 Fittings 12" (305) Series 1 - Fittings Vertical Bend 45° (VO, VI) 1 pair splice plates with hardware included. 45˚ VO C C R B B R C 3" (76) 3" (76) 45° VI C A 45° Vertical Inside A 45° Vertical Outside VO Dimensions All Series 1 Bend Radius R A B C Series 1 Fittings 45° Vertical Bend 12" (305) 135/8" (346) 55/8" (143) 8" (203) 24" (609) 221/16" (560) 91/8" (232) 1215/16" (328) 45° Vertical Inside Bend Bend Radius R in. mm 12 24 305 609 Tray Width Catalog No. VI Dimensions Series 15 Steel Series 16 Steel Series 14 Steel in. 6 9 12 18 24 30 36 mm 152 228 305 457 609 762 914 (Pre)-06-45(*)12 (Pre)-09-45(*)12 (Pre)-12-45(*)12 (Pre)-18-45(*)12 (Pre)-24-45(*)12 (Pre)-30-45(*)12 (Pre)-36-45(*)12 A B 6 9 12 18 24 30 36 152 228 305 457 609 762 914 (Pre)-06-45(*)24 (Pre)-09-45(*)24 (Pre)-12-45(*)24 24 11/16" 10 3/16" 14 7/16" 25 1/16" (Pre)-18-45(*)24 (Pre)-24-45(*)24 (627) (259) (367) (662) (Pre)-30-45(*)24 (Pre)-36-45(*)24 16 3/16" 6 11/16" (411) (170) Series 17 Steel C A B C A B C A 9 1/2" 16 9/16" 6 7/8" 9 11/16" 17 1/4" 7 3/16" 10 1/8" 18" 7 7/16" 10 9/16" (241) (420) (174) (246 (438) (182) (257 (457) (189) (268) 26 1/2" 11" 15 1/2" (673) (279) (394) 10 3/8" 11 14/16" 25 3/4" 10 11/16" 15 1/16" (263) (373) (654) (271) (382 B C (Pre) See page 214 for catalog number prefix. (*) = Insert VI for Vertical Inside Bend. Insert VO for Vertical Outside Bend. All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified. Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions. 220 Cable Tray Systems Series 1 - Fittings Vertical Bend 30° (VO, VI) 1 pair splice plates with hardware included. 30˚ VI 30˚ VO C C 3" (76) R R C C 30° Vertical Inside A 30° Vertical Outside 3" (76) B B A VO Dimensions All Series 1 Bend Radius R A B C 30° Vertical Bend 115/8" (295) 31/8" (79) 63/16" (157) 24" (609) 175/8" (448) 411/16" (119) 97/16" (240) Series 1 Fittings 12" (305) 30° Vertical Inside Bend Bend Radius R in. mm 12 24 305 609 Tray Width Catalog No. n. 6 9 12 18 24 30 36 mm 152 228 305 457 609 762 914 (Pre)-06-30(*)12 (Pre)-09-30(*)12 (Pre)-12-30(*)12 (Pre)-18-30(*)12 (Pre)-24-30(*)12 (Pre)-30-30(*)12 (Pre)-36-30(*)12 6 9 12 18 24 30 36 152 228 305 457 609 762 914 (Pre)-06-30(*)24 (Pre)-09-30(*)24 (Pre)-12-30(*)24 (Pre)-18-30(*)24 (Pre)-24-30(*)24 (Pre)-30-30(*)24 (Pre)-36-30(*)24 VI Dimensions Series 15 Steel Series 16 Steel Series 14 Steel A B C 13 7/16" 3 5/8" 7 3/16" (341) (92) (182) 19 7/16" (494) A B 13 11/16" 3 11/16" 7 5/16" A (186.2) (360) 5 3/16" 10 7/16" 19 11/16" 5 5/16" 10 9/16" 20 3/16" (132) (135) (268) (513) (500) B 14 3/16" 3 13/16" (93) (265) (347) C (97) Series 17 Steel C A B C 7 5/8" 14 11/16" 3 15/16" 7 7/8" (193) (373) (100) (200) 5 9/16" 11 1/16" (141) (281) 5 7/16" 10 13/16" 20 11/16" (138) (274) (525) (Pre) See page 214 for catalog number prefix. (*) = Insert VI for Vertical Inside Bend. Insert VO for Vertical Outside Bend. All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified. Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions. 221 Cable Tray Systems Series 1 - Fittings Vertical Bend Segments (VBS) Adjustable Vertical Bends are made up of one or more vertical bend segments and can be used as a vertical inside (VI) or vertical outside (VO) bend. This design provides for vertical changes in direction with angles of 45˚, 60˚ and 90˚ for 12" (305 mm) or 24" (609 mm) radius. The chart below shows the number of segments required for the various combinations of angles and radii. The VBS-1, VBS-2 and VBS-3 include one, two or three segments respectively with splice plates and hardware. Holes for setting standard angles are pre-punched in each segment. Other angles can be set by field drilling another hole for the locking bolt. Available for 148P and 148G only. Nominal Bend Radius in. Catalog No. mm Dimensions VO B R A in. mm VI B A R in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm 81/4 210 61/2 165 121/8 303 121/8 303 101/2 267 24 610 221/4 565 277/8 708 277/8 90˚ Vertical Inside or Outside 12 24 305 14(*)†-(‡)-VBS-1 609 14(*)†-(‡)-VBS-3 81/4 210 24 610 708 261/4 667 Series 1 Fittings 60˚ Vertical Inside or Outside 12 305 14(*)†-(‡)-VBS-1 113/4 298 61/2 165 12 305 143/4 375 81/2 216 16 406 24 609 14(*)†-(‡)-VBS-2 113/4 298 61/2 165 12 305 143/4 375 81/2 216 16 406 45˚ Vertical Inside or Outside 12 305 14(*)†-(‡)-VBS-1 123/4 324 51/4 133 171/8 435 151/2 394 67/8 175 21 540 24 609 14(*)†-(‡)-VBS-1 123/4 324 51/4 133 171/8 435 151/2 394 67/8 175 21 540 Notes: 1. (*) Insert material type: P=Pre Galvanized, G=HDGAF 2. (†) Contact home office for information on Ventilated Trough and Solid Trough availability 3. (‡) Insert width 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36 VBS-1 (1 Segment) VO Fitting Hole Pattern Angle Settings 45 Pivot Bolt 45 30 22 1/ 2 30 21 /2 2 0 221/2 30 0 1 2 22 / 30 45 45 221/2 Locking Bolt Center Mark Setting the Angle To find correct angle setting, divide angle of offset by the number of segments plus one. The result is equal to the angle setting stamped on the vertical bend segment and the splice plate. After inserting center pivot bolt, align the mark at the end of the segment or splice plate with the angle and insert locking bolt in the pre-punched hole. Example: 90˚ bend, 24" radius requires 3 segments 3 segments + 1 = 4 90˚ divided by 4 = 221/2˚ Set all vertical segments at 221/2˚ A R B R B VI A VBS-2 (2 Segments) A VO R B B R VI A VBS-3 (3 Segments) A Offset Dimensions Angle ø One vertical bend segment can be used to complete a vertical offset. Offset dimensions are shown. A in. 45˚ 30˚ 221/2˚ B mm 12 305 14 355 141/4 362 A in. mm 81/2 216 146 127 53/4 5 VO R R B B B ø A VI All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified. 222 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Notes Series 1 Fittings 223 Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum 224 Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum For Aluminum Fittings see fittings section pages 284 thru 301 Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum How The Service Advisor Works B-Line knows that your time is important! That’s why the color-coding system in this catalog is designed to help you select products that fit your service needs. Products are marked to indicate the typical lead time for orders of 50 pieces or less. Customer: How do I select my straight sections. covers, or fittings so that I get the quickest turnaround? Customer: How do I select my straight sections. covers, or fittings so that I get the quickest turnaround? Service Advisor: Each part of our selection chart is shown in colors. If any section of a part number is a different color, the part will typically ship with the longer lead time represented by the colors. Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Example: 34A VT - 24 3-5 3-5 3-5 - 144 (from page 226) Lead time(days) 3-5 Part will typically ship in 5-10 days, because of the VT bottom type. 225 Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Straight Sections 3" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth 4" Side Rail Height Straight Section Part Numbering Prefix Example: 24 A 09 - 24 - 144 Series Material A = Aluminum 24 34 *Type Ladder06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12" rung spacing Trough6" thru 36" wide VT = Vented Trough ST = Non-Ventilated Trough Overall Width (Width + 11/2") 06 09 12 18 24 30 36 = = = = = = = 6" 9" 12" 18" 24" 30" 36" ¬ Á ¬ Á Length 144 120 240 144 = = = = ¬Primary 12 10 20 12 ft. ft. ft. ft. 24 34 Length. Length. ÁSecondary See page 39 for explanation of lengths. Rung Spacing Width (Inside) *Width For side rail & rung data, see chart on pages AP-5 & AP-6 Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum See page 356 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available. Ladder Type Ventilated Trough Non-Ventilated Trough (Specify Rung Spacing) 226 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Straight Sections 3" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth 4" Side Rail Height Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed. Individual rungs will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load applied at the mid-span of the rung, over and above the NEMA rated cable load with a 1.5 safety factor for highlighted NEMA spans and loads. See table on page 361 for rung capacities. B-Line Series Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Dimensions Classifications 1.75 24 NEMA: 16A, 12C CSA: D1-3m 3.05 4.12 UL Cross-Sectional Area:1.00 in2 Span ft Load lbs/ft 6 8 10 12 14 16 487* 284 181 126 93 71 Deflection Design Factors Span Multiplier for Two Rails meters 0.001 0.003 0.008 0.016 0.030 0.052 Area=1.05 in2 Sx=1.34 in3 Ix=2.85 in4 1.8 2.4 3.0 3.7 4.3 4.9 Load kg/m 725* 422 270 187 138 105 Deflection Design Factors Multiplier for Two Rails 0.017 0.055 0.135 0.279 0.518 0.883 Area=6.77 cm2 Sx=21.96 cm3 Ix=118.63 cm4 When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus. * When using 18" rung spacing, load capacity is limited to 394 lbs/ft (586.27 kg/m) for 30" tray width and 325 lbs/ft (483.6 kg/m) for 36" tray width. B-Line Series Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Dimensions Classifications 1.75 34 NEMA: 20B, 16C CSA: E-6m 3.08 4.20 UL Cross-Sectional Area: 1.50 in2 Span ft Load lbs/ft 10 12 14 16 18 20 320 222 163 125 99 80 Deflection Design Factors Span Multiplier for Two Rails meters 0.005 0.009 0.017 0.030 0.047 0.072 Area=1.82 in2 Sx=2.10 in3 Ix=4.98 in4 3.0 3.7 4.3 4.9 5.5 6.1 Load kg/m 476 331 243 186 147 119 Deflection Design Factors Multiplier for Two Rails 0.077 0.160 0.296 0.505 0.810 1.234 Area=11.74 cm2 Sx=34.41 cm3 Ix=207.28 cm4 Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus. 227 Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Straight Sections 4" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth 5" Side Rail Height Straight Section Part Numbering Prefix Example: 25 A 09 - 24 - 144 Series Material A = Aluminum 25 35 *Type Ladder06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12" rung spacing Trough6" thru 36" wide VT = Vented Trough ST = Non-Ventilated Trough *Width 06 09 12 18 24 30 36 = = = = = = = 6" 9" 12" 18" 24" 30" 36" ¬ Á ¬ Á Length 144 240 240 144 = = = = ¬Primary 12 20 20 12 ft. ft. ft. ft. 25 35 Length. Length. ÁSecondary See page 39 for explanation of lengths. Rung Spacing Width (Inside) Overall Width (Width + 11/2") For side rail & rung data, see chart on pages AP-5 & AP-6 Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum See page 356 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available. Ladder Type Ventilated Trough Non-Ventilated Trough (Specify Rung Spacing) 228 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Straight Sections 4" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth 5" Side Rail Height Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed. Individual rungs will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load applied at the mid-span of the rung, over and above the NEMA rated cable load with a 1.5 safety factor for highlighted NEMA spans and loads. See table on page 361 for rung capacities. B-Line Series Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Dimensions Classifications 1.75 25 NEMA: 20A, 12C CSA: D1-6m 3.93 5.00 UL Cross-Sectional Area: 1.00 in2 Span ft Load lbs/ft 10 12 14 16 18 20 200 139 102 78 62 50 Deflection Design Factors Span Multiplier for Two Rails meters 0.0049 0.010 0.019 0.032 0.051 0.078 Area=1.24 in2 Sx=1.80 in3 Ix=4.62 in4 3.0 3.7 4.3 4.9 5.5 6.1 Load kg/m 298 207 152 116 92 74 Deflection Design Factors Multiplier for Two Rails 0.083 0.172 0.319 0.545 0.873 1.330 Area=8.00 cm2 Sx=29.50 cm3 Ix=192.30 cm4 When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus. B-Line Series Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Dimensions Classifications 1.75 35 NEMA: 20B, 16C CSA: E-3m 3.96 5.06 UL Cross-Sectional Area: 1.50 in2 Span ft Load lbs/ft 10 12 14 16 18 20 310 215 158 121 96 77 Deflection Design Factors Span Multiplier for Two Rails meters 0.0035 0.0073 0.014 0.023 0.037 0.057 Area=1.67 in2 Sx=2.35 in3 Ix=6.37 in4 3.0 3.7 4.3 4.9 5.5 6.1 Load kg/m 461 320 235 180 142 115 Deflection Design Factors Multiplier for Two Rails 0.060 0.125 0.232 0.395 0.633 0.965 Area=10.77 cm2 Sx=38.51 cm3 Ix=265.14 cm4 Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus. 229 Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Straight Sections 5" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth 6" Side Rail Height Straight Section Part Numbering Prefix Example: 26 A 09 - 24 - 144 Series Material A = Aluminum 26 36 *Type Ladder06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12" rung spacing 46 Trough6" thru 36" wide VT = Vented Trough ST = Non-Ventilated Trough H46† Rung Spacing Width (Inside) Overall Width (Width + 11/2") For side rail & rung data, see chart on pages AP-5 & AP-6 *Width 06 09 12 18 24 30 36 = = = = = = = 6" 9" 12" 18" 24" 30" 36" ¬ Á ¬ Á ¬ Á ¬ Á Length 144 240 240 144 240 288 240 300 = = = = = = = = ¬Primary † H46A only available in ladder type 9” and 12” rung spacing See page 357. 12 20 20 12 20 24 20 25 ft. 26 ft. ft. 36 ft. ft. 46 ft. ft. H46 ft. Length. Length. ÁSecondary See page 39 for explanation of lengths. Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum See page 356 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available. Ladder Type Ventilated Trough Non-Ventilated Trough (Specify Rung Spacing) 230 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Straight Sections 5" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth 6" Side Rail Height Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will support, without collapse, a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed. Individual rungs will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load applied at the mid-span of the rung, over and above the NEMA rated cable load with a 1.5 safety factor for highlighted NEMA spans and loads. See table on page 361 for rung capacities. B-Line Series Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Dimensions Classifications NEMA: 20A, 16B CSA: D1-6m 2.00 26 5.04 6.12 UL Cross-Sectional Area: 1.00 in2 Span ft Load lbs/ft 10 12 14 16 18 20 204 142 104 80 63 51 Deflection Design Factors Span Multiplier for Two Rails meters 0.0028 0.006 0.011 0.019 0.030 0.045 Area=1.41 in2 Sx=2.53 in3 Ix=7.915 in4 3.0 3.7 4.3 4.9 5.5 6.1 Load kg/m 304 211 155 119 94 76 Deflection Design Factors Multiplier for Two Rails 0.049 0.101 0.186 0.318 0.509 0.776 Area=9.10 cm2 Sx=41.46 cm3 Ix=329.45 cm4 When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus. B-Line Series Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Dimensions Classifications NEMA: 20B, 16C CSA: E-6m 2.00 36 5.06 6.17 UL Cross-Sectional Area: 1.50 in2 Span ft Load lbs/ft 12 14 16 18 20 22 233 171 131 104 84 69 Deflection Design Factors Span Multiplier for Two Rails meters 0.0043 0.008 0.014 0.022 0.033 0.049 Area=1.81 in2 Sx=3.36 in3 Ix=10.85 in4 3.7 4.3 4.9 5.5 6.1 6.7 Load kg/m 347 255 195 154 125 103 Deflection Design Factors Multiplier for Two Rails 0.073 0.136 0.232 0.372 0.566 0.829 Area=11.68 cm2 Sx=55.06 cm3 Ix=451.61 cm4 When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus. Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Dimensions Classifications NEMA: 20C CSA: E-6m 2.00 46 5.08 6.19 UL Cross-Sectional Area: 1.50 in2 Span ft Load lbs/ft 14 16 18 20 22 24 210 161 127 103 85 72 Deflection Design Factors Span Multiplier for Two Rails meters 0.0071 0.012 0.019 0.030 0.043 0.061 Area=2.06 in2 Sx=3.59 in3 Ix=12.18 in4 4.3 4.9 5.5 6.1 6.7 7.3 Load kg/m 313 239 189 153 127 106 Deflection Design Factors Multiplier for Two Rails 0.121 0.207 0.331 0.505 0.739 1.046 Area=13.29 cm2 Sx=58.83 cm3 Ix=506.97 cm4 When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus. B-Line Series Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Dimensions Classifications NEMA: 20C+ CSA: 131 kg/m 7.6m 2.00 H46 5.09 6.24 UL Cross-Sectional Area: 2.00 in2 Span ft Load lbs/ft 16 18 20 22 24 25 261 206 167 138 116 88 Deflection Design Factors Span Multiplier for Two Rails meters 0.0085 0.014 0.021 0.030 0.043 0.051 Area=2.95 in2 Sx=5.33 in3 Ix=17.30 in4 4.9 5.5 6.1 6.7 7.3 7.6 Load kg/m 388 307 248 205 173 131 Deflection Design Factors Multiplier for Two Rails 0.145 0.233 0.355 0.520 0.737 0.867 Area=19.03 cm2 Sx=87.34 cm3 Ix=720.08 cm4 When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus. 231 Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum B-Line Series Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Straight Sections 6" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth 7" Side Rail Height Straight Section Part Numbering Prefix Example: 37 A 09 - 24 - 240 Series Material A = Aluminum 37 47 *Type Ladder06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12" rung spacing H47† 57† Rung Spacing Width (Inside) Overall Width (Width + 11/2") For side rail & rung data, see chart on pages AP-5 & AP-6 *Width 06 09 12 18 24 30 36 = = = = = = = 6" 9" 12" 18" 24" 30" 36" Trough6" thru 36" wide VT = Vented Trough ST = Non-Ventilated Trough ¬ Á ¬ Á ¬ Á ¬ Á Length 240 144 240 288 240 300 360 300 = = = = = = = = ¬Primary 20 12 20 24 20 25 30 25 ft. 37 ft. ft. 47 ft. ft. H47 ft. ft. 57 ft. Length. Length. ÁSecondary † H47A & 57A only available in ladder type 9” and 12” rung spacing. See page 357. See page 39 for explanation of lengths. Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum See page 356 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available. Ladder Type Ventilated Trough Non-Ventilated Trough (Specify Rung Spacing) 57A available in (9” & 12” rung spacing in 12” to 36” widths) 232 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Straight Sections 6" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth 7" Side Rail Height Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed. Individual rungs will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load applied at the mid-span of the rung, over and above the NEMA rated cable load with a 1.5 safety factor for highlighted NEMA spans and loads. See table on page 361 for rung capacities. B-Line Series Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Dimensions Classifications 2.00 37 NEMA: 20B, 16C CSA: 106 kg/m 6.1m 6.05 7.14 UL Cross-Sectional Area: 1.50 in2 Span ft Load lbs/ft 12 14 16 18 20 22 222 163 125 99 80 66 Deflection Design Factors Span Multiplier for Two Rails meters 0.0035 0.0064 0.011 0.017 0.027 0.039 Area=1.81 in2 Sx=3.77 in3 Ix=13.50 in4 3.7 4.3 4.9 5.5 6.1 6.7 Load kg/m 331 243 186 147 119 98 Deflection Design Factors Multiplier for Two Rails 0.059 0.109 0.186 0.299 0.455 0.666 Area=11.68 cm2 Sx=61.78 cm3 Ix=561.91 cm4 When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus. B-Line Series Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Dimensions Classifications 2.00 47 NEMA: 20C CSA: 142 kg/m 6.1m 6.13 7.24 UL Cross-Sectional Area: 2.00 in^2 Span ft Load lbs/ft 14 16 18 20 22 24 204 156 123 100 83 69 Deflection Design Factors Span Multiplier for Two Rails meters 0.0048 0.0082 0.0132 0.0201 0.0295 0.0418 Area=2.38 in2 Sx=4.94 in3 Ix=17.88 in4 4.3 4.9 5.5 6.1 6.7 7.3 Load kg/m 304 233 184 149 123 103 Deflection Design Factors Multiplier for Two Rails 0.083 0.141 0.225 0.344 0.503 0.713 Area=15.35 cm2 Sx=80.95 cm3 Ix=744.22 cm4 When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus. Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Dimensions Classifications 2.00 H47 NEMA: 20C+ CSA: 241 kg/m 6.1m 6.09 7.24 UL Cross-Sectional Area: 2.00 in2 Span ft Load lbs/ft 16 18 20 22 24 25 233 184 149 123 103 95 Deflection Design Factors Span Multiplier for Two Rails meters 0.0064 0.010 0.016 0.023 0.033 0.038 Area=3.04 in2 Sx=6.10 in3 Ix=22.91 in4 4.9 5.5 6.1 6.7 7.3 7.6 Load kg/m 346 274 222 183 154 142 Deflection Design Factors Multiplier for Two Rails 0.110 0.176 0.268 0.393 0.556 0.655 Area=19.61 cm2 Sx=99.96 cm3 Ix=953.59 cm4 When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus. B-Line Series Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Dimensions Classifications 2.00 57 7.40 NEMA: 20C+ CSA: 152 kg/m 9.1m 6.23 UL Cross-Sectional Area: 2.00 in2 Span ft Load lbs/ft 20 22 24 26 28 30 232 192 161 136 117 102 Deflection Design Factors Span Multiplier for Two Rails meters 0.011 0.016 0.023 0.031 0.042 0.055 Area=4.22 in2 Sx=7.73 in3 Ix=32.86 in4 6.1 6.7 7.3 7.9 8.5 9.1 Load kg/m 345 285 240 202 174 152 Deflection Design Factors Multiplier for Two Rails 0.187 0.274 0.388 0.534 0.718 0.947 Area=27.23 cm2 Sx=126.67 cm3 Ix=1367.74 cm4 When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus. 233 Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum B-Line Series Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Straight Sections 6" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth 8" Side Rail Height Straight Section Part Numbering Prefix Example: S8 A 09 - 24 - 240 Series Material *Type S8 *Width Ladder09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12" rung spacing A = Aluminum 12 18 24 30 36 = = = = = 12" 18" 24" 30" 36" ¬ Á Length 360 = 30 ft. 300 = 25 ft. ¬Primary S8 Length. Length. ÁSecondary See page 39 for explanation of lengths. See page 356 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available. Rung Spacing Width (Inside) Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum Overall Width (Width + 1.80") For side rail & rung data, see chart on pages AP-5 & AP-6 * Alternated rung unless indicated. Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed. Individual rungs will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load applied at the mid-span of the rung, over and above the NEMA rated cable load with a 1.5 safety factor for highlighted NEMA spans and loads. See table on page 361 for rung capacities. B-Line Series Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Dimensions Classifications 3.00 S8A 234 8.00 NEMA: 20C+ CSA: 240 kg/m 9.1m 6.175 UL Cross-Sectional Area: 2.00 in2 Span ft Load lbs/ft 20 22 24 26 28 30 363 300 252 215 185 161 Deflection Design Factors Span Multiplier for Two Rails meters 0.007 0.010 0.013 0.019 0.025 0.033 Area=5.50 in2 Sx=15.39 in3 Ix=55.35 in4 6.1 6.7 7.3 7.9 8.5 9.1 Load kg/m Deflection Design Factors Multiplier for Two Rails 540 446 375 320 276 240 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 0.111 0.163 0.230 0.317 0.427 0.562 Area=35.48 cm2 Sx=252.20 cm3 Ix=2303.84 cm4 Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Straight Sections The following is a list of accessories and fittings that can be provided with S8A tray. For more information on these items, contact the Engineering Department at Cooper B-Line. Fittings Horizontal Bends 30° Bends with 24”, 45° Bends with 24”, 60° Bends with 24”, 90° Bends with 24”, 36”, 36”, 36”, 36”, or or or or 48” 48” 48” 48” radius radius radius radius Horizontal Tees With 24”, 36”, or 48” radius Vertical Outside Bends 30° Bends with 24”, 36”, 45° Bends with 24”, 36”, 60° Bends with 24”, 36”, 90° Bends with 24”, 36”, or or or or 48” 48” 48” 48” radius radius radius radius Vertical Inside Bends 30° Bends with 24”, 45° Bends with 24”, 60° Bends with 24”, 90° Bends with 24”, or or or or 48” 48” 48” 48” radius radius radius radius 36”, 36”, 36”, 36”, Reducing Fittings Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum Accessories Splice Plate - 9A-1008 Expansion Splice Plate - 9A-1018 Horizontal Adjustable Splice Plate - 9A-1038 Vertical Adjustable Splice Plate - 9A-1028 Hold Down Clamps - 9ZN-1281, 9G-1281, 9A-1281 Guides - S9ZN-1202, S9G-1202 Step Down Splice Plate - 9A-1050, 9A-1078 Other Accessories Include: Offset Splice Plates Blind Ends Cable Tray Systems Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 235 Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Accessories Wedge Lock Splice Plates (Excluding H46, H47 & 57 Series) H46A, H47A and 57A Mid-Span Splice • Standard 4-hole pattern (except 9A-1007). • Furnished in pairs, with hardware. • One pair including hardware provided with each section. • Boxed in pairs with hardware. • For field installation drill 13/32" hole. • Standard for H46A, H47A and 57A straight sections. • Six bolt design 1/2" Stainless Steel Type 316 hardware standard. • Available on ladder bottoms only. 09 and 12" rung spacing. Catalog No. 9A-1004 9A-1005 9A-1006 9A-1007 • Expansion plates allow for one inch expansion or contraction of the cable tray, or where expansion joints occur in the supporting structure. • Furnished in pairs with hardware. • Bonding Jumpers are required on each siderail. Order Separately. Catalog No. Height in. mm 4 5 6 7 101 127 152 178 Tray Series 9A-1014 9A-1015 9A-1016 9A-1017 Catalog No. H46A 9A-6006 H47A, 57A 9A-6007 Height in. mm 4 5 6 7 101 127 152 178 Universal Splice Plates Step Down Splice Plates Vertical Adjustable Splice Plates • Used to splice to existing cable tray systems. • Furnished in pairs with hardware. • These splice plates are offered for connecting cable tray sections having side rails of different heights. • Furnished in pairs with hardware. • These plates provide for changes in elevation that do not conform to standard vertical fittings. • Furnished in pairs with hardware. • Bonding Jumper not required. Catalog No. Catalog No. 9A-1004-1/2 9A-1005-1/2 9A-1006-1/2 9A-1007-1/2 in. mm 4 5 6 7 101 127 152 178 Horizontal Adjustable Splice Plates • Offered to adjust a cable tray run for changes in direction in a horizontal plane that do not conform to standard horizontal fittings. • Furnished in pairs with hardware. • New design bonding jumpers not required. • (X) Insert 4, 5, 6 or 7 for side rail height. Catalog No. 9A-103(X) 9A-103(X)-12 9A-103(X)-36 236 9A-1045 9A-1046 9A-1060 9A-1047 9A-1061 9A-1062 Height Requires supports within 24” on both sides, per NEMA VE 2. Height in. Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum Expansion Splice Plates 5 6 6 7 7 7 9A-103(X)-12 or 9A-103(X)-36 One pair splice plates with extensions. L L to to to to to to mm 4 4 5 4 5 6 127 152 152 178 178 178 to to to to to to 101 101 127 101 127 152 Catalog No. 9A-1024 9A-1025 9A-1026 9A-1027 Height in. mm 4 5 6 7 101 127 152 178 Branch Pivot Connectors • Branch from existing cable tray runs at any point. • Pivot to any required angle. • UL Classified for grounding (bonding jumper not required). • Furnished in pairs with hardware. 9A-103(X) Splice only Catalog No. Cable Tray End Cut Tray Width 'L' Mitered Not mitered Not mitered Thru 36" Thru 12" Thru 36" N/A 16" 41" Requires supports within 24” on both sides, per NEMA VE 2. 9A-2044 9A-2045 9A-2046 9A-2047 Height in. mm 4 5 6 7 101 127 152 178 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Accessories Cross Connector Bracket Tray Hardware • For field connecting crossing section. • Furnished in pairs with 3/8" hardware. For field installation drill 13/32" hole. Standard Tray Hardware Catalog No. SNCB 3/8" x 3/4" Znplt Square Neck Carriage Bolt ASTM A307 Grade A Catalog No. Catalog No. SFHN 3/8"-16 Znplt Serrated Flange Hex Nut ASTM A563 Grade A 9A-1240 Finish: Zinc Plated ASTM B633, SC1 Offset Reducing Splice Plate Optional Tray Hardware • This plate is used for joining cable trays having different widths. When used in pairs they form a straight reduction; when Catalog No. used singly with a standard splice plate, they form an 9A-1064-(‡) offset reduction. • Furnished as one plate 9A-1065-(‡) with hardware. 9A-1066-(‡) • (‡) Insert reduction 9A-1067-(‡) Catalog No. SNCB 3/8" x 3/4" SS6 Square Neck Carriage Bolt AISI 316 Stainless Steel Height in. mm 4 5 6 7 101 127 152 178 Catalog No. SFHN 3/8"-16 SS6 Serrated Flange Hex Nut AISI 316 Stainless Steel To order optional 316 Stainless Steel hardware add SS6 suffix to part number Example: 9A-1004SS6 Tray to Box Splice Plates Frame Type Box Connector Blind End • Used to attach the end of a cable tray run to a distribution box or control panel. • Furnished in pairs with hardware. • Designed to attach the end of a cable tray run to a distribution cabinet or control center to help reinforce the box at the point of entry. • Furnished with tray connection hardware. • (‡) Insert tray width • This plate forms a closure for a dead end cable tray. • Furnished as one plate with hardware. • (‡) Insert tray width Catalog No. Catalog No. Catalog No. mm 4 5 6 7 101 127 152 178 Height in. mm 4 5 6 7 101 127 152 178 9A-1074-(‡) 9A-1075-(‡) 9A-1076-(‡) 9A-1077-(‡) Conduit to Cable Tray Adaptors Catalog No. 9ZN-1150-(‡) mm 4 5 6 7 101 127 152 178 Conduit to Cable Tray Adaptor • Assembly required. • Conduit clamp included. • (‡) = Conduit size (1/2" thru 4"). • Assembly required. • Mounting hardware included. • Conduit clamps provided. • (‡) = Conduit size (1/2" thru 4"). 9A-1084-(‡) 9A-1085-(‡) 9A-1086-(‡) 9A-1087-(‡) Height in. Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum 9A-1054 9A-1055 9A-1056 9A-1057 Height in. Catalog No. • For easy attachment of conduit terminating at a cable tray. • Use on aluminum or steel cable trays. 9ZN-1155-(‡) Cable Tie (Ladder Tray) Nylon ties provide easy attachment of cable to ladder rungs; maximum cable O.D. is 3" (76mm). Catalog No. Conduit Size in. Overall Length 15" Catalog No. Cable Tray Systems 99-2125-15 9G-1158-1/2, 3/4 9G-1158-1, 11/4 9G-1158-11/2, 2 9G-1158-21/2, 3 9G-1158-31/2, 4 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Aluminum I-Beam mm 1/2, 3/4 15, 20 1, 11/4 25, 32 11/2, 2 40, 50 21/2, 3 65, 80 31/2, 4 90, 100 237 Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Accessories Ladder Drop-Out Trough Drop-Out & Drop-Out Bushing • Specially-designed Ladder Drop-Outs provide a rounded surface with 4" (101 mm) radius to protect cable as it exits from the cable tray, preventing damage to insulation. The drop-out will attach to any desired rung. • (‡) Insert tray width • These devices provide a rounded surface to protect cable as it exits from the trough-type cable tray. • Hardware is included for attachment of the trough bottom drop-out. • (‡) Insert tray width Catalog No. Catalog No. 9A-1104T-(‡) Catalog No. 9A-1104-(‡) Trough-Type Drop-Out 99-1124 Snap-In Plastic Bushing Barriers Horizontal Bend Straight Section • Horizontal Bend Barriers are flexible in order to conform to any horizontal fitting radius. Cut to length. • Order catalog number based on loading depth. • Furnished with three #10 x 1/2" zinc plated self-drilling screws and a 99-9982 Barrier Strip Splice. • Standard length is 72" (6 ft.), sold individually. • Standard length: 120" (3 m) 144" (12 ft.). • Order catalog number based on loading depth. • Furnished with four #10 x 1/2" plated selfdrilling screws and a 99-9982 splice. Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum H Catalog No. Side Rail Height 73A-Length 74A-Length 75A-Length 76A-Length in. 4 5 6 7 H Loading Depth 'H' mm 101 127 152 178 in. 3 4 5 6 Length = 144 for 12' or 120 for 10' mm 76 101 127 152 Catalog No. 73A-90HBFL 74A-90HBFL 75A-90HBFL 76A-90HBFL Side Rail Loading Height Depth 'H' in. 4 5 6 7 mm 101 127 152 178 in. 3 4 5 6 Vertical Bend Barriers Barrier Strip Clip • Vertical Bend Barriers are preformed to conform to a specific vertical fitting. • Furnished with three #10 x 1/2" plated self-drilling screws and a 99-9982 Barrier Strip Splice. • (*) Insert 30, 45, 60 or 90 for degrees • (†) Insert 12, 24, 36 or 48 for radius • Zinc plated steel barrier clip fastens to either aluminum or steel ladder rung. • Furnished with one #10 x 1/2" zinc plated self-drilling screw. mm 76 101 127 152 H H Catalog No. 9ZN-9002 Catalog No. 99-9982 Inside Bend (VI) Barrier Strip Splice Outside Bend (VO) • Plastic splice holds adjoining barrier strips in straight alignment. Inside Bend Outside Bend Side Rail Loading Catalog No. Catalog No. Height Depth 'H' 73A-(*)VI(†) 74A-(*)VI(†) 75A-(*)VI(†) 76A-(*)VI(†) 238 73A-(*)VO(†) 74A-(*)VO(†) 75A-(*)VO(†) 76A-(*)VO(†) in. 4 5 6 7 mm 101 127 152 178 in. 3 4 5 6 mm 76 101 127 152 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Accessories Stainless Steel Cable Clamp "P" Bonding Jumper • Fits with series 2, 3, & 4 rungs. • Attaches to rung at any point. • 14 gauge Type 316 stainless steel material to minimize corrosion and induction heating. • Plated steel and aluminum also available. Use at each expansion splice and where the cable tray is not mechanically/electrically continuous to ground. Sold individually. • Hardware included. • See table 392.7(B)(2) on page 25 for amperage ratings required to match the UL cross-sectional area of the tray. • See tray loading chart for UL cross-sectional area. • Bonding jumper is 16" long. Catalog No. Cross-Sectional Area 99-N1 0.40 Square inches 600 99-40 1.5 Square inches 1600 99-1620 2.0 Square inches 2000 Refer to Section CF Cable Fixing Catalog No. Cable Size in. mm BP081SS .250 - .840 6.4 - 21.3 BP110SS .810 - 1.100 20.6 - 28.0 BP135SS .850 - 1.350 21.6 - 34.8 BP175SS 1.250 - 1.750 31.8 - 44.5 BP205SS 1.550 - 2.050 39.4 - 52.1 BP250SS 2.000 - 2.500 50.8 - 63.5 BP300SS 2.500 - 3.000 63.5 - 76.2 BP325SS 2.750 - 3.250 69.9 - 82.6 BP375SS 3.250 - 3.750 82.6 - 95.3 BP425SS 3.750 - 4.250 95.3 - 108.0 Catalog No. Material 4.250 - 4.750 108.0 - 120.7 9A-2130 Tin Plated Aluminum BP475SS Ampacity Grounding Clamp Cooper B-Line Cable Tray is UL® classified as to its suitability as an equipment grounding conductor. If a separate conductor for additional grounding capability is desired, Cooper B-Line offers this clamp for bolting the conductor at least once to each cable tray section. • Accepts #6 AWG to 250 MCM. Ground Clamp Hanger Rod Clamp • Mechanically attaches grounding cables to cable tray. • Hardware included. • (*) Insert ZN or SS4 • • • • • • Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum For 1/2" ATR. Furnished in pairs. Order ATR and hex nuts separately. Two-piece "J"-hanger design. 1500 lbs./pair capacity safety factor 3. (*) Insert ZN or G Catalog No. Rail Height Catalog No. Cable Size 9(*)-2351 #1 thru 2/0 9(*)-2352 3/0 thru 250 MCM 9(*)-5324 9(*)-5325 9(*)-5326 9(*)-5327 in. mm 4 5 6 7 101 127 152 178 Threaded Rod (ATR) & Rod Coupling Size Loading lbs Catalog No. Available Lengths Coupling Cat. No. 3/8"-16 730 ATR 3/8" x Length 36", 72", 120", 144" B655-3/8 1/2"-13 1350 ATR 1/2" x Length 36", 72", 120", 144" B655-1/2 All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified. Loading based on safety factor 5. Standard Finish: Zinc plated See B-Line Strut Systems Catalog for other sizes and finishes. Cable Tray Systems Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 239 Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Accessories Cable Tray Clamp/Guide Isolator Pad • Features a no-twist design. • Has four times the strength of the traditional design. • Each side is labeled to ensure proper installation. • Furnished in pairs, with or without hardware. • Use as a friction reducer and/or as a dissimilar metal isolator barrier. • UV resistant HDPE. • Temperature range: -100 to 160° F. • Designed to use with 9(*)-1205 or 9(*)-1208 clamp/guide. 21/4" (57mm) 9ZN-1208 shown. Installed as a clamp. 11/2" (39mm) Patent # RE35479 Note: For heavy duty or vertical applications see 9(*)-1241 or 9(*)-1242 page AT-20 Catalog No. Without With Hardware Hardware Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum 9ZN-1204 9ZN-1208 9A-1205 9G-1205 9SS6-1205 9ZN-1205 9ZN-1204NB 9ZN-1208NB ----- 9ZN-1204 shown. Installed as a guide. Overall Hardware Length Size Finish in. mm 11/2 21/4 21/4 21/4 21/4 21/4 38 57 57 57 57 57 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" Znplt Znplt Alum. HDGAF 316SS Znplt Isolation pad shown as when used with a guide. Isolation pad shown with top flange doubled under for clamp application. Catalog No. Cable Tray Clamp Cable Tray Guide • Hold-down clamps for single or double cable tray runs. • No drilling of support I-beam or channel is required. • Sold in pieces - two clamps are required per tray. • Maximum beam flange thickness 11/8" (28.58 mm). • Expansion guide for single or double cable tray runs. • Guide allows for longitudinal movement of the cable tray. • No field drilling of support I-beam or channel is required. • Guides are required on both sides of cable tray to prevent lateral movement - can be placed on either the inside or outside flange of cable tray. • Guides are sold in pieces - two guides are required per tray. • Maximum flange thickness 11/8" (28.58 mm). 99-PE34 Catalog No. Finish Catalog No. 9ZN-1249HD 9G-1249HD Znplt HDGAF 9ZN-1249 Znplt 9G-1249 HDGAF Nylon Pad Neoprene Roll • Use for friction reduction. • Hardness: Shore D80. • Low friction coefficient. • UV resistant (black). 1/8" • Excellent weatherability. (3mm) • UL - 94HB. • • • • Finish Use for material isolation. x 2" x 20' roll. Hardness: Shore A60. Good weatherability. 1/8" 6" (152mm) 3" (76mm) Catalog No. 240 99-NY36 Catalog No. Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 99-NP240 Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Accessories Trapeze Support Kit Cooper B-Line's trapeze kits provide the components required for a single trapeze support in one package. These kits are available in pre(2) 1/2" x 7/8" Hex galvanized steel with zinc-plated hardware Head Cap Screw or hot dip galvanized steel with 316 (2) 9ZN-1205 stainless steel hardware. Hold-Down The SH channel provides the convenience of pre-punched slots, which eliminate the need for field drilling. Catalog No. Guide Clamp Tray Width Channel Uniform Length Load in. mm in. mm 9P-5506-22SH(†) 6 152 16 406 1600 7.11 lbs kN 9P-5509-22SH(†) 9 229 18 457 1250 5.56 9P-5512-22SH(†) 12 305 22 559 1125 5.00 9P-5518-22SH(†) 18 457 28 711 865 3.85 9P-5524-22SH(†) 24 610 34 864 700 3.11 9P-5530-22SH(†) 30 762 40 1016 590 2.62 9P-5536-22SH(†) 36 914 46 1168 510 2.27 (4) 1/2" Hex Nut (2) N525WO Channel Nut The illustrated hardware is sealed in a plastic bag and boxed with the channel, which is pre-cut to the appropriate length as shown in the chart. (4) B202 Square Washer (1) B22 Channel cut to the required length 9P-5542-22SH(†) 42 1067 52 1321 450 2.00 • (†) Insert 3/8 for 3/8" threaded rod hardware. Designed for use with 1/2" threaded rod. Order rod separately. Safety factor of 3.0 on all loads. Heavy Duty Trapeze Support Kit Cooper B-Line's trapeze kits provide the components required for a single trapeze support in one package. These kits are available in Dura-Green® epoxy coated steel with zinc-plated hardware or hot dip galvanized steel with 316 stainless steel hardware. The SH channel provides the convenience of pre-punched slots, which eliminates the need for field drilling. (2) 1/2" x 7/8" Hex Head Cap Screw Catalog No. (2) 9ZN-1205 Hold-Down Guide Clamp (4) 1/2" Hex Nut (2) N525WO Channel Nut (4) B202 Square Washer (1) Channel cut to the required length The illustrated hardware is sealed in a plastic bag and boxed with the channel, which is pre-cut to the appropriate length as shown in the chart. Tray Width Channel Uniform Length Load in. mm in. mm 6 152 16 406 1350 6.01 9(*)-5509-22SHA 9 229 18 457 1350 6.01 9(*)-5512-22SHA 12 305 22 559 1350 6.01 9(*)-5518-22SHA 18 457 28 711 1350 6.01 9(*)-5524-22SHA 24 610 34 864 1350 6.01 9(*)-5530-22SHA 30 762 40 1016 1350 6.01 9(*)-5536-22SHA 36 914 46 1168 1350 6.01 9(*)-5542-22SHA 42 1067 52 1321 1350 6.01 9(*)-5506-22SHA lbs kN • (*) Insert GRN or G Designed for use with 1/2" threaded rod. Order rod separately. Safety factor of 3.0 on all loads. Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum Trapeze Hardware Kit Catalog No. In plastic bag Rooftop Support Bases with B22 Channel 9ZN-5500-1/2 1 2 2 4 4 pr. 9ZN-1205 HHC Screw 1/2 x 7/8 ZN N525 WO ZN B202 ZN 1/2" sq washer HN 1/2 ZN Catalog No. Designed as a superior rooftop support for cable tray, UV resistant and approved for most roofing material or other flat surfaces. Can be used with any of Cooper B-Line’s cable tray clamps and guides. Ultimate Load Capacity: 1,000 lbs. (uniform load) DB10-28 DB10-36 DB10-42 DB10-50 DB10-60 9G-5500-1/2 1 2 2 4 4 pr. 9G-1205 HHC Screw 1/2 x 7/8 SS6 N525 WO SS6 B202 HDG 1/2" sq washer HN 1/2 SS6 Height x Width x Length 55/8” 55/8” 55/8” 55/8” 55/8” x x x x x 6” 6” 6” 6” 6” x x x x x 28.0” 36.0” 42.0” 50.0” 60.0” LEEDS credit available, base made from 100% recycled material. General Note: Consult roofing manufacturer or engineer for roof load capacity. The weakest point may be the insulation board beneath the rubber membrane. Cable Tray Systems Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 241 Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Accessories Center Hung Tray Support • Cooper B-Line's unique Center Hung Cable Tray Support allows cable to be laid-in from both sides. • Eliminates costly cable pulling and field cutting of cable tray supports. Labor costs are dramatically reduced. • Required hardware and threaded rod material for trapeze assemblies are reduced by 50%. • Designed for use with 1/2" threaded rod. (Order rod separately) • Use with all aluminum and steel cable trays through 24" width. • Load capacity is 700 lbs. per support. Safety factor of 3.0. Eccentric loading is not to exceed a 60% vs. 40% load differential. • The maximum recommended unsupported span length is 144"/12 ft. (3.66 m). • Hardware shown is furnished. Catalog No. (2) 1/2" Hex Nut (2) 1/2" x 7/8" Hex Head Cap Screws (1) 9/16" Inside diameter steel tubing welded to strut (2) 9ZN-1205 Hold Down Guide Clamp Tray Width Channel Length 9ZN-5212 6", 9", 12" 18" 9ZN-5224 18", 24" 30" ZN = Zinc Plated (2) N525WO (1) B22 Channel cut to the required length (1) B202 Square Washer Center Hung Support Hardware Kit Catalog No. Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum In plastic bag 9ZN-5200 1 2 2 1 2 pr. 9ZN-1205 HHC Screw 1/2 x 7/8 ZN N525 WO ZN B202 ZN 1/2" sq washer HN 1/2 ZN Bracket Bracket A A Finishes available: ZN GRN or HDG Safety Load Factor 2.5 Finishes available: ZN GRN or HDG Safety Load Factor 2.5 Catalog No. Uniform Load B494-12 B494-18 B494-24 242 lbs kN 1580 1000 996 7.02 4.45 4.43 Catalog No. Uniform Load Tray Width Tray Width in. mm 6 & 9 152 & 229 12 305 18 457 'A' in. mm 12 18 24 305 457 610 B494-30 B494-36 B494-42 B494-48 'A' lbs kN in. mm in. mm 924 864 580 500 4.11 3.84 2.58 2.22 24 30 36 42 610 762 914 1067 30 36 42 48 762 914 1067 1219 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Accessories Cantilever Bracket Cantilever Bracket A A Finishes available: ZN GRN HDG or SS4 Safety Load Factor 2.5 Finishes available: ZN GRN HDG Safety Load Factor 2.5 Catalog No. Uniform Load B409-12 B409-18 B409-24 lbs kN 960 640 480 4.27 2.84 2.13 Catalog No. Uniform Load SS4 or SS6 Tray Width in. B297-12 B297-18 B297-24 B297-30 B297-36 B297-42 'A' mm 6 & 9 152 & 229 12 305 18 457 in. mm 12 18 24 305 457 610 lbs kN 1660 1100 835 665 550 465 7.38 4.89 3.71 2.95 2.44 2.06 Tray Width in. 6 & 9 152 & 229 12 305 18 457 24 610 30 762 36 914 Underfloor Support (U-Bolts not included) Vertical Hanger Splice Plates U-Bolt Size Fits Pipe O.D. • Design load is 1500 lbs/pair. Safety Factor of 2.5 • Furnished in pairs with hardware. B501-3/4 B501-1 B501-11/4 B501-11/2 B501-2 B501-21/2 .841 1.051 1.316 1.661 1.901 2.376 - 1.050 1.315 1.660 1.900 2.375 2.875 800 450 3.55 2.00 Tray Width in. Cable Tray Systems 9(*)-1241 'A' in. mm 12 21 305 533 Outside 'A' Cable Tray Ht. in. mm 4" 5" 6" 7" 3.84 4.73 5.84 6.84 97.54 120.14 148.34 173.74 9A-1224 9A-1225 9A-1226 9A-1227 Heavy Duty Hold-Down Bracket Design load is 2000 lbs/pair. Two bolt design. Sold in pairs. 3/8" cable tray attachment hardware provided. 1/2" support attachment hardware not provided. (*) Insert ZN SS4 or SS6 Catalog No. mm 6 & 9 152 & 229 12 & 18 305 & 457 Heavy Duty Hold Down Bracket • • • • • • 305 457 610 762 914 1067 Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum B409UF-12 B409UF-21 12 18 24 30 36 42 A Catalog No. kN mm A Finish available: ZN Safety Load Factor 2.5 lbs 'A' in. 71/2" (178mm) • Order properly sized U-Bolts separately. Catalog No. Uniform Load mm • • • • Design load is 4000 lbs/pair. Four bolt design. Sold in pairs. 3/8" cable tray attachment hardware provided • 1/2" support attachment hardware not provided. • (*) Insert ZN SS4 or SS6 Catalog No. 9(*)-1242 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 243 Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Accessories Beam Clamp Beam Clamp B355 • Finishes available: ZN or HDG • Sold in pieces. • • • • • Beam Clamp Finishes available: ZN GRN HDG or SS4 Sold in pieces. Design load is 1200 lbs. when used in pairs. Safety Load Factor 5.0 Order HHCS and Channel Nuts separately. • Finishes available: ZN GRN or HDG • Sold in pieces. A Design load when used in pairs. Safety Load Factor 5.0 Design load when used in pairs. Safety Load Factor 5.0 Catalog Design Load* 'A' Cat. No. lbs kN in. mm 1200 1200 5.34 5.34 33/8 5 86 127 Design Load * B441-22 B441-22A B305 Thru B308 & B321 Series Beam Clamps B212-1/4 B212-3/8 600 lbs. 2.67 kN 1000 lbs. 4.45 kN Max. Flange Thick 3/4" 19 mm Mat'l. Thickness 1/4" 6.3 mm 1 1/8" 28.6 mm 3/8" 9.5 mm B312 Anchor Strap • Finishes available: ZN or HDG • Setscrew included. • Safety Load Factor 5.0 • Finish available: ZN • For a maximum beam thickness of 3/4". • For thicker beams, step up one flange width size. B C D E T F Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum A Cat. No. Rod Size A B C D Design Load B305 3/8"-16 3/8"-16 2 5/16" 7/8" 1 1/8" B306 3/8"-16 1/2"-13 2 7/16" 7/8" 1 1/8" B307 1/2"-13 1/2"-13 2 7/16" 7/8" B308 1/2"-13 1/2"-13 2 9/16" B321-1 3/8"-16 1/2"-13 3 9/16" B321-2 1/2"-13 1/2"-13 9/16" 3 1 E F T 2 1/2" 11 Ga. 1/2" 1 1/8" 2 1/2" 7/8" 1 1/8" 2 1/2" 11/16" 1 5/8" 3 1/4" 5/8" 1/4" 1 11/16" 1 lbs 2 3 kN 600 2.67 7 Ga. 1100 4.90 7 Ga. 1100 4.90 Cat. No. Flange Width 1/4" 1500 6.68 B312-6 Up to 6" 1/4" 1300 5.79 B312-9 6" - 9" 1/4" 1400 6.23 B312-12 9" - 12" 1/2"-13 Rod & Hex Nut Sold Separately Beam Clamp Catalog No. For Flange Width B750-J4 B750-J6 B750-J9 B750-J12 Wt./C in. mm lbs kg 3"- 6" 5"- 9" 8"- 12" 11"- 15" 76.2 - 152.4 127.0 - 288.6 203.2 - 304.8 279.4 - 381.0 109 124 135 147 49.4 56.2 61.2 66.7 Finish available: ZN Design Load 500 lbs. (2.22 kN) Safety Load Factor 5.0 Recommended torque: 'J'-Hook Nut 125 In.-Lbs. (14.1 kN/m) • Maximum flange thickness of 3/4" • • • • J-Hook & Hex Nut Included Material: 7 Gauge (4.6) 1 1/2" (38.1) 1 7/8" (47.6) Beam Clamp Catalog No. B700-J4 B700-J6 B700-J9 B700-J12 244 'A' Thread Length 'TL' Wt./C in. mm in. mm lbs kg 81/2" 111/2" 121/4" 171/2" 215.9 292.1 368.3 444.5 5" 6" 6" 6" 127.0 152.4 152.4 152.4 44 53 63 78 19.9 24.0 28.6 35.4 1/2"-13 Threads ‘TL’ • Finish available: ZN • Hex Nut included. Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) “A’ Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Accessories Covers Solid Non-Flanged Solid Flanged Ventilated Flanged 2 to 3 Pitch Peaked Flanged (See page 358) Peaked Flanged A full range of covers is available for straight sections and fittings. Solid covers should be used when maximum enclosure of the cable is desired and no accumulation of heat is expected. Ventilated covers provide an overhead cable shield, yet allow heat to escape. Cooper B-Line recommends that covers be placed on vertical cable tray runs to a height of 6 ft. (1.83 m) to 8 ft. (2.44 m) above the floor to isolate both cables and personnel. Flanged covers have a 1/2 in. (13 mm) flange. Cover clamps are not included with the cover and must be ordered separately. All peaked covers are flanged. Standard peaked covers have 1/2" peak. Special purpose peaked covers, having a 2 to 3 pitch, provide additional slope and material thickness. The 2 to 3 pitch fitting covers are of multiple piece, welded construction. Aluminum Cover Part Numbering Prefix Example: 80 7 A Cover Type 80 = Solid 81 = Ventilated 82 = Peaked 40 - 24 - 144 Detail Material Material Thickness 6 = Non-Flanged A = Aluminum 40 = .040 Aluminum (80 & 81 type only) All except 2 to 3 pitch 7 = Flange Tray Width = = = = = = = 6" 9" 12" 18" 24" 30" 36" Item Description For Straight Section Cover: 144 = 12 ft. (3.66 m) 120 = 10 ft. (3.05 m) 72 = 6 ft. (1.83 m) 60 = 5 ft. (1.52 m) For fitting covers: Insert suffix of fitting to be covered. See example below. Covers 30" and 36" wide have reinforcing ridges. Examples of Catalog Numbers for Fitting Covers: Horizontal Bend Cover Prefix Suffix 80 7 A 40 - 18 - 90 HB 24 Radius Fitting Angle Width Material Thickness Material Detail Cover Type Vertical Bend Cover Prefix Suffix 80 7 A 40 - 24 - 90 VO 24 - 4* Side Rail* Height Radius Fitting Angle Width Material Thickness Material Detail Cover Type * Required for VO fittings only Cable Tray Systems Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 245 Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum 06 09 12 18 24 30 36 Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Accessories Combination Cover and Hold Down Clamp Standard Cover Clamp • For indoor service only. • Setscrew included. • Sold per piece. • Sold per piece. • For indoor service only. Raised Cover Clamp • For indoor service only. • For use with flanged covers only. † Tray Type Tray Type Side Rail Height Aluminum Catalog No. 9ZN-9012 All Sizes Aluminum 9A-9012 Heavy Duty Cover Clamp Side Rail Height in. mm 4 5 6 7 101 127 152 178 Catalog No. 9P-9043 9P-9053 9P-9063 9P-9073 † Specify gap of 1", 2", 3" or 4". Tray Type Side Rail Height Catalog No. Aluminum 4" & 5" Deep 6" & 7" Deep 9ZN-9112-† 9ZN-9113-† Quantity of Standard Cover Clamps Required Peaked Cover Clamp Straight Section 60" or 72" .............4 Straight Section 120" or 144" .........6 Horizontal/Vertical Bends................4 Tees...............................................6 Crosses ..........................................8 • Recommended for outdoor service. pcs. pcs. pcs. pcs. pcs. Note: When using the Heavy Duty Cover Clamp, only one-half the number of clamps stated above is required. Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum (‡) Insert tray width † Add P to Catalog No. for peaked cover clamp. Side Rail Height Catalog No. in. 4 5 6 7 9A-(‡)-9044† 9A-(‡)-9054† 9A-(‡)-9064† 9A-(‡)-9074† mm 101 127 152 178 Cover Joint Strip • Used to join covers • Plastic • (‡) Insert tray width Catalog No. 99-9980-(‡) Cable Cleats (see pages 352 thru 355) Emperor Trefoil Cable Cleats Vulcan Cable Cleats 246 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Specifications Section 1- Acceptable Manufacturers 1.01 Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray systems shall be as manufactured by Cooper B-Line, Inc. Section 2- Cable Tray Sections and Components General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide metal cable trays, of types, classes and sizes indicated; with splice plates, bolts, nuts and washers for connecting units. Construct units with rounded edges and smooth surfaces; in compliance with applicable standards; and with the following additional construction features. Cable tray shall be installed according to the latest revision of NEMA VE 2. 2.02 Materials and Finish: Straight section and fitting side rails and rungs shall be extruded from Aluminum Association Alloy 6063. All fabricated parts shall be made from Aluminum Association Alloy 5052. 2.03 Ladder Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with transverse members (rungs) welded to the side rails. Rungs shall be spaced [6] [9] [12] inches on center. Rung spacing in radiused fittings shall be industry standard 9" and measured at the center of the tray’s width. Each rung must be capable of supporting a 200 lb. concentrated load at the center of the cable tray over and above the cable load with a safety factor of 1.5. 2.04 Ventilated Trough Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a corrugated bottom welded to the side rails or rungs spaced 4" on center. The peaks of the corrugated bottom shall have a minimum flat cable bearing surface of 23/4" and shall be spaced on 6" centers. To provide ventilation in the tray, the valleys of the corrugated bottom shall have 21/4" x 4" rectangular holes punched along the width of the bottom. 2.05 Non-Ventilated Bottom Trough Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a corrugated bottom welded to the side rails or a solid sheet over rungs. The peaks of the corrugated bottom shall have a minimum flat cable bearing surface of 23/4" and shall be spaced on 6" centers. 2.06 Cable tray loading depth shall be [3] [4] [5] [6] inches per NEMA VE 1. 2.07 Straight sections shall have side rails fabricated as I-beams. Straight sections shall be supplied in standard [12 foot] [24 foot] [10 foot (3 m)] [20 foot (6 m)] lengths. 2.08 Cable tray widths shall be [6] [9] [12] [18] [24] [30] [36] inches or as shown on drawings. 2.09 Splice plates shall be the Wedge-Lock design with 4 nuts and bolts per plate. The resistance of fixed splice connections between an adjacent section of tray shall not exceed 0.00033 ohm. 2.10 All fittings must have a minimum radius of [12] [24] [36] [48] inches. Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum 2.01 Section 3- Loading Capacities and Testing 3.01 Cable tray shall be capable of carrying a uniformly distributed load of ______ lbs./ft. on a _______ ft. support span with a safety factor of 1.5 when supported as a simple span and tested per NEMA VE 1 5.2. In addition to the uniformly distributed load the cable tray shall support 200 lbs. concentrated load at mid-point of span. Load and safety factors specified are applicable to both the side rails and rung capacities. Cable tray shall be made to manufacturing tolerances as specified by NEMA. 3.02 Upon request, manufacturer shall provide test reports in accordance with the latest revision of NEMA VE 1 or CSA C22.2 No. 126. 247 Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel 248 Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel For Steel Fittings see fittings section pages 284 thru 301 How The Service Advisor Works B-Line knows that your time is important! That’s why the color-coding system in this catalog is designed to help you select products that fit your service needs. Products are marked to indicate the typical lead time for orders of 50 pieces or less. Customer: How do I select my straight sections. covers, or fittings so that I get the quickest turnaround? Example: 258G 12 - 24 3-5 3-5 - 144 (from page 252) Lead time(days) 3-5 3-5 Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel Service Advisor: Each part of our selection chart is shown in colors. If any section of a part number is a different color, the part will typically ship with the longer lead time represented by the colors. Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Part will typically ship in 15 days minimum, because of the 258G material. Changing the part number from 258G to 258P will change the coding to black for all sections of the tray to be 5-10 working days, instead of the original 15 days minimum. 249 Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Straight Sections 3" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth 4" Side Rail Height Straight Section Part Numbering Prefix Example: 248 P 09 - 24 - 144 Series Material *Type P = Pre-Galvanized LadderG = HDGAF 06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12" rung spacing 248 346 444 Trough6" thru 36" wide VT = Vented Trough ST = Non-Ventilated Trough For side rail & rung data, see chart on pages AP-5 & AP-6 *Width 06 09 12 18 24 30 36 = = = = = = = 6" 9" 12" 18" 24" 30" 36" ¬ Á ¬ Á ¬ Á Length 144 120 240 144 240 288 = = = = = = ¬Primary 12 10 20 12 20 24 ft. 248 ft. ft. 346 ft. ft. 444 ft. Length. Length. ÁSecondary See page 39 for explanation of lengths. Rung Spacing Width (Inside) Overall Width (Width + (*)) (*)=13/16” (Series 2) 13/8” (Series 3,4,5) See page 356 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available. Ladder Type Ventilated Trough Non-Ventilated Trough Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel (Specify Rung Spacing) 250 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Straight Sections 3" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth 4" Side Rail Height Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply publish load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed. Individual rungs will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load applied at the mid-span of the rung, over and above the NEMA rated cable load with a 1.5 safety factor for highlighted NEMA spans and loads. See table on page 361 for rung capacities. B-Line Series Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Dimensions Classifications 1.00 248 NEMA: 16A, 12C CSA: D1-3m 3.14 4.188 UL Cross-Sectional Area: 0.40 in2 18 gauge B-Line Series Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Dimensions Classifications 1.50 346 4.188 NEMA: 20A, 16B CSA: D1-6m 3.13 UL Cross-Sectional Area: 0.70 in2 16 gauge B-Line Series Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Dimensions Classifications 1.50 444 NEMA: 20B, 16C CSA: E-3m 3.11 4.188 14 gauge UL Cross-Sectional Area: 1.00 in2 Span ft Load lbs/ft 6 8 10 12 14 16 412* 232 148 103 76 58 Span ft Load lbs/ft 10 12 14 16 18 20 252 175 129 98 78 63 Span ft Load lbs/ft 12 16 18 20 22 24 253 142 112 91 75 63 Deflection Design Factors Span Multiplier for Two Rails meters 0.0007 0.0022 0.0054 0.011 0.021 0.036 Area=0.62 in2 Sx=0.64 in3 Ix=1.43 in4 1.8 2.4 3.0 3.7 4.3 4.9 Deflection Design Factors Span Multiplier for Two Rails meters 0.0035 0.0072 0.013 0.023 0.037 0.056 Area=0.89 in2 Sx=0.96 in3 Ix=2.22 in4 3.0 3.7 4.3 4.9 5.5 6.1 Deflection Design Factors Span Multiplier for Two Rails meters 0.0055 0.017 0.028 0.042 0.062 0.088 Area=1.19 in2 Sx=1.27 in3 Ix=2.94 in4 3.7 4.9 5.5 6.1 6.7 7.3 Load kg/m 613* 345 221 153 113 86 Load kg/m 375 260 191 146 116 94 Load kg/m 376 212 167 135 112 94 Deflection Design Factors Multiplier for Two Rails 0.012 0.038 0.093 0.192 0.356 0.607 Area=4.00 cm2 Sx=10.49 cm3 Ix=59.52 cm4 Deflection Design Factors Multiplier for Two Rails 0.060 0.124 0.229 0.391 0.626 0.955 Area=5.74 cm2 Sx=15.73 cm3 Ix=92.40 cm4 Deflection Design Factors Multiplier for Two Rails 0.093 0.295 0.473 0.721 1.055 1.495 Area=7.68 cm2 Sx=20.81 cm3 Ix=122.37 cm4 *When using 18" rung spacing, load capacity is limited to 394 lbs/ft (586.272 kg/m) for 30" cable tray width and 325 lbs/ft (483.6 kg/m) for 36" cable tray width. When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus. Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel 251 Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Straight Sections 4" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth 5" Side Rail Height Straight Section Part Numbering Prefix Example: 258 P 09 - 24 - 144 Series Material *Type P = Pre-Galvanized LadderG = HDGAF 06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12" rung spacing 258 356 454 Trough6" thru 36" wide VT = Vented Trough ST = Non-Ventilated Trough For side rail & rung data, see chart on pages AP-5 & AP-6 *Width 06 09 12 18 24 30 36 = = = = = = = 6" 9" 12" 18" 24" 30" 36" ¬ Á ¬ Á ¬ Á Length 144 120 240 144 240 288 = = = = = = ¬Primary 12 10 20 12 20 24 ft. 258 ft. ft. 356 ft. ft. 454 ft. Length. Length. ÁSecondary See page 39 for explanation of lengths. Rung Spacing Width (Inside) Overall Width (Width + (*)) (*)=13/16” (Series 2) 13/8” (Series 3,4,5) See page 356 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available. Ladder Type Ventilated Trough Non-Ventilated Trough Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel (Specify Rung Spacing) 252 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Straight Sections 4" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth 5" Side Rail Height Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed. Individual rungs will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load applied at the mid-span of the rung, over and above the NEMA rated cable load with a 1.5 safety factor for highlighted NEMA spans and loads. See table on page 361 for rung capacities. B-Line Series Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Dimensions Classifications 1.00 258 5.188 NEMA: 16A, 12C CSA: D1-3m 4.14 UL Cross-Sectional Area: 0.40 in2 18 gauge B-Line Series Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Dimensions Classifications 1.50 356 5.188 NEMA: 20A, 16C CSA: D1-6m 4.13 UL Cross-Sectional Area: 0.70 in2 16 gauge B-Line Series Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Dimensions Classifications 1.50 454 5.188 NEMA: 20C CSA: E-6m 4.11 14 gauge UL Cross-Sectional Area: 1.00 in2 Span ft Load lbs/ft 6 8 10 12 14 16 436* 245 157 109 80 61 Span ft Load lbs/ft 10 12 14 16 18 20 276 192 141 108 85 69 Span ft Load lbs/ft 12 16 18 20 22 24 294 166 131 106 88 74 Deflection Design Factors Span Multiplier for Two Rails meters 0.0004 0.0013 0.0032 0.0066 0.012 0.021 Area=0.71 in2 Sx=0.89 in3 Ix=2.44 in4 1.8 2.4 3.0 3.7 4.3 4.9 Deflection Design Factors Span Multiplier for Two Rails meters 0.0021 0.0043 0.0080 0.014 0.022 0.033 Area=1.00 in2 Sx=1.31 in3 Ix=3.73 in4 3.0 3.7 4.3 4.9 5.5 6.1 Deflection Design Factors Span Multiplier for Two Rails meters 0.0032 0.010 0.016 0.025 0.037 0.052 Area=1.34 in2 Sx=1.75 in3 Ix=4.96 in4 3.7 4.9 5.5 6.1 6.7 7.3 Load kg/m 649* 365 234 162 119 91 Load kg/m 411 285 210 160 127 103 Load kg/m 438 246 195 158 130 110 Deflection Design Factors Multiplier for Two Rails 0.007 0.022 0.054 0.113 0.209 0.356 Area=4.58 cm2 Sx=14.58 cm3 Ix=101.56 cm4 Deflection Design Factors Multiplier for Two Rails 0.036 0.074 0.136 0.233 0.373 0.568 Area=6.45 cm2 Sx=21.47 cm3 Ix=155.25 cm4 Deflection Design Factors Multiplier for Two Rails 0.055 0.175 0.280 0.427 0.625 0.886 Area=8.65 cm2 Sx=28.68 cm3 Ix=206.45 cm4 * When using 18" rung spacing, load capacity is limited to 394 lbs/ft (586.272 kg/m) for 30" cable tray width and 325 lbs/ft (483.6 kg/m) for 36" cable tray width. When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus. Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel 253 Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Straight Sections 5" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth 6" Side Rail Height Straight Section Part Numbering Prefix Example: 268 P 09 - 24 - 144 Series Material *Type P = Pre-Galvanized LadderG = HDGAF 06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12" rung spacing 268 366 464 Trough6" thru 36" wide VT = Vented Trough ST = Non-Ventilated Trough For side rail & rung data, see chart on pages AP-5 & AP-6 06 09 12 18 24 30 36 = = = = = = = 6" 9" 12" 18" 24" 30" 36" ¬ Á ¬ Á ¬ Á Length 144 120 240 144 240 288 = = = = = = ¬Primary 12 10 20 12 20 24 ft. 268 ft. ft. 366 ft. ft. 464 ft. Length. Length. ÁSecondary Rung Spacing See page 39 for explanation of lengths. Width (Inside) Overall Width (Width + (*)) *Width (*)=13/16” (Series 2) 13/8” (Series 3,4,5) See page 356 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available. Ladder Type Ventilated Trough Non-Ventilated Trough Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel (Specify Rung Spacing) 254 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Straight Sections 5" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth 6" Side Rail Height Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed. Individual rungs will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load applied at the mid-span of the rung, over and above the NEMA rated cable load with a 1.5 safety factor for highlighted NEMA spans and loads. See table on page 361 for rung capacities. B-Line Series Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Dimensions Classifications 1.00 268 NEMA: 16A, 12C CSA: D1-3m 5.14 6.188 UL Cross-Sectional Area: 0.70 in2 18 gauge B-Line Series Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Dimensions Classifications Span ft Load lbs/ft 6 8 10 12 14 16 440* 248 158 110 81 62 Span ft Load lbs/ft 10 12 14 16 18 20 300 208 153 117 93 75 Span ft Load lbs/ft 12 16 18 20 22 24 342* 192 152 123 102 85 Deflection Design Factors Span Multiplier for Two Rails meters 0.0003 0.0008 0.0020 0.0042 0.0078 0.013 Area=0.80 in2 Sx=1.18 in3 Ix=3.81 in4 1.8 2.4 3.0 3.7 4.3 4.9 Deflection Design Factors Span Multiplier for Two Rails meters Load kg/m 655* 368 236 164 120 92 Load kg/m Deflection Design Factors Multiplier for Two Rails 0.005 0.014 0.035 0.072 0.134 0.228 Area=5.16 cm2 Sx=19.34 cm3 Ix=158.58 cm4 Deflection Design Factors Multiplier for Two Rails 1.50 NEMA: 20B, 16C CSA: E-6m 366 6.188 5.14 UL Cross-Sectional Area: 1.00 in2 16 gauge B-Line Series Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Dimensions Classifications 0.0014 0.0028 0.0052 0.0089 0.014 0.022 Area=1.11 in2 Sx=1.71 in3 Ix=5.74 in4 3.0 3.7 4.3 4.9 5.5 6.1 Deflection Design Factors Span Multiplier for Two Rails meters 446 310 228 174 138 112 Load kg/m 0.023 0.048 0.089 0.151 0.242 0.369 Area=7.16 cm2 Sx=28.02 cm3 Ix=238.92 cm4 Deflection Design Factors Multiplier for Two Rails 1.50 NEMA: 20C CSA: E-6m 464 6.188 5.11 14 gauge UL Cross-Sectional Area: 1.00 in2 0.002 0.007 0.011 0.016 0.024 0.034 Area=1.49 in2 Sx=2.28 in3 Ix=7.65 in4 3.7 4.9 5.5 6.1 6.7 7.3 508* 286 226 183 151 127 0.036 0.113 0.182 0.277 0.406 0.574 Area=9.61 cm2 Sx=37.36 cm3 Ix=318.42 cm4 * When using 18" rung spacing, load capacity is limited to 394 lbs/ft (586.272 kg/m) for 30" cable tray width and 325 lbs/ft (483.6 kg/m) for 36" cable tray width. When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus. Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel 255 Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Straight Sections 6" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth 7" Side Rail Height Straight Section Part Numbering Prefix Example: 378 P 09 - 24 - 240 Series Material *Type P = Pre-Galvanized LadderG = HDGAF 06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12" rung spacing 378 476 574 Trough6" thru 36" wide VT = Vented Trough ST = Non-Ventilated Trough For side rail & rung data, see chart on pages AP-5 & AP-6 *Width 06 09 12 18 24 30 36 = = = = = = = 6" 9" 12" 18" 24" 30" 36" ¬ Á ¬ Á ¬ Á Length 144 240 240 288 240 288 = = = = = = ¬Primary 12 20 20 24 20 24 ft. 378 ft. ft. 476 ft. ft. 574 ft. Length. Length. ÁSecondary See page 39 for explanation of lengths. Rung Spacing Width (Inside) Overall Width (Width + 13/8") See page 356 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available. Ladder Type Ventilated Trough Non-Ventilated Trough Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel (Specify Rung Spacing) 256 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Straight Sections 6" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth 7" Side Rail Height Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed. Individual rungs will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load applied at the mid-span of the rung, over and above the NEMA rated cable load with a 1.5 safety factor for highlighted NEMA spans and loads. See table on page 361 for rung capacities. B-Line Series Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Dimensions Classifications 1.50 378 NEMA: 20A, 16B CSA: D1-3m 6.14 7.188 UL Cross-Sectional Area: 0.70 in2 18 gauge B-Line Series Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Dimensions Classifications 1.50 476 7.188 NEMA: 20B, 16C CSA: D1-6m 6.13 UL Cross-Sectional Area: 1.00 in2 16 gauge B-Line Series Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Dimensions Classifications 1.50 574 7.188 NEMA: 20C CSA: E-6m 6.11 14 gauge UL Cross-Sectional Area: 1.50 in2 Span ft Load lbs/ft 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 319 204 142 104 80 63 51 Span ft Load lbs/ft 12 16 18 20 22 24 214 120 95 77 64 53 Span ft Load lbs/ft 12 16 18 20 22 24 361 203 160 130 107 90 Deflection Design Factors Span Multiplier for Two Rails meters 0.0006 0.0014 0.0028 0.0052 0.0089 0.014 0.022 Area=1.01 in2 Sx=1.77 in3 Ix=6.90 in4 2.4 3.0 3.7 4.3 4.9 5.5 6.1 Deflection Design Factors Span Multiplier for Two Rails meters 0.0019 0.0061 0.010 0.015 0.022 0.031 Area=1.22 in2 Sx=2.14 in3 Ix=8.30 in4 3.7 4.9 5.5 6.1 6.7 7.3 Deflection Design Factors Span Multiplier for Two Rails meters 0.0014 0.0046 0.0073 0.011 0.016 0.023 Area=1.64 in2 Sx=2.87 in3 Ix=11.10 in4 3.7 4.9 5.5 6.1 6.7 7.3 Load kg/m 474 304 211 155 119 94 76 Load kg/m 318 179 141 115 95 80 Load kg/m 537 302 239 193 160 134 Deflection Design Factors Multiplier for Two Rails 0.009 0.023 0.048 0.089 0.151 0.242 0.369 Area=6.52 cm2 Sx=29.01 cm3 Ix=287.20 cm4 Deflection Design Factors Multiplier for Two Rails 0.033 0.105 0.168 0.255 0.374 0.529 Area=7.87 cm2 Sx=35.07 cm3 Ix=345.47 cm4 Deflection Design Factors Multiplier for Two Rails 0.025 0.078 0.125 0.191 0.280 0.396 Area=10.58 cm2 Sx=47.03 cm3 Ix=462.02 cm4 When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus. Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel 257 Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Accessories Splice Plates Expansion Splice Plates • Standard 8-hole pattern for all steel splice plates. • Furnished in pairs with hardware. • One pair including hardware provided with straight section. • Boxed in pairs with hardware. • (*) Insert ZN or G • Expansion plates allow for one inch expansion or contraction of the cable tray, or where expansion joints occur in the support structure. • Furnished in pairs with hardware. • Bonding Jumpers are require on each siderail. Order Separately. • (*) Insert ZN or G Catalog No. Catalog No. 9(*)-8004 9(*)-8005 9(*)-8006 9(*)-8007 Height in. 4 5 6 7 mm 101 127 152 178 9(*)-8014 9(*)-8015 9(*)-8016 9(*)-8017 mm 101 127 152 178 Universal Splice Plates Step Down Splice Plates Vertical Adjustable Splice Plates • Used to splice to existing cable tray systems. • Furnished in pairs with hardware. • (*) Insert ZN or G • These splice plates are offered for connecting cable tray sections having side rails of different heights. • Furnished in pairs with hardware. • (*) Insert ZN or G • These plates provide for changes in elevation that do not conform to standard vertical fittings. • Furnished in pairs with hardware. • Bonding Jumpers not required. • (*) Insert G or P Catalog No. Catalog No. 9(*)-8004-1/2 9(*)-8005-1/2 9(*)-8006-1/2 9(*)-8007-1/2 Height in. 4 5 6 7 9(*)-8045 9(*)-8046 9(*)-8060 9(*)-8047 9(*)-8061 9(*)-8062 mm 101 127 152 178 • Offered to adjust a cable tray run for changes in direction in a horizontal plane that do not conform to standard horizontal fittings. • Furnished in pairs with hardware. • New design bonding jumpers not required. • (*) Insert ZN or G • (X) Insert 4, 5, 6 or 7 for side rail height. mm 127 to 101 152 to 101 152 to 127 178 to 101 178 to 127 178 to 152 Catalog No. 9(*)-8024 9(*)-8025 9(*)-8026 9(*)-8027 Height in. 4 5 6 7 mm 101 127 152 178 Branch Pivot Connectors 9(*)-803(X)-12 or 9(*)-803(X)-36 One pair splice plates with extensions. L L • Branch from existing cable tray runs at any point. • Pivot to any required angle. • UL Classified for grounding (bonding jumper not required). • Furnished in pairs with hardware. • (*) Insert ZN or G 9(*)-803(X) Splice only Catalog No. Catalog No. Cable Tray End Cut Tray Width 'L' 9(*)-803(X) 9(*)-803(X)-12 9(*)-803(X)-36 Mitered Not mitered Not mitered Thru 36" Thru 12" Thru 36" N/A 16" 41" 258 Requires supports within 24” on both sides, per NEMA VE 2. Height in. 5 to 4 6 to 4 6 to 5 7 to 4 7 to 5 7 to 6 Horizontal Adjustable Splice Plates Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel Height in. 4 5 6 7 Requires supports within 24” on both sides, per NEMA VE 2. 9(*)-8244 9(*)-8245 9(*)-8246 9(*)-8247 Height in. 4 5 6 7 mm 101 127 152 178 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Accessories Cross Connector Bracket Tray Hardware • For field connecting crossing section. • Furnished in pairs with 3/8" hardware. • (*) Insert ZN or G Pre-Galvanized Tray Hardware Catalog No. ZN RNCB 3/8"-16 x 3/4" Znplt Ribbed Neck Carriage Bolt ASTM A307 Grade A Catalog No. ZN SFHN 3/8"-16 Znplt Serrated Flange Hex Nut ASTM A563 Grade A Catalog No. 9(*)-1240 Finish: Zinc Plated ASTM B633, SC1 Offset Reducing Splice Plate Hot Dip Galvanized Tray Hardware • This plate is used for joining cable trays having different widths. When used in pairs they form a straight reduction; when Catalog No. used singly with a standard splice plate, they form an offset reduction. 9(*)-8064-(‡) • Furnished as one plate 9(*)-8065-(‡) with hardware. 9(*)-8066-(‡) • (‡) Insert reduction • (*) Insert G or P 9(*)-8067-(‡) Standard: Catalog No. CZ RNCB 3/8"-16 x 3/4" CZ Ribbed Neck Carriage Bolt ASTM F1136-88 Grade 3 Chromium Zinc Height in. mm Catalog No. CZ SFHN 3/8"-16 CZ Serrated Flange Hex Nut ASTM F1136-88 Grade A Chromium Zinc 4 5 6 7 101 127 152 178 Optional: Catalog No. SS6 RNCB 3/8"-16 x 3/4" SS6 AISI 316 Stainless Steel Catalog No. SS6 SFHN 3/8"-16 SS6 AISI 316 Stainless Steel Example: 9G-8004SS6 Tray to Box Splice Plates Frame Type Box Connector Blind End • Used to attach the end of a cable tray run to a distribution box or control panel. • Furnished in pairs with hardware. • (*) Insert G or P • Designed to attach the end of a cable tray run to a distribution cabinet or control center to help reinforce the box at the point of entry. • Furnished with tray connection hardware. • (*) Insert ZN or G • (‡) Insert tray width • This plate forms a closure for a dead end cable tray. • Furnished as one plate with hardware. • (*) Insert G or P • (‡) Insert tray width Catalog No. Catalog No. Catalog No. 9(*)-8054 9(*)-8055 9(*)-8056 9(*)-8057 Height in. 4 5 6 7 mm 101 127 152 178 9(*)-8074-(‡) 9(*)-8075-(‡) 9(*)-8076-(‡) 9(*)-8077-(‡) Conduit to Tray Adaptors • Assembly required. • Mounting hardware included. • Conduit clamps provided. • (‡)=Conduit size (1/2" thru 4"). Catalog No. mm 101 127 152 178 9(*)-8084-(‡) 9(*)-8085-(‡) 9(*)-8086-(‡) 9(*)-8087-(‡) Height in. 4 5 6 7 mm 101 127 152 178 Conduit to Tray Adaptor • Assembly required. • Conduit clamp included. • (‡)=Conduit size. (1/2" thru 4"). 9ZN-1150-(‡) Height in. 4 5 6 7 Catalog No. • For easy attachment of conduit terminating at a cable tray. • Use on aluminum or steel cable trays. 9ZN-1155-(‡) Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel Cable Tie (Ladder Tray) Nylon ties provide easy attachment of cable to ladder rungs; maximum cable O.D. of 3" (76mm). Catalog No. Conduit Size 9G-1158-1/2, 3/4 9G-1158-1, 11/4 9G-1158-11/2, 2 9G-1158-21/2, 3 9G-1158-31/2, 4 1/2, 3/4 in. Overall Length 15" Catalog No. Cable Tray Systems 99-2125-15 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 1, 11/4 11/2, 2 21/2, 3 31/2, 4 mm 15, 20 25, 32 40, 50 65, 80 90, 100 Steel I-Beam 259 Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Accessories Ladder Drop-Out Trough Drop-Out & Drop-Out Bushing • Specially-designed Ladder Drop-Outs provide a rounded surface with 4" (101 mm) radius to protect cable as it exits from the cable tray, preventing damage to insulation. The drop-out will attach to any desired rung. • (*) Insert P or G • (‡) Insert tray width • These devices provide a rounded surface to protect cable as it exits from the trough-type cable tray. • Hardware is included for attachment to the trough bottom. • (*) Insert P or G • (‡) Insert tray width Catalog No. 9(*)-1104-(‡) Catalog No. 99-1124 Catalog No. 9(*)-1104T-(‡) Snap-In Plastic Bushing Trough-Type Drop-Out Barriers Horizontal Bend Straight Section • Standard length: 120" (3 m) 144" (12 ft.). • Order catalog number based on loading depth. • Furnished with four #10 x 1/2" plated selfdrilling screws and a 99-9982 splice. • (*) Insert P or G • Horizontal Bend Barriers are flexible in order to conform to any horizontal fitting radius. Cut to length. • Order catalog number based on loading depth. • Furnished with three #10 x 1/2" zinc plated self-drilling screws and a 99-9982 Barrier Strip Splice. • Standard length is 72" (6 ft.), sold individually. • (*) Insert P or G H Catalog No. 73(*)-Length 74(*)-Length 75(*)-Length 76(*)-Length Side Rail Height in. 4 5 6 7 Loading Depth 'H' mm 101 127 152 178 in. 3 4 5 6 Length = 144 for 12' or 120 for 10' mm 76 101 127 152 Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel 73(*)-90HBFL 74(*)-90HBFL 75(*)-90HBFL 76(*)-90HBFL Side Rail Height in. 4 5 6 7 mm 101 127 152 178 in. 3 4 5 6 Barrier Strip Clip • Vertical Bend Barriers are preformed to conform to a specific vertical fitting. • Furnished with three #10 x 1/2" plated self-drilling screws and a 99-9982 Barrier Strip Splice. • (*) Insert P or G • (**) Insert 30, 45, 60 or 90 for degrees H • (†) Insert 12, 24, 36 or 48 for radius • Zinc plated steel barrier clip fastens to either aluminum or steel ladder rung. • Furnished with one #10 x 1/2" zinc plated self-drilling screw. Inside Bend (VI) 73(*)-(**)VI(†) 74(*)-(**)VI(†) 75(*)-(**)VI(†) 76(*)-(**)VI(†) 73(*)-(**)VO(†) 74(*)-(**)VO(†) 75(*)-(**)VO(†) 76(*)-(**)VO(†) mm 76 101 127 152 Catalog No. 9ZN-9002 Catalog No. 99-9982 Barrier Strip Splice Outside Bend (VO) Inside Bend Outside Bend Catalog No. Catalog No. H Loading Depth 'H' Vertical Bend Barriers H 260 Catalog No. • Plastic splice holds adjoining barrier strips in straight alignment. Side Rail Height Loading Depth 'H' in. mm in. mm 4 5 6 7 101 127 152 178 3 4 5 6 76 101 127 152 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Accessories Stainless Steel Cable Clamp Bonding Jumper • Fits with series 2, 3, 4 & 5 standard steel rungs. • Shipped flat. Field form around the cable at the time of installation. Use at each expansion splice and where the cable tray is not mechanically/electrically continuous to ground. Sold individually. • Hardware included. • See table 392.7(B)(2) on page 25 for amperage ratings required to match the UL cross-sectional area of the tray. • See tray loading chart for UL cross-sectional area. • Bonding jumper is 16" long. Catalog No. Cable Size in. mm 9SS4-4050 0.50 - 0.75 13 - 19 9SS4-4075 0.75 - 1.00 19 - 25 9SS4-4100 1.00 - 1.25 25 - 32 9SS4-4125 1.25 - 1.50 32 - 38 9SS4-4150 1.50 - 1.75 38 - 45 9SS4-4175 1.75 - 2.00 45 - 51 9SS4-4200 2.00 - 2.25 51 - 57 9SS4-4225 2.25 - 2.50 57 - 64 9SS4-4250 2.50 - 2.75 64 - 70 9SS4-4275 2.75 - 3.00 70 - 76 9SS4-4300 3.00 - 3.25 76 - 82 9SS4-4325 3.25 - 3.50 82 - 89 9SS4-4350 3.50 - 3.75 89 - 95 9SS4-4375 3.75 - 4.00 95 - 102 9SS4-4400 4.00 - 4.25 100 - 106 9SS4-4425 4.25 - 4.50 106 - 113 9SS4-4450 4.50 - 4.75 113 - 121 9SS4-4475 4.75 - 5.00 Refer to Section CF Cable Fixing Catalog No. Cross-Sectional Area Ampacity 1.5 Square inches 600 99-N1 Grounding Clamp Cooper B-Line Cable Tray is UL® classified as to its suitability as an equipment grounding conductor. If a separate conductor for additional grounding capability is desired, B-Line offers this clamp for bolting the conductor at least once to each cable tray section. • Accepts #6 AWG to 250 MCM. 121 - 125 Item Material Catalog No. Grounding Clamp Tin Plated Aluminum 9A-2130 Ground Clamp Hanger Rod Clamp • Mechanically attaches grounding cables to cable tray. • Hardware included. • (*) Insert ZN or SS4 • • • • • • For 1/2" ATR. Furnished in pairs. Order ATR and hex nuts separately. Two-piece “J”-hanger design. (*) Insert ZN or G 1500 lbs./pair capacity safety factor 3. Catalog No. Catalog No. 9(*)-5324 9(*)-5325 9(*)-5326 9(*)-5327 Cable Size 9(*)-2351 #1 thru 2/0 9(*)-2352 3/0 thru 250 MCM Rail Height in. 4 5 6 7 mm 101 127 152 178 Threaded Rod (ATR) & Rod Coupling Loading lbs 3/8-16 730 1/2-13 1350 Catalog No. ATR 3/8 x Length ATR 1/2 x Length Available Lengths Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel Size Coupling Cat. No. 36", 72", 120", 144" B655-3/8 36", 72", 120", 144" B655-1/2 Loading based on safety factor 5. Standard Finish: Zinc Plated. See B-Line Strut Systems Catalog for other sizes and finishes. Cable Tray Systems Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 261 Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Accessories Cable Tray Clamp/Guide • Features a no-twist design. • Has four times the strength of the traditional design. • Each side is labeled to ensure proper installation. • Furnished in pairs, with or without hardware. 9ZN-1208 shown. Installed as a clamp. 9ZN-1204 shown. Installed as a guide. Catalog No. Without With Hardware Hardware 9ZN-1204 9ZN-1208 9A-1205 9G-1205 9SS6-1205 9ZN-1205 9ZN-1204NB 9ZN-1208NB ----- 11/2" (39mm) 21/4" (57mm) Overall Hardware Length Size Finish in. mm 11/2 21/4 21/4 21/4 21/4 21/4 38 57 57 57 57 57 1/4" Note: For heavy duty or vertical applications see 9(*)-1241 or 9(*)-1242 page 265. Znplt Znplt Alum. HDGAF 316SS Znplt 3/8" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" Patent # RE35479 When installing this device as an expansion guide on the outside flange of Steel Side Rail, use the Catalog No. B202 Square Washer in order to properly elevate the guide. Cable Tray Guide • Expansion guide for single or double cable tray runs. • Guide allows for longitudinal movement of the cable tray. • No field drilling of support I-beam or channel is required. • Guides are required on both sides of cable tray to prevent lateral movement - can be placed on either the inside or outside flange of cable tray. • Guides are sold in pieces - two guides are required per tray. • Maximum flange thickness 11/8" (28.58 mm). Catalog No. Finish Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel 9ZN-1249 9G-1249 Nylon Pad Neoprene Roll • • • • • • • • • • Use for friction reduction. Hardness: Shore D80. Low friction coefficient. UV resistant (black). Excellent weatherability. UL-94HB. 1 Zinc Plated HDGAF Used for material isolation. x 2" x 20' roll. Hardness: Shore A60. Good weatherability. 1/8" /8" (3mm) 6" (152mm) 3" (76mm) Catalog No. 262 99-NY36 Catalog No. Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 99-NP240 Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Accessories Trapeze Support Kit Cooper B-Line's trapeze kits provide the components required for a single trapeze support in one package. These kits are available in pre(2) 1/2" x 7/8" Hex galvanized steel with zinc-plated hardware Head Cap Screw or hot dip galvanized steel with 316 (2) 9ZN-1205 stainless steel hardware. Hold-Down The SH channel provides the convenience of pre-punched slots, which eliminate the need for field drilling. Catalog No. Guide Clamp Tray Width Channel Uniform Length Load in. mm in. mm 9P-5506-22SH(†) 6 152 16 406 1600 7.11 lbs kN 9P-5509-22SH(†) 9 229 18 457 1250 5.56 9P-5512-22SH(†) 12 305 22 559 1125 5.00 9P-5518-22SH(†) 18 457 28 711 865 3.85 9P-5524-22SH(†) 24 610 34 864 700 3.11 9P-5530-22SH(†) 30 762 40 1016 590 2.62 9P-5536-22SH(†) 36 914 46 1168 510 2.27 (4) 1/2" Hex Nut (2) N525WO Channel Nut The illustrated hardware is sealed in a plastic bag and boxed with the channel, which is pre-cut to the appropriate length as shown in the chart. (4) B202 Square Washer (1) B22 Channel cut to the required length 9P-5542-22SH(†) 42 1067 52 1321 450 2.00 • (†) Insert 3/8 for 3/8" threaded rod hardware. Designed for use with 1/2" threaded rod. Order rod separately. Safety factor of 3.0 on all loads. Heavy Duty Trapeze Support Kit Cooper B-Line's trapeze kits provide the components required for a single trapeze support in one package. These kits are available in Dura-Green® epoxy coated steel with zinc-plated hardware or hot dip galvanized steel with 316 stainless steel hardware. The SH channel provides the convenience of pre-punched slots, which eliminates the need for field drilling. (2) 1/2" x 7/8" Hex Head Cap Screw Catalog No. (2) 9ZN-1205 Hold-Down Guide Clamp (4) 1/2" Hex Nut (2) N525WO Channel Nut (4) B202 Square Washer (1) Channel cut to the required length The illustrated hardware is sealed in a plastic bag and boxed with the channel, which is pre-cut to the appropriate length as shown in the chart. Designed for use with Order rod separately. 1/2" Tray Width Channel Uniform Length Load in. mm in. mm 6 152 16 406 1350 6.01 9(*)-5509-22SHA 9 229 18 457 1350 6.01 9(*)-5512-22SHA 12 305 22 559 1350 6.01 9(*)-5518-22SHA 18 457 28 711 1350 6.01 9(*)-5524-22SHA 24 610 34 864 1350 6.01 9(*)-5530-22SHA 30 762 40 1016 1350 6.01 9(*)-5536-22SHA 36 914 46 1168 1350 6.01 9(*)-5542-22SHA 42 1067 52 1321 1350 6.01 9(*)-5506-22SHA lbs kN • (*) Insert GRN or G threaded rod. Safety factor of 3.0 on all loads. Trapeze Hardware Kit Catalog No. In plastic bag Rooftop Support Bases with B22 Channel 9ZN-5500-1/2 1 2 2 4 4 pr. 9ZN-1205 HHC Screw 1/2 x 7/8 ZN N525 WO ZN B202 ZN 1/2" sq washer HN 1/2 ZN Catalog No. DB10-28 DB10-36 DB10-42 DB10-50 DB10-60 1 2 2 4 4 pr. 9G-1205 HHC Screw 1/2 x 7/8 SS6 N525 WO SS6 B202 HDG 1/2" sq washer HN 1/2 SS6 Height x Width x Length 55/8” 55/8” 55/8” 55/8” 55/8” x x x x x 6” 6” 6” 6” 6” x x x x x 28.0” 36.0” 42.0” 50.0” 60.0” Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel Designed as a superior rooftop support for cable tray, UV resistant and approved for most roofing material or other flat surfaces. Can be used with any of Cooper B-Line’s cable tray clamps and guides. Ultimate Load Capacity: 1,000 lbs. (uniform load) 9G-5500-1/2 LEEDS credit available, base made from 100% recycled material. General Note: Consult roofing manufacturer or engineer for roof load capacity. The weakest point may be the insulation board beneath the rubber membrane. Cable Tray Systems Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 263 Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Accessories Center Hung Cable Tray Support Catalog No. • Cooper B-Line's unique Center Hung Cable Tray Support allows cable to be laid-in from both sides. • Eliminates costly cable pulling and field cutting of cable tray supports. Labor costs are dramatically reduced. • Required hardware and threaded rod material for trapeze assemblies are reduced by 50%. • Designed for use with 1/2" threaded rod. (Order rod separately) • Use with all aluminum and steel cable trays through 24" width. • Load capacity is 700 lbs. per support. Safety factor of 3.0. Eccentric loading is not to exceed a 60% vs. 40% load differential. • The maximum recommended unsupported span length is 144"/12 ft. (3.66 m). • Hardware shown is furnished. (2) 1/2" Hex Nut (2) 1/2" x 7/8" Hex Head Cap Screws Tray Width Channel Length 9ZN-5212 6", 9", 12" 18" 9ZN-5224 18", 24" 30" (1) 9/16" Inside diameter steel tubing welded to strut (2) 9ZN-1205 Hold Down Guide Clamp ZN = Zinc Plated (2) N525WO (1) B22 Channel cut to required length (1) B202 Square Washer Center Hung Support Hardware Kit Catalog No. In plastic bag 9ZN-5200 1 2 2 1 2 pr. 9ZN-1205 HHC Screw 1/2 x 7/8 ZN N525 WO ZN B202 ZN 1/2" sq washer HN 1/2 ZN Bracket Bracket A A Finishes available: ZN GRN or HDG Safety Load Factor 2.5 Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel Finishes available: ZN GRN or HDG Safety Load Factor 2.5 Catalog No. B494-12 B494-18 B494-24 264 Uniform Load lbs kN 1580 1000 996 7.02 4.45 4.43 Catalog No. Uniform Load Tray Width Tray Width in. mm 6 & 9 152 & 229 12 305 18 457 'A' in. mm 12 18 24 305 457 610 B494-30 B494-36 B494-42 B494-48 'A' lbs kN in. mm in. mm 924 864 580 500 4.11 3.84 2.58 2.22 24 30 36 42 610 762 914 1067 30 36 42 48 762 914 1067 1219 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Accessories Cantilever Bracket Cantilever Bracket A A Finishes available: ZN GRN or HDG Safety Load Factor 2.5 Catalog No. Uniform Load Finishes available: ZN GRN or HDG Safety Load Factor 2.5 Catalog No. Uniform Load Tray Width lbs kN B409-12 960 4.27 in. B409-18 640 2.84 12 B409-24 480 2.13 18 mm in. mm 12 305 305 18 457 457 24 610 6 & 9 152 & 229 - 1660 1100 835 625 550 465 7.37 4.88 3.71 2.78 2.44 2.06 Tray Width in. mm 6 & 9 152 & 229 12 305 18 457 24 610 30 762 36 914 'A' in. mm 12 305 18 457 24 610 30 762 36 914 42 1067 • (*) Insert ZN or G • Design load is 1500 lbs/pair. Safety Factor of 2.5 • Furnished in pairs with hardware. U-Bolt Size Fits Pipe O.D. .841 1.051 1.316 1.661 1.901 2.376 kN Vertical Hanger Splice Plates Underfloor Support (U-Bolts not included) B501-3/4 B501-1 B501-11/4 B501-11/2 B501-2 B501-21/2 B297-12 B297-18 B297-24 B297-30 B297-36 B297-42 'A' lbs 1.050 1.315 1.660 1.900 2.375 2.875 7" (178mm) A • Order properly sized U-Bolts separately. A Finish available: ZN Safety Load Factor 2.5 Catalog No. Uniform Load lbs kN B409UF-12 800 3.55 B409UF-21 450 2.00 Tray Width in. Catalog No. Outside 9(*)-8224 9(*)-8225 9(*)-8226 9(*)-8227 Cable Tray Ht. 4" 5" 6" 7" 'A' mm in. mm 6 & 9 152 & 229 12 305 12 & 18 305 & 457 21 533 'A' in. mm 2.84 85.34 3.73 110.74 4.84 136.14 5.84 161.54 Heavy Duty Hold-Down Bracket Heavy Duty Hold-Down Bracket • • • • • • • • • Design load is 2000 lbs/pair. Two bolt design. Sold in pairs. 3/8" cable tray attachment hardware provided. 1/2" support attachment hardware not provided. • (*) Insert ZN or G Design load is 4000 lbs/pair. Four bolt design. Sold in pairs. 3/8" cable tray attachment hardware provided • 1/2" support attachment hardware not provided. • (*) Insert ZN or G Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel Catalog No. Cable Tray Systems 9(*)-1241 Catalog No. 9(*)-1242 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 265 Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Accessories Beam Clamp Beam Clamp B355 • Finishes available: ZN or HDG • Sold in pieces. Beam Clamp Finishes available: ZN GRN HDG or SS4 Sold in pieces. Design load is 1200 lbs. when used in pairs. Safety Load Factor 5.0 Order HHCS and Channel Nuts separately. • • • • • • Finishes available: ZN GRN or HDG • Sold in pieces. A Design load when used in pairs. Safety Load Factor 5.0 Design load when used in pairs. Safety Load Factor 5.0 Catalog Design Load* 'A' Cat. No. lbs kN in. mm 1200 1200 5.34 5.34 33/8 5 86 127 Design Load * B441-22 B441-22A B305 Thru B308 & B321 Series Beam Clamps B212-1/4 B212-3/8 600 lbs. 2.67 kN 1000 lbs. 4.45 kN Max. Flange Thick 3/4" 19 mm Mat'l. Thickness 1/4" 6.3 mm 1 1/8" 28.6 mm 3/8" 9.5 mm B312 Anchor Strap • Finishes available: ZN or HDG • Setscrew included. • Safety Load Factor 5.0 • Finish available: ZN • For a maximum beam thickness of 3/4". • For thicker beams, step up one flange width size. B C D E T F A Cat. No. Rod Size A B C D Design Load E F T lbs B305 3/8"-16 3/8"-16 2 5/16" 7/8" 1 1/8" 2 1/2" 11 Ga. B306 3/8"-16 1/2"-13 2 7/16" 7/8" 1 1/8" 2 1/2" B307 1/2"-13 1/2"-13 2 7/16" 7/8" 1 1/8" B308 1/2"-13 1/2"-13 2 9/16" 7/8" 1 1/8" B321-1 3/8"-16 1/2"-13 3 9/16" 11/16" B321-2 1/2"-13 1/2"-13 3 9/16" 1 1 11/16" kN 600 2.67 7 Ga. 1100 4.90 2 1/2" 7 Ga. 1100 4.90 Cat. No. Flange Width 2 1/2" 1/4" 1500 6.68 B312-6 Up to 6" 1 5/8" 3 1/4" 1/4" 1300 5.79 B312-9 6" - 9" 1 5/8" 3 1/4" 1/4" 1400 6.23 B312-12 9" - 12" 1/2"-13 Rod & Hex Nut Sold Separately Beam Clamp Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel Catalog No. For Flange Width in. B750-J4 B750-J6 B750-J9 B750-J12 3"- 6" 5"- 9" 8"- 12" 11"- 15" mm 76.2 127.0 203.2 279.4 - 152.4 288.6 304.8 381.0 Wt./C lbs kg 109 124 135 147 49.4 56.2 61.2 66.7 Finish available: ZN Design Load 500 lbs. (2.22 kN) Safety Load Factor 5.0 Recommended torque: 'J'-Hook Nut 125 In.-Lbs. (14.1 kN/m) • Maximum flange thickness of 3/4" • • • • J-Hook & Hex Nut Included Material: 7 Gauge (4.6) 1 1/2" (38.1) 1 7/8" (47.6) Beam Clamp Catalog No. B700-J4 B700-J6 B700-J9 B700-J12 266 'A' Thread Length 'TL' Wt./C in. mm in. mm lbs kg 81/2" 111/2" 121/4" 171/2" 215.9 292.1 368.3 444.5 5" 6" 6" 6" 127.0 152.4 152.4 152.4 44 53 63 78 19.9 24.0 28.6 35.4 1/2"-13 Threads ‘TL’ • Finish available: ZN • Hex Nut included. Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) “A’ Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Accessories Covers Solid Flanged Solid Non-Flanged Ventilated Flanged Peaked Flanged 2 to 3 Pitch Peaked Flanged (See page 358) A full range of covers is available for straight sections and fittings. Solid covers should be used when maximum enclosure of the cable is desired and no accumulation of heat is expected. Ventilated covers provide an overhead cable shield yet allow heat to escape. Cooper B-Line recommends that covers be placed on vertical cable tray runs to a height of 6 ft. (1.83 m) to 8 ft. (2.44 m) above the floor to isolate both cables and personnel. Flanged covers have a 1/2 in. (13 mm) flange. Cover clamps are not included with the cover and must be ordered separately. All peaked covers are flanged. Standard peaked covers have 1/2” peak. Special purpose peaked covers, having a 2 to 3 pitch, provide additional slope and material thickness. The 2 to 3 pitch fitting covers are of multiple piece, welded construction. Steel Cover Part Numbering Prefix Example: 80 2 P Cover Type 80 = Solid 81 = Ventilated 82 = Peaked Detail Material 2= Flanged Steel (248, 258, 268 straight sections and all fittings) 3= Flanged Steel (All straight sections except 248, 258, 268) P= Pre-Galvanized (Not available in Type 83) 20 - 24 - 144 Material Thickness 20 = 20 Pre-Galv 18 = 18 HDGAF G= HDGAF 4= Non-Flanged Steel (80 & 81 type only) Tray Width 06 = 09 = 12 = 18 = 24 = 30 = 36 = 6" 9" 12" 18" 24" 30" 36" Item Description For Straight Section Covers: Pre-Galvanized Only: 144 = 12 ft. (3.66 m) 120 = 10 ft. (3.05 m) Pre-Galvanized & HDGAF 72 = 6 ft. (1.83 m) 60 = 5 ft. (1.52 m) For fitting covers: Insert suffix of fitting to be covered. See example below. Covers 30" and 36" wide have reinforcing ridges. Examples of Catalog Numbers for Fitting Covers: Horizontal Bend Cover Prefix Suffix 80 2 P 20 - 18 - 90 HB 24 Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel Radius Fitting Angle Width Material Thickness Material Detail Cover Type Vertical Bend Cover Prefix Suffix 80 2 G 18 - 24 - 90 VO 24 - 4* Side Rail* Height Radius Fitting Angle Width Material Thickness Material Detail Cover Type * Required for VO fittings only Cable Tray Systems Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 267 Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Accessories Standard Cover Clamp Combination Cover and Hold-Down Clamp • For indoor service only. • Sold per piece. • (*) Insert ZN or G • Sold per piece. • (*) Insert P or G • For indoor service only. Raised Cover Clamp • For indoor service only. • For use with flanged covers only. † Specify gap of 1", 2", 3" or 4". Tray Type Tray Type Steel Side Rail Height in. mm 4 5 6 7 101 127 152 178 Catalog No. 9(*)-9014 9(*)-9015 9(*)-9016 9(*)-9017 Tray Type Side Rail Height in. mm 4 5 6 7 101 127 152 178 Steel Catalog No. 9(*)-9043 9(*)-9053 9(*)-9063 9(*)-9073 Series 2 Steel Straight Section Series 3 & 4 Steel Straight Section All Steel Fittings (Also Series 1 Steel Straight Sections) Catalog No. 9ZN-9114-† 9ZN-9115-† 9ZN-910† Quantity of Standard Cover Clamps Required Heavy Duty Cover Clamp Peaked Cover Clamp • Recommended for outdoor service. • (*) Insert P or G Straight Section 60" or 72" .............4 Straight Section 120" or 144" .........6 Horizontal/Vertical Bends................4 Tees...............................................6 Crosses ..........................................8 (‡) Insert tray width † Add P to Catalog No. for 1/2" peaked cover clamp. Side Rail Height Catalog No. in. 4 5 mm 101 127 9(*)-(‡)-9044† 9(*)-(‡)-9054† 6 152 9(*)-(‡)-9064† 7 178 9(*)-(‡)-9074† pcs. pcs. pcs. pcs. pcs. Note: When using the Heavy Duty Cover Clamp, only one-half the number of clamps stated above is required. Cover Joint Strip • Used to join covers • Plastic • (‡) Insert tray width Catalog No. 99-9980-(‡) Cable Cleats (see pages 352 thru 355) Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel Emperor Trefoil Cable Cleats Vulcan Cable Cleats 268 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Specifications Section 1- Acceptable Manufacturers 1.01 Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray systems shall be as manufactured by Cooper B-Line, Inc. Section 2- Cable Tray Sections and Components General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide metal cable trays, of types, classes and sizes indicated; with splice plates, bolts, nuts and washers for connecting units. Construct units with rounded edges and smooth surfaces; in compliance with applicable standards; and with the following additional construction features. Cable tray shall be installed according to the latest revision of NEMA VE 2. 2.02 Pre-Galvanized Steel: Straight sections, fitting side rails, rungs, and covers shall be made from structural quality steel meeting the minimum mechanical properties and mill galvanized in accordance with ASTM A653 SS, Grade 33, coating designation G90. Hardware finish shall be electrogalvanized zinc per ASTM B633. 2.03 Hot Dip Galvanized Steel: All side rails, covers, splice plates, and rungs shall be made from structural quality steel meeting the minimum mechanical properties of ASTM A1011 SS, Grade 33 for 14 gauge and heavier, ASTM A1008, Grade 33 Type 2 for 16 gauge and lighter, and shall be hot dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A123. Mill galvanized covers are not acceptable for hot dip galvanized cable tray. Hardware finish shall be chromium zinc per ASTM F-1136-88. 2.04 Ladder Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with transverse members (rungs) welded to the side rails. Rungs shall be spaced [6] [9] [12] inches on center. Rung spacing in radiused fittings shall be industry standard 9" and measured at the center of the tray’s width. No portion of the rungs shall protrude below the bottom plane of the side rails. Each rung must be capable of supporting a 200 lb. concentrated load at the center of the cable tray over and above the cable load with a safety factor of 1.5. 2.05 Ventilated Trough Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a corrugated bottom welded to the side rails or rungs spaced 4" on center. The peaks of the corrugated bottom shall have a minimum flat cable bearing surface of 23/4" and shall be spaced on 6" centers. To provide ventilation in the tray, the valleys of the corrugated bottom shall have 21/4" x 4" rectangular holes punched along the width of the bottom. 2.06 Non-Ventilated Bottom Trough Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a corrugated bottom welded to the side rails or a solid sheet over rungs. The peaks of the corrugated bottom shall have a minimum flat cable bearing surface of 23/4" and shall be spaced on 6" centers. 2.07 Cable tray loading depth shall be [3] [4] [5] [6] inches per NEMA VE 1. 2.08 Straight sections shall have side rails fabricated as I-beams. Straight sections shall be supplied in standard [12 foot] [24 foot] [10 foot (3 m)] [20 foot (6 m)] lengths. 2.09 Cable tray widths shall be [6] [9] [12] [18] [24] [30] [36] inches or as shown on drawings. 2.10 Splice plates shall be manufactured of high strength steel, meeting the minimum mechanical properties of ASTM A1011 HSLAS, Grade 50, Class 1 and be secured with 8 nuts and bolts per plate. The resistance of fixed splice connections between an adjacent section of tray shall not exceed 0.00033 ohm. 2.11 All fittings must have a minimum radius of [12] [24] [36] [48] inches. Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel 2.01 Section 3- Loading Capacities and Testing 3.01 Cable tray shall be capable of carrying a uniformly distributed load of ______ lbs./ft. on a _______ ft. support span with a safety factor of 1.5 when supported as a simple span and tested per NEMA VE 1 5.2. In addition to the uniformly distributed load the cable tray shall support 200 lbs. concentrated load at mid-point of span. Load and safety factors specified are applicable to both the side rails and rung capacities. Cable tray shall be made to manufacturing tolerances as specified by NEMA. 3.02 Upon request, manufacturer shall provide test reports in accordance with the latest revision of NEMA VE 1 or CSA C22.2 No. 126. 269 Cable Tray Systems Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel 270 Cable Tray Systems Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel For Stainless Steel Fittings see fittings section pages 284 thru 301 How The Service Advisor Works B-Line knows that your time is important! That’s why the color-coding system in this catalog is designed to help you select products that fit your service needs. Products are marked to indicate the typical lead time for orders of 50 pieces or less. Customer: How do I select my straight sections. covers, or fittings so that I get the quickest turnaround? Service Advisor: Each part of our selection chart is shown in colors. If any section of a part number is a different color, the part will typically ship with the longer lead time represented by the colors. Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Example: (from page 272) 348SS4 09 - 12 - 144 Part will typically ship in 15 days minimum. Changing the part number will not change the lead time of the original 15 days minimum. 271 Cable Tray Systems Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel - Straight Sections 3" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth 4" Side Rail Height Straight Section Part Numbering Prefix Example: 348 SS6 09 - 24 - 240 Series Material *Type 348 Rung Spacing Width (Inside) Overall Width (Width + 13/8") *Width Ladder06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12" rung spacing SS4 = 304 Stainless Steel SS6 = 316 Stainless Steel Trough6" and Wider 04 = Vented Bottom SB = Non-Ventilated For side rail & rung data, see chart on pages AP-5 & AP-6 06 09 12 18 24 30 36 = = = = = = = 6" 9" 12" 18" 24" 30" 36" ¬ Á Length 144 = 12 ft. 348 120 = 10 ft. ¬Primary Length. Length. ÁSecondary See page 39 for explanation of lengths. Passivation available see page 18. See page 356 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available. Vented Bottom Ladder Type Non-Ventilated (Specify Rung Spacing) Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable being installed. B-Line Series Side Rail Dimensions 1.50 348 SS† NEMA, CSA Classifications Span ft Load lbs/ft NEMA: 16A, 12C CSA: C1-3m 10 12 14 16 18 20 180 125 92 70 56 45 3.13 4.19 18 gauge UL Cross-Sectional Area: 0.40 in2 Deflection Design Factors Span Multiplier for Two Rails meters 0.0042 0.009 0.016 0.027 0.044 0.067 Area=0.74 in2 Sx=0.79 in3 Ix=1.85 in4 3.0 3.7 4.3 4.9 5.5 6.1 Load kg/m Deflection Design Factors Multiplier for Two Rails 268 186 137 105 83 67 0.072 0.148 0.275 0.469 0.752 1.145 Area=4.77 cm2 Sx=12.95 cm3 Ix=77.00 cm4 When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus. † Insert 4 for 304 stainless steel or 6 for 316 stainless steel. 272 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel - Straight Sections Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel 4" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth 5" Side Rail Height Straight Section Part Numbering Prefix Example: 358 SS6 09 - 24 - 240 Series Material *Type SS4 = 304 Stainless Steel SS6 = 316 Stainless Steel 358 Rung Spacing Width (Inside) Overall Width (Width + 13/8") *Width Ladder06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12" rung spacing Trough6" and Wider 04 = Vented Bottom SB = Non-Ventilated For side rail & rung data, see chart on pages AP-5 & AP-6 06 09 12 18 24 30 36 = = = = = = = 6" 9" 12" 18" 24" 30" 36" ¬ Á Length 144 = 12 ft. 358 240 = 20 ft. ¬Primary Length. Length. ÁSecondary See page 39 for explanation of lengths. Passivation available see page 18. See page 356 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available. Vented Bottom Ladder Type Non-Ventilated (Specify Rung Spacing) Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable being installed. B-Line Series Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Dimensions Classifications 1.50 358 SS† 5.19 NEMA: 20A, 16B CSA: 89 kg/m 6.1m 4.13 18 gauge UL Cross-Sectional Area: 0.70 in2 Span ft Load lbs/ft 10 12 14 16 18 20 248 172 127 97 77 62 Deflection Design Factors Span Multiplier for Two Rails meters 0.0025 0.0052 0.010 0.016 0.026 0.040 Area=0.83 in2 Sx=1.09 in3 Ix=3.10 in4 3.0 3.7 4.3 4.9 5.5 6.1 Load kg/m 369 256 188 144 114 92 Deflection Design Factors Multiplier for Two Rails 0.043 0.089 0.164 0.280 0.448 0.684 Area=5.35 cm2 Sx=17.86 cm3 Ix=129.03 cm4 When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus. † Insert 4 for 304 stainless steel or 6 for 316 stainless steel. Cable Tray Systems Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 273 Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel - Straight Sections Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel 5" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth 6" Side Rail Height Straight Section Part Numbering Prefix Example: 368 SS6 09 - 24 - 240 Series Material *Type Ladder06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12" rung spacing SS4 = 304 Stainless Steel SS6 = 316 Stainless Steel 368 464 Rung Spacing Width (Inside) Overall Width (Width + 13/8") *Width Trough6" and Wider 04 = Vented Bottom SB = Non-Ventilated For side rail & rung data, see chart on pages AP-5 & AP-6 06 09 12 18 24 30 36 = = = = = = = 6" 9" 12" 18" 24" 30" 36" Vented Bottom Length 240 144 ¬ 240 Á 288 Á = = = = ¬Primary 20 12 20 24 ft. 368 ft. ft. 464 ft. Length. Length. ÁSecondary See page 39 for explanation of lengths. Passivation available see page 18. See page 356 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available. Ladder Type ¬ Non-Ventilated (Specify Rung Spacing) Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable being installed. B-Line Series Side Rail Dimensions 1.50 368 SS† NEMA, CSA Classifications Span ft Load lbs/ft NEMA: 20A, 16B CSA: D1-3m 10 12 14 16 18 20 236 164 120 92 73 59 NEMA, CSA Classifications Span ft Load lbs/ft NEMA: 20C+ CSA: E-6m 12 16 18 20 22 24 342 192 152 123 102 85 5.13 6.19 UL Cross-Sectional Area: 0.70 in2 18 gauge B-Line Series Side Rail Dimensions 1.50 464 SS† 5.11 6.19 14 gauge UL Cross-Sectional Area: 1.00 in2 Deflection Design Factors Span Multiplier for Two Rails meters 0.0016 0.0034 0.0062 0.011 0.017 0.026 Area=0.92 in2 Sx=1.41 in3 Ix=4.77 in4 3.0 3.7 4.3 4.9 5.5 6.1 Deflection Design Factors Span Multiplier for Two Rails meters 0.002 0.007 0.011 0.016 0.024 0.034 Area=1.49 in2 Sx=2.28 in3 Ix=7.65 in4 3.7 4.9 5.5 6.1 6.7 7.3 Load kg/m Deflection Design Factors Multiplier for Two Rails 351 244 179 137 108 88 Load kg/m 0.028 0.058 0.107 0.182 0.291 0.444 Area=5.94 cm2 Sx=23.11 cm3 Ix=198.54 cm4 Deflection Design Factors Multiplier for Two Rails 508 286 226 183 151 127 0.036 0.113 0.182 0.277 0.406 0.574 Area=9.61 cm2 Sx=37.36 cm3 Ix=318.42 cm4 When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus. † Insert 4 for 304 stainless steel or 6 for 316 stainless steel. 274 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel - Accessories Expansion Splice Plates • Standard 8-hole pattern for all stainless steel splice plates. • Furnished in pairs with hardware. • One pair including hardware provided with straight section. • Boxed in pairs with hardware. • (*) Insert SS4 or SS6 • Expansion plates allow for one inch expansion or contraction of the cable tray, or where expansion joints occur in the support structure. • Furnished in pairs with hardware. • Bonding Jumpers are required. Order Separately. • (*) Insert SS4 or SS6 Catalog No. Catalog No. Height in. mm 9(*)-8004 4 101 9(*)-8005 5 9(*)-8006 6 Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel Splice Plates Height in. mm 9(*)-8014 4 101 127 9(*)-8015 5 127 152 9(*)-8016 6 152 Universal Splice Plates Step Down Splice Plates Vertical Adjustable Splice Plates • Used to splice to existing cable tray systems. • Furnished in pairs with hardware. • (*) Insert SS4 or SS6 • These splice plates are offered for connecting cable tray sections having side rails of different heights. • Furnished in pairs with hardware. • (*) Insert SS4 or SS6 • These plates provide for changes in elevation that do not conform to standard vertical fittings. • Furnished in pairs with hardware. • (*) Insert SS4 or SS6 Catalog No. Catalog No. Catalog No. Height in. mm 9(*)-8004-1/2 4 101 9(*)-8005-1/2 5 127 9(*)-8006-1/2 6 152 Height in. mm 9(*)-8045 5 to 4 127 to 101 9(*)-8046 6 to 4 152 to 101 9(*)-8060 6 to 5 152 to 127 Horizontal Adjustable Splice Plates • Offered to adjust a cable tray run for changes in direction in a horizontal plane that do not conform to standard horizontal fittings. • Furnished in pairs with hardware. • New design bonding jumpers not required. • (*) Insert SS4 or SS6 • (X) Insert 4, 5 or 6 for 9(*)-803(X) side rail height. Requires supports within 24” on both sides, per NEMA VE 2. Height in. mm 9(*)-8024 4 101 9(*)-8025 5 127 9(*)-8026 6 152 Branch Pivot Connectors 9(*)-803(X)-12 or 9(*)-803(X)-36 One pair splice plates with extensions. L L • Branch from existing cable tray runs at any point. • Pivot to any required angle. • UL Classified for grounding (bonding jumper not required). • Furnished in pairs with hardware. • (*) Insert SS4 or SS6 Splice only Catalog No. Cable Tray No. End Cut Tray Width 'L' Mitered Thru 36" N/A 9(*)-803(X)-12 Not Mitered Thru 12" 16" 9(*)-803(X)-36 Not Mitered Thru 36" 41" 9(*)-803(X) Cable Tray Systems Requires supports within 24” on both sides, per NEMA VE 2. Catalog No. Height in. mm 9(*)-8244 4 101 9(*)-8245 5 127 9(*)-8246 6 152 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 275 Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel - Accessories Cross Connector Bracket Type 316 Tray Hardware • For field connecting crossing section. • Furnished in pairs with 3/8" hardware. • (*) Insert SS4 or SS6 Catalog No. Catalog No. RNCB 3/8"-16 x 3/4" SS6 Ribbed Neck Carriage Bolt, 316 Stainless Steel Catalog No. SFHN 3/8"-16 SS6 Hex Nut , 316 Stainless Steel 9(*)-1240 Offset Reducing Splice Plate • This plate is used for joining cable trays having different widths. When used in pairs they form a straight reduction; when used singly with a standard Catalog No. splice plate, they form an offset reduction. • Furnished as one plate 9(*)-8064-(‡) with hardware. 9(*)-8065-(‡) • (‡) Insert reduction 9(*)-8066-(‡) • (*) Insert SS4 or SS6 Height in. mm 4 101 5 127 6 152 Tray to Box Splice Plates Frame Type Box Connector Blind End • Used to attach the end of a cable tray run to a distribution box or control panel. • Furnished in pairs with hardware. • (*) Insert SS4 or SS6 • Designed to attach the end of a cable tray run to a distribution cabinet or control center to help reinforce the box at the point of entry. • Furnished with cable tray connection hardware. • (‡) Insert tray width • (*) Insert SS4 or SS6 • This plate forms a closure for a dead end cable tray. • Furnished as one plate with hardware. • (‡) Insert tray width • (*) Insert SS4 or SS6 Catalog No. Catalog No. Catalog No. Height in. mm 9(*)-8054 4 101 9(*)-8055 5 9(*)-8056 6 Height in. mm 9(*)-8074-(‡) 4 101 127 9(*)-8075-(‡) 5 152 9(*)-8076-(‡) 6 Conduit to Tray Adaptors Catalog No. 9SS4-1150-(‡) mm 9(*)-8084-(‡) 4 101 127 9(*)-8085-(‡) 5 127 152 9(*)-8086-(‡) 6 152 Conduit to Tray Adaptor • Assembly required. • Conduit clamp included. • (‡) = Conduit size (1/2" thru 4"). • Assembly required. • Mounting hardware included. • Conduit clamps provided. • (‡) = Conduit size (1/2" thru 4"). Height in. Catalog No. • For easy attachment of conduit terminating at a cable tray. • Use on aluminum or steel cable trays. 9SS4-1155-(‡) Cable Tie (Ladder Tray) Nylon ties provide easy attachment cable to ladder rungs; maximum cable O.D. of 3" (76mm). Overall Length 15" Catalog No. 276 99-2125-15 Catalog No. Conduit Size in. mm 9G-1158-1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4 15, 20 9G-1158-1, 11/4 1, 11/4 25, 32 9G-1158-11/2, 2 11/2, 2 40, 50 9G-1158-21/2, 21/2, 3 9G-1158-31/2, 4 3 31/2, 4 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Steel I-Beam 65, 80 90, 100 Cable Tray Systems Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel - Accessories Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel Ladder Drop-Out • Specially-designed Ladder Drop-Outs provide a rounded surface with 4" (101 mm) radius to protect cable as it exits from the cable tray, preventing damage to insulation. The drop-out will attach to any desired rung. • (‡) Insert tray width • (*) Insert SS4 or SS6 Catalog No. 9(*)-1104-(‡) Barriers Horizontal Bend Straight Section • Horizontal Bend Barriers are flexible in order to conform to any horizontal fitting radius. Cut to length. • Order catalog number based on loading depth. • Furnished with three #10 x 1/2" SS4 self-drilling screws and a 99-9982 Barrier Strip Splice. • Standard length is 72" (6 ft.), sold individually. • (*) Insert SS4 or SS6 • Standard length: 120" (3 m) 144" (12 ft.). • Order catalog number based on loading depth. • Furnished with four #10 x 1/2" SS4 selfdrilling screws and a 99-9982 splice. • (*) Insert SS4 or SS6 H Catalog No. 73(*)-Length 74(*)-Length 75(*)-Length H Side Rail Height Loading Depth 'H' in. 4 5 6 in. 3 4 5 mm 101 127 152 mm 76 101 127 Catalog No. Length = 144 for 12' or 120 for 10' 73(*)-90HBFL 74(*)-90HBFL 75(*)-90HBFL Side Rail Height Loading Depth 'H' in. 4 5 6 in. 3 4 5 mm 101 127 152 Vertical Bend Barriers Barrier Strip Clip • Vertical Bend Barriers are preformed to conform to a specific vertical fitting. • Furnished with three #10 x 1/2" SS4 self-drilling screws and a 99-9982 Barrier Strip Splice. • (*) Insert SS4 or SS6 • (**) Insert 30, 45, 60 or 90 for degrees • (†) Insert 12, 24, 36 or 48 for radius • Zinc plated steel barrier clip fastens to either aluminum or steel ladder rung. • Furnished with one #10 x 1/2" SS4 plated self-drilling screw. • (*) Insert SS4 or SS6 mm 76 101 127 H Catalog No. 9(*)-9002 Catalog No. 99-9982 H Inside Bend (VI) Outside Bend (VO) Inside Bend Outside Bend Catalog No. Catalog No. 73(*)-(**)VI(†) 74(*)-(**)VI(†) 75(*)-(**)VI(†) Cable Tray Systems 73(*)-(**)VO(†) 74(*)-(**)VO(†) 75(*)-(**)VO(†) Barrier Strip Splice • Plastic splice holds adjoining barrier strips in straight alignment. Side Rail Loading Height Depth 'H' in. mm in. mm 4 5 6 101 127 152 3 4 5 76 101 127 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 277 Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel - Accessories Stainless Steel Cable Clamp Cable Tray Clamp/Guide • Fits with series 3 & 4 rungs. • Shipped flat. Field form around the cable at the time of installation. • Features a no-twist design. • Has four times the strength of the traditional design. • Each side is labeled to ensure proper installation. • Available for either 3/8" or 1/2" hardware. • Furnished in pairs without hardware. Catalog No. Cable Size Installed as a guide. in. mm 9SS4-4050 0.50 - 0.75 13 - 19 9SS4-4075 0.75 - 1.00 19 - 25 9SS4-4100 1.00 - 1.25 25 - 32 9SS4-4125 1.25 - 1.50 32 - 38 9SS4-4150 1.50 - 1.75 38 - 45 9SS4-4175 1.75 - 2.00 45 - 51 9SS4-4200 2.00 - 2.25 51 - 57 Vertical Tray Hanger 9SS4-4225 2.25 - 2.50 57 - 64 9SS4-4250 2.50 - 2.75 64 - 70 9SS4-4275 2.75 - 3.00 70 - 76 • (*) Insert SS4 or SS6 • Design load 1500 lbs/pair. Safety Factor of 2.5 • Furnished in pairs with hardware. 9SS4-4300 3.00 - 3.25 76 - 82 9SS4-4325 3.25 - 3.50 82 - 89 9SS4-4350 3.50 - 3.75 89 - 95 9SS4-4375 3.75 - 4.00 95 - 102 9SS4-4400 4.00 - 4.25 100 - 106 9SS4-4425 4.25 - 4.50 106 - 113 9SS4-4450 4.50 - 4.75 113 - 121 9SS4-4475 4.75 - 5.00 121 - 125 Installed as a clamp. Refer to Section CF Cable Fixing Patent # RE35479 Catalog No. 9SS6-1205 7" (178mm) A Catalog No. Outside 9(*)-8224 9(*)-8225 9(*)-8226 9(*)-8227 Cable Tray Ht. 4" 5" 6" 7" 'A' in. mm 3.36 85.34 4.36 110.74 5.36 136.14 6.36 161.54 Cable Tray Guide • Expansion guide for single or double cable tray runs. • Guide allows for longitudinal movement of the cable tray. • No field drilling of support I-beam or channel is required. • Guides are required on both sides of cable tray to prevent lateral movement - can be placed on either the inside or outside flange of cable tray. • Guides are sold in pieces - two guides are required per tray. • Maximum flange thickness 11/8" (28.58 mm). Catalog No. Finish 9G-1249 Nylon Pad Threaded Rod (ATR) & Rod Coupling Catalog No. HDGAF Size Loading lbs Available Lengths Coupling Cat. No. 3/8-16 730 ATR 3/8 x Length 36", 72", 144" B655-3/8 1/2-13 1350 ATR 1/2 x Length 36", 72", 144" B655-1/2 • • • • • • Use for friction reduction. 1/8" Hardness: Shore D80. (3mm) Low friction coefficient. UV resistant (black). Excellent weatherability. 3" (76mm) UL - 94HB. Cat. No. 6" (152mm) 99-NY36 Loading based on safety factor 5. Neoprene Roll Standard Finish: SS4 or SS6 See B-Line Strut Systems Catalog for other sizes and finishes. • • • • Use for material isolation. x 2" x 20' roll. Hardness: Shore A60. Good weatherability. 1/8" Catalog No. 278 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 99-NP240 Cable Tray Systems Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel - Accessories Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel Cantilever Bracket Cantilever Bracket A A • (*) Insert SS4 or SS6 • Safety Load Factor 2.5 • (*) Insert SS4 or SS6 • Safety Load Factor 2.5 Catalog No. Uniform Load Tray Width Catalog No. Uniform Load B494-12(*) B494-18(*) B494-24(*) lbs kN 1580 1000 996 7.02 4.45 4.43 Tray Width in. mm 6 & 9 152 & 229 12 305 18 457 'A' in. mm 12 18 24 305 457 610 'A' lbs kN in. mm in. mm B494-30(*) B494-36(*) B494-42(*) 924 864 580 4.11 3.84 2.58 24 30 36 610 762 914 30 36 42 762 914 1067 B494-48(*) 500 2.22 42 1067 48 1219 Cantilever Bracket Cantilever Bracket A A • (*) Insert SS4 or SS6 • Safety Load Factor 2.5 Catalog No. Uniform Load • (*) Insert SS4 or SS6 • Safety Load Factor 2.5 Catalog No. Uniform Load B409-12(*) B409-18(*) B409-24(*) lbs kN 960 640 480 4.27 2.84 2.13 Tray Width in. mm 6 & 9 152 & 229 12 305 18 457 Rooftop Support Bases with B22 Channel 'A' in. mm 12 18 24 305 457 610 B297-12(*) B297-18(*) B297-24(*) B297-30(*) B297-36(*) B297-42(*) lbs kN 1660 1100 835 665 550 465 7.37 4.88 3.71 2.95 2.44 2.06 Catalog No. Designed as a superior rooftop support for cable tray, UV resistant and approved for most roofing material or other flat surfaces. Can be used with any of Cooper B-Line’s cable tray clamps and guides. Ultimate Load Capacity: 1,000 lbs. (uniform load) DB10-28 DB10-36 DB10-42 DB10-50 DB10-60 Tray Width in. 'A' mm 6 & 9 152 & 229 12 305 18 457 24 610 30 762 36 914 in. mm 12 18 24 30 36 42 305 457 610 762 914 1067 Height x Width x Length 55/8” 55/8” 55/8” 55/8” 55/8” x x x x x 6” 6” 6” 6” 6” x x x x x 28.0” 36.0” 42.0” 50.0” 60.0” LEEDS credit available, base made from 100% recycled material. General Note: Consult roofing manufacturer or engineer for roof load capacity. The weakest point may be the insulation board beneath the rubber membrane. Cable Tray Systems Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 279 Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel - Accessories Beam Clamp Beam Clamp B355SS4 Beam Clamp • Sold in pieces with hardware. • Finishes available: SS4 or SS6 • • • • • Sold in pieces. • 304 stainless steel Sold in pieces. Design load is 1200 lbs. when used in pairs. Safety Load Factor 5.0 Order HHCS and Channel Nuts separately. A Design load when used in pairs. Safety Load Factor 5.0 Design load when used in pairs. Safety Load Factor 5.0 Catalog No. Design Load* B441-22(*) B441-22A(*) lbs kN 1200 1200 5.34 5.34 Heavy Duty Hold Down Bracket • • • • Design load is 2000 lbs/pair. Two bolt design. Sold in pairs. 3/8" cable tray attachment hardware provided. • 1/2" support attachment hardware not provided. • (*) Insert SS4 or SS6 Catalog No. 280 9(*)-1241 'A' Cat. No. B212-1/4SS4 B212-3/8SS4 600 lbs. 2.67 kN 1000 lbs. 4.45 kN in. mm Design Load * 33/8 5 86 127 Max. Flange Thick 3/4" 19 mm 1 1/8" 28.6 mm Mat'l. Thickness 1/4" 6.3 mm 3/8" 9.5 mm Heavy Duty Hold-Down Bracket • • • • Design load is 4000 lbs/pair. Four bolt design. Sold in pairs. 3/8" cable tray attachment hardware provided • 1/2" support attachment hardware not provided. • (*) Insert SS4 or SS6 Catalog No. 9(*)-1242 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel - Accessories Solid Non-Flanged Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel Covers 2 to 3 Pitch Peaked Flanged (See page 358) Peaked Flanged Ventilated Flanged Solid Flanged A full range of covers is available for straight sections and fittings. Solid covers should be used when maximum enclosure of the cable is desired and no accumulation of heat is expected. Ventilated covers provide an overhead cable shield yet allow heat to escape. Cooper B-Line recommends that covers be placed on vertical cable tray runs to a height of 6 ft. (1.83 m) to 8 ft. (2.44 m) above the floor to isolate both cables and personnel. Flanged covers have a 1/2 in. (13 mm) flange. Cover clamps are not included with the cover and must be ordered separately. All peaked covers are flanged. Standard peaked covers have 1/2" peak. Special purpose peaked covers, having a 2 to 3 pitch, provide additional slope and material thickness. The 2 to 3 pitch fitting covers are of multiple piece, welded construction. Stainless Steel Cover Part Numbering Prefix Example: 80 3 SS4 - 20 - 24 - 144 Cover Type 80 = Solid 81 = Ventilated 82 = Peaked Detail Material Thickness Material 2= Flanged Stainless Steel (All fittings) 3= Flanged Stainless Steel (All straight sections) SS4 = 304 Stainless Steel SS6 = 316 Stainless Steel 20 = 20 Ga. Stainless Steel 4= Non-Flanged Stainless Steel (80 & 81 type only) (All fittings) Tray Width 06 = 09 = 12 = 18 = 24 = 30 = 36 = 6" 9" 12" 18" 24" 30" 36" Item Description For Straight Section Cover: 144 = 12 ft. (3.66 m) 120 = 10 ft. (3.05 m) 72 = 6 ft. (1.83 m) 60 = 5 ft. (1.52 m) For fitting covers: Insert suffix of fitting to be covered. See example below. Covers 30" and 36" wide have reinforcing ridges. Examples of Catalog Numbers for Fitting Covers: Horizontal Bend Cover Prefix Suffix 80 2 SS4 20 - 18 - 90 HB 24 Vertical Bend Cover Prefix Suffix 80 2 SS4 20 - 24 - 90 VO 24 - 4* Side Rail* Height Radius Fitting Angle Width Material Thickness Material Detail Cover Type Radius Fitting Angle Width Material Thickness Material Detail Cover Type * Required for VO fittings only Cable Tray Systems Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 281 Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel - Accessories Standard Cover Clamp Combination Cover and Hold Down Clamp • For indoor service only. • Sold per piece. Tray Type Stainless Steel Side Rail Height Raised Cover Clamp • For indoor service only. • (*) Insert SS4 or SS6 • For use with flanged covers only. • Sold per piece. • (*) Insert SS4 or SS6 • For indoor service only. Catalog No. in. mm 4 101 9SS6-9014 5 127 9SS6-9015 6 152 9SS6-9016 Heavy Duty Cover Clamp Tray Type Stainless Steel Side Rail Height in. mm 4 5 6 101 127 152 Catalog No. † Specify gap of 1", 2", 3" or 4". 9(*)-9043 9(*)-9053 9(*)-9063 Peaked Cover Clamp Tray Type Catalog No. Series 3 & 4 Steel Straight Section 9(*)-9115-† All Steel Fittings 9(*)-910† • Recommended for outdoor service. • (*) Insert SS4 or SS6 Catalog No. (‡) Insert tray width † Add P to Catalog No. for 1/2" peaked cover clamp. 9(*)-(‡)-9044† 9(*)-(‡)-9054† 9(*)-(‡)-9064† Catalog No. Cover Joint Strip • Used to join Covers • Plastic • (‡) Insert tray width Side Rail Height in. 4 5 6 mm 101 127 152 99-9980-(‡) Quantity of Standard Cover Clamps Required Straight Section 60" or 72" .............4 pcs. Straight Section 120" or 144" .........6 pcs. Horizontal/Vertical Bends................4 pcs. Tees...............................................6 pcs. Crosses ..........................................8 pcs. Note: When using the Heavy Duty Cover Clamp, only one-half the number of clamps stated above is required. Cable Cleats (see pages 352 thru 355) Emperor Trefoil Cable Cleats Vulcan Cable Cleats 282 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel - Specifications Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel Section 1- Acceptable Manufacturers 1.01 Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray systems shall be as manufactured by Cooper B-Line, Inc. Section 2- Cable Tray Sections and Components 2.01 General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide metal cable trays, of types, classes and sizes indicated; with splice plates, bolts, nuts and washers for connecting units. Construct units with rounded edges and smooth surfaces; in compliance with applicable standards; and with the following additional construction features. Cable tray shall be installed according to the latest revision of NEMA VE 2. 2.02 Stainless Steel: Straight section and fitting side rails and rungs shall be made of AISI Type [304] [316] stainless steel. Transverse members (rungs) or corrugated bottoms shall be welded to the side rails with Type 316 stainless steel welding wire. Hardware shall be AISI Type 316 stainless steel. 2.03 Ladder Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with transverse members (rungs) welded to the side rails. Rungs shall be spaced [6] [9] [12] inches on center. Rung spacing in radiused fittings shall be industry standard 9" and measured at the center of the tray’s width. Each rung must be capable of supporting a 200 lb. concentrated load at the center of the cable tray with a safety factor of 1.5. 2.04 Ventilated Trough Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a corrugated bottom welded to the side rails or rungs spaced 4" on center. The peaks of the corrugated bottom shall have a minimum flat cable bearing surface of 23/4" and shall be spaced on 6" centers. To provide ventilation in the tray, the valleys of the corrugated bottom shall have 21/4" x 4" rectangular holes punched along the width of the bottom. 2.05 Non-Ventilated Bottom Trough Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a corrugated bottom welded to the side rails or a solid sheet over rungs. The peaks of the corrugated bottom shall have a minimum flat cable bearing surface of 23/4" and shall be spaced on 6" centers. 2.06 Cable tray loading depth shall be [3] [4] [5] inches per NEMA VE 1. 2.07 Straight sections shall be fabricated as I-beams. Straight sections shall be supplied in standard [12 foot] [24 foot] [10 foot (3 m)] [20 foot (6 m)] lengths. 2.08 Cable tray widths shall be [6] [9] [12] [18] [24] [30] [36] inches or as shown on drawings. 2.09 Splice plates shall be manufactured of high strength steel and be secured with 8 nuts and bolts per plate. The resistance of fixed splice connections between an adjacent section of tray shall not exceed 0.00033 ohm. 2.11 All fittings must have a minimum radius of [12] [24] [36] [48] inches. Section 3- Loading Capacities and Testing 3.01 Cable tray shall be capable of carrying a uniformly distributed load of ______ lbs./ft. on a _______ ft. support span with a safety factor of 1.5 when supported as a simple span and tested per NEMA VE 1 5.2. In addition to the uniformly distributed load the cable tray shall support 200 lbs. concentrated load at mid-point of span. Load and safety factors specified are applicable to both the side rails and rung capacities. Cable tray shall be made to manufacturing tolerances as specified by NEMA. 3.02 Upon request, manufacturer shall provide test reports in accordance with the latest revision of NEMA VE 1 or CSA C22.2 No. 126. 283 Cable Tray Systems Fittings Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 - 284 Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 - Fittings Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings How The Service Advisor Works B-Line knows that your time is important! That’s why the color-coding system in this catalog is designed to help you select products that fit your service needs. Products are marked to indicate the typical lead time for orders of 50 pieces or less. Customer: How do I select my fittings so that I get the quickest turnaround? Service Advisor: Each part of our selection chart is shown in colors. If any section of a part number is a different color, the part will typically ship with the longer lead time represented by the colors. Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Example: 5 G - 09 3-5 15 3-5 - 90 HB 24 5-10 3-5 3-5 (from page 287) Lead time(days) Part will typically ship in 15 days minimum, because of the G material. Changing the part number from G to A or P will change the coding to black for all sections of the tray to be 5-10 working days, instead of the original 15 days minimum. 285 Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 - Fittings Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings Fittings engineered with 3” tangents for splicing integrity. Fittings Part Numbering Prefix Example: 4 A - 24 - 90 HB 24 Side Rail Height 4 5 6 7 = = = = 4" 5" 6" 7" (101) (127) (152) (178) Material Width A= Aluminum G=HDGAF P= Pre-Galvanized SS4= 304 Stainless Steel SS6= 316 Stainless Steel 06 = 09 = 12 = 18 = 24 = 30 = 36 = 6" (152) 9" (228) 12" (305) 18" (457) 24" (609) 30" (762) 36" (914) Angle 30 45 60 90 = = = = 30° 45° 60° 90° See page 357 for 6” fittings with 9A-6006 and 9A-6007 splice plates. (9" rung spacing is standard) Type Radius HB = Horizontal Bend HT = Horizontal Tee HX = Horizontal Cross VI = Vertical Inside Bend VO = Vertical Outside Bend VT = Vertical Tee VTU = Vertical Tee, Up HYR = Horizontal Wye, Right HYL = Horizontal Wye, Left CSF = Cable Support Fitting LR = Left Reducer Fitting RR = Right Reducer Fitting SR = Straight Reducer Fitting 12 = 12" (305) 24 = 24" (609) 36 = 36" (914) 48 = 48" (1219) For ventilated trough, solid trough, ventilated bottom or solid bottom, add VT, ST, 04 or SB as shown below: Available 6" thru 36" Prefix Prefix 4AVT - 24 - 90HB24 4PST - 24 - 90HB24 Vented Trough Non-Ventilated Trough For flat non-ventilated: Available 6" and Wider Prefix 5PSB - 24 - 90HB24 Non-Ventilated Note: Horizontal crosses and tees 30" or wider, with a radius of 36" or larger, will be of two-piece construction. 286 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 - Fittings Horizontal Bend 90° 60° (HB) 1 pair splice plates with hardware included. 90˚ Horizontal Bend C Bottoms manufactured: 60˚ Horizontal Bend 90˚ HB Ladder = 9" Rung Spacing VT & 04 = 4" Rung Spacing ST & SB = Flat sheet over 12" Rung Spacing 60˚ HB C C R C B R 3" (76) in. mm 12 24 36 48 90˚ Horizontal Bend Dimensions Catalog No. A B in. mm 6 9 12 18 305 24 30 36 42 6 9 12 18 610 24 30 36 42 6 9 12 18 915 24 30 36 42 6 9 12 18 1220 24 30 36 42 152 228 305 457 609 762 914 1218 152 228 305 457 609 762 914 1218 152 228 305 457 609 762 914 1218 152 228 305 457 609 762 914 1218 ) (76 3" A A Bend Tray Radius Width R (Pre)-06-90HB12 (Pre)-09-90HB12 (Pre)-12-90HB12 (Pre)-18-90HB12 (Pre)-24-90HB12 (Pre)-30-90HB12 (Pre)-36-90HB12 (Pre)-42-90HB12 (Pre)-06-90HB24 (Pre)-09-90HB24 (Pre)-12-90HB24 (Pre)-18-90HB24 (Pre)-24-90HB24 (Pre)-30-90HB24 (Pre)-36-90HB24 (Pre)-42-90HB24 (Pre)-06-90HB36 (Pre)-09-90HB36 (Pre)-12-90HB36 (Pre)-18-90HB36 (Pre)-24-90HB36 (Pre)-30-90HB36 (Pre)-36-90HB36 (Pre)-42-90HB36 (Pre)-06-90HB48 (Pre)-09-90HB48 (Pre)-12-90HB48 (Pre)-18-90HB48 (Pre)-24-90HB48 (Pre)-30-90HB48 (Pre)-36-90HB48 (Pre)-42-90HB48 Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings B 60˚ Horizontal Bend Dimensions Catalog No. A B C in. mm in. mm in. mm 18 191/2 21 24 27 30 33 36 30 311/2 33 36 39 42 45 48 42 431/2 45 48 51 54 57 60 54 551/2 57 60 63 66 69 72 457 495 533 610 686 762 838 914 762 800 838 914 991 1067 1143 1219 1067 1105 1143 1219 1295 1372 1448 1524 1372 1410 1448 1524 1600 1676 1753 1829 18 191/2 21 24 27 30 33 36 30 311/2 33 36 39 42 45 48 42 431/2 45 48 51 54 57 60 54 551/2 57 60 63 66 69 72 457 495 533 610 686 762 838 914 762 800 838 914 991 1067 1143 1219 1067 1105 1143 1219 1295 1375 1488 1524 1372 1410 1448 1524 1600 1676 1753 1829 18 191/2 21 24 27 30 33 36 30 311/2 33 36 39 42 45 48 42 431/2 45 48 51 54 57 60 54 551/2 57 60 63 66 69 72 457 495 533 610 686 762 838 914 762 800 838 914 991 1067 1143 1219 1067 1105 1143 1219 1295 1372 1448 1524 1372 1410 1448 1524 1600 1676 1753 1829 (Pre)-06-60HB12 (Pre)-09-60HB12 (Pre)-12-60HB12 (Pre)-18-60HB12 (Pre)-24-60HB12 (Pre)-30-60HB12 (Pre)-36-60HB12 (Pre)-42-60HB12 (Pre)-06-60HB24 (Pre)-09-60HB24 (Pre)-12-60HB24 (Pre)-18-60HB24 (Pre)-24-60HB24 (Pre)-30-60HB24 (Pre)-36-60HB24 (Pre)-42-60HB24 (Pre)-06-60HB36 (Pre)-09-60HB36 (Pre)-12-60HB36 (Pre)-18-60HB36 (Pre)-24-60HB36 (Pre)-30-60HB36 (Pre)-36-60HB36 (Pre)-42-60HB36 (Pre)-06-60HB48 (Pre)-09-60HB48 (Pre)-12-60HB48 (Pre)-18-60HB48 (Pre)-24-60HB48 (Pre)-30-60HB48 (Pre)-36-60HB48 (Pre)-42-60HB48 C in. mm in. mm in. mm 171/2 1813/16 201/16 2211/16 255/16 277/8 301/2 331/16 277/8 293/16 301/2 331/16 3511/16 381/4 407/8 431/2 381/4 399/16 407/8 431/2 461/16 481/16 511/4 537/8 481/16 4915/16 511/4 537/8 567/16 591/16 6111/16 641/4 445 478 510 576 643 708 775 840 708 741 775 708 907 972 1038 1105 971 1005 1038 1105 1170 1237 1302 1368 1221 1268 1302 1368 1434 1500 1567 1632 101/8 107/8 115/8 131/8 145/8 161/8 175/8 191/8 161/8 167/8 175/8 191/8 205/8 221/8 235/8 251/8 221/8 227/8 235/8 251/8 265/8 281/8 295/8 311/8 281/8 287/8 295/8 311/8 325/8 341/8 355/8 371/8 257 276 295 333 372 410 448 486 410 429 448 486 524 564 600 638 562 581 600 638 676 714 753 791 715 734 753 791 829 867 905 943 1111/16 121/2 133/8 151/8 167/8 189/16 205/16 221/16 189/16 197/16 205/16 221/16 2313/16 251/2 271/4 29 251/2 263/8 271/4 29 3011/16 327/16 343/16 3515/16 3211/16 335/16 343/16 3515/16 375/8 393/8 411/8 4213/16 297 318 340 384 429 472 516 560 472 494 516 560 605 648 692 737 648 670 692 737 780 824 869 913 830 846 868 913 956 1000 1045 1087 (Pre) See page 286 for catalog number prefix. All dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Width dimensions are to inside wall. For aluminum fittings add 1.5 inches for total outside width. Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions. 287 Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 - Fittings Horizontal Bend 45° 30° (HB) 1 pair splice plates with hardware included. Bottoms manufactured: C C 45˚ HB C C R (7 6) R A Bend Tray Radius Width R in. mm 12 24 36 48 45˚ Horizontal Bend Dimensions Catalog No. A B in. mm 6 9 12 18 305 24 30 36 42 6 9 12 18 610 24 30 36 42 6 9 12 18 915 24 30 36 42 6 9 12 18 1220 24 30 36 42 152 228 305 457 609 762 914 1218 152 228 305 457 609 762 914 1218 152 228 305 457 609 762 914 1218 152 228 305 457 609 762 914 1218 (Pre)-06-45HB12 (Pre)-09-45HB12 (Pre)-12-45HB12 (Pre)-18-45HB12 (Pre)-24-45HB12 (Pre)-30-45HB12 (Pre)-36-45HB12 (Pre)-42-45HB12 (Pre)-06-45HB24 (Pre)-09-45HB24 (Pre)-12-45HB24 (Pre)-18-45HB24 (Pre)-24-45HB24 (Pre)-30-45HB24 (Pre)-36-45HB24 (Pre)-42-45HB24 (Pre)-06-45HB36 (Pre)-09-45HB36 (Pre)-12-45HB36 (Pre)-18-45HB36 (Pre)-24-45HB36 (Pre)-30-45HB36 (Pre)-36-45HB36 (Pre)-42-45HB36 (Pre)-06-45HB48 (Pre)-09-45HB48 (Pre)-12-45HB48 (Pre)-18-45HB48 (Pre)-24-45HB48 (Pre)-30-45HB48 (Pre)-36-45HB48 (Pre)-42-45HB48 30˚ HB B B 3" Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings 30˚ Horizontal Bend 45˚ Horizontal Bend 3" (76 ) Ladder = 9" Rung Spacing VT & 04 = 4" Rung Spacing ST & SB = Flat sheet over 12" Rung Spacing A 30˚ Horizontal Bend Dimensions Catalog No. A B C in. mm in. mm in. mm 153/4 1613/16 177/8 20 221/16 243/16 265/16 287/16 243/16 251/4 265/16 287/16 309/16 3211/16 3413/16 3615/16 3211/16 333/4 3413/16 3615/16 391/6 413/6 435/6 457/16 413/16 421/4 435/16 457/16 479/16 4911/16 5113/16 5415/16 400 427 454 508 560 614 668 722 614 641 668 722 766 830 884 938 830 857 884 938 992 1046 1100 1154 1046 1073 1100 1154 1208 1262 1316 1395 61/2 615/16 73/8 81/4 91/8 10 1015/16 1113/16 10 101/2 1015/16 1113/16 1211/16 139/16 147/16 155/16 139/16 14 147/16 155/16 163/16 171/16 1715/16 1813/16 171/16 171/2 1715/16 1813/16 1911/16 209/16 217/16 225/16 165 176 187 210 232 254 278 300 254 267 278 300 322 344 367 389 344 356 367 389 411 433 456 478 433 445 456 487 500 522 545 567 93/16 913/16 107/16 1111/16 1215/16 143/16 157/16 1611/16 143/16 1413/16 157/16 1611/16 1715/16 191/8 203/8 215/8 191/8 193/4 203/8 215/8 227/8 241/8 253/8 265/8 241/8 243/4 253/8 265/8 277/8 291/8 305/16 319/16 233 249 265 297 329 360 392 424 360 376 392 424 456 486 518 549 486 502 518 549 581 613 645 676 613 629 645 676 708 740 770 802 (Pre)-06-30HB12 (Pre)-09-30HB12 (Pre)-12-30HB12 (Pre)-18-30HB12 (Pre)-24-30HB12 (Pre)-30-30HB12 (Pre)-36-30HB12 (Pre)-42-30HB12 (Pre)-06-30HB24 (Pre)-09-30HB24 (Pre)-12-30HB24 (Pre)-18-30HB24 (Pre)-24-30HB24 (Pre)-30-30HB24 (Pre)-36-30HB24 (Pre)-42-30HB24 (Pre)-06-30HB36 (Pre)-09-30HB36 (Pre)-12-30HB36 (Pre)-18-30HB36 (Pre)-24-30HB36 (Pre)-30-30HB36 (Pre)-36-30HB36 (Pre)-42-30HB36 (Pre)-06-30HB48 (Pre)-09-30HB48 (Pre)-12-30HB48 (Pre)-18-30HB48 (Pre)-24-30HB48 (Pre)-30-30HB48 (Pre)-36-30HB48 (Pre)-42-30HB48 C in. mm in. mm in. mm 131/8 137/8 145/8 161/8 175/8 191/8 205/8 221/8 191/8 197/8 205/8 221/8 235/8 251/8 265/8 281/8 251/8 257/8 265/8 281/8 295/8 311/8 325/8 341/8 311/8 317/8 325/8 341/8 355/8 371/8 385/8 401/8 333 352 372 410 448 486 524 562 486 505 524 562 600 638 676 715 638 657 676 114 753 790 829 867 791 810 829 867 905 943 981 1019 31/2 311/16 315/16 45/16 411/16 51/8 51/2 515/16 51/8 55/16 51/2 515/16 65/16 63/4 71/8 71/2 63/4 615/16 71/8 71/2 715/16 85/16 83/4 91/8 85/16 89/16 83/4 91/8 99/16 915/16 105/16 103/4 89 94 100 135 119 130 140 151 130 135 140 151 160 172 181 191 171 176 181 191 202 211 222 232 211 218 222 232 243 252 262 273 7 77/16 713/16 85/8 97/16 101/4 111/16 1113/16 10/4 105/8 111/16 1113/16 125/8 137/16 141/4 151/16 137/16 137/8 141/4 151/16 157/8 1611/16 171/2 181/4 1611/16 171/16 171/2 181/4 191/16 197/8 2011/16 211/2 179 189 198 219 240 260 281 300 260 270 281 300 321 341 362 383 341 352 362 383 403 424 445 464 424 433 445 464 484 505 525 546 (Pre) See page 286 for catalog number prefix. All dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Width dimensions are to inside wall. For aluminum fittings add 1.5 inches for total outside width. Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions. 288 Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Horizontal Tee (HT) Fittings Horizontal Cross (HX) 2 pair splice plates with hardware included. 3 pair splice plates with hardware included. HT Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings HX B B W R Bend Radius Tray Width R in. mm 12 305 24 610 36 915 48 1220 Horizontal Tee Dimensions Catalog Number in. mm 6 9 12 18 24 30 36 42 6 9 12 18 24 30 36 42 6 9 12 18 24 30 36 42 6 9 12 18 24 30 36 42 152 229 305 457 609 762 914 1067 152 229 305 457 609 762 914 1067 152 229 305 457 609 762 914 1067 152 229 305 457 609 762 914 1067 (Prefix)-06-HT12 (Prefix)-09-HT12 (Prefix)-12-HT12 (Prefix)-18-HT12 (Prefix)-24-HT12 (Prefix)-30-HT12 (Prefix)-36-HT12 (Prefix)-42-HT12 (Prefix)-06-HT24 (Prefix)-09-HT24 (Prefix)-12-HT24 (Prefix)-18-HT24 (Prefix)-24-HT24 (Prefix)-30-HT24 (Prefix)-36-HT24 (Prefix)-42-HT24 (Prefix)-06-HT36 (Prefix)-09-HT36 (Prefix)-12-HT36 (Prefix)-18-HT36 (Prefix)-24-HT36 (Prefix)-30-HT36 (Prefix)-36-HT36 (Prefix)-42-HT36 (Prefix)-06-HT48 (Prefix)-09-HT48 (Prefix)-12-HT48 (Prefix)-18-HT48 (Prefix)-24-HT48 (Prefix)-30-HT48 (Prefix)-36-HT48 (Prefix)-42-HT48 A R A 3" (76) A 3" (76) W Horizontal Cross Dimensions B Catalog Number in. mm in. mm 18 191/2 21 24 27 30 33 36 30 311/2 33 36 39 42 45 48 42 431/2 45 48 51 54 57 60 54 551/2 57 60 63 66 69 72 457 496 533 609 686 762 838 914 762 800 838 914 991 1067 1143 1219 1067 1105 1143 1219 1295 1372 1488 1524 1372 1410 1448 1524 1600 1676 1753 1829 36 39 42 48 54 60 66 72 60 63 66 72 78 84 90 96 84 87 90 96 102 108 114 120 108 111 114 120 126 132 138 144 914 991 1067 1219 1372 1524 1676 1829 1542 1600 1676 1828 1982 2134 2286 2438 2134 2210 2286 2438 2590 2744 2896 3048 2743 2820 2896 3048 3200 3353 3535 3658 (Prefix)-06-HX12 (Prefix)-09-HX12 (Prefix)-12-HX12 (Prefix)-18-HX12 (Prefix)-24-HX12 (Prefix)-30-HX12 (Prefix)-36-HX12 (Prefix)-42-HX12 (Prefix)-06-HX24 (Prefix)-09-HX24 (Prefix)-12-HX24 (Prefix)-18-HX24 (Prefix)-24-HX24 (Prefix)-30-HX24 (Prefix)-36-HX24 (Prefix)-42-HX24 (Prefix)-06-HX36 (Prefix)-09-HX36 (Prefix)-12-HX36 (Prefix)-18-HX36 (Prefix)-24-HX36 (Prefix)-30-HX36 (Prefix)-36-HX36 (Prefix)-42-HX36 (Prefix)-06-HX48 (Prefix)-09-HX48 (Prefix)-12-HX48 (Prefix)-18-HX48 (Prefix)-24-HX48 (Prefix)-30-HX48 (Prefix)-36-HX48 (Prefix)-42-HX48 A B in. mm in. mm 18 191/2 21 24 27 30 33 36 30 311/2 33 36 39 42 45 48 42 431/2 45 48 51 54 57 60 54 551/2 57 60 63 66 69 72 457 496 533 609 686 762 838 914 762 800 838 914 991 1067 1143 1219 1067 1105 1143 1219 1295 1372 1448 1524 1372 1410 1448 1524 1600 1676 1753 1829 36 39 42 48 54 60 66 72 60 63 66 72 78 84 90 96 84 87 90 96 102 108 114 120 108 111 114 120 126 132 138 144 914 991 1067 1219 1372 1524 1676 1829 1524 1600 1676 1828 1982 2134 2286 2438 2134 2210 2286 2438 2590 2744 2896 3048 2743 2820 2896 3048 3200 3353 3505 3658 (Prefix) See page 286 for catalog number prefix. All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified. Width dimensions are to inside wall. For aluminum fittings add 1.5 inches for total outside width. Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions. 289 Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 - Fittings Reducers (LR, SR, RR) 1 pair splice plates with hardware included. Reducer Part Numbering Prefix - 24 - RR - 18 Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings Width2 Fitting Width1 Prefix Straight Reducer Left Reducer LR W2 W2 Catalog No. in. mm in. mm 9 228 6 152 12 18 24 30 36 42 305 457 609 762 914 1067 W1 Left Hand Reducer W1 Straight Reducer A Catalog No. in. mm (Prefix)-09-LR06 93/4 248 RR W2 A W1 W1 SR W2 A A Tray Width Right Reducer Right Hand Reducer A Catalog No. in. mm (Prefix)-09-SR06 87/8 225 A in. mm (Prefix)-09-RR06 93/4 248 292 6 152 (Prefix)-12-LR06 111/2 292 (Prefix)-12-SR06 93/4 248 (Prefix)-12-RR06 111/2 9 228 (Prefix)-12-LR09 93/4 248 (Prefix)-12-SR09 87/8 225 (Prefix)-12-RR09 93/4 248 6 152 (Prefix)-18-LR06 1415/16 379 (Prefix)-18-SR06 111/2 292 (Prefix)-18-RR06 1415/16 379 9 228 (Prefix)-18-LR09 133/16 340 (Prefix)-18-SR09 105/8 270 (Prefix)-18-RR09 133/16 340 292 12 305 (Prefix)-18-LR12 111/2 292 (Prefix)-18-SR12 93/4 248 (Prefix)-18-RR12 111/2 6 152 (Prefix)-24-LR06 183/8 467 (Prefix)-24-SR06 133/16 340 (Prefix)-24-RR06 183/8 467 9 228 (Prefix)-24-LR09 1611/16 424 (Prefix)-24-SR09 123/8 314 (Prefix)-24-RR09 1611/16 424 12 305 (Prefix)-24-LR12 1415/16 379 (Prefix)-24-SR12 111/2 292 (Prefix)-24-RR12 1415/16 379 93/4 292 18 457 (Prefix)-24-LR18 111/2 292 (Prefix)-24-SR18 248 (Prefix)-24-RR18 111/2 6 152 (Prefix)-30-LR06 217/8 555 (Prefix)-30-SR06 1415/16 380 (Prefix)-30-RR06 217/8 555 9 228 (Prefix)-30-LR09 201/8 511 (Prefix)-30-SR09 141/16 358 (Prefix)-30-RR09 201/8 511 12 305 (Prefix)-30-LR12 183/8 462 (Prefix)-30-SR12 133/16 335 (Prefix)-30-RR12 183/8 462 292 (Prefix)-30-RR18 1415/16 380 248 (Prefix)-30-RR24 111/2 292 18 459 (Prefix)-30-LR18 1415/16 380 (Prefix)-30-SR18 111/2 24 609 (Prefix)-30-LR24 111/2 292 (Prefix)-30-SR24 93/4 6 152 (Prefix)-36-LR06 255/16 643 (Prefix)-36-SR06 1611/16 424 (Prefix)-36-RR06 235/16 643 9 228 (Prefix)-36-LR09 239/16 598 (Prefix)-36-SR09 1513/16 402 (Prefix)-36-RR09 239/16 598 555 12 305 (Prefix)-36-LR12 217/8 555 (Prefix)-36-SR12 1415/16 380 (Prefix)-36-RR12 217/8 18 457 (Prefix)-36-LR18 183/8 462 (Prefix)-36-SR18 133/16 335 (Prefix)-36-RR18 183/8 462 24 609 (Prefix)-36-LR24 1415/16 380 (Prefix)-36-SR24 111/2 292 (Prefix)-36-RR24 1415/16 380 30 762 (Prefix)-36-LR30 111/2 292 (Prefix)-36-SR30 93/4 248 (Prefix)-36-RR30 111/2 292 467 (Prefix)-42-RR06 283/4 732 445 (Prefix)-42-RR09 271/16 687 6 152 (Prefix)-42-LR06 283/4 730 (Prefix)-42-SR06 183/8 9 228 (Prefix)-42-LR09 271/16 687 (Prefix)-42-SR09 171/2 12 305 (Prefix)-42-LR12 255/16 643 (Prefix)-42-SR12 1611/16 424 (Prefix)-42-RR12 2515/16 643 18 457 (Prefix)-42-LR18 217/8 556 (Prefix)-42-SR18 1415/16 379 (Prefix)-42-RR18 217/8 556 183/8 467 (Prefix)-42-SR24 133/16 335 (Prefix)-42-RR24 183/8 467 379 (Prefix)-42-SR30 111/2 292 (Prefix)-42-RR30 1415/16 379 292 (Prefix)-42-SR36 93/4 249 (Prefix)-42-RR36 111/2 292 24 609 (Prefix)-42-LR24 30 762 (Prefix)-42-LR30 1415/16 36 914 (Prefix)-42-LR36 111/2 (Prefix) See page 286 for catalog number prefix. All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified. Width dimensions are to inside wall. For aluminum fittings add 1.5 inches for total outside width. Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions. 290 Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 - Fittings Horizontal Reducing Tee (HT) 2 pair splice plates with hardware included. Prefix - 36 - 18 HT 24 R A R = Radius 3" (76) W1 Radius Fitting Width W2 Width W1 To complete catalog number, insert fitting prefix. W2 See page 134 for prefix. Tray Width * Insert Radius 12" Radius 24" Radius 36" Radius 48" Radius (12", 24", 36", or 48") W1 in. 9 12 18 24 30 36 42 W2 mm in. 228 6 6 305 9 6 475 9 12 6 9 609 12 18 6 9 762 12 18 24 6 9 12 914 18 24 30 6 9 12 1067 18 24 30 36 Catalog No. A mm in. 152 152 228 152 228 305 152 228 305 457 152 228 305 457 609 152 228 305 457 609 762 152 228 305 457 609 762 914 191/2 (Prefix)-09-06-HT* (Prefix)-12-06-HT* (Prefix)-12-09-HT* (Prefix)-18-06-HT* (Prefix)-18-09-HT* (Prefix)-18-12-HT* (Prefix)-24-06-HT* (Prefix)-24-09-HT* (Prefix)-24-12-HT* (Prefix)-24-18-HT* (Prefix)-30-06-HT* (Prefix)-30-09-HT* (Prefix)-30-12-HT* (Prefix)-30-18-HT* (Prefix)-30-24-HT* (Prefix)-36-06-HT* (Prefix)-36-09-HT* (Prefix)-36-12-HT* (Prefix)-36-18-HT* (Prefix)-36-24-HT* (Prefix)-36-30-HT* (Prefix)-42-06-HT* (Prefix)-42-09-HT* (Prefix)-42-12-HT* (Prefix)-42-18-HT* (Prefix)-42-24-HT* (Prefix)-42-30-HT* (Prefix)-42-36-HT* 21 21 24 24 24 27 27 27 27 30 30 30 30 30 33 33 33 33 33 33 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 B mm 496 533 533 609 609 609 686 686 686 686 762 762 762 762 762 838 838 838 838 838 838 914 914 914 914 914 914 914 in. 36 36 39 36 39 42 36 39 42 48 36 39 42 48 54 36 39 42 48 54 60 36 39 42 48 54 60 66 A mm in. 914 914 991 914 991 1067 914 991 1067 1219 914 991 1067 1219 1372 914 991 1067 1219 1372 1524 914 991 1067 1219 1372 1524 1676 311/2 33 33 36 36 36 39 39 39 39 42 42 42 42 42 45 45 45 45 45 45 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 B mm 800 838 838 914 914 914 991 991 991 991 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1143 1143 1143 1143 1143 1143 1219 1219 1219 1219 1219 1219 1219 in. 60 60 63 60 63 66 60 63 66 72 60 63 66 72 78 60 63 66 72 78 84 60 63 66 72 78 84 90 mm 1524 1524 1600 1524 1600 1676 1524 1600 1676 1829 1524 1600 1676 1829 1981 1524 1600 1676 1829 1981 2134 1524 1600 1676 1829 1981 2134 2286 A in. 43 45 45 48 48 48 51 51 51 51 54 54 54 54 54 57 57 57 57 57 57 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 B mm 1092 1143 1143 1219 1219 1219 1295 1295 1295 1295 1372 1372 1372 1372 1372 1448 1448 1448 1448 1448 1448 1524 1524 1524 1524 1524 1524 1524 in. 84 84 87 84 87 90 84 87 90 96 84 87 90 96 102 84 87 90 96 102 108 84 87 90 96 102 108 114 A mm 2134 2134 2210 2134 2210 2286 2134 2210 2286 2438 2134 2210 2286 2438 2591 2134 2210 2286 2438 2591 2743 2134 2210 2286 2438 2591 2743 2895 in. mm 551/2 57 57 60 60 60 63 63 63 63 66 66 66 66 66 69 69 69 69 69 69 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 1410 1448 1448 1524 1524 1524 1600 1600 1600 1600 1676 1676 1676 1676 1676 1753 1753 1753 1753 1753 1753 1829 1829 1829 1829 1829 1829 1829 B in. mm 108 108 111 108 111 114 108 111 114 120 108 111 114 120 126 108 111 114 120 126 132 108 111 114 120 126 132 138 2743 2743 2819 2743 2819 2496 2743 2819 2496 3048 2743 2819 2496 3048 3200 2743 2819 2496 3048 3200 3353 2743 2819 2496 3048 3200 3353 3505 (Prefix) See page 286 for catalog number prefix. All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified. Width dimensions are to inside wall. For aluminum fittings add 1.5 inches for total outside width. Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions. 291 Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings HT B Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 - Fittings Horizontal Expanding Tee (HT) Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings 2 pair splice plates with hardware included. HT B Prefix - 09 - 30 HT 12 W1 R R = Radius 3" (76) A Radius Fitting Width W2 Width W1 To complete catalog number, insert fitting prefix. W2 See page 134 for prefix. Tray Width *Insert Radius 12" Radius 24" Radius 36" Radius 48" Radius (12", 24", 36", or 48") W1 in. W2 mm in. mm 9 12 18 24 30 36 42 12 18 24 30 36 42 18 24 30 36 42 24 30 36 42 30 36 42 36 42 42 228 305 457 609 762 914 1067 305 457 609 762 914 1067 457 609 762 914 1067 609 762 914 1067 762 914 1067 914 1067 1067 6 152 9 228 12 305 18 457 24 609 30 762 36 914 Catalog No. (Prefix)-06-09-HT* (Prefix)-06-12-HT* (Prefix)-06-18-HT* (Prefix)-06-24-HT* (Prefix)-06-30-HT* (Prefix)-06-36-HT* (Prefix)-06-42-HT* (Prefix)-09-12-HT* (Prefix)-09-18-HT* (Prefix)-09-24-HT* (Prefix)-09-30-HT* (Prefix)-09-36-HT* (Prefix)-09-42-HT* (Prefix)-12-18-HT* (Prefix)-12-24-HT* (Prefix)-12-30-HT* (Prefix)-12-36-HT* (Prefix)-12-42-HT* (Prefix)-18-24-HT* (Prefix)-18-30-HT* (Prefix)-18-36-HT* (Prefix)-18-42-HT* (Prefix)-24-30-HT* (Prefix)-24-36-HT* (Prefix)-24-42-HT* (Prefix)-30-36-HT* (Prefix)-30-42-HT* (Prefix)-36-42-HT* A B in. mm in. mm 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 191/2 191/2 191/2 191/2 191/2 191/2 21 21 21 21 21 24 24 24 24 27 27 27 30 30 33 457 457 457 457 457 457 457 496 496 496 496 496 496 533 533 533 533 533 609 609 609 609 686 686 686 762 762 838 39 42 48 54 60 66 72 42 48 54 60 66 72 48 54 60 66 72 54 60 66 72 60 66 72 66 72 72 991 1067 1219 1372 1524 1676 1829 1067 1219 1372 1524 1676 1829 1219 1372 1524 1676 1829 1372 1524 1676 1829 1524 1676 1829 1676 1829 1829 A in. B A B A mm in. mm in. mm in. mm 30 762 30 762 30 762 30 762 30 762 30 762 30 762 311/2 800 311/2 800 311/2 800 311/2 800 311/2 800 311/2 800 33 838 33 838 33 838 33 838 33 838 36 914 36 914 36 914 36 914 39 991 39 991 39 991 42 1067 42 1067 45 1143 63 66 72 78 84 90 96 66 72 78 84 90 96 72 78 84 90 96 78 84 90 96 84 90 96 90 96 96 1600 1676 1829 1981 2134 2286 2438 1676 1829 1981 2134 2286 2438 1829 1981 2134 2286 2438 1981 2134 2286 2438 2134 2286 2438 2286 2438 2438 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 431/2 431/2 431/2 431/2 431/2 431/2 45 45 45 45 45 48 48 48 48 51 51 51 54 54 57 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1105 1105 1105 1105 1105 1105 1143 1143 1143 1143 1143 1219 1219 1219 1219 1295 1295 1295 1372 1372 1448 87 90 96 102 108 114 120 90 96 102 108 114 120 96 102 108 114 120 102 108 114 120 108 114 120 114 120 120 2210 2286 2438 2591 2743 2895 3048 2286 2438 2591 2743 2895 3048 2438 2591 2743 2895 3048 2591 2743 2895 3048 2743 2895 3048 2895 3048 3048 B in. mm 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 551/2 551/2 551/2 551/2 551/2 551/2 57 57 57 57 57 60 60 60 60 63 63 63 66 66 69 1372 1372 1372 1372 1372 1372 1372 1410 1410 1410 1410 1410 1410 1448 1448 1448 1448 1448 1524 1524 1524 1524 1600 1600 1600 1676 1676 1753 in. mm 111 114 120 126 132 138 144 114 120 126 132 138 144 120 126 132 138 144 126 132 138 144 132 138 144 138 144 144 2819 2496 3048 3200 3353 3503 3658 2496 3048 3200 3353 3503 3658 3048 3200 3353 3503 3658 3200 3353 3503 3658 3353 3503 3658 3503 3658 3658 (Prefix) See page 286 for catalog number prefix. All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified. Width dimensions are to inside wall. For aluminum fittings add 1.5 inches for total outside width. Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions. 292 Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 - Fittings Horizontal Expanding/Reducing Cross (HX) 3 pair splice plates with hardware included. Prefix - 36 - 18 HX 24 Radius Fitting Width W2 Width W1 To complete catalog number, insert fitting prefix. B R W1 See page 134 for prefix. Tray Width 3" (76) W2 * Insert Radius 12" Radius 24" Radius 36" Radius 48" Radius (12", 24", 36", or 48") W1 in. W2 mm in. mm 9 228 12 305 18 457 24 609 30 762 36 914 42 1067 152 152 228 152 228 305 152 228 305 457 152 228 305 457 609 152 228 305 457 609 762 152 228 305 457 609 762 914 6 6 9 6 9 12 6 9 12 18 6 9 12 18 24 6 9 12 18 24 30 6 9 12 18 24 30 36 Catalog No. (Prefix)-09-06-HX* (Prefix)-12-06-HX* (Prefix)-12-09-HX* (Prefix)-18-06-HX* (Prefix)-18-09-HX* (Prefix)-18-12-HX* (Prefix)-24-06-HX* (Prefix)-24-09-HX* (Prefix)-24-12-HX* (Prefix)-24-18-HX* (Prefix)-30-06-HX* (Prefix)-30-09-HX* (Prefix)-30-12-HX* (Prefix)-30-18-HX* (Prefix)-30-24-HX* (Prefix)-36-06-HX* (Prefix)-36-09-HX* (Prefix)-36-12-HX* (Prefix)-36-18-HX* (Prefix)-36-24-HX* (Prefix)-36-30-HX* (Prefix)-42-06-HX* (Prefix)-42-09-HX* (Prefix)-42-12-HX* (Prefix)-42-18-HX* (Prefix)-42-24-HX* (Prefix)-42-30-HX* (Prefix)-42-36-HX* A B A B A B A B in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm 39 42 42 48 48 48 54 54 54 54 60 60 60 60 60 66 66 66 66 66 66 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 991 1067 1067 1219 1219 1219 1372 1372 1372 1372 1524 1524 1524 1524 1524 1676 1676 1676 1676 1676 1676 1829 1829 1829 1829 1829 1829 1829 36 36 39 36 39 42 36 39 42 48 36 39 42 48 54 36 39 42 48 54 60 36 39 42 48 54 60 66 914 914 991 914 991 1067 914 991 1067 1219 914 991 1067 1219 1372 914 991 1067 1219 1372 1524 914 991 1067 1219 1372 1524 1676 63 66 66 72 72 72 78 78 78 78 84 84 84 84 84 90 90 90 90 90 90 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 1600 1676 1676 1829 1829 1829 1981 1981 1981 1981 2134 2134 2134 2134 2134 2286 2286 2286 2286 2286 2286 2438 2438 2438 2438 2438 2438 2438 60 60 63 60 63 66 60 63 66 72 60 63 66 72 78 60 63 66 72 78 84 60 63 66 72 78 84 90 1372 1372 1600 1372 1600 1676 1372 1600 1676 1829 1372 1600 1676 1829 1981 1372 1600 1676 1829 1981 2134 1372 1600 1676 1829 1981 2134 2286 87 90 90 96 96 96 102 102 102 102 108 108 108 108 108 114 114 114 114 114 114 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 2210 2286 2286 2438 2438 2438 2591 2591 2591 2591 2743 2743 2743 2743 2743 2896 2896 2896 2896 2896 2896 3048 3048 3048 3048 3048 3048 3048 84 84 87 84 87 90 84 87 90 96 84 87 90 96 102 84 87 90 96 102 108 84 87 90 96 102 108 114 2134 2134 2210 2134 2210 2286 2134 2210 2286 2438 2134 2210 2286 2438 2591 2134 2210 2286 2438 2591 2743 2134 2210 2286 2438 2591 2743 2896 111 114 114 120 120 120 126 126 126 126 132 132 132 132 132 138 138 138 138 138 138 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 2819 2896 2896 3048 3048 3048 3200 3200 3200 3200 3353 3353 3353 3353 3353 3505 3505 3505 3505 3505 3505 3658 3658 3658 3658 3658 3658 3658 108 108 111 108 111 114 108 111 114 120 108 111 114 120 126 108 111 114 120 126 132 108 111 114 120 126 132 138 2743 2743 2819 2743 2819 2896 2743 2819 2896 3048 2743 2819 2896 3048 3200 2743 2819 2896 3048 3200 3353 2743 2819 2896 3048 3200 3353 3505 (Prefix) See page 286 for catalog number prefix. All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified. Width dimensions are to inside wall. For aluminum fittings add 1.5 inches for total outside width. Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions. 293 Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings HX A Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 - Fittings Horizontal Wye (HYL, HYR) Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings 2 pair splice plates with hardware included. Left Hand Wye Right Hand Wye HYL HYR B B C A C A R R 45˚ 45˚ W Left Hand Wye Bend Radius in. 24 Tray Width mm in. 609 Left Hand Wye Catalog No. R = Radius (Prefix)-06-HYL (Prefix)-09-HYL (Prefix)-12-HYL (Prefix)-18-HYL (Prefix)-24-HYL (Prefix)-30-HYL (Prefix)-36-HYL (Prefix)-42-HYL R = Radius Right Hand Wye Catalog No. mm 6 152 9 228 12 305 18 457 24 609 30 762 36 914 42 1067 W (Prefix)-06-HYR (Prefix)-09-HYR (Prefix)-12-HYR (Prefix)-18-HYR (Prefix)-24-HYR (Prefix)-30-HYR (Prefix)-36-HYR (Prefix)-42-HYR Right Hand Wye A B C in. mm in. mm in. mm 28 7/16 32 11/16 36 15/16 45 3/8 53 7/8 62 3/8 70 7/8 79 3/8 722 831 938 1153 1368 1585 1800 2016 15 3/16 20 5/16 25 7/16 35 13/16 45 15/16 56 3/16 66 7/16 76 5/8 386 516 646 910 1167 1427 1687 1946 3 1/16 6 1/16 9 1/16 15 1/16 21 1/16 27 1/16 33 1/16 39 1/16 77 154 231 383 535 688 993 992 (Prefix) See page 286 for catalog number prefix. All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified. Width dimensions are to inside wall. For aluminum fittings add 1.5 inches for total outside width. Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions. 294 Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 - Fittings Vertical Bend 90˚ (VO, VI) 1 pair splice plates with hardware included. 90˚ Vertical Outside 90˚ Vertical Inside 3" (76) R B B R A Bend Radius R in. 12 (305) 24 (609) 36 (914) 48 (1219) Tray Width (*) Insert "VO" for Vert. Outside Bend Insert "VI" for Vert. Inside Bend in. mm Catalog No. 6 9 12 18 24 30 36 42 6 9 12 18 24 30 36 42 6 9 12 18 24 30 36 42 6 9 12 18 24 30 36 42 152 228 305 457 609 762 914 1067 152 228 305 457 609 762 914 1067 152 228 305 457 609 762 914 1067 152 228 305 457 609 762 914 1067 (Prefix)-06-90(*)12 (Prefix)-09-90(*)12 (Prefix)-12-90(*)12 (Prefix)-18-90(*)12 (Prefix)-24-90(*)12 (Prefix)-30-90(*)12 (Prefix)-36-90(*)12 (Prefix)-42-90(*)12 (Prefix)-06-90(*)24 (Prefix)-09-90(*)24 (Prefix)-12-90(*)24 (Prefix)-18-90(*)24 (Prefix)-24-90(*)24 (Prefix)-30-90(*)24 (Prefix)-36-90(*)24 (Prefix)-42-90(*)24 (Prefix)-06-90(*)36 (Prefix)-09-90(*)36 (Prefix)-12-90(*)36 (Prefix)-18-90(*)36 (Prefix)-24-90(*)36 (Prefix)-30-90(*)36 (Prefix)-36-90(*)36 (Prefix)-42-90(*)36 (Prefix)-06-90(*)48 (Prefix)-09-90(*)48 (Prefix)-12-90(*)48 (Prefix)-18-90(*)48 (Prefix)-24-90(*)48 (Prefix)-30-90(*)48 (Prefix)-36-90(*)48 (Prefix)-42-90(*)48 90˚ VI A 3" (76) C Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings 90˚ VO C C C VO Side Rail Height 4" - 7" A B C VI Side Rail Height A 4" B C A 5" B C A 6" B C A 7" B C in. in. in. in. in. in. in. in. in. in. in. in. in. in. in. 15 (381) 15 (381) 15 (381) 19 (483) 19 (483) 19 (483) 20 (508) 20 (508) 20 (508) 21 (533) 21 (533) 21 (533) 22 (559) 22 (559) 22 (559) 27 27 27 31 31 31 32 32 32 33 33 33 34 (686) (686) (686) (787) (787) (787) (813) (813) (813) (838) (838) (838) (864) 39 43 43 43 44 44 44 45 45 45 46 39 39 (991) (991) 51 51 34 34 (864) (864) 46 46 (991) (1092) (1092) (1092) (1118) (1118) (1118) (1143) (1143) (1143) (1168) (1168) (1168) 51 55 55 55 56 56 56 57 57 57 58 58 58 (1295) (1295) (1295) (1397) (1397) (1397) (1422) (1422) (1422) (1448) (1448) (1448) (1473) (1473) (1473) (Prefix) See page 286 for catalog number prefix. All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified. Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions. 295 Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 - Fittings Vertical Bend 60˚ (VO, VI) 1 pair splice plates with hardware included. R 3" (76) C B in. in. 6 9 12 18 12 (305) 24 30 36 42 6 9 12 18 24 (609) 24 30 36 42 6 9 12 18 36 (914) 24 30 36 42 6 9 12 48 18 (1219) 24 30 36 42 (*) Insert "VO" for Vert. Outside Bend Insert "VI" for Vert. Inside Bend mm Catalog No. 152 228 305 457 609 762 914 1067 152 228 305 457 609 762 914 1067 152 228 305 457 609 762 914 1067 152 228 305 457 609 762 914 1067 (Prefix)-06-60(*)12 (Prefix)-09-60(*)12 (Prefix)-12-60(*)12 (Prefix)-18-60(*)12 (Prefix)-24-60(*)12 (Prefix)-30-60(*)12 (Prefix)-36-60(*)12 (Prefix)-42-60(*)12 (Prefix)-06-60(*)24 (Prefix)-09-60(*)24 (Prefix)-12-60(*)24 (Prefix)-18-60(*)24 (Prefix)-24-60(*)24 (Prefix)-30-60(*)24 (Prefix)-36-60(*)24 (Prefix)-42-60(*)24 (Prefix)-06-60(*)36 (Prefix)-09-60(*)36 (Prefix)-12-60(*)36 (Prefix)-18-60(*)36 (Prefix)-24-60(*)36 (Prefix)-30-60(*)36 (Prefix)-36-60(*)36 (Prefix)-42-60(*)36 (Prefix)-06-60(*)48 (Prefix)-09-60(*)48 (Prefix)-12-60(*)48 (Prefix)-18-60(*)48 (Prefix)-24-60(*)48 (Prefix)-30-60(*)48 (Prefix)-36-60(*)48 (Prefix)-42-60(*)48 60˚ VI A B R C C A Bend Tray Radius Width R 60˚ Vertical Inside 60˚ VO C 3" (76) Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings 60˚ Vertical Outside VO Side Rail Height 4" - 7" A B C A 4" B C A in. in. in. in. in. in. in. 147/8 85/8 (219) 915/16 183/8 105/8 121/4 191/4 111/8 1213/16 201/16 115/8 133/8 (253) (467) (270) (283) (326) (510) (296) 255/16 145/8 167/8 283/4 165/8 193/16 295/8 171/8 193/4 (643) (428) (730) (422) (488) (502) 391/8 225/8 261/8 (994) (575) (378) (372) 3511/16 205/8 2313/16 (605) VI Side Rail Height (907) (524) 461/16 265/8 3011/16 499/16 285/8 (1170) (676) (1259) (780) (727) (311) (489 5" B in. (753) (435) C A 6" B C A in. in. in. in. in. (340) 7" B in. 2115/16 121/8 C in. 14 (557) (308) (356) 301/2 175/8 205/16 313/8 181/8 207/8 (775) (448) (797) (461) (530) (516) 40 231/8 2611/16 407/8 235/8 271/4 (663) (1016) (587) (687) (1038) (600) (692) 413/4 241/8 2713/16 (1060) (613) (706) 33 503/8 291/8 335/8 (838) (1280) (740) (854) 521/8 301/8 (1324) (765) 511/4 295/8 343/16 (1302) (753) (868) 343/4 (883) (Prefix) See page 286 for catalog number prefix. All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified. Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions. 296 Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 - Fittings Vertical Bend 45˚ (VO, VI) 1 pair splice plates with hardware included. 45˚ Vertical Outside 45˚ Vertical Inside 3" (76) 3" (76) C B Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings 45˚ VO C 45˚ VI R B R C C A A Bend Tray Radius Width R in. in. 6 9 12 18 12 (305) 24 30 36 42 6 9 12 18 24 (609) 24 30 36 42 6 9 12 18 36 24 (924) 30 36 42 6 9 12 18 48 (1219) 24 30 36 42 (*) Insert "VO" for Vert. Outside Bend Insert "VI" for Vert. Inside Bend mm Catalog No. 152 228 305 457 609 762 914 1067 152 228 305 457 609 762 914 1067 152 228 305 457 609 762 914 1067 152 228 305 457 609 762 914 1067 (Prefix)-06-45(*)12 (Prefix)-09-45(*)12 (Prefix)-12-45(*)12 (Prefix)-18-45(*)12 (Prefix)-24-45(*)12 (Prefix)-30-45(*)12 (Prefix)-36-45(*)12 (Prefix)-42-45(*)12 (Prefix)-06-45(*)24 (Prefix)-09-45(*)24 (Prefix)-12-45(*)24 (Prefix)-18-45(*)24 (Prefix)-24-45(*)24 (Prefix)-30-45(*)24 (Prefix)-36-45(*)24 (Prefix)-42-45(*)24 (Prefix)-06-45(*)36 (Prefix)-09-45(*)36 (Prefix)-12-45(*)36 (Prefix)-18-45(*)36 (Prefix)-24-45(*)36 (Prefix)-30-45(*)36 (Prefix)-36-45(*)36 (Prefix)-42-45(*)36 (Prefix)-06-45(*)48 (Prefix)-09-45(*)48 (Prefix)-12-45(*)48 (Prefix)-18-45(*)48 (Prefix)-24-45(*)48 (Prefix)-30-45(*)48 (Prefix)-36-45(*)48 (Prefix)-42-45(*)48 VO Side Rail Height 4" - 7" A B C in. in. in. 135/8 55/8 (143) (203) (346) 221/16 (561) 91/8 (232) 8 (323) 391/16 163/16 (992) (411) A in. 4" B C A 5" B C A 6" B C A 7" B C in. in. in. in. in. in. in. in. in. in. in. 167/16 613/16 (417) (173) 95/8 (245) 171/8 71/8 (435) (181) 1215/16 2415/16 105/16 145/8 255/8 105/8 (329) 309/16 1211/16 1715/16 (776) VI Side Rail Height (634) (262) (372) (651) (270) 333/8 1313/16 199/16 341/8 141/8 (497) (867) (359) (256) 15 (381) 20 (508) (454) 73/8 107/16 189/16 711/16 (188) (265) (471) (195) 107/8 (2176) 265/16 1015/16 157/16 271/16 113/16 1513/16 (668) (278) (392) 3413/16 147/16 203/8 (456) (848) 227/8 417/8 173/8 249/16 425/8 175/8 2415/16 435/16 1715/16 253/8 (1064) (441) (624) (1083) (448) (633) (1100) (456) (645) (581) (351) 101/16 177/8 (885) (367) (518) (687) (284) (402) 351/2 1411/16 2013/16 (902) 44 (1118) (284) (402) 181/4 2513/16 (464) (656) (Prefix) See page 286 for catalog number prefix. All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified. Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions. 297 Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 - Fittings Vertical Bend 30˚ (VO, VI) 1 pair splice plates with hardware included. 30˚ Vertical Inside 30˚ VI 30˚ VO C C 3" (76) B R R 3" (76) Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings 30˚ Vertical Outside B C C A Bend Tray (*) Insert "VO" for Radius Width Vert. Outside Bend R Insert "VI" for Vert. Inside Bend in. 12 (305) 24 (609) 36 (914) 48 (1219) in. mm 6 9 12 18 24 30 36 42 6 9 12 18 24 30 36 42 6 9 12 18 24 30 36 42 6 9 12 18 24 30 36 42 152 228 305 457 609 762 914 1067 152 228 305 457 609 762 914 1067 152 228 305 457 609 762 914 1067 152 228 305 457 609 762 914 1067 Catalog No. (Prefix)-06-30(*)12 (Prefix)-09-30(*)12 (Prefix)-12-30(*)12 (Prefix)-18-30(*)12 (Prefix)-24-30(*)12 (Prefix)-30-30(*)12 (Prefix)-36-30(*)12 (Prefix)-42-30(*)12 (Prefix)-06-30(*)24 (Prefix)-09-30(*)24 (Prefix)-12-30(*)24 (Prefix)-18-30(*)24 (Prefix)-24-30(*)24 (Prefix)-30-30(*)24 (Prefix)-36-30(*)24 (Prefix)-42-30(*)24 (Prefix)-06-30(*)36 (Prefix)-09-30(*)36 (Prefix)-12-30(*)36 (Prefix)-18-30(*)36 (Prefix)-24-30(*)36 (Prefix)-30-30(*)36 (Prefix)-36-30(*)36 (Prefix)-42-30(*)36 (Prefix)-06-30(*)48 (Prefix)-09-30(*)48 (Prefix)-12-30(*)48 (Prefix)-18-30(*)48 (Prefix)-24-30(*)48 (Prefix)-30-30(*)48 (Prefix)-36-30(*)48 (Prefix)-42-30(*)48 A VO Side Rail Height 4" - 7" A B C VI Side Rail Height A 4" B C A in. in. in. in. in. in. in. 115/8 31/8 63/16 135/8 (296) (79) (157) (346) 175/8 411/16 97/16 195/8 (448) (120) (240) (499) 235/8 65/16 125/8 255/8 (600) (160) (321) (651) 67/8 1311/16 261/8 7 (174) (348) (663) (175) 295/8 715/16 157/8 (753) (202) (403) 5" B C A 6" B C A 7" B C in. in. in. in. in. in. in. in. 35/8 75/16 141/8 33/4 79/16 145/8 315/16 713/16 151/8 41/16 81/16 (92) (186) (95) (192) (372) (100) (384) (103) (205) 51/4 101/2 201/8 53/8 (133) (267) (511 (137) 103/4 205/8 51/2 111/16 211/8 (524) (140) (282) (537) 55/8 (143) 115/16 (273) 14 265/8 71/8 141/4 271/8 (676) (181) (362) (689) 71/4 (184) 141/2 (356) 315/8 87/16 1615/16 321/8 85/8 173/16 325/8 83/4 171/2 331/8 (214) (430) (445) (842) 87/8 (226) 173/4 (803) (359) (816) (219) (437) (829) (222) (199) (287) (287) (451) (Prefix) See page 286 for catalog number prefix. All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified. Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions. 298 Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 - Fittings Vertical Tee Up/Down (VTU/VT) 2 pair splice plates with hardware included. Down VT Up Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings B 3" (76) H R A Bend Tray Radius R Width in. 12 (305) 24 (609) 36 (914) 48 (1219) in. mm 6 9 12 18 24 30 36 42 6 9 12 18 24 30 36 42 6 9 12 18 24 30 36 42 6 9 12 18 24 30 36 42 152 228 305 457 609 762 914 1067 152 228 305 457 609 762 914 1067 152 228 305 457 609 762 914 1067 152 228 305 457 609 762 914 1067 Vertical Tee Down Vertical Tee Up Catalog No. Catalog No. Side Rail Height "H" 4" (Prefix)-06-VT12 (Prefix)-09-VT12 (Prefix)-12-VT12 (Prefix)-18-VT12 (Prefix)-24-VT12 (Prefix)-30-VT12 (Prefix)-36-VT12 (Prefix)-42-VT12 (Prefix)-06-VT24 (Prefix)-09-VT24 (Prefix)-12-VT24 (Prefix)-18-VT24 (Prefix)-24-VT24 (Prefix)-30-VT24 (Prefix)-36-VT24 (Prefix)-42-VT24 (Prefix)-06-VT36 (Prefix)-09-VT36 (Prefix)-12-VT36 (Prefix)-18-VT36 (Prefix)-24-VT36 (Prefix)-30-VT36 (Prefix)-36-VT36 (Prefix)-42-VT36 (Prefix)-06-VT48 (Prefix)-09-VT48 (Prefix)-12-VT48 (Prefix)-18-VT48 (Prefix)-24-VT48 (Prefix)-30-VT48 (Prefix)-36-VT48 (Prefix)-42-VT48 (Prefix)-06-VTU12 (Prefix)-09-VTU12 (Prefix)-12-VTU12 (Prefix)-18-VTU12 (Prefix)-24-VTU12 (Prefix)-30-VTU12 (Prefix)-36-VTU12 (Prefix)-42-VTU12 (Prefix)-06-VTU24 (Prefix)-09-VTU24 (Prefix)-12-VTU24 (Prefix)-18-VTU24 (Prefix)-24-VTU24 (Prefix)-30-VTU24 (Prefix)-36-VTU24 (Prefix)-42-VTU24 (Prefix)-06-VTU36 (Prefix)-09-VTU36 (Prefix)-12-VTU36 (Prefix)-18-VTU36 (Prefix)-24-VTU36 (Prefix)-30-VTU36 (Prefix)-36-VTU36 (Prefix)-42-VTU36 (Prefix)-06-VTU48 (Prefix)-09-VTU48 (Prefix)-12-VTU48 (Prefix)-18-VTU48 (Prefix)-24-VTU48 (Prefix)-30-VTU48 (Prefix)-36-VTU48 (Prefix)-42-VTU48 5" 6" 7" A B A B A B A B in. in. in. in. in. in. in. in. 15 (381) 35 (889) 15 (381) 36 (914) 15 (381) 37 (940) 27 58 (6867) (1473) 27 (686) 59 (1498) 27 (686) 60 (1524) 27 (686) 61 (1549) 39 (991) 39 (991) 83 (2108) 39 (991) 84 (2134) 39 (991) 85 (2159) 15 (381) 34 (846) 82 (2083) 51 106 (1295) (2692) 51 107 (1295) (2718) 51 108 (1295) (2743) 51 109 (1295) (2769) (Prefix) See page 286 for catalog number prefix. All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified. Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions. 299 Cable Tray Systems Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 - Fittings Cable Support Fittings (CSF) 1 pair splice plates with hardware included. A CSF 3" (76) Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings H R This fitting is recommended for use at the top of vertical runs to support the weight of the cables. The top cross brace is drilled for installing eyebolts, ordered separately. B Bend Tray Radius R Width in. 12 (305) 24 (609) 36 (914) 48 (1219) Side Rail Height "H" 4" Catalog No. in. mm 6 9 12 18 24 30 36 42 6 9 12 18 24 30 36 42 6 9 12 18 24 30 36 42 6 9 12 18 24 30 36 42 152 228 305 457 609 762 914 1067 152 228 305 457 609 762 914 1067 152 228 305 457 609 762 914 1067 152 228 305 457 609 762 914 1067 (Prefix)-06-CSF12 (Prefix)-09-CSF12 (Prefix)-12-CSF12 (Prefix)-18-CSF12 (Prefix)-24-CSF12 (Prefix)-30-CSF12 (Prefix)-36-CSF12 (Prefix)-42-CSF12 (Prefix)-06-CSF24 (Prefix)-09-CSF24 (Prefix)-12-CSF24 (Prefix)-18-CSF24 (Prefix)-24-CSF24 (Prefix)-30-CSF24 (Prefix)-36-CSF24 (Prefix)-42-CSF24 (Prefix)-06-CSF36 (Prefix)-09-CSF36 (Prefix)-12-CSF36 (Prefix)-18-CSF36 (Prefix)-24-CSF36 (Prefix)-30-CSF36 (Prefix)-36-CSF36 (Prefix)-42-CSF36 (Prefix)-06-CSF48 (Prefix)-09-CSF48 (Prefix)-12-CSF48 (Prefix)-18-CSF48 (Prefix)-24-CSF48 (Prefix)-30-CSF48 (Prefix)-36-CSF48 (Prefix)-42-CSF48 5" 6" 7" A B A B A B A B in. in. in. in. in. in. in. in. 19 (483) 15 (381) 20 (508) 15 (381) 21 (533) 15 (381) 22 (559) 15 (381) 31 (787) 27 (686) 32 (813) 27 (686) 33 (838) 27 (686) 34 (864) 27 (686) 43 (1092) 39 (991) 44 (1118) 39 (991) 45 (1143) 39 (991) 46 (1168) 39 (991) 55 (1397) 51 (1295) 56 (1422) 51 (1295) 57 (1448) 51 (1295) 58 (1473) 51 (1295) (Prefix) See page 286 for catalog number prefix. All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified. Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions. 300 Cable Tray Systems Notes Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings Cable Tray Systems 301 Fiberglass Fiberglass 302 Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass Fiberglass How The Service Advisor Works B-Line knows that your time is important! That’s why the color-coding system in this catalog is designed to help you select products that fit your service needs. Products are marked to indicate the typical lead time for orders of 50 pieces or less. Customer: How do I select my straight sections. covers, or fittings so that I get the quickest turnaround? Service Advisor: Each part of our selection chart is shown in colors. If any section of a part number is a different color, the part will typically ship with the longer lead time represented by the colors. Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Example: 13 FT - 09 - 24 - 144 3-5 15 3-5 (from page 322) Lead time(days) 3-5 3-5 Part will typically ship in 15 days minimum, because of the FT material. Changing the part number from 13FT to 13F will change the coding to black for all sections of the tray to be 5-10 working days, instead of the original 15 days. 303 Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass - Technical Data Corrosion Guide The information shown in this corrosion guide is based on full immersion laboratory tests and data generated from resin manufacturer's data. It should be noted that in some of the environments listed, splashes and spill situations may result in a more corrosive situation than indicated due to the evaporation of water. Regular wash down is recommended in these situations. All data represents the best available information and is believed to be correct. The data should not be construed as a warranty of performance for that product as presented in these tables. User tests should be performed to determine suitability of service if there is any doubt or concern. Such variables as concentration, temperature, time and combined chemical effects of mixtures of chemicals make it impossible to specify the exact suitability of fiber reinforced plastics in all environments. Cooper B-Line will be happy to supply material samples for testing. These recommendations should only be used as a guide and Cooper B-Line does not take responsibility for design or suitability of materials for service intended. In no event will Cooper B-Line be liable for any consequential or special damages for any defective material or workmanship including without limitation, labor charge, other expense or damage to properties resulting from loss of materials or profits or increased expenses of operations. POLYESTER Fiberglass CHEMICAL ENVIRONMENT POLYESTER VINYL ESTER CHEMICAL ENVIRONMENT Max Wt. % Max Oper. Temp ˚F VINYL ESTER Max Wt. % Max Oper. Temp ˚F Max Max Oper. Max Max Oper. Wt. % Temp ˚F Wt. % Temp ˚F Acetic Acid 10 190 10 210 Chromic Acid Acetic Acid 50 125 50 180 Citric Acid Acetone N/R N/R 100 75 Copper Chloride SAT 170 SAT 200 Aluminum Chloride SAT 170 SAT 200 Copper Cyanide SAT 170 SAT 200 Aluminum Hydroxide SAT 160 SAT 170 Copper Nitrate SAT 170 SAT 200 Aluminum Nitrate SAT 150 SAT 170 Crude Oil, Sour 100 170 100 200 Aluminum Sulfate SAT 180 SAT 200 Cyclohexane N/R N/R N/R N/R Ammonium Chloride SAT 170 SAT 190 Cyclohexane, Vapor ALL 100 ALL 130 5 70 10 120 SAT 170 SAT 200 Ammonium Hydroxide 1 100 10 150 Diesel Fuel 100 160 100 180 Ammonium Hydroxide 28 N/R 28 100 Diethyl Ether N/R N/R N/R N/R Ammonium Carbonate N/R N/R SAT 150 Dimethyl Phthalate N/R N/R N/R N/R 15 125 SAT 130 Ethanol 50 75 50 90 Ammonium Bicarbonate Ammonium Nitrate SAT 160 SAT 190 Ethyl Acetate N/R N/R N/R N/R Ammonium Persulfate SAT N/R SAT 150 Ethylene Chloride N/R N/R N/R N/R Ammonium Sulfate SAT 170 SAT 200 Ethylene Glycol 100 90 100 200 Amyl Alcohol ALL N/R ALL 90 Fatty Acids SAT 180 SAT 200 Amyl Alcohol Vapor Benzene - 140 - 120 Ferric Chloride SAT 170 SAT 200 N/R N/R 100 140 Ferric Nitrate SAT 170 SAT 200 25 110 SAT 200 Ferric Sulfate SAT 170 SAT 200 SAT 150 SAT 200 Ferrous Chloride SAT 170 SAT 200 Benzoyl Alcohol 100 N/R 100 N/R Fluoboric Acid N/R N/R SAT 165 Borax SAT 170 SAT 200 Fluosilicic Acid N/R N/R SAT 70 Calcium Carbonate SAT 170 SAT 200 Formaldehyde Calcium Chloride SAT 170 SAT 200 Formic Acid Benzene Sulfonic Acid Benzoic Acid Calcium Hydroxide Calcium Nitrate 50 75 50 100 N/R N/R 50 100 25 70 25 165 Gasoline 100 80 100 150 SAT 180 SAT 200 Glucose 100 170 100 200 Calcium Sulfate SAT 180 SAT 200 Glycerine 100 150 100 200 Carbon Disulfide N/R N/R N/R N/R Heptane 100 110 100 120 Carbonic Acid SAT 130 SAT 180 Hexane 100 90 100 130 - 200 - 200 Hydrobromic Acid 50 120 50 120 Carbon Dioxide Gas - 200 - 200 Hydrochloric Acid 10 150 10 200 N/R N/R 100 75 Hydrochloric Acid 20 140 20 190 Chlorine, Dry Gas - 140 - 170 Hydrochloric Acid 37 75 37 95 Chlorine, Wet Gas - N/R - 180 Hydrofluoric Acid N/R N/R 15 80 SAT 80 SAT 180 Hydrogen Bromide, Dry 100 190 100 200 Carbon Monoxide Gas Carbon Tetrachloride Chlorine Water - : No Information Available N/R: Not Recommended SAT: Saturated Solution FUM: Fumes 304 Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass - Technical Data Corrosion Guide POLYESTER VINYL ESTER CHEMICAL ENVIRONMENT Max Max Oper. Max Max Oper. Wt. % Temp ˚F Wt. % Temp ˚F Hydrogen Bromide, Wet 100 75 100 130 Hydrogen Chloride - 120 - Hydrogen Peroxide 5 100 30 Hydrogen Sulfide, Dry 100 170 Hydrogen Sulfide, Wet 100 170 Hypochlorous Acid Isopropyl Alcohol POLYESTER CHEMICAL ENVIRONMENT VINYL ESTER Max Max Oper. Max Max Oper. Wt. Temp ˚F Wt. % Temp ˚F Potassium Hydroxide N/R N/R 25 150 200 Potassium Nitrate SAT 170 SAT 200 100 Potassium Permanganate 100 80 100 210 100 210 Potassium Sulfate SAT 170 SAT 200 100 210 Propylene Glycol ALL 170 ALL 200 - - SAT 200 SAT 160 SAT 200 20 80 20 150 Phthalic Acid N/R N/R 15 80 Sodium Acetate 100 140 100 180 Sodium Benzoate SAT 170 SAT 200 Lactic Acid SAT 170 SAT 200 Sodium Bicarbonate SAT 160 SAT 175 Lead Acetate SAT 170 SAT 200 Sodium Bisulfate ALL 170 ALL 200 Lead Chloride SAT 140 SAT 200 Sodium Bromide ALL 170 ALL 200 Lead Nitrate SAT - SAT 200 Sodium Carbonate Linseed Oil 100 150 100 190 Sodium Chloride Lithium Chloride SAT 150 SAT 190 Sodium Cyanide Magnesium Carbonate SAT 140 SAT 170 Sodium Hydroxide Magnesium Chloride SAT 170 SAT 200 Sodium Hydroxide Magnesium Hydroxide SAT 150 SAT 190 Sodium Hypochloride Magnesium Nitrate SAT 140 SAT 180 Sodium Monophosphate SAT 170 SAT 200 Magnesium Sulfate SAT 170 SAT 190 Sodium Nitrate SAT 170 SAT 200 Mercuric Chloride SAT 150 SAT 190 Sodium Sulfate SAT 170 SAT 200 Mercurous Chloride SAT 140 SAT 180 Sodium Thiosulfate ALL 100 ALL 120 Methyl Ethyl Ketone N/R N/R N/R N/R Stannic Chloride SAT 160 SAT 190 Mineral Oils 100 170 100 200 Styrene N/R N/R N/R N/R Monochlorobenzene N/R N/R N/R N/R Sulfated Detergent 0/50 170 0/50 200 Naphtha 100 140 100 170 Sulfur Dioxide 100 80 100 200 Nickel Chloride SAT 170 SAT 200 Sulfur Trioxide 100 80 100 200 Nickel Nitrate SAT 170 SAT 200 Sulfuric Acid 93 N/R 93 N/R Nickel Sulfate SAT 170 SAT 200 Sulfuric Acid 50 N/R 50 180 5 140 5 150 Sulfuric Acid 25 75 25 190 Nitric Acid 10 80 35 160 SAT 170 SAT 200 SAT 170 SAT 200 N/R N/R 50 150 N/R N/R 25 80 N/R N/R 10 150 Nitric Acid 20 70 20 100 Sulfurous Acid SAT 80 N/R N/R Oleic Acid 100 170 100 190 Tartaric Acid SAT 170 SAT 200 Oxalic Acid ALL 75 ALL 120 Tetrachloroethylene N/R N/R FUM 75 - 100 - 120 Toluene N/R N/R N/R N/R Paper Mill Liquors Perchlorethylene 100 N/R 100 N/R Trisodium Phosphate N/R N/R SAT 175 Perchloric Acid N/R N/R 10 150 Urea SAT 130 SAT 140 Perchloric Acid N/R N/R 30 80 Vinegar 100 170 100 200 Phosphoric Acid 10 160 10 200 Water, Distilled 100 170 100 190 Phosphoric Acid 100 120 100 200 Water, Tap 100 170 100 190 Potassium Aluminum Sulfate SAT 170 SAT 200 Water, Sea SAT 170 SAT 190 Potassium Bicarbonate 50 80 50 140 Xylene N/R N/R N/R N/R Potassium Carbonate 10 N/R 10 120 Zinc Chloride SAT 170 SAT 200 Potassium Chloride SAT 170 SAT 200 Zinc Nitrate SAT 170 SAT 200 Potassium Dichromate SAT 170 SAT 200 Zinc Sulfate SAT 170 SAT 200 - : No Information Available N/R: Not Recommended SAT: Saturated Solution Fiberglass Kerosene FUM: Fumes 305 Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass - Technical Data Load Data Fiberglass Cable Tray and Cable Channel are offered in four versions for applications as follows: Standard Series 13F, 24F, 36F, 46F, H46F, 48F FCC-03, FCC-04, FCC-06, FCC-08 Resin Type Color Fire Retardant Polyester Gray Meets ASTM E-84 Class 1 - UL94 VO Good Corrosion Resistance in most environments Fire Retardant Vinyl Ester Beige ASTM E-84 Class 1 - UL94 VO Improved Corrosion Resistance For more severe environments Higher Heat Distortion Temperature Fire Retardant Dis-Stat Black ASTM E-84 Class 1 - UL94 VO ASTM D257-99 Dissipates Static Charge Zero Halogen Fire Retardant Dark Gray ASTM E-84 Class 1 - UL94 VO Smoke Generation and Toxicity for Mass Transit Requirements and Off Shore application High Performance 13FV, 24FV, 36FV, 46FV, H46FV, 48FV FCCV-03, FCCV-04, FCCV-06, FCCV-08 Dis-Stat 13FD, 24FD, 36FD, 46FD, H46FD, 48FD FCCD-03, FCCD-04, FCCD-06, FCCD-08 Low Smoke 13FT, 24FT, 36FT, 46FT, H46FT, 48FT FCCT-03, FCCT-04, FCCT-06, FCCT-08 Effect of Temperature Strength properties of reinforced plastics are reduced when continuously exposed to elevated temperatures. Working loads shall be reduced based on the following: Approximate Percent of Strength 75 100 125 150 175 200 100 90 78 68 60 52 Fiberglass Temperature in Degrees F NEMA Standard 8-10-1986 If unusual temperature conditions exist, the manufacturer should be consulted. Authorized Engineering information 8-20-1986 Typical Properties of Pultruded Components B-Line Fiberglass Cable Tray systems are manufactured from glass fiber-reinforced plastic shapes that meet ASTM E-84, Smoke Density rating for polyester of 680, for vinyl ester 1025, Class 1 Flame Rating and self-extinguishing requirements of ASTM D-635. A surface veil is applied during pultrusion to insure a resin-rich surface and ultraviolet resistance. Properties Test Method Tensile Strength ASTM D638 Tensile Modulus ASTM D638 Flexural Strength ASTM D790 Flexural Modulus Izod Impact Unit/ Value Flame Resistance (FTMS 406-2023) ign/burn, seconds 75/75 Intermittent Flame Test (HLT-15), rating 100 Flammability Test (ASTM D635) Ignition Burning Time none 0 sec. 3" & 4" Cable Tray, Cable Channel 6" Cable Tray Longitudinal Transverse Longitudinal Transverse psi 30,000 7,000 40,000 4,500 psi x 106 2.5 .8 3.2 .6 psi 30,000 10,000 40,000 10,000 ASTM D790 psi x 106 1.6 .8 2.1 .8 ASTM D256 ft - lbs/in 28 4 28 4 10,000 Compressive Strength ASTM D695 psi 30,000 15,000 40,000 Compressive Modulus ASTM D695 psi x 106 2.5 1.0 3.2 .7 Barcol Hardness ASTM D2583 - 45 45 45 45 5,500 Sheer Strength ASTM D732 psi 5,500 5,500 5,500 Density ASTM D1505 lbs/in3 .058-.062 - .072 - .076 - Coefficient of Thermal Expansion ASTM D696 in/in/˚F 5.0 x 10-6 - 5.0 x 10-6 - Water Absorption ASTM D570 Max % 0.5 - 0.5 Dielectic Strength ASTM D149 V/mil (vpm) 200 - 200 - Flammability Classification UL94 VO - - - - Flame Spread ASTM E-84 20 Max - - - - 306 Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass - Technical Data Structural Characteristics of Cable Tray and Supports When viewed in its installed condition, any cable tray system performs functionally as a beam under a uniformly distributed load. There are four basic beam configurations typically found in a cable tray installation. All four types of beams support cable tray but each differ in the way that the beam is attached to the support. The first two beam configurations, simple and continuous, apply to the cable tray itself. The second two beam configurations, cantilever and fixed, apply more to the cable tray supports than to the cable tray itself. Simple Beam A good example of simple beam is a single straight section of cable tray supported but not fastened at either end. When the tray is loaded the cable tray is allowed to deflect. the cantilever beam will hold considerably less load than a comparable simple beam. Fixed Beam A fixed beam configuration has both ends of the beam rigidly attached to the supports. A good example of a fixed beam is the rung of a cable tray. By attaching the ends of the rung to the side rails, the ends are not free to move, bend or twist. This restriction in end movement effectively increases the load carrying capacity of the member. Fixed beam configurations are also typically found in strut rack type support systems. These types of racks are found extensively in tunnel applications for support of pipe and cable tray. Cantilever Beam A cantilever beam configuration occurs when one end of the beam is rigidly attached to the support and the other end is unsupported. This type of configuration is typically used when wall mounting a bracket to support cable tray. Since one end is unsupported, Fiberglass Simply beam analysis is used almost universally for beam comparisons even though it is seldom practical in field installations. The three most prominent reasons for using a simple beam analysis are: calculations are simplified; it represents the worst case loading; and testing is simple and reliable. The published load data in the B-Line cable tray catalog is based on the simple beam analysis per NEMA Standard FG-1. Continuous Beam Continuous beam is the beam configuration most commonly used in cable tray installations. An example of this configuration is where cable trays are installed across several supports to form a number of spans. The continuous beam possesses traits of both the simple and fixed beams. When equal loads are applied to all spans simultaneously, the counterbalancing effect of the loads on both sides of a support restricts the movement of the cable tray at the support. The effect is similar to that of a fixed beam. The end spans behave substantially like simple beams. When cable trays of identical design are compared, continuous beam installations will typically have approximately half the deflection of a simple beam of the same span. Therefore, simple beam data should be used for a general comparison only. Standard B-Line Label Do Not Use As A Walkway, Ladder, Or Support For Personnel. Use Only As A Mechanical Support For Cables, Tubing and Raceways. Catalog Number: 24A09-12-144 STR SECTION 1 of 1 260203 00 001 78101115400 D798981 1.000 SQ. IN. D1 179 KG/M 3 METER SPAN LA S SI FI E 816 LIONS DRIVE TROY, IL 62294 REFERENCE FILE # LR360266 This product is classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as to its suitability as an equipment grounding conductor only. 556E VENTILATED 09/05/2002 D Shipping Ticket: Mark Number: Purchase Order: Minimum Area: Load Class: C (and description) 30781011154005 WARNING! ® (618) 667-6779 Warning! Walkways It should be noted that cable tray is designed as a support for power or control cables, or both and is not intended or designed to be a walkway for personnel, the user is urged to display appropriate warnings cautioning against the use of this support as a walkway. The following language is suggested: WARNING! Not to be used as a walkway, ladder or support for personnel. To be used only as a mechanical support for cables and tubing. Authorized Engineering Information 8-20-1986 307 Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass - Technical Data Structural Characteristics of Cable Tray and Supports Cable Loads The cable load is simply the total weight of all the cables to be placed in the tray. This load should be expressed in lbs./ft. Concentrated Loads A concentrated static load represents a static weight applied between the side rails. Tap boxes, conduit attachments and long cable drops are just some of the many types of concentrated loads. When so specified, these concentrated static loads may be converted to an equivalent, uniform load (We) in pounds per linear foot by using the following formula: 2x (concentrated static load) We: = span length (ft.) Fiberglass Wind Loads Wind loads need to be determined for all outdoor cable tray installations. Most outdoor cable trays are ladder type trays, therefore the most severe loading to be considered is Detail 1 pressure on the tray side rails (see Detail 1). When covers are installed on outdoor cable trays, another factor to be considered is the aerodynamic effect which can produce a lift strong enough to separate a cover from a tray. Wind moving across a covered tray (see Detail 2) creates a positive pressure inside the tray and a negative pressure above the cover. This pressure difference can lift the cover off the tray. Detail 2 B-Line recommends the use of heavy duty wrap-around cover clamps when covered trays are installed in an area where strong winds occur. Ice Loads Glaze ice is the most commonly seen form of ice build-up. It is the result of rain or drizzle freezing on impact with an exposed object. Generally, only the top surface (or the cover) and the windward side of a cable tray system is significantly coated with ice. The maximum design load to be added due to ice should be determined from local and federal weather bureau information. Snow Loads Snow is measured by density and thickness. The density of snow varies almost as much as its thickness. The additional design load from snowfall should be determined using local snowfall records which can be obtained from local and federal weather bureaus. Seismic Loads In recent years a great deal of testing and evaluation of cable tray systems, and their supports, has been performed. The conclusions reached from these evaluations have shown the cable tray/strut support system exhibited more seismic capacity than originally expected. One of the factors contributing to this is the energy dissipating motion of the cables within the tray. Another factor is the high degree of ductility of the cable tray and the support material. These factors, working in conjunction with a properly designed cable tray system, should afford reasonable assurance to withstand even strong motion earthquakes. Please consult the factory with your specific seismic specifications and request a seismic brochure. Splices A lot of attention has been given to the strength of the side rails. These load bearing side rails must be spliced to form a continuous system, therefore the design of the splice plate is very important. The splice plate needs to be both strong and simple to install. These characteristics have been designed into B-Line’s splice plates. B-Line’s new high strength “L" shaped LAY-IN splice plate offers several advantages: 1) stronger than flat plate splices. 2) time saving - holds tray in position before fasteners are inserted. 3) provides base for an expansion splice to function - no vertical binding. 4) discourages splice on support-positioning, over the support is the worst place to splice - Fig 3. The location of splices in a continuous span cable tray system is also very important. The splices should be located at points of minimum stress whenever practical. NEMA standards FG-1 limits the use of splice plates as follows: Unspliced straight sections should be used on a simple span and on end spans of continuous runs. Straight section lengths should be equal to or greater than the span length to ensure not more than one splice between supports. See Figures 1 through 3 for examples on splicing configurations. Typical Continuous Span Configuration Figure 1 + Maximum positive moment - Maximum negative moment Preferred Splice Plate Locations Figure 2 Preferred splice location: • 1⁄4 span Undesirable Splice Plate Locations Figure 3 Undesired location: • over supports • mid spans 308 Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass - Technical Data Cable Tray Thermal Contraction and Expansion X : Denotes hold-down clamp (anchor) at support. _ : Denotes expansion guide clamp at support. It is important that thermal contraction and expansion be considered when installing cable tray systems. The length of the straight cable tray runs and the temperature differential govern the number of expansion splice plates required (see Table 1 below). X -- -- -- -- X -- -- -- -- X X -- -- -- -- X -- -- -- -- X Expansion Splice Plates Figure 1 Typical Cable Tray Installation The cable tray should be anchored at the support nearest to its midpoint between the expansion splice plates and secured by expansion guides at all other support locations (see Figure 1 Typical Cable Tray Installation). The cable tray should be permitted longitudinal movement in both directions from that fixed point. Maximum Temperature C° Minimum Temperature F° F° 130 50 50 110 110 1 90 90 30 30 70 70 20 20 3 50 50 10 0 30 -10 10 -20 -10 10 30 0 10 -10 -10 -20 -30 -30 Fiberglass 1 Plot the highest expected tray temperature on the maximum temperature line. 2 Plot the lowest expected tray temperature on the minimum temperature line. 3 Draw a line between the maximum and minimum points. 4 Plot the tray temperature at the time of installation to determine the gap setting. 40 40 Tray Temperature At Time Of Installation Accurate gap settings at the time of installation is necessary for the proper operation of the expansion splice plates. The following procedure should assist the installer in determining the correct gap: (see Figure 2 - Gap Setting) C° 130 2 4 -30 -30 -40 -40 1/8 (3.2) 0 (0.0) Figure 2 1/4 (6.3) 3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7) GAP SETTING Inches (mm) 5/8 (15.9) Table 1 Expansion or Contraction for Various Temperature Differences Temperature Differential °F (°C) 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 (-4) (10) (24) (38) (51) (65) (79) Cable Tray Length for 1" Expansion 667 Feet 333 Feet 222 Feet 167 Feet 133 Feet 111 Feet 95 Feet (203.3m) (101.5m) (67.6m) (50.9m) (40.5m) (33.8m) (28.9m) Tray Length for Each Expansion Connector* 417 Feet (127.1m) 208 Feet (63.4m) 139 Feet (42.3m) 104 Feet (31.7m) 83 Feet (25.3m) 69 Feet (21.0m) 59 Feet (18.0m) Note for gap set and hold down/guide location, see installation instruction above. *1" (25.4mm) slotted holes in each expansion connector allow 5⁄8" (15.9mm) total expansion or contraction. Authorized Engineering Information 8-20-1986 309 Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass - Technical Data Cable Tray Installation Guide Installation of B-Line fiberglass cable tray should be made in accordance with the standards set by NEMA Publication VE-2, Cable Tray Installation Guide, and National Electrical Code, Article 318. - Always observe common safety practices when assembling tray and fittings. Installations generally require some field cutting. Dust created during fabrication presents no serious health hazard, but skin irritation may be experienced by some workers. Operators of saws and drills should wear masks, long sleeve shirts or coveralls. Fabrication with fiberglass is relatively easy and comparable to working with wood. Ordinary hand tools may be used in most cases. Avoid excessive pressure when sawing or drilling. Too much force can rapidly dull tools and also produce excessive heat which softens the bonding resin in the fiberglass resulting in a ragged edge rather than a clean-cut edge. Field cutting is simple and can be accomplished with a circular power saw with an abrasive cut-off wheel (masonry type) or hack saw (24 to 32 teeth per inch). Drill fiberglass as you would drill hard wood. Standard twist drills are more than adequate. Any surface that has been drilled, cut, sanded or otherwise broken, must be sealed with a compatible resin. (see page 347) Carbide tipped saw blades and drill bits are recommended when cutting large quantities. Support the fiberglass material firmly during cutting operations to keep material from shifting which may cause chipping at the cut edge. Each tray section length should be equal to or greater than the support span. When possible, the splice should be located at quarter span. Fittings should be supported as per NEMA FG-1. Fiberglass Recommended Fiberglass Trapeze Hanging Systems Notes: 1) A snug three to four ft.-lbs. torque is sufficient for all thread rod nuts. 2) When supporting cable tray, the spacing between each trapeze should not exceed the distance between splice plates. 3) When hanging from beam, B-Line BFPU751 series clamps provide extra thread engagement necessary for load ratings. All thread rod must be fully engaged in the clamp. 4) Design load safety factor is 3:1 BF22A Strut: 1 ⁄2" fiberglass all-thread rod (BFVATR 1⁄2) 2" max between material being supported and rod fiberglass ATR nut (BFVATRHN 1⁄2) fiberglass spacer (BFV202) maximum uniform load 1,500 lbs. BF22A fiberglass strut fiberglass spacer (BFV202) 1 ⁄2" (13mm) Min. 40" (1016mm) Max. fiberglass ATR nut (BFVATRHN 1⁄2) 2" (51mm) Min. BF22 Strut: 1 ⁄2" fiberglass all-thread rod (BFVATR 1⁄2) 2" max between material being supported and rod fiberglass ATR nut (BFVATRHN 1⁄2) maximum uniform load 500 lbs. fiberglass spacer (BFV202) BF22 fiberglass strut fiberglass spacer (BFV202) 1 ⁄2" (13mm) Min. fiberglass ATR nut (BFVATRHN 1⁄2) 40" (1016mm) Max. 2" (51mm) Min. For vinyl ester resin, ‘V’ must be added appropriately to part number. Example: BFV22A. 310 Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass - Technical Data Cable Tray Support Locations For Fittings per NEMA VE-2 Installation Guide 2 ft. (.6M) 2 ft. (.6M) 2 ft. (.6M) 2 ft. (.6M) 2 ft. (.6M) 2 ft. (.6M) 2 ft. (.6 M ) 22.5˚ 45˚ 2 ft. (.6M) 2 ft. (.6M) 2 ft. (.6M) 2 ft. (.6M) ø 2 ft. (.6M) ø Vertical Elbows 2/3 R 2 ft. (.6M) 2 ft. (.6M) 1/2 L 2 ft. (.6 M ) 2/3 R L Horizontal Cross 1/2 ø Horizontal Tee Fiberglass 2 ft. (.6M) 2 ft. (.6M) Horizontal Elbows ø = 30˚, 45˚, 60˚, 90˚ How To Size Cable Tray Based on the National Electrical Code - 1993, Section 318 The National Electrical Code Article 318 was written primarily for verifying the cable fill in cable trays but little has been done to convert this information into a design procedure. In the development of a complete cable tray support system, B-Line established a simple method of determining the right size tray to support any given amount of cables. The following tables cover our method for determining cable tray widths based on tray design and system voltage. Table I Table I is subdivided into two categories covering electrical service of 2000 volts or less. The first, Category A, is for any mixture of power or lighting cables with any mixture of control or signal cables. Category B is used when control and/or signal cables only are being used. Control Circuit - the circuit of a control apparatus or system that carries the electric signals directing the performance of the controller, but does not carry the main power (NEC Article 100). Signaling Circuit - any electric circuit that energizes signaling equipment (NEC Article 100). Table II Table II has only one category of electrical service and that is 2001 volts and over for types MV and MC cables both single and multiconductor. Type MV is a single or multiconductor solid dielectric insulated cable rated 2001 volts or higher (NEC Article 326). Type MC cable is a factory assembly of one or more conductors, each individually insulated and enclosed in a metallic sheath or interlocking tape, or a smooth or corrugated tube (NEC Article 334). Cables other than Types MV and MC can be installed provided they are "specifically approved for installation in cable trays." Table III Table III covers 3, 4 and 6 inch ventilated cable channels. Tray Sizing Procedure Step 1. Select proper cable tray table below based on cable voltage and tray type. Cable Voltage Cable Tray Type Use: 2000 Volts or less Ladder, Cable Tray Table I 2001 Volts or more Ladder, Cable Tray Table II 2001 Volts or less Cable Channel, ventilated Table III 311 Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass - Technical Data How To Size Cable Tray Tables I - Ladder Cable Tray - for cables rated 2000 volts or less For power or lighting or any mixture of power, lighting, control or signal cables: 1. Multiconductor Cable Conductor sizes 4/0 and larger* Conductor sizes 3/0 and smaller tray width ≥ Sd tray width ≥ 0.857 Sa NEC 318-9(a) (1) NEC 318-9(a) (2) Example: Calculate width of cable tray required for the following Type TC Cables. 6 21 20 4/c 4/c 5/c 500 kcmil #8 AWG #12 AWG Power: Lighting: Control: Diameter = 3.14 Area = 0.407 Area = 0.170 6 x 3.14 = 18.84 .857 (21 x 0.407) = 7.32 .857 (20 x 0.170) = 2.91 29.07 Solution: Use 30 inch wide tray 2. Single Conductor Cable Conductor sizes 250 MCM thru 900 MCM† only Conductor sizes 3/0 and smaller tray width ≥ 0.023 Sa* tray width ≥ 0.857 Sa NEC 318-10(a) (2) NEC 318-10(a) (4) Example: Calculate width of cable tray required for the following Type THW Wires. 6 9 6 1/c 1/c 1/c 4/0 AWG 500 kcmil 250 kcmil Power: Power: Power: Diameter = 0.710 Area = 0.83 Area = 0.49 (6 x 0.71) = 4.26 .923 (9 x 0.83) = 6.89 .923 (6 x 0.49) = 2.71 Fiberglass 13.86 Solution: Use 18 inch wide tray 3. Mixture of Single and Multiconductor Cable Example: Calculate width of cable tray required for the following mix of cables. Use guidelines from (1) & (2) above. 2 12 60 4 6 3/c 4/c 4/c 1/c 1/c 250 kcmil #8 AWG #12 AWG 1/0AWG 500kc mil Type Type Type Type Type MC TC TC THW THW Power: Lighting: Control: Power: Power: Diameter Area Area Diameter Area = = = = = 1.84 0.41 0.12 0.55 0.83 2 x 1.84 .857 (12 x 0.41) .857 (60 x 0.12) (4 x 0.55) .923 (6 x 0.83) = = = = = 3.68 4.22 6.17 2.20 4.60 20.87 Solution: Use 24 inch wide tray For control and/or signal duty cable only: 1. Multiconductor Cable tray width ≥ 2Sa NEC 318-9(b) D All conductor sizes** Example: Calculate width of cable tray required for the following Type TC Cables in 4 inch deep tray. 24 42 18 16/c 4/c 4/c 16 AWG 12 AWG 10 AWG Control: Control: Control: Area = 0.29 Area = 0.13 Area = 0.20 2(24 x 0.29) ÷ 4 = 3.48 2(42 x 0.13) ÷ 4 = 2.73 2(18 x 0.20) ÷ 4 = 1.80 8.01 Solution: Use 24 inch wide tray * ** † Sd Sa The 4/0 and larger cable shall be installed in a single layer and no other cables shall be placed on them. For computation only depth D can not exceed 6 inches. For 1000 MCM and larger single conductor cable, refer to NEC 318-10(a)1 for sizing information. = the sum of the diameters, in inches, of all cables in the same ladder cable tray. = the sum of the cross-sectional areas, in square inches, of all cables in the same ladder cable tray. 312 Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass - Technical Data How To Size Cable Tray Table II - Ladder - for cables rated 2000 volts or less For MV or MC cables: 1. Mixture of Single and Multiconductor Cable All conductor sizes† NEC 318-12 tray width ≥ Sd Example: Calculate width of cable tray required for the following cables. 4 10 4 1/c 3/c 3/c 500 kcmil 2/0 AWG 4/0 AWG Type MV Type MC Type MV Diameter = Diameter = Diameter = 1.05 1.55 1.78 4 x 1.05 = 4.20 10 x 1.55 = 15.50 4 x 1.78 = 7.12 26.82 Solution: Use 30 inch wide tray Table III - Cable Channel, Ventilated - for cables rated 2000 volts or less For power, lighting, control and/or signal duty cables: 1. Multiconductor Cable (all size cables) One cable only Two or more cables NEC 318-9(E) 3 inch wide 4 inch wide 6 inch wide Sa ≤ 2.3 in2 Sa ≤ 1.3 in2 Sa ≤ 4.5 in2 Sa ≤ 2.5 in2 Sa ≤ 7.0 in2 Sa ≤ 3.8 in2 Example: Calculate width of cable channel required for the following Type TC Cables. 3/c 4/c 1/0 AWG 300 kcmil Area = 1.17 which is less than 1.3. Use 3 inch wide. Area = 3.77 which is less than 4.5. Use 3 inch wide. 6 2 4/c 3/c #10 AWG 1/0 AWG Area = 6 x 0.20 = 1.20 which is less than 1.3. Use 3 inch wide. Area = 2 x 1.17 = 2.34 which is less than 2.5. Use 4 inch wide. 2. Single Conductor (1/0 AWG or larger) Any number of cables Fiberglass 1 1 NEC 318-10(b) 3 inch wide 4 inch wide 6 inch wide Sd ≤ 3.0 Sd ≤ 4.0 Sd ≤ 6.0 Example: Type THW Cables. 3 8 1/c 1/c 500 kcmil 4/0 kcmil Type THW Type THW Diameter = Diameter = 3 x 1.029 = 3.09 which is less than 4.0. Use 4 inch wide. 8 x 0.71 = 5.68 which is less than 6.0. Use 6 inch wide. † Cables shall be installed in a single layer. Where single conductor cables are triplexed, quadruplexed or bound together in circuit groups, the sum of the diameters of the single conductors shall not exceed the cable tray width and these groups shall be installed in single layer arrangement. Sd = the sum of the diameters, in inches, of all cables in the same ladder cable tray. Sa = the sum of the cross-sectional areas, in square inches, of all cables in the same ladder cable tray. Covers (Derating) Cross-Sectional Area Multipliers Used in Tables When cable trays are continuously covered for more than six feet with solid unventilated covers, the ampacity of the installed cables must be reduced per NEC-1993. 2000 volts or less • MULTICONDUCTOR CABLES - use 95% of tables 310-16 and 310-18 • SINGLE CONDUCTOR CABLES - 600 MCM and larger use 70% of tables 310-17 and 310-19 1/0 AWG thru 500 kc mil use 60% of tables 310-17 and 310-19 2001 volts and over • MULTICONDUCTOR CABLES - use 95% of tables 310-75 and 310-76 • SINGLE CONDUCTOR CABLES - use 70% of tables 310-69 and 310-70 Rarely is the cross-sectional area of a multiconductor cable given in manufacturers literature or the National Electrical Code. To calculate the cross-sectional area simply square the diameter and multiply by 0.7854. The diameter used in the calculations is the overall outside diameter (O.D.) of the cable including insulation and/or armor. Cross Sectional Area (Square Inches) The multipliers used in all tables are mathematical equivalents of Tables 318-9 and 318-10 of the National Electrical Code-1993. = 0.7854 (O.D.)2 An example can be found in column 1 of Table 318-9. The proportion of cable tray width (size inches) to allowable fill (seven square inches) is 0.857 for 3/0 and smaller multiconductor cables in ladder type trays. Therefore the product of 0.857 and the cross-sectional area of cables is the tray width. 313 Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass - Recommended Tray Specifications SECTION 161xx NON-METALLIC CABLE TRAY POLYESTER, VINYL ESTER & DIS-STAT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 A. The work covered under this section consists of the furnishing of all necessary labor, supervision, materials, equipment, tests and services to install complete cable tray systems as shown on the drawings. B. Cable tray systems are defined to include, but are not limited to straight sections of [ladder type] [vented bottom type] [solid bottom type] cable trays, bends, tees, elbows, drop-outs, supports and accessories. 1.02 A. B. C. 1.03 Fiberglass SECTION INCLUDES REFERENCES ANSI/NFPA 70 – National Electrical Code NEMA FG 1-2002 – Non-Metallic Cable Tray Systems NEMA VE 2-2002 – Cable Tray Installation Guidelines DRAWINGS A. The drawings, which constitute a part of these specifications, indicate the general route of the cable tray systems. Data presented on these drawings are as accurate as preliminary surveys and planning can determine until final equipment selection is made. Accuracy is not guaranteed and field verification, of all dimensions, routing, etc., is directed. B. Specifications and drawings are for assistance and guidance, but exact routing, locations, distances and levels will be governed by actual field conditions. Contractor is directed to make field surveys as part of his work prior to submitting system layout drawings. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submittal Drawings: Submit drawings of cable tray and accessories including clamps, brackets, hanger rods, splice plate connectors, expansion joint assemblies, and fittings, showing accurately scaled components. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on cable tray including, but not limited to, types, materials, finishes, rung spacings, inside depths and fitting radii. For side rails and rungs, submit cross sectional properties including Section Modulus (Sx) and Moment of Inertia (Ix). 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of cable trays and fittings of types and capacities required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. B. NEMA Compliance: Comply with NEMA Standards Publication Number FG-1, "Non-Metallic Cable Tray Systems". C. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC, as applicable to construction and installation of cable tray and cable channel systems (Article 318, NEC). 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver cable tray systems and components carefully to avoid breakage, denting and scoring finishes. Do not install damaged equipment. B. Store cable trays and accessories in original cartons and in clean dry space; protect from weather and construction traffic. Wet materials should be unpacked and dried before storage. continued on page 315 314 Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass - Recommended Tray Specifications PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 A. 2.02 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray systems shall be as manufactured by Cooper B-Line, Inc. [or engineer approved equal]. CABLE TRAY SECTIONS AND COMPONENTS A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide non-metallic cable trays, of types, classes, and sizes indicated; with splice plates, bolts, nuts and washers for connecting units. Construct units with rounded edges and smooth surfaces; in compliance with applicable standards; and with the following additional construction features. Cable tray shall be installed according to the latest revision of NEMA VE 2. B. Material and Finish: Straight section structural elements; side rails, rungs and splice plates shall be pultruded from glass fiber reinforced polyester resin, vinyl ester resin or dis-stat. C. Pultruded shapes shall be constructed with a surface veil to insure a resin-rich surface and ultraviolet resistance. D. Pultruded shapes shall meet ASTM E-84, Class 1 flame rating and self-extinguishing requirements of ASTM D-635. 2.03 TYPE OF TRAY SYSTEM Ladder Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with transverse members (rungs) mechanically fastened and adhesively bonded to the side rails. Rungs shall be spaced [6] [9] [12] inches on center. Rung spacing in radiused fittings shall be industry standard 9" and measured at the center of the tray’s width. Each rung must be capable of supporting a 200 lb. concentrated load at the center of the cable tray with a safety factor of 1.5 (See following rung loading table). B. Ventilated Bottom Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with rungs spaced 4" on center. C. Solid Bottom Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a solid sheet over rungs spaced on 12" centers. D. Cable tray loading depth shall be [2] [3] [5] inches per NEMA FG 1. E. Straight sections shall be supplied in standard [10 foot (3m)] [20 foot (6m)] lengths. F. Cable tray inside widths shall be [6] [9] [12] [18] [24] [30] [36] inches or as shown on drawings. Outside width shall not exceed inside by more than a total of 2". G. Straight and expansion splice plates will be of "L" shaped lay-in design with an eight-bolt pattern in 5" fill systems and four-bolt pattern in 3" and 2" fill systems. Splice plates shall be furnished with straight sections and fittings. H. All fittings must have a minimum radius of [12] [24] [36]. I. Molded fittings shall be formed with a minimum 3" tangent following the radius. J. Systems with 3 inch loading depth shall have 90-degree and 45-degree molded fittings in 12 inch or 24 inch radius. (Polyester and vinylester only.) K. Systems with 5 inch loading depth shall have 90-degree and 45-degree molded fittings in 24 inch or 36 inch radius. (Polyester and vinylester only.) L. All other fittings shall be of mitered construction. M. Fiberglass A. Dimension tolerances will be per NEMA FG 1. continued on page 316 315 Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass 2.04 A. Recommended Tray Specifications LOADING CAPACITIES Cable trays shall meet NEMA class designation: [8C] [12C] [20B] [20C]. Or A. Cable tray shall be capable of carrying a uniformly distributed load of _______ lbs./ft on a _______ foot support span with a safety factor of 1.5 when supported as a simple span and tested per NEMA VE 1 Section 5.2. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 A. Install cable trays as indicated: Installation shall be in accordance with equipment manufacturer's instructions, and with recognized industry practices to ensure that cable tray equipment comply with requirements of NEC and applicable portions of NFPA 70B. Reference NEMA VE 2 for general cable tray installation guidelines. B. Coordinate cable tray with other electrical work as necessary to properly integrate installation of cable tray work with other work. C. Provide sufficient space encompassing cable trays to permit access for installing and maintaining cables. D. Cable tray fitting supports shall be located such that they meet the strength requirements of straight sections. Install fitting supports per NEMA VE 2 guidelines, or in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.02 Fiberglass INSTALLATION A. TESTING Upon request manufacturer shall provide test reports witnessed by an independent testing laboratory of the "worst case" loading conditions outlined in this specification and performed in accordance with the latest revision of NEMA FG 1. 316 Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass - Recommended Tray Specifications SECTION 161xx LOW SMOKE, ZERO HALOGEN, NON-METALLIC CABLE TRAY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. The work covered under this section consists of the furnishing of all necessary labor, supervision, materials, equipment, tests and services to install complete cable tray systems as shown on the drawings. B. Cable tray systems are defined to include, but are not limited to straight sections of ladder type cable trays, bends, tees, elbows, drop-outs, supports and accessories. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ANSI/NFPA 70 – National Electrical Code B. NEMA FG 1-2002 – Non-Metallic Cable Tray Systems C. NEMA VE 2-2002 – Cable Tray Installation Guidelines 1.03 DRAWINGS The drawings, which constitute a part of these specifications, indicate the general route of the cable tray systems. Data presented on these drawings are as accurate as preliminary surveys and planning can determine until final equipment selection is made. Accuracy is not guaranteed and field verification, of all dimensions, routing, etc., is directed. B. Specifications and drawings are for assistance and guidance, but exact routing, locations, distances and levels will be governed by actual field conditions. Contractor is directed to make field surveys as part of his work prior to submitting system layout drawings. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submittal Drawings: Submit drawings of cable tray and accessories including clamps, brackets, hanger rods, splice plate connectors, expansion joint assemblies, and fittings, showing accurately scaled components. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on cable tray including, but not limited to, types, materials, finishes, rung spacings, inside depths and fitting radii. For side rails and rungs, submit cross sectional properties including Section Modulus (Sx) and Moment of Inertia (Ix). 1.05 Fiberglass A. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of cable trays and fittings of types and capacities required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. B. NEMA Compliance: Comply with NEMA Standards Publication Number FG-1, "Non-Metallic Cable Tray Systems". C. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC, as applicable to construction and installation of cable tray and cable channel systems (Article 392, NEC). continued on page 318 317 Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass 1.06 Recommended Tray Specifications DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver cable tray systems and components carefully to avoid breakage, denting and scoring finishes. Do not install damaged equipment. B. Store cable trays and accessories in original cartons and in clean dry space; protect from weather and construction traffic. Wet materials should be unpacked and dried before storage. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 A. Fiberglass 2.02 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray systems shall be part number 24FT09-12-240 as manufactured by Cooper B-Line, Inc. [or engineer approved equal]. CABLE TRAY SECTIONS AND COMPONENTS A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide non-metallic cable trays, of types, classes, and sizes indicated; with splice plates, bolts, nuts and washers for connecting units. Construct units with rounded edges and smooth surfaces; in compliance with applicable standards; and with the following additional construction features. Cable tray shall be installed according to the latest revision of NEMA VE 2. B. Material and Finish: Straight section structural elements; side rails, rungs and splice plates shall be pultruded from glass fiber reinforced zero halogen resin. C. Pultruded shapes shall be constructed with a surface veil to insure a resin-rich surface and ultraviolet resistance. D. Pultruded shapes shall meet the following criteria shown in Table 1: Table 1 Test Performed Specified Requirement Flexural Strength Flexural Modulus Tensile Strength Tensile Modulus Impact Strength Dielectric Strength Arc Resistance Water Absorption Thermal Expansion Flame Spread Index Flame Resistance Tracking Resistance Specific Optical Smoke Density 25,000 psi, Min. 1,000,000 psi, Min. 17,000 psi, Min. 900,000 psi, Min. 25 ft-lb./in., Min. 170 volts/mil, Min. 180 seconds, Min. 0.2%, Max. 0.000007 in./in./°F., Max. 60, Max. UL 94 V-0, Min. 600 minutes, Min. at 2500V 200 Max. within 4 minutes after start of test. continued on page 319 318 Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass - Recommended Tray Specifications SMOKE TOXICITY Gases Maximum Quantities Hydrogen Chloride Hydrogen Bromide Hydrogen Cyanide Hydrogen Sulfide Vinyl Chloride Ammonia Aldehydes Oxides of Nitrogen Carbon Dioxide Carbon Monoxide 10 ppm 10 ppm 10 ppm 10 ppm 10 ppm 500 ppm 30 ppm 100 ppm 15,000 ppm 1,000 ppm Fiberglass pultruded shapes are manufactured per Creative Pultrusions Inc. Fiberglass Transportation Products-130 specifications. 2.03 TYPE OF TRAY SYSTEM Ladder Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with transverse members (rungs) mechanically fastened and adhesively bonded to the side rails. Ladder Cable Tray shall be Cooper B-Line part number 24FT09-12-240 [or engineered approved equal]. Rung spacing in radiused fittings shall be industry standard 9" and measured at the center of the tray’s width. B. Straight and expansion splice plates will be of "L" shaped lay-in design with a four-bolt pattern. Splice plates shall be furnished with straight sections and fittings. C. All fittings must have a minimum radius of [12] [24] [36]. D. All fittings shall be of mitered construction. E. Dimension tolerances will be per NEMA FG 1. 2.04 A. Fiberglass A. LOADING CAPACITIES Cable tray shall be capable of carrying a uniformly distributed load of ______ lbs./ft on a ______-foot support span with a safety factor of 1.5 when supported as a simple span and tested per NEMA VE 1 Section 5.2. continued on page 320 319 Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass - Recommended Tray Specifications PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install cable trays as indicated: Installation shall be in accordance with equipment manufacturer's instructions, and with recognized industry practices to ensure that cable tray equipment comply with requirements of NEC and applicable portions of NFPA 70B. Reference NEMA VE 2 for general cable tray installation guidelines. B. Coordinate cable tray with other electrical work as necessary to properly integrate installation of cable tray work with other work. C. Provide sufficient space encompassing cable trays to permit access for installing and maintaining cables. D. Cable tray fitting supports shall be located such that they meet the strength requirements of straight sections. Install fitting supports per NEMA VE 2 guidelines, or in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.02 Upon request manufacturer shall provide test reports witnessed by an independent testing laboratory of the "worst case" loading conditions outlined in this specification and performed in accordance with the latest revision of NEMA FG 1. Fiberglass A. TESTING 320 Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass - Cable Tray Numbering System To order a Fiberglass straight section of cable tray, select the appropriate size and material from the charts below and place those symbols in the sequence shown to form the complete catalog number. Procedure: 1. Select the correct Cooper B-Line series Fiberglass tray using the Load Data for straight sections shown on page 322 for 3", page 323 for 4", page 23 for 6" and page 24 for 8" fittings. 2. Select the resin required. Polyester, Vinyl Ester, or Zero Halogen. Refer to Corrosion Guide on pages 304 and 305, for the effect of environmental conditions on the desired material and the effective temperature range on page 306. 3. The tray prefix is completed by inserting the rung spacing. 4. Select the desired width in inches. Refer to How To Size Cable Tray Section if width has to be computed based on number and size of cables. See pages 311 thru 313. 5. Finally select the straight section length in inches. Fiberglass 120 [10'] (3m) or 240 [20'] (6m) Straight Section Part Numbering 24 Example: Prefix F 09 - 24 - 120 Material Rung Spacing 13 24 36 46 H46 48 F - Fiberglass Polyester Resin FV - Fiberglass Vinyl Ester Resin FT - Zero Halogen FD - Dis-Stat 6" 9" 12" (152) (228) (305) *See page FT-50 for Marine Rung option. Width 6" 9" 12" 18" 24" 30" 36" Fiberglass Series Length (152) (228) (305) (457) (609) (762) (914) 120 [10 ft] 240 [20 ft] (3m) (6m) Note: One pair of splice plates with SS6 hardware included. Fitting Section Part Selector Prefix Example: 4 Height 3" 4" 6" 8" (76) (101) (152) (203) F - 24 Material F - Fiberglass Polyester Resin FV - Fiberglass Vinyl Ester Resin FT - Zero Halogen FD - Dis-Stat Notes: Standard rung spacing on fittings is 9" (225). Splice plates with SS6 hardware included. - 90 HB Width 6" 9" 12" 18" 24" 30" 36" (152) (228) (305) (457) (609) (762) (914) 24 Angle 30˚ 45˚ 60˚ 90˚ Type HB HT HX VI VO VT VTURR LR SR - Horizontal Bend Horizontal Tee Horizontal Cross Vertical Inside Bend Vertical Outside Bend Vertical Tee Vertical Tee, Up Right Reducer Left Reducer Straight Reducer Radius 12" 24" 36" (305) (609) (914) 321 Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass - 3” Straight Section 1" (25) NEMA 2" Fill 3" (76) 1" (25) One pair of splice plates with SS6 (316 Stainless Steel) hardware included Series 13 Fiberglass Straight Section Part Numbering Prefix Example: 13 F 09 - 24 - 120 Series Fiberglass 13 Material Type Width F = Polyester FV = Vinyl Ester FT = Zero Halogen FD = Dis-Stat Ladder 06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12" rung spacing 06 09 12 18 24 = = = = = 6" 9" 12" 18" 24" B-Line Series 13F For side rail & rung data, see charts on pages AP-5 & AP-6 Side Rail Dimensions NEMA & CSA Classifications 1.00 NEMA: 8C NEMA 2” fill 3.00 1.00 Á Length 120 = 10 ft. 13F 240 = 20 ft. ¬Primary Length. Length. ÁSecondary See page 39 for explanation of lengths. Rung Spacing Overall Width (Width + 7/8”) ¬ See page 351 for additional rung options. Span ft Load lbs/ft Deflection Multiplier Span meters Load kg/m Deflection Multiplier 6 257 0.005 1.8 382 0.086 8 145 0.016 2.4 216 0.267 10 93 0.040 3.0 138 0.681 12 64 0.083 3.7 95 1.411 14 47 0.153 4.3 70 2.614 Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VFG-1 on 24" wide cable tray rungs spaced on 12" centers. Published load safety factor is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable being installed. When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. 322 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass - 4” Straight Section 11⁄8" (28) NEMA 3" 4" (101) 1" (25) One pair of splice plates with SS6 (316 Stainless Steel) hardware included Series 24 Fiberglass Straight Section Part Numbering Prefix Example: 24 F 09 - 24 - 120 Series 24 Type Ladder 06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12" rung spacing Width Rung Spacing Overall Width (Width + 7/8”) B-Line Series Side Rail Dimensions 1.125 24F NEMA 3” fill 4.00 For side rail & rung data, see charts on pages AP-5 & AP-6 06 09 12 18 24 30 36 = = = = = = = 6" 9" 12" 18" 24" 30" 36" ¬ Á Length 120 = 10 ft. 24F 240 = 20 ft. ¬Primary Fiberglass Material F = Polyester FV = Vinyl Ester FT = Zero Halogen FD = Dis-Stat Length. Length. ÁSecondary See page 39 for explanation of lengths. See page 351 for additional rung options. NEMA & CSA Classifications Span ft Load lbs/ft Deflection Multiplier Span meters Load kg/m Deflection Multiplier NEMA: 12C 6 627 0.001 1.8 933 0.023 CSA: E-3m 8 353 0.004 2.4 525 0.074 10 226 0.011 3.0 336 0.182 12 157 0.022 3.7 233 0.378 1.00 Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VFG-1 on 36" wide cable tray rungs spaced on 12" centers. Published load safety factor is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable being installed. When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Cable Tray Systems Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 323 Fiberglass - 6” Straight Sections 15⁄8" (41) Rung Spacing NEMA 5" fill 6" (152) One pair of splice plates with SS6 (316 Stainless Steel) hardware included 1" (25) Overall Width 36F (Width + 7/8”) 46F & H46F (Width + 1”) For side rail & rung data, see charts on pages AP-5 & AP-6 Series 36,46, H46 Fiberglass Straight Section Part Numbering Prefix Example: 36 F 09 - 24 - 120 Series 36 46 Material Type F = Polyester FV = Vinyl Ester FT = Zero Halogen FD = Dis-Stat Ladder 06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12" rung spacing Width Fiberglass H46 06 09 12 18 24 30 36 Side Rail Dimensions 6" 9" 12" 18" 24" 30" 36" ¬ Length 120 Á 240 ¬ 120 Á 240 ¬ 120 Á 240 10 20 10 20 10 20 ft. 36F ft. ft. 46F ft. ft. H46F ft. ¬Primary Length. Length. See page 39 for explanation of lengths. NEMA & CSA Classifications Span ft Load lbs/ft Deflection Multiplier Span meters Load kg/m Deflection Multiplier NEMA: 20B 12 246 0.006 3.7 367 0.104 CSA: E-6m 14 181 0.011 4.3 269 0.193 16 139 0.019 4.9 206 0.330 18 109 0.031 5.5 163 0.528 20 89 0.047 6.1 132 0.811 NEMA: 20C+ 12 393 0.005 3.7 584 0.079 CSA: E-6m 14 288 0.009 4.3 429 0.145 16 221 0.015 4.9 329 0.246 18 174 0.023 5.5 260 0.396 20 141 0.035 6.1 210 0.605 NEMA: 20C+ 12 424 0.005 3.7 631 0.079 CSA: E-6m 14 312 0.009 4.3 464 0.144 16 239 0.015 4.9 355 0.248 18 188 0.023 5.5 280 0.396 20 153 0.035 6.1 227 0.608 36F = = = = = = ÁSecondary See page 351 for additional rung options. B-Line Series = = = = = = = 1.625 NEMA 5” fill 46F 6.00 1.00 H46F Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VFG-1 on 36" wide cable tray rungs spaced on 12" centers. Published load safety factor is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable being installed. When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. 324 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass - 8” Straight Sections 23/16" (55) NEMA 7" fill 8" (203) One pair of splice plates with SS6 (316 Stainless Steel) hardware included 1" (25) Series 48 Fiberglass Straight Section Part Numbering Prefix Example: 48 F 09 - 24 - 120 Series Type Ladder 06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12" rung spacing Width Rung Spacing Overall Width (Width + 1”) B-Line Series For side rail & rung data, see charts on pages AP-5 & AP-6 Side Rail Dimensions 2.188 48F NEMA & CSA Classifications NEMA: 20C+ NEMA 7” fill 8.00 06 09 12 18 24 30 36 = = = = = = = 6" 9" 12" 18" 24" 30" 36" ¬ Á Length Fiberglass 48 Material F = Polyester FV = Vinyl Ester FT = Zero Halogen FD = Dis-Stat 120 = 10 ft. 48F 240 = 20 ft. ¬Primary Length. Length. ÁSecondary See page 39 for explanation of lengths. See page 351 for additional rung options. Span ft Load lbs/ft Deflection Multiplier Span meters Load kg/m Deflection Multiplier 12 348 0.003 3.7 518 0.052 14 256 0.006 4.3 381 0.097 16 196 0.010 4.9 291 0.165 18 155 0.015 5.5 231 0.210 20 125 0.024 6.1 187 0.401 1.00 Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VFG-1 on 36" wide cable tray rungs spaced on 12" centers. Published load safety factor is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable being installed. When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Cable Tray Systems Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 325 Fiberglass Fiberglass - Fitting Numbering System Series 24 Fiberglass Fittings Part Numbering Prefix Example: 4 F - 12 - 90 HB 12 Height 3 4 6 8 = = = = 3” ** 4” 6” 8” Material F FV FT FD = = = = Polyester Vinyl Ester Zero Halogen Dis-Stat ** 3” deep fittings are only available in 6” thru 24” widths and 12” radius only. 326 Width 06 = 09 = 12 = 18 = 24 = 30 = 36 = 6" (152) 9" (228) 12" (305) 18" (457) 24" (609) 30" (762) 36" (914) (9" rung spacing is standard) Angle Type Radius 45 = 45° 90 = 90° HB = Horizontal Bend HT = Horizontal Tee HX = Horizontal Cross VI = Vertical Inside Bend VO = Vertical Outside Bend LR = Left Reducer RR = Right Reducer SR = Straight Reducer VT = Vertical Tee Down VTU = Vertical Tee Up 12 = 12" (305) 24 = 24" (609) 36 = 36" (914) Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass - Fittings Horizontal Bend 90° (HB) One pair of splice plates with SS6 hardware included. -RBend Radius in. 12 Tray Width mm 305 in. 914 in. mm in. R mm 152 (Prefix)-06-90HB12 203⁄8 517 203⁄8 517 9 228 (Prefix)-09-90HB12 217⁄8 555 217⁄8 555 3 3 12 305 (Prefix)-12-90HB12 22 ⁄4 578 22 ⁄4 578 18 457 (Prefix)-18-90HB12 265⁄16 668 265⁄16 668 24 609 (Prefix)-24-90HB12 293⁄8 746 293⁄8 746 30 762 (Prefix)-30-90HB12 323⁄8 822 323⁄8 822 3 914 (Prefix)-36-90HB12 35 ⁄8 1 6 152 (Prefix)-06-90HB24 32 ⁄2 9 228 (Prefix)-09-90HB24 34 898 826 3 898 1 826 35 ⁄8 32 ⁄2 864 34 864 12 305 (Prefix)-12-90HB24 351⁄2 902 351⁄2 902 18 457 (Prefix)-18-90HB24 381⁄2 978 381⁄2 A 90˚ Mitered Prefix - 06 - 90 HB 12 Radius Fitting Angle Width To complete catalog number, insert fitting prefix. (Prefix) See page 326 for catalog number prefix. Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory. 978 For 3” Fittings 24 609 (Prefix)-24-90HB24 41 ⁄2 1054 411⁄2 1054 30 762 (Prefix)-30-90HB24 441⁄2 1130 441⁄2 1130 36 914 (Prefix)-36-90HB24 471⁄2 1207 471⁄2 1207 (Tray Widths - 6” thru 24” • Radius 12” only) Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat All are mitered 6 152 (Prefix)-06-90HB36 445⁄8 1133 445⁄8 1133 1 1 1 9 228 (Prefix)-09-90HB36 46 ⁄8 1171 46 ⁄8 1171 12 305 (Prefix)-12-90HB36 475⁄8 1209 475⁄8 1209 18 457 (Prefix)-18-90HB36 505⁄8 1286 505⁄8 1286 24 609 (Prefix)-24-90HB36 535⁄8 1362 535⁄8 1362 5 5 30 762 (Prefix)-30-90HB36 56 ⁄8 1438 56 ⁄8 1438 36 914 (Prefix)-36-90HB36 595⁄8 1514 595⁄8 1514 Fiberglass 36 609 mm B 6 36 24 90˚ Horizontal Bend - Mitered Dimensions A B Catalog No. For 4” Fittings (Tray Widths - 6” thru 36” • Radius 12”, 24” & 36”) Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat All radius are mitered For 6” Fittings (Tray Widths - 6” thru 36” • Radius 12”, 24” & 36”) Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat All radius are mitered For 8” Fittings (Tray Widths - 6” thru 36” • Radius 12”, 24” & 36”) Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat All radius are mitered 327 Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass - Fittings Horizontal Bend 45° (HB) One pair of splice plates with SS6 hardware included. C C B R A 45˚ Mitered -RBend Radius Tray Width in. in mm 6 152 mm Prefix - 06 - 45 HB 12 Radius Fitting Angle Width To complete catalog number, insert fitting prefix. 12 305 Fiberglass (Prefix) See page 326 for catalog number prefix. Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory. 24 609 in. C mm in. mm in. mm (Prefix)-06-45HB12 2213⁄16 579 97⁄16 240 133⁄8 340 7 7 9 228 (Prefix)-09-45HB12 23 ⁄8 606 9 ⁄8 251 14 355 12 305 (Prefix)-12-45HB12 247⁄8 632 105⁄16 262 145⁄8 371 18 457 (Prefix)-18-45HB12 27 686 113⁄16 284 157⁄8 403 24 609 (Prefix)-24-45HB12 291⁄8 740 12 ⁄16 306 1 17 ⁄16 433 30 762 (Prefix)-30-45HB12 311⁄4 794 1215⁄16 328 185⁄16 465 36 914 (Prefix)-36-45HB12 333⁄8 848 1313⁄16 351 199⁄16 497 6 152 (Prefix)-06-45HB24 3111⁄32 796 1231⁄32 329 183⁄8 467 13 341 19 483 5 9 For 3” Fittings 45˚ Horizontal Bend - Mitered Dimensions A B Catalog No. 228 1 13 13 ⁄32 13 27 (Prefix)-09-45HB24 32 ⁄32 823 12 305 (Prefix)-12-45HB24 33 ⁄32 849 13 ⁄32 352 19 ⁄8 498 18 457 (Prefix)-18-45HB24 3517⁄32 902 1423⁄32 374 207⁄8 530 1 21 19 (Tray Widths - 6” thru 24” • Radius 12” only) Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat All are mitered 24 609 (Prefix)-24-45HB24 37 ⁄32 956 15 ⁄32 396 22 ⁄16 560 30 762 (Prefix)-30-45HB24 3925⁄32 1010 1615⁄32 418 235⁄16 592 36 914 (Prefix)-36-45HB24 4129⁄32 1064 1711⁄32 441 249⁄16 624 For 4” Fittings 6 152 (Prefix)-06-45HB36 419 233⁄8 (Tray Widths - 6” thru 36” Radius 12”, 24” & 36”) Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat All radius are mitered For 6” Fittings 36 914 397⁄8 1013 161⁄2 15 9 228 (Prefix)-09-45HB36 40 ⁄16 1040 1615⁄16 12 305 (Prefix)-12-45HB36 18 457 (Prefix)-18-45HB36 594 15 430 23 ⁄16 608 1067 173⁄8 441 249⁄16 624 441⁄8 1121 181⁄4 42 463 2513⁄16 655 1 24 609 (Prefix)-24-45HB36 46 ⁄16 1173 19 ⁄8 486 271⁄16 687 30 762 (Prefix)-30-45HB36 485⁄16 1227 20 508 285⁄16 719 7 530 299⁄16 751 36 914 3 7 (Prefix)-36-45HB36 50 ⁄16 1281 20 ⁄8 (Tray Widths - 6” thru 36” Radius 12”, 24” & 36”) Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat All radius are mitered For 8” Fittings (Tray Widths - 6” thru 36” Radius 12”, 24” & 36”) Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat All radius are mitered 328 Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass - Fittings Horizontal Tee (HT) Two pair of splice plates with SS6 hardware included. -RBend Radius in. 12 Tray Width mm 305 in. 914 1 mm in. mm 152 (Prefix)-06-HX12 19 ⁄4 489 38 965 228 (Prefix)-09-HX12 203⁄4 527 41 1041 1 12 305 (Prefix)-12-HX12 22 ⁄4 565 44 1117 18 457 (Prefix)-18-HX12 251⁄4 641 50 1270 1 24 609 (Prefix)-24-HX12 28 ⁄4 717 56 1422 30 762 (Prefix)-30-HX12 311⁄4 794 62 1575 870 68 1727 794 1 1581 1 1657 1734 914 152 (Prefix)-36-HX12 (Prefix)-06-HX24 1 34 ⁄4 1 31 ⁄4 3 9 228 (Prefix)-09-HX24 32 ⁄4 12 305 (Prefix)-12-HX24 341⁄4 1 62 ⁄4 832 65 ⁄4 870 681⁄4 1 R A Mitered Tee Prefix - 06 - HT 12 Radius Fitting Width To complete catalog number, insert fitting prefix. (Prefix) See page 326 for catalog number prefix. Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory. 18 457 (Prefix)-18-HX24 37 ⁄4 946 74 ⁄4 1886 For 3” Fittings 24 609 (Prefix)-24-HX24 401⁄4 1022 801⁄4 2038 30 762 (Prefix)-30-HX24 431⁄4 1098 861⁄4 2191 36 914 (Prefix)-36-HX24 461⁄4 1175 921⁄4 2343 (Tray Widths - 6” thru 24” • Radius 12” only) Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat All are mitered 6 152 (Prefix)-06-HX36 431⁄4 1098 861⁄2 2191 3 1 9 228 (Prefix)-09-HX36 44 ⁄4 1136 89 ⁄2 2273 12 305 (Prefix)-12-HX36 461⁄4 1175 921⁄2 2343 18 457 (Prefix)-18-HX36 491⁄4 1251 981⁄2 2502 24 609 (Prefix)-24-HX36 521⁄4 1327 1041⁄2 2654 1 1 30 762 (Prefix)-30-HX36 55 ⁄4 1403 110 ⁄2 2807 36 914 (Prefix)-36-HX36 581⁄4 1479 1161⁄2 2959 Fiberglass 36 in. W 9 6 609 mm B 6 36 24 Horizontal Tee - Mitered Dimensions A B Catalog No. For 4” Fittings (Tray Widths - 6” thru 36” • Radius 12”, 24” & 36”) Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat All radius are mitered For 6” Fittings (Tray Widths - 6” thru 36” • Radius 12”, 24” & 36”) Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat All radius are mitered For 8” Fittings (Tray Widths - 6” thru 36” • Radius 12”, 24” & 36”) Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat All radius are mitered 329 Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass - Fittings Horizontal Cross (HX) Three pair of splice plates with SS6 hardware included. -RBend Radius B in. mm W A R 12 305 Mitered Cross Tray Width in. mm 6 152 Horizontal Cross - Mitered Dimensions A B Catalog No. (Prefix)-06-HX12 Fiberglass (Prefix) See page 326 for catalog number prefix. Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory. 609 For 3” Fittings For 4” Fittings (Tray Widths - 6” thru 36” Radius 12”, 24” & 36”) Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat All radius are mitered 36 914 mm 191⁄4 489 38 965 3 228 (Prefix)-09-HX12 20 ⁄4 527 41 1041 305 (Prefix)-12-HX12 221⁄4 565 44 1117 1 18 457 (Prefix)-18-HX12 25 ⁄4 641 50 1270 24 609 (Prefix)-24-HX12 281⁄4 717 56 1422 1 30 762 (Prefix)-30-HX12 31 ⁄4 794 62 1575 36 914 (Prefix)-36-HX12 341⁄4 870 68 1727 6 152 (Prefix)-06-HX24 311⁄4 794 621⁄4 1581 832 651⁄4 1657 228 (Prefix)-09-HX24 3 32 ⁄4 1 12 305 (Prefix)-12-HX24 34 ⁄4 18 457 (Prefix)-18-HX24 371⁄4 1 24 609 (Prefix)-24-HX24 40 ⁄4 30 762 (Prefix)-30-HX24 431⁄4 36 (Tray Widths - 6” thru 24” • Radius 12” only) Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat All are mitered in. 9 9 24 mm 12 Prefix - 06 - HX 12 Radius Fitting Width To complete catalog number, insert fitting prefix. in. 914 (Prefix)-36-HX24 1 46 ⁄4 1 1 870 68 ⁄4 1734 946 741⁄4 1886 1 1022 80 ⁄4 2038 1098 861⁄4 2191 1175 1 2343 1 92 ⁄4 6 152 (Prefix)-06-HX36 43 ⁄4 1098 86 ⁄2 2191 9 228 (Prefix)-09-HX36 443⁄4 1136 891⁄2 2273 1 1 12 305 (Prefix)-12-HX36 46 ⁄4 1175 92 ⁄2 2343 18 457 (Prefix)-18-HX36 491⁄4 1251 981⁄2 2502 1 1 24 609 (Prefix)-24-HX36 52 ⁄4 1327 104 ⁄2 2654 30 762 (Prefix)-30-HX36 551⁄4 1403 1101⁄2 2807 36 914 (Prefix)-36-HX36 1 58 ⁄4 1479 1 116 ⁄2 2959 For 6” Fittings (Tray Widths - 6” thru 36” Radius 12”, 24” & 36”) Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat All radius are mitered For 8” Fittings (Tray Widths - 6” thru 36” Radius 12”, 24” & 36”) Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat All radius are mitered 330 Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass - Fittings Reducers (LR) (SR) (RR) W2 One pair of splice plates with SS6 hardware included. W2 W2 A A A W1 W1 W1 Left Reducer Straight Reducer Right Reducer Prefix - 12 - SR09 Width2 W2 Fitting Width1 W1 To complete catalog number, insert fitting prefix. 3” Fittings (Only available in W1 widths of 9”, 12”, 18” & 24”) 4”, 6” & 8” Fittings Fiberglass (Available in all W1 widths shown in chart) (Prefix) See page 326 for catalog number prefix. Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory. Reducers are all of mitered construction. Tray Width W1 W2 in. mm in. Left Hand Reducer A Catalog No. mm in. 1 Straight Reducer A Catalog No. mm in. Right Hand Reducer A Catalog No. mm in. 1 mm 228 6 152 (Prefix)-09-LR06 17 ⁄2 444 (Prefix)-09-SR06 16 406 (Prefix)-09-RR06 17 ⁄2 444 12 305 6 9 152 228 (Prefix)-12-LR06 (Prefix)-12-LR09 201⁄2 171⁄2 521 444 (Prefix)-12-SR06 (Prefix)-12-SR09 171⁄2 16 444 406 (Prefix)-12-RR06 (Prefix)-12-RR09 201⁄2 171⁄2 521 444 18 457 6 9 12 152 228 305 (Prefix)-18-LR06 (Prefix)-18-LR09 (Prefix)-18-LR12 261⁄2 231⁄2 201⁄2 673 597 521 (Prefix)-18-SR06 (Prefix)-18-SR09 (Prefix)-18-SR12 201⁄2 19 171⁄2 521 482 444 (Prefix)-18-RR06 (Prefix)-18-RR09 (Prefix)-18-RR12 261⁄2 231⁄2 201⁄2 673 597 521 609 6 9 12 18 152 228 305 457 (Prefix)-24-LR06 (Prefix)-24-LR09 (Prefix)-24-LR12 (Prefix)-24-LR18 321⁄2 291⁄2 261⁄2 201⁄2 825 749 673 521 (Prefix)-24-SR06 (Prefix)-24-SR09 (Prefix)-24-SR12 (Prefix)-24-SR18 231⁄2 22 201⁄2 171⁄2 597 559 521 444 (Prefix)-24-RR06 (Prefix)-24-RR09 (Prefix)-24-RR12 (Prefix)-24-RR18 321⁄2 291⁄2 261⁄2 201⁄2 825 749 673 521 762 6 9 12 18 24 152 228 305 457 609 (Prefix)-30-LR06 (Prefix)-30-LR09 (Prefix)-30-LR12 (Prefix)-30-LR18 (Prefix)-30-LR24 381⁄2 351⁄2 321⁄2 261⁄2 201⁄2 978 902 825 673 521 (Prefix)-30-SR06 (Prefix)-30-SR09 (Prefix)-30-SR12 (Prefix)-30-SR18 (Prefix)-30-SR24 261⁄2 25 231⁄2 201⁄2 171⁄2 673 635 597 521 444 (Prefix)-30-RR06 (Prefix)-30-RR09 (Prefix)-30-RR12 (Prefix)-30-RR18 (Prefix)-30-RR24 381⁄2 351⁄2 321⁄2 261⁄2 201⁄2 978 902 825 673 521 914 6 9 12 18 24 30 152 228 305 457 609 762 (Prefix)-36-LR06 (Prefix)-36-LR09 (Prefix)-36-LR12 (Prefix)-36-LR18 (Prefix)-36-LR24 (Prefix)-36-LR30 441⁄2 411⁄2 381⁄2 321⁄2 261⁄2 201⁄2 1130 1054 978 825 673 521 (Prefix)-36-SR06 (Prefix)-36-SR09 (Prefix)-36-SR12 (Prefix)-36-SR18 (Prefix)-36-SR24 (Prefix)-36-SR30 291⁄2 28 261⁄2 231⁄2 201⁄2 171⁄2 749 711 673 597 521 444 (Prefix)-36-RR06 (Prefix)-36-RR09 (Prefix)-36-RR12 (Prefix)-36-RR18 (Prefix)-36-RR24 (Prefix)-36-RR30 441⁄2 411⁄2 381⁄2 321⁄2 261⁄2 201⁄2 1130 1054 978 825 673 521 9 24 30 36 331 Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass - Fittings Horizontal Reducing Tee (HT) Two pair of splice plates with SS6 hardware included. For 3” Fittings Prefix - 36 - 18 HT 24 Radius Fitting Width2 W2 Width1 W1 To complete catalog number, insert fitting prefix. Fiberglass (Prefix) See page 326 for catalog number prefix. Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory. (Radius 12” only W1 tray widths - 9”, 12”, 18” & 24” ) Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat All are mitered For 4” Fittings (Radius 12”, 24” & 36” W1 tray widths - 9” thru 36”) Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat All radius are mitered For 6” Fittings B W1 A (Radius 12”, 24” & 36” W1 tray widths - 9” thru 36”) Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat All radius are mitered R W2 For 8” Fittings Mitered (Radius 12”, 24” & 36” W1 tray widths - 9” thru 36”) Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat All radius are mitered (For dimensions, see chart on page 333) 332 Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass - Fittings Horizontal Reducing Tee (HT) Mitered Fittings Tray Width W1 W2 in. 9 12 mm 228 305 in. 6 6 9 18 457 36 762 914 152 (Prefix)-12-06-HT* 228 (Prefix)-12-09-HT* in. A 3 20 ⁄4 1 22 ⁄4 1 22 ⁄4 1 mm in. 527 1 565 565 38 ⁄2 1 38 ⁄2 1 41 ⁄2 1 B 24" Radius (609) mm in. 978 3 978 1054 32 ⁄4 1 34 ⁄4 1 34 ⁄4 1 A mm in. 832 1 870 870 B 62 ⁄2 1 62 ⁄2 1 65 ⁄2 1 mm 36" Radius (914) in. A mm 3 1587 44 ⁄4 1137 1 1587 46 ⁄4 1175 1 1664 46 ⁄4 1175 1 in. B mm 1 2197 1 2197 1 2273 1 86 ⁄2 86 ⁄2 89 ⁄2 152 (Prefix)-18-06-HT* 25 ⁄4 641 38 ⁄2 978 37 ⁄4 946 62 ⁄2 1587 49 ⁄4 1251 86 ⁄2 2197 9 228 (Prefix)-18-09-HT* 251⁄4 641 411⁄2 1054 371⁄4 946 651⁄2 1664 491⁄4 1251 891⁄2 2273 305 (Prefix)-18-12-HT* 1 25 ⁄4 1 641 1 44 ⁄2 1 1130 1 37 ⁄4 1 946 1 68 ⁄2 1 1 1740 49 ⁄4 1251 1 1 2350 1 92 ⁄2 6 152 (Prefix)-24-06-HT* 28 ⁄4 717 38 ⁄2 978 40 ⁄4 1022 62 ⁄2 1587 52 ⁄4 1327 86 ⁄2 2197 9 228 (Prefix)-24-09-HT* 281⁄4 717 411⁄2 1054 401⁄4 1022 651⁄2 1664 521⁄4 1327 891⁄2 2273 1 1 1 1 1 1 12 305 (Prefix)-24-12-HT* 28 ⁄4 717 44 ⁄2 1130 40 ⁄4 1022 68 ⁄2 1740 52 ⁄4 1327 92 ⁄2 2350 18 457 (Prefix)-24-18-HT* 281⁄4 717 501⁄2 1283 401⁄4 1022 741⁄2 1892 521⁄4 1327 981⁄2 2502 6 30 152 (Prefix)-09-06-HT* 12" Radius (305) 152 (Prefix)-30-06-HT* 1 31 ⁄4 1 794 1 38 ⁄2 1 978 1 43 ⁄4 1 1098 1 62 ⁄2 1 1 1587 55 ⁄4 1403 1 1 2197 1 86 ⁄2 9 228 (Prefix)-30-09-HT* 31 ⁄4 794 41 ⁄2 1054 43 ⁄4 1098 65 ⁄2 1664 55 ⁄4 1403 89 ⁄2 2273 12 305 (Prefix)-30-12-HT* 311⁄4 794 441⁄2 1130 431⁄4 1098 681⁄2 1740 551⁄4 1403 921⁄2 2350 1 1 1 1 1 1 18 457 (Prefix)-30-18-HT* 31 ⁄4 794 50 ⁄2 1283 43 ⁄4 1098 74 ⁄2 1892 55 ⁄4 1403 24 609 (Prefix)-30-24-HT* 311⁄4 794 561⁄2 1435 431⁄4 1098 801⁄2 2045 551⁄4 1403 1041⁄2 2654 6 152 (Prefix)-36-06-HT* 341⁄4 870 381⁄2 978 461⁄4 1175 621⁄2 1587 581⁄4 1480 1 1 1 1 1 98 ⁄2 861⁄2 1 2502 2197 9 228 (Prefix)-36-09-HT* 34 ⁄4 870 41 ⁄2 1054 46 ⁄4 1175 65 ⁄2 1664 58 ⁄4 1480 89 ⁄2 2273 12 305 (Prefix)-36-12-HT* 341⁄4 870 441⁄2 1130 461⁄4 1175 681⁄2 1740 581⁄4 1480 921⁄2 2350 1 1 1 1 1 1 98 ⁄2 Fiberglass 609 * Insert radius (12", 24” or 36") 6 12 24 mm Catalog No. 18 457 (Prefix)-36-18-HT* 34 ⁄4 870 50 ⁄2 1283 46 ⁄4 1175 74 ⁄2 1892 58 ⁄4 1480 24 609 (Prefix)-36-24-HT* 341⁄4 870 561⁄2 1435 461⁄4 1175 801⁄2 2045 581⁄4 1480 1041⁄2 2654 30 762 (Prefix)-36-30-HT* 341⁄4 870 621⁄2 1587 461⁄4 1175 861⁄2 2197 581⁄4 1480 1101⁄2 2807 2502 333 Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass - Fittings Horizontal Expanding Tee (HT) Two pair of splice plates with SS6 hardware included. For 3” Fittings Prefix - 18 - 36 HT 24 Radius Fitting Width2 W2 Width1 W1 To complete catalog number, insert fitting prefix. Fiberglass (Prefix) See page 326 for catalog number prefix. Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory. (Radius 12” only W1 tray widths - 6” thru 18” W2 tray widths - 9” thru 24”) Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat All are mitered For 4” Fittings (Radius 12”, 24” & 36” W1 tray widths - 6” thru 30”) W2 tray widths - 9” thru 36”) Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat All radius are mitered For 6” Fittings B W1 R A (Radius 12”, 24” & 36” W1 tray widths - 6” thru 30”) W2 tray widths - 9” thru 36”) Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat All radius are mitered W2 Mitered (For dimensions, see chart on page 335) For 8” Fittings (Radius 12”, 24” & 36” W1 tray widths - 6” thru 30”) W2 tray widths - 9” thru 36”) Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat All radius are mitered 334 Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass - Fittings Horizontal Expanding Tee (HT) Mitered Fittings Tray Width W1 W2 in. mm in. 9 6 152 12 305 18 457 24 609 30 762 228 (Prefix)-06-09-HT* 12" Radius (305) in. 1 19 ⁄4 1 12 305 (Prefix)-06-12-HT* 18 457 (Prefix)-06-18-HT* 191⁄4 1 A mm 489 in. 1 41 ⁄2 1 489 44 ⁄2 489 501⁄2 1 B 24" Radius (609) mm in. 1054 1 31 ⁄4 1 1130 31 ⁄4 1283 311⁄4 1 A mm in. 794 1 B mm 65 ⁄2 1664 1 36" Radius (914) in. A B mm in. 43 ⁄4 1098 1 2273 1 1 1 89 ⁄2 mm 794 68 ⁄2 1740 43 ⁄4 1098 92 ⁄2 2349 794 741⁄2 1892 431⁄4 1098 981⁄2 2502 1 1 1 24 609 (Prefix)-06-24-HT* 19 ⁄4 489 56 ⁄2 1435 31 ⁄4 794 80 ⁄2 2045 30 762 (Prefix)-06-30-HT* 191⁄4 489 621⁄2 1587 311⁄4 794 861⁄2 2197 431⁄4 1098 1101⁄2 2807 36 914 (Prefix)-06-36-HT* 191⁄4 489 681⁄2 1740 311⁄4 794 921⁄2 2349 431⁄4 1098 1161⁄2 2959 12 305 (Prefix)-09-12-HT* 203⁄4 527 441⁄2 1130 323⁄4 832 681⁄2 1740 443⁄4 136 457 (Prefix)-09-18-HT* 3 20 ⁄4 3 527 1 50 ⁄2 1 1283 3 32 ⁄4 3 832 1 74 ⁄2 1892 1 43 ⁄4 1098 104 ⁄2 2654 921⁄2 2349 3 981⁄2 2502 3 1 44 ⁄4 136 24 609 (Prefix)-09-24-HT* 20 ⁄4 527 56 ⁄2 1435 32 ⁄4 832 80 ⁄2 2045 30 762 (Prefix)-09-30-HT* 203⁄4 527 621⁄2 1587 323⁄4 832 861⁄2 2197 443⁄4 136 1101⁄2 2807 36 914 (Prefix)-09-36-HT* 203⁄4 527 681⁄2 1740 323⁄4 832 921⁄2 2349 443⁄4 136 1161⁄2 2959 18 457 (Prefix)-12-18-HT* 221⁄4 565 501⁄2 1283 341⁄4 870 741⁄2 1892 461⁄4 1175 981⁄2 1 22 ⁄4 565 56 ⁄2 1435 34 ⁄4 870 80 ⁄2 2045 46 ⁄4 1175 1041⁄2 2654 30 762 (Prefix)-12-30-HT* 221⁄4 565 621⁄2 1587 341⁄4 870 861⁄2 2197 461⁄4 1175 1101⁄2 2807 914 (Prefix)-12-36-HT* 22 ⁄4 565 68 ⁄2 1740 34 ⁄4 870 92 ⁄2 2349 46 ⁄4 1175 1161⁄2 2959 24 609 (Prefix)-18-24-HT* 251⁄4 641 561⁄2 1435 371⁄4 946 801⁄2 2045 491⁄4 1251 1041⁄2 2654 30 762 (Prefix)-18-30-HT* 251⁄4 641 621⁄2 1587 371⁄4 946 861⁄2 2197 491⁄4 1251 1101⁄2 2807 1 1 1 1 36 1 1 1 2502 609 (Prefix)-12-24-HT* 1 1 104 ⁄2 2654 24 1 1 44 ⁄4 136 1 1 1 Fiberglass 228 * Insert radius (12", 24” or 36") 19 ⁄4 18 9 mm Catalog No. 36 914 (Prefix)-18-36-HT* 25 ⁄4 641 68 ⁄2 1740 37 ⁄4 946 92 ⁄2 2349 49 ⁄4 1251 1221⁄2 3111 30 762 (Prefix)-24-30-HT* 281⁄4 717 621⁄2 1587 401⁄4 1022 861⁄2 2197 521⁄4 1327 1101⁄2 2807 36 914 (Prefix)-24-36-HT* 281⁄4 717 681⁄2 1740 401⁄4 1022 921⁄2 2349 521⁄4 1327 1161⁄2 2959 36 914 (Prefix)-30-36-HT* 311⁄4 794 681⁄2 1740 431⁄4 1098 921⁄2 2349 551⁄4 1403 1161⁄2 2959 335 Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass - Fittings Horizontal Expanding/Reducing Cross (HX) Three pair of splice plates with SS6 hardware included. For 3” Fittings Prefix - 18 - 12 HX 12 Radius Fitting Width2 W2 Width1 W1 To complete catalog number, insert fitting prefix. Fiberglass (Prefix) See page 326 for catalog number prefix. Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory. (Radius 12” only W1 tray widths - 9” thru 24” W2 tray widths - 6” thru 18”) Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat All are mitered For 4” Fittings (Radius 12”, 24” & 36” W1 tray widths - 9” thru 36”) W2 tray widths - 6” thru 30”) Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat All radius are mitered For 6” Fittings B W2 (Radius 12”, 24” & 36” W1 tray widths - 9” thru 36”) W2 tray widths - 6” thru 30”) Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat All radius are mitered R A W1 Mitered (For dimensions, see chart on page 337) For 8” Fittings (Radius 12”, 24” & 36” W1 tray widths - 9” thru 36”) W2 tray widths - 6” thru 30”) Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat All radius are mitered 336 Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass - Fittings Horizontal Expanding/Reducing Cross (HX) Mitered Fittings Tray Width W1 W2 in. 9 12 mm 228 305 in. 6 6 9 18 457 36 762 914 152 (Prefix)-09-06-HT* 152 (Prefix)-12-06-HT* 228 (Prefix)-12-09-HT* 12" Radius (305) in. A 1 19 ⁄4 1 19 ⁄4 3 20 ⁄4 1 6 152 (Prefix)-18-06-HT* 9 228 (Prefix)-18-09-HT* 203⁄4 305 (Prefix)-18-12-HT* 1 22 ⁄4 1 mm in. 489 1 489 527 41 ⁄2 1 44 ⁄2 1 44 ⁄2 1 489 50 ⁄2 527 501⁄2 565 1 50 ⁄2 1 B mm 1054 1130 1130 24" Radius (609) in. 1 31 ⁄4 1 31 ⁄4 3 32 ⁄4 1 1283 31 ⁄4 1283 323⁄4 1283 1 34 ⁄4 1 A mm in. 794 1 794 832 B 65 ⁄2 1 68 ⁄2 1 68 ⁄2 1 mm 36" Radius (914) in. A mm 1 1664 43 ⁄4 1098 1 1740 43 ⁄4 1098 3 1740 44 ⁄4 1136 1 in. B mm 1 2273 1 2350 1 2350 1 89 ⁄2 92 ⁄2 92 ⁄2 794 74 ⁄2 1892 43 ⁄4 1098 98 ⁄2 2502 832 741⁄2 1892 443⁄4 1136 981⁄2 2502 870 1 74 ⁄2 1 1 1892 46 ⁄4 1175 1 98 ⁄2 2502 1 2045 43 ⁄4 1098 1041⁄2 2654 6 152 (Prefix)-24-06-HT* 19 ⁄4 489 56 ⁄2 1435 31 ⁄4 794 80 ⁄2 9 228 (Prefix)-24-09-HT* 203⁄4 527 561⁄2 1435 323⁄4 832 801⁄2 2045 443⁄4 1136 1041⁄2 2654 12 305 (Prefix)-24-12-HT* 221⁄4 565 561⁄2 1435 341⁄4 870 801⁄2 2045 461⁄4 1175 1041⁄2 2654 1 18 457 (Prefix)-24-18-HT* 25 ⁄4 641 56 ⁄2 1435 37 ⁄4 946 80 ⁄2 2045 491⁄4 1251 1041⁄2 2654 6 152 (Prefix)-30-06-HT* 191⁄4 489 621⁄2 1587 311⁄4 794 861⁄2 2197 431⁄4 1098 1101⁄2 2807 9 228 (Prefix)-30-09-HT* 203⁄4 527 621⁄2 1587 323⁄4 832 861⁄2 2197 443⁄4 1136 1101⁄2 2807 1 1 305 (Prefix)-30-12-HT* 22 ⁄4 565 62 ⁄2 1587 34 ⁄4 870 86 ⁄2 2197 461⁄4 1175 1101⁄2 2807 18 457 (Prefix)-30-18-HT* 251⁄4 641 621⁄2 1587 371⁄4 946 861⁄2 2197 491⁄4 1251 1101⁄2 2807 1 1 1 12 1 1 1 1 1 1 2197 521⁄4 1327 1101⁄2 2807 24 609 (Prefix)-30-24-HT* 28 ⁄4 717 62 ⁄2 1587 40 ⁄4 1022 86 ⁄2 6 152 (Prefix)-36-06-HT* 191⁄4 489 681⁄2 1740 311⁄4 794 1041⁄2 2654 431⁄4 1098 1281⁄2 3264 9 228 (Prefix)-36-09-HT* 203⁄4 527 681⁄2 1740 323⁄4 832 1041⁄2 2654 443⁄4 1136 1281⁄2 3264 1 12 305 (Prefix)-36-12-HT* 22 ⁄4 565 68 ⁄2 1740 34 ⁄4 870 1041⁄2 2654 461⁄4 1175 1281⁄2 3264 18 457 (Prefix)-36-18-HT* 251⁄4 641 681⁄2 1740 371⁄4 946 1041⁄2 2654 491⁄4 1251 1281⁄2 3264 1 1 1 1 1 Fiberglass 30 609 * Insert radius (12", 24” or 36") 19 ⁄4 12 24 mm Catalog No. 24 609 (Prefix)-36-24-HT* 28 ⁄4 717 68 ⁄2 1740 40 ⁄4 1022 1041⁄2 2654 521⁄4 1327 1281⁄2 3264 30 762 (Prefix)-36-30-HT* 311⁄4 794 681⁄2 1740 431⁄4 1098 1041⁄2 2654 551⁄4 1403 1281⁄2 3264 337 Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass - Fittings Vertical Bends 90° (VO) (VI) Vertical Outside Bend Vertical Inside Bend VO VI B R A A R B 90˚ (VO) Mitered 90˚ (VI) Mitered One pair of splice plates with SS6 hardware included. Prefix - 06 - 90 VI 24 Prefix - 06 - 90 VO 24 Radius Fitting Angle Width To complete catalog number, insert fitting prefix. Fiberglass Radius Fitting Angle Width To complete catalog number, insert fitting prefix. (Prefix) See page 326 for catalog number prefix. Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory. For 3” Fittings For 6” Fittings (Radius 12” only • Tray widths - 6” thru 24”) Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat All are mitered (Radius 12”, 24” & 36” Tray widths - 6” thru 36”) Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat All radius are mitered For 4” Fittings (Radius 12”, 24” & 36” Tray widths - 6” thru 36”) Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat All radius are mitered For 8” Fittings (Radius 12”, 24” & 36” Tray widths - 6” thru 36”) Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat All radius are mitered 338 Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass - Fittings Vertical Bends 90° (VO) (VI) -RBend Radius in. 12 36 305 609 914 Catalog No. in. mm 6 152 (Prefix)-06-90(*)12 9 228 (Prefix)-09-90(*)12 12 305 (Prefix)-12-90(*)12 18 457 (Prefix)-18-90(*)12 24 609 (Prefix)-24-90(*)12 30 762 (Prefix)-30-90(*)12 36 914 (Prefix)-36-90(*)12 6 152 (Prefix)-06-90(*)24 90˚ Mitered Vertical Outside Bend Vertical Inside Bend A B A B in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm 205⁄8 524 205⁄8 524 205⁄8 524 205⁄8 524 735 2831⁄32 735 2831⁄32 735 2831⁄32 735 963 3715⁄16 963 3715⁄16 963 3715⁄16 963 9 228 (Prefix)-09-90(*)24 12 305 (Prefix)-12-90(*)24 18 457 (Prefix)-18-90(*)24 2831⁄32 24 609 (Prefix)-24-90(*)24 30 762 (Prefix)-30-90(*)24 36 914 (Prefix)-36-90(*)24 6 152 (Prefix)-06-90(*)36 9 228 (Prefix)-09-90(*)36 12 305 (Prefix)-12-90(*)36 18 457 (Prefix)-18-90(*)36 3715⁄16 24 609 (Prefix)-24-90(*)36 30 762 (Prefix)-30-90(*)36 36 914 (Prefix)-36-90(*)36 Fiberglass 24 mm Tray Width (*) Insert ‘VO’ for Vertical Outside Bend or ‘VI’ for Vertical Inside Bend. 339 Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass - Fittings Vertical Bends 45° (VO) (VI) Vertical Outside Bend Vertical Inside Bend VO VI B C C R A A R C C B 45˚ (VO) Mitered 45˚ (VI) Mitered One pair of splice plates with SS6 hardware included. Prefix - 06 - 45 VI 24 Prefix - 06 - 45 VO 24 Radius Fitting Angle Width To complete catalog number, insert fitting prefix. Fiberglass Radius Fitting Angle Width To complete catalog number, insert fitting prefix. (Prefix) See page 326 for catalog number prefix. Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory. For 3” Fittings For 6” Fittings (Radius 12” only • Tray widths - 6” thru 24”) Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat All are mitered (Radius 12”, 24” & 36” Tray widths - 6” thru 36”) Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat All radius are mitered For 4” Fittings (Radius 12”, 24” & 36” Tray widths - 6” thru 36”) Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat All radius are mitered For 8” Fittings (Radius 12”, 24” & 36” Tray widths - 6” thru 36”) Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat All radius are mitered 340 Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass - Fittings Vertical Bends 45° (VO) (VI) 45˚ Mitered -RBend Radius in. 12 36 305 609 914 Vertical Outside Bend A Catalog No. in. mm 6 152 (Prefix)-06-45(*)12 9 228 (Prefix)-09-45(*)12 12 305 (Prefix)-12-45(*)12 18 457 (Prefix)-18-45(*)12 mm 201⁄2 521 24 609 (Prefix)-24-45(*)12 30 762 (Prefix)-30-45(*)12 36 914 (Prefix)-36-45(*)12 6 152 (Prefix)-06-45(*)24 9 228 (Prefix)-09-45(*)24 12 305 (Prefix)-12-45(*)24 18 457 (Prefix)-18-45(*)24 2831⁄32 24 609 (Prefix)-24-45(*)24 30 762 (Prefix)-30-45(*)24 36 914 (Prefix)-36-45(*)24 6 152 (Prefix)-06-45(*)36 9 228 (Prefix)-09-45(*)36 12 305 (Prefix)-12-45(*)36 18 457 (Prefix)-18-45(*)36 377⁄16 24 609 (Prefix)-24-45(*)36 30 762 (Prefix)-30-45(*)36 36 914 (Prefix)-36-45(*)36 B in. in. Vertical Inside Bend C A B C mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm 81⁄2 216 12 305 265⁄32 664 1027⁄32 275 155⁄16 389 736 12 305 1631⁄32 431 361⁄16 916 1415⁄16 379 211⁄8 537 951 151⁄2 394 2115⁄16 557 46 1168 191⁄32 483 2615⁄16 684 Fiberglass 24 mm Tray Width (*) Insert ‘VO’ for Vertical Outside Bend or ‘VI’ for Vertical Inside Bend. 60˚ and 30˚ vertical bends available in mitered construction. 341 Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass - Fittings Vertical Tee Up (VTU) Vertical Tee Down (VT) Vertical Tee Down Two pair of splice plates with SS6 hardware included. Vertical Tee Up C B R A A R B C Fiberglass (VT) Mitered C Dimension = 2 x B + Side Rail Height (VTU) Mitered Prefix - 06 - VT 24 (Prefix) See page 326 for catalog number prefix. Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory. Radius Fitting Width To complete catalog number, insert fitting prefix. C Dimension = 2 x B + Side Rail Height For 3” Fittings For 6” Fittings (Radius 12” only • Tray widths - 6” thru 24”) Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat All are mitered (Radius 12”, 24” & 36” Tray widths - 6” thru 36”) Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat All radius are mitered For 4” Fittings (Radius 12”, 24” & 36” Tray widths - 6” thru 36”) Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat All radius are mitered For 8” Fittings (Radius 12”, 24” & 36” Tray widths - 6” thru 36”) Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat All radius are mitered 342 Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass - Fittings Vertical Tee Up (VTU) Vertical Tee Down (VT) -RBend Radius in. 12 36 Catalog No. in. mm 6 152 (Prefix)-06-(*)12 9 228 (Prefix)-09-(*)12 12 305 (Prefix)-12-(*)12 18 457 (Prefix)-18-(*)12 24 609 (Prefix)-24-(*)12 30 762 (Prefix)-30-(*)12 6 152 (Prefix)-06-(*)24 9 228 (Prefix)-09-(*)24 12 305 (Prefix)-12-(*)24 18 457 (Prefix)-18-(*)24 305 609 24 609 (Prefix)-24-(*)24 30 762 (Prefix)-30-(*)24 6 152 (Prefix)-06-(*)36 9 228 (Prefix)-09-(*)36 12 305 (Prefix)-12-(*)36 18 457 (Prefix)-18-(*)36 24 609 (Prefix)-24-(*)36 30 762 (Prefix)-30-(*)36 914 Mitered Vertical Tee Down A B Vertical Tee Up A B in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm 205⁄8 524 205⁄8 524 205⁄8 524 205⁄8 524 29 736 29 736 29 736 29 736 3715⁄16 963 3715⁄16 963 3715⁄16 963 3715⁄16 963 Fiberglass 24 mm Tray Width (*) Insert ‘VT’ for Vertical Tee Down or ‘VTU’ for Vertical Tee Up. 343 Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass - Covers & Cover Accessories Covers Material Thickness: 1⁄8" (3) Cover Length: 10' (3m) Standard Mounting Hardware: (10 each) #10 x 1⁄2" stainless, self drilling screws provided with each section Covers Peaked Cover provides 1 to 5 pitch F - C - 24 - 120 Length or fitting description Width Rail design Material F FV FT FD FP FVP FTP FDP - C C C C C C C C - 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 - 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 = = = = = = = = Quantity of Standard Cover Clamps Required Straight Section 60" or 72" ........4 Straight Section 120" or 144" ....6 Horizontal/Vertical Bends ..........4 Tees ..........................................6 Crosses......................................8 Flat polyester Flat vinyl ester Flat zero halogen Flat Dis-Stat Peaked polyester Peaked vinyl ester Peaked zero halogen Peaked Dis-Stat pcs. pcs. pcs. pcs. pcs. Note: When using the Heavy Duty Cover Clamp, only one-half the number of clamps stated above is required. Fiberglass Peaked covers available for straight sections only. Standard Cover Clamp Heavy Duty Cover Clamp Peaked Cover Clamp • Used to splice to existing cable tray systems. • Furnished in pairs with hardware. Recommended for outdoor service. • W = tray width • Heavy duty cover clamp available for flat covers only • Not available in FT material. • W = tray width Catalog No. Catalog No. 9(∆ ∆)-9013 9( ∆)-9014 9(∆ ∆)-9016 Side Rail Height in. mm 3 4 6 76 101 152 Side Rail Height in. 9(∆ ∆ )-W-9034 ∆ )-W-9044 9(∆ 9(∆ ∆ )-W-9064 ∆ )-W-9084 9(∆ Material Designations (∆) Insert one of the following material designations when required. F = Polyester Resin (Example: 9F-9013) FV = Vinyl Ester Resin (Example: 9FV-9013) FT = Zero Halogen Resin (Example: 9FT-9013) FD = Dis-Stat Resin (Example: 9F-9013) 3 4 6 8 Catalog No. mm 76 101 152 203 9(∆ ∆ )-W-9034P ∆ )-W-9044P 9(∆ 9(∆ ∆ )-W-9064P ∆ )-W-9084P 9(∆ in. mm 3 4 6 8 76 101 152 203 Thermo Plastic Drive Rivet Shipped in packages of 25 pcs. Catalog No. 344 Side Rail Height Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) TPDR Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass Tray - Accessories Part Number with Hardware Explanation 9F-0000* or 9FV-0000* or 9FT-0000* polyester resin vinyl ester resin zero halogen resin indicates that additional information must be furnished to specify the type of hardware Examples: * Hardware Option 316 Stainless Steel replace * with SS6 Silicon Bronze Fiberglass SB FR 9FD-0000* dis-stat resin or Example: 9F-4003: pair of 4-hole splice plates for 3" (76) system without hardware 9F-4004 SS6: pair of 4-hole splice plates for 4" (101) system with stainless steel hardware 9FV-8006 SB: pair of 8-hole vinyl ester splice plates for 6" (152) system with silicon bronze hardware Standard Lay-In Splice Plates Expansion Splice Plate Included in needed quantities with tray section. • Furnished in pairs • Order only pairs of splice plates needed for field fabrication. • SS6 hardware supplied as standard - use SS6 suffix. • Other hardware available, specify by hardware suffix. Hardware other than SS6 is considered special. L-shaped, lay-in style Material Height Catalog No. (76) 9(∆ ∆)-4003* 4" (101) 9(∆ ∆)-4004* 6" (152) 9(∆ ∆)-8006* 8" (203) 9(∆ ∆)-8008* 3" Fiberglass * hardware suffix needed to complete part number These plates are used to attach the end of a tray run to a distribution box or control center. • Furnished in pairs Material Height Catalog No. (76) 9(∆ )-4053* 4" (101) 9(∆)-4054* 6" (152) 9(∆ )-8056* 8" (203) 9(∆ )-8058* 3" Fiberglass * hardware suffix needed to complete part number Material Height (76) 9(∆ ∆)-4013* 4" (101) 9(∆ ∆)-4014* 6" (152) 9(∆ ∆)-8016* 8" (203) 9(∆ ∆)-8018* 3" Fiberglass * hardware suffix needed to complete part number Vertical Adjustable Splice Plates These plates provide for changes in elevation that do not conform to standard vertical fittings. • Furnished in pairs Material Height Catalog No. (76) 9(∆ ∆ )-4023* 4" (101) 9(∆ ∆ )-4024* 6" (152) 9(∆ ∆ )-8026* 3" Fiberglass 8" (203) 9(∆ ∆ )-8028* * hardware suffix needed to complete part number Horizontal Adjustable Splice Plates These plates provide for changes in the horizontal direction that do not conform to standard fittings. • Furnished in pairs • Stainless steel hinges, FRP body Material Height Catalog No. (76) ∆)-4033* 9(∆ 4" (101) ∆)-4034* 9(∆ 6" (152) ∆)-8036* 9(∆ 8" (203) ∆)-8038* 9(∆ 3" Blind End Plate This plate forms a closure for any tray that dead ends. • Furnished as one plate • W = tray width Catalog No. Fiberglass Tray to Box Splice Plates • Furnished in pairs Fiberglass * hardware suffix needed to complete part number Material Height 3" Catalog No. (76) ∆)-1083-W* 9(∆ 4" (101) ∆)-1084-W* 9(∆ 6" (152) ∆)-1086-W* 9(∆ 8" (203) ∆)-1088-W* 9(∆ Fiberglass Step Down Splice Plates These splice plates provide for changes in side rail heights. • Furnished in pairs Material Fiberglass * hardware suffix needed to complete part number Height 8" 8" 6" 6" 4" to to to to to 6" 4" 3" 4" 3" Catalog No. (203 to 152) (203 to 101) (152 to 76) (152 to 101) (101 to 76) 9(∆ ∆)-8086* 9(∆ ∆)-8084* 9(∆ ∆)-8063* 9(∆ ∆)-8064* 9(∆ ∆)-4043* * hardware suffix needed to complete part number (∆ ∆ ) See page 344 for material selection Cable Tray Systems Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters, unless otherwise specified. 345 Fiberglass Tray - Accessories Horizontal and Vertical Splice Plates * Hardware suffix needed to complete part number All splice plate hardware is 3⁄8 ". Hardware Suffix: SS6 - 316SS MO - Monel SB - Silicon Bronze FR - Fiberglass Horizontal Splice Plates Fiberglass • Furnished in pairs * Hardware suffix needed to complete part number Catalog No. 90˚ Catalog No. 45˚ Catalog No. 30˚ ∆ )-4903H* 9(∆ ∆ )-4904H* 9(∆ ∆ )-8906H* 9(∆ ∆ )-8908H* 9(∆ ∆)-4453H* 9(∆ ∆)-4454H* 9(∆ ∆)-8456H* 9(∆ ∆)-8458H* 9(∆ ∆ )-4303H* 9(∆ ∆ )-4304H* 9(∆ ∆ )-8306H* 9(∆ ∆ )-8308H* 9(∆ Catalog No. 90˚ Catalog No. 45˚ Catalog No. 30˚ 9(∆ ∆)-4903V* 9(∆ ∆)-4904V* 9(∆ ∆)-8906V* 9(∆ ∆)-8908V* 9(∆ ∆)-4453V* 9(∆ ∆)-4454V* 9(∆ ∆)-8456V* 9(∆ ∆)-8458V* 9(∆ ∆)-4303V* 9(∆ ∆)-4304V* 9(∆ ∆)-8306V* 9(∆ ∆)-8308V* Vertical Splice Plates • Furnished in pairs * Hardware suffix needed to complete part number Standard lay-in splice plates with SS6 hardware included with tray sections. Splice Plates are available in pairs and are a separate order item. They are not automatically supplied with tray sections. 346 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) ∆) See page 344 for (∆ material selection Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass Tray - Accessories Ladder Drop-Out Barriers Specially-designed Ladder Drop-Outs provide a rounded surface with adequate radius to protect cable as it exits from the tray, preventing damage to insulation. • 4" (101) radius • W = tray width • Furnished with #10 x 1⁄2" self-drilling stainless steel screws Catalog No. ∆)-1104-W 9(∆ Catalog Side Rail No. in. ∆)-120 72(∆ 3" ∆)-120 73(∆ 4" ∆)-120 75(∆ 6" ∆)-120 77(∆ 8" Height mm (76) (101) (152) (203) Flexible Horizontal Barrier Kit Catalog No. One kit allows up to a 36" (914) radius position of the barrier. Side Rail Height 72(∆)-90HBFL 73( ∆)-90HBFL 75(∆ ∆)-90HBFL 77(∆ ∆)-90HBFL in. mm 3" 4" 6" 8" (76) (101) (152) (203) Kit Contents: 1 4 8 4 pc pc pc pc — — — — 72" (1829) Straight Barrier 9F-9002 Barrier Strip Clip Thermo Plastic Drive Rivet #10 x 3⁄4" Stainless Steel Self-Drilling Screw Assembly required — directions included. Clamp/Guide - Fiberglass Vertical Bend Barriers Fiberglass Nonmetallic • Designed for 3⁄8" hardware - not included • Combination hold down clamp and guide • Material: Glass reinforced polyurathane ∆) - 90 VO 24 7* (∆ Radius VI or VO Angle Material Barrier Size VO VI * Insert 2 for 3" (76) siderail height 3 for 4" (101) siderail height 5 for 6" (152) siderail height Catalog No. Fiberglass Conduit to Cable Tray Adapter • For rigid or PVC conduit • Standard hardware is 316 stainless steel • Add ‘N’ to end of part number if non-metallic hardware is preferred 9F-1208 Resin Seal Kit To reseal fiberglass after field modifications. • 1 pint (473ml) Contents: Sealant and Applicator. Resin Seal Kit Catalog No. Catalog No. 9(∆ ∆)-2008 9(∆ ∆)-2009 ∆)-2010 9(∆ 9(∆ ∆)-2011 ∆)-2012 9(∆ 9(∆ ∆)-2013 9(∆ ∆)-2014 ∆)-2015 9(∆ 9(∆ ∆)-2016 ∆)-2017 9(∆ Conduit Size in. mm 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 3.50 4.00 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 90 100 RSK-010 Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters, unless otherwise specified. Cable Tray Systems Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) ∆) See page 344 for (∆ material selection 347 Fiberglass - Cable Channel & Fittings Straight Section • Load data was interpolated from CSA testing. • Loads shown are for FCCN series. • Loads shown are for 6 ft. (1.83m) span with deflection of .7 (18.26) inches. Catalog No. Fiberglass Ventilated FCCN Fiberglass Cable Channel Non-Ventilated FCC Fiberglass Cable Channel Ventilated One pair of splice plates included with each straight section. Width Length Non-Ventilated in. mm ft. m (*)-03-120 (*)N-03-120 3 76 10 3 (*)-03-240 (*)N-03-240 3 76 20 6 (*)-04-120 (*)N-04-120 4 101 10 3 (*)-04-240 (*)N-04-240 4 101 20 6 (*)-06-120 (*)N-06-120 6 152 10 3 (*)-06-240 (*)N-06-240 6 152 20 6 (*)-08-120 (*)N-08-120 8 203 10 3 (*)-08-240 (*)N-08-240 8 203 20 6 Height Load in. mm Lbs/Ft kg/m 1 25 8 12 11⁄8 28 12 18 15⁄8 35 58 86 23⁄16 55 87 129 (*) Insert material type straight sections FCC for Polyester Resin FCCV for Vinyl Ester Resin FCCT for Zero Halogen Resin FCCD for Dis-Stat Resin Cable Channel Fittings All fittings are of mitered construction with 12" (305) radius. One pair of splice plates included. VO Horizontal 3" series 4" series 6" series 8" series 90˚ (†)N-03-90HB12 (†)N-04-90HB12 (†)N-06-90HB12 (†)N-08-90HB12 45˚ (†)N-03-45HB12 (†)N-04-45HB12 (†)N-06-45HB12 (†)N-08-45HB12 Vertical 3" series 4" series 6" series 8" series 90˚ (†)N-03-90V*12 (†)N-04-90V*12 (†)N-06-90V*12 (†)N-08-90V*12 45˚ (†)N-03-45V*12 (†)N-04-45V*12 (†)N-06-45V*12 (†)N-08-45V*12 One pair of splice plates included. VI 348 (†) Insert material type for fittings FCC for Polyester Resin FCCV for Vinyl Ester Resin FCCT for Zero Halogen Resin FCCD for Dis-Stat Resin Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass - Cable Channel Fittings & Accessories Cable Channel Fittings All fittings are of mitered construction with 12" (305) radius. Horizontal Tees Horizontal Crosses Catalog No. FCC(†)N-03-HT12 FCC(†)N-04-HT12 FCC(†)N-06-HT12 FCC(†)N-08-HT12 Two pair of splice plates included. Catalog No. Width in. mm 3 4 6 8 76 101 152 203 (†) See page fitting material selection bottom of page 348 FCC(†)N-03-HX12 FCC(†)N-04-HX12 FCC(†)N-06-HX12 FCC(†)N-08-HX12 Three pair of splice plates included. Width in. mm 3 4 6 8 76 101 152 203 (†) See page fitting material selection bottom of page 348 Cable Channel Splice Plates Splice Plates Expansion Splice Plates (pairs) (pairs) Included with tray sections. Catalog No. 9(∆)-1001 SS6 9( ∆)-1013 SS6 Horizontal 90˚ Splice Plates Horizontal 45˚ Splice Plates (pairs) (pairs) Catalog No. Catalog No. 9( ∆)-1451H SS6 9(∆ ∆)-1901H SS6 Horizontal 30˚ Splice Plates Vertical 90˚ Splice Plates (pairs) (pairs) Catalog No. Catalog No. 9(∆)-1301H SS6 9(∆)-1901V SS6 Splice plates included with cable channel sections. Standard hardware for splice plates is 1/4”-20 (316SS). Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass Catalog No. Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) ∆) See page 344 for (∆ material selection 349 Fiberglass - Cable Channel Accessories Cable Channel Splice Plates Vertical 45˚ Splice Plates Vertical 30˚ Splice Plates (pairs) (pairs) Catalog No. Catalog No. 9(∆ ∆ )-1451V SS6 9(∆ ∆)-1301V SS6 Horizontal Adjustable Splice Plates Vertical Adjustable Splice Plates Stainless steel hinge FRP body Catalog No. Catalog No. 9(∆ ∆)-1023 SS6 Fiberglass Uses 3/8”-16 9(∆ ∆ )-1033 SS6 hardware. Uses 3/8”-16 hardware. ∆ ) See page 344 for (∆ material selection Splice plates included with cable channel sections. Standard hardware for splice plates is 1/4”-20 (316SS). Hardware for adjustable splice plates is 3/8”-16 (316SS). Cable Channel Clamps Expansion Guide Clamp Hold-Down Clamp (one clamp) • Order 1/2" hardware separately (one clamp) • Order 1/2" hardware separately Catalog No. 9SS6-1248-3 9SS6-1248-4 9SS6-1248-6 9SS6-1248-8 350 Width in. mm 3 4 6 8 76 101 152 203 Catalog No. 9SS6-1247-3 9SS6-1247-4 9SS6-1247-6 9SS6-1247-8 Width in. mm 3 4 6 8 76 101 152 203 Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Cable Tray Systems Fiberglass - Appendix Marine Rung Cable Tray/Fiberglass Patent Pending Features: • For Coast Guard Requirements - Allows stainless steel banding of cables - 5/32" (15.88) slots 1 inch (25.40) on centers - Accommodates up to 5/8" (.625) banding • Has applications on land - Vertical installation - Any location where extra cable positioning is required • Designed for B-Line Fiberglass Series Cable Trays • Part Number Indication - Add MR after rung spacing - Example: 46F09MR-36-240 Fiberglass Rung design provides: - 2" (50.80) cable support surface - Both mechanical and adhesive rung to side rail connection 1" (25.40) 1" (25.40) 5/32" (3.97) 1" (25.40) 2" (50.80) Cable Tray Systems Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 351 Cable Fixing Cable Fixing How The Service Advisor Works B-Line knows that your time is important! That’s why the color-coding system in this catalog is designed to help you select products that fit your service needs. Products are marked to indicate the typical lead time for orders of 50 pieces or less. Customer: How do I select my straight sections. covers, or fittings so that I get the quickest turnaround? Service Advisor: Each part of our selection chart is shown in colors. If any section of a part number is a different color, the part will typically ship with the longer lead time represented by the colors. Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) Example: 9SS6 - CC2328 (from page 355) Lead time(days) Part will typically ship in 15 days minimum. 15 352 Cable Tray Systems Cable Fixing Emperor Trefoil Cable Cleats Emperor Trefoil Cable Cleats with LSF Liner Emperor cable cleats are recommended for installations where the highest levels of short circuit withstand are required. Emperor cable cleats are independently certified to BS EN 50368:2003, Category-2 resistance to electromechanical forces during short circuits (i.e. cable and cleats are intact and reusable after two successive short circuit tests). To protect and cushion cables, Emperor cleats incorporate an integral low smoke, low fume, zero halogen liner in its unique patented design. Recommended fixing methods include one bolt, two bolts, weld stud or framing strut mounting. Optional bases are available to mount Emperor cable cleats to non-performed ladder tray rungs. Vulcan Cable Cleats Vulcan Cable Cleats with LSF Liner Vulcan cable cleats are recommended for installations where moderate levels of short circuit withstand are required. Vulcan cable cleats are designed for trefoil, single and triplex cable installations. Vulcan cable cleats are independently certified to BS EN 50368:2003. To protect and cushion cables, each Vulcan cleat incorporates an integral low smoke, low fume, zero halogen liner in its unique patented design. Recommended fixing methods include one bolt, two bolts, weld stud or framing strut mounting. Cable Fixing 353 Cable Tray Systems Cable Fixing BS EN 50368:2003 (Cable Cleats for Electric Installations) Classification Emperor Cleat Type Composite Operating Temperature Range Resistance to Electromechanical Force (See kVA Strategies for Details) -40°C to +60°C Category-1: 235kApeak / 109kArms Category-2: 178kApeak / 83kArms Laterial Load Test Refer to kVA Strategies Axial Load Test 650N Impact Resistance Very Heavy (>6.7kg @ 300mm) Needle Flame Test >120 seconds Technical Specifications Emperor Frame 50mm Wide x 2mm Thick Marine Grade, Non-magnetic 316L Stainless Steel (BS EN 10088) Closure Hardware 316L Stainless Steel M12 Bolt, Nyloc Nut & Flat Washer (BS 3692) Integral LSF Liner Low Smoke, Low Fume Zero Halogen Polymer 3/4” or 19mm Tools Required Installation Features Captive Closure Bolt 1 or 2 Bolt Mounting (3/8” Max. Dia.) Cable Fixing Cables Depth of Cable Cleat H See D in chart on page 355 M W Emperor Trefoil Cable Cleat Dimensional Drawing 354 Cable Tray Systems Cable Fixing Trefoil Confriguration Clamp Type Catalog Number Emperor Clamp Type Emperor (Trefoil Cleats) Min. Cable Dia. Max. Cable Dia. in. mm in. mm 9SS6-CC2328* 0.906 23 1.102 28 9SS6-CC2732* 1.063 27 1.260 32 9SS6-CC3035* 1.181 30 1.378 35 9SS6-CC3338* 1.299 33 1.496 38 9SS6-CC3642* 1.417 36 1.654 42 9SS6-CC4046* 1.575 40 1.811 46 9SS6-CC4450* 1.732 44 1.969 50 9SS6-CC4855* 1.890 48 2.165 55 Catalog Number Dimensions H (Height) W in. mm in. 9SS6-CC2328* 3.27 83 9SS6-CC2732* 3.46 9SS6-CC3035* 3.58 9SS6-CC3338* 9SS6-CC3642* Weight Each D (Depth) mm in. mm in. mm lbs. kg 3.78 96 2.00 51 0.465 12 0.935 0.43 88 3.82 97 2.00 51 0.465 12 0.968 0.44 91 3.90 99 2.00 51 0.465 12 1.001 0.46 3.74 95 4.06 103 2.00 51 0.465 12 1.012 0.46 3.94 100 4.88 124 2.00 51 0.465 12 1.342 0.61 9SS6-CC4046* 4.17 106 4.92 125 2.00 51 0.465 12 1.342 0.61 9SS6-CC4450* 4.61 117 5.12 130 2.00 51 0.465 12 1.386 0.63 9SS6-CC4855* 4.76 121 5.20 132 2.00 51 0.465 12 1.408 0.64 (Width) M (Hole Dia.) * Leave blank for marine rung / strut rung applications. Order mounting hardware separately: 3/8” x 1” HHCS (SS6) and N228WO (SS6). * Add SR for standard rung applications. Cable Fixing Cable Cleat Mounting Bracket • Clamps around Cooper B-Line’s standard cable tray rungs. • Bracket welded to bottom of Emperor Cleat when “SR” suffix is added to cleat part number.. • Order 3/8” x 11/2” HHCS SS6 and 3/8” SFHN SS6 hardware separately. • Material: 316L Stainless Steel Cat. No. 9SS6-CCMB Cable Tray Systems Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) 355 Appendix - Bottom Design Options Appendix These options are in addition to the Standard Ladder Rungs, Ventilated Trough and Solid Trough type Cable Trays. Ladder with Strut Rungs • B44 strut installed as rungs. • Strut orientation may be channel opening up, channel opening down, or alternating - standard is alternating unless specified otherwise. • Strut may be solid back or with slotted hole pattern "SH". • The Cooper B-Line strut rung system offers additional cable clamping options relative to the chosen slot orientation. Examples: 248G09B44-12-144 Strut rung on 9" centers with alternating slot orientation. 248G12B44SHDN-12-144 "SH" Strut rung on 12" centers with channel opening down (Note: replace "DN" with "UP" for channel opening up.) Marine Rung (Available in Aluminum, HDGAF Steel and Stainless Steel) (Aluminum Shown) • Designed for Series 3 or heavier systems. • Special rung design to accommodate stainless steel banding of cables (U.S. Coast Guard requirement) with .25" x .69" slots. • Has applications on land, vertical installation, any location where extra cable positioning/attachment is required. • Rung strength - Aluminum supports 499 lbs. per rung on 36" wide system with a 1.5 safety factor. Steel supports 755 lbs. per rung on 36" wide system with a 1.5 safety factor. • New design provides combination of strut fastening and marine rung fastening. Example: 46A12MR-36-288 or 464G12MR-36-288 Special Rung Spacings: 4" & 18" rung spacing available upon request. Non-Ventilated • • • • Solid flat sheet welded into the Cable Tray above the rungs. Standard rung spacing is 12 inches. The flat sheet may be installed under the rungs, if preferred. The flat sheet may be installed over B54 rungs “slot down”. Examples: 24ASB-36-144 Flat sheet bottom over standard rung on 12" spacing. 24ASBB54-36-144 Flat sheet bottom over B54 strut rung slot down on 12" spacing. 356 Cable Tray Systems Appendix-Mid - Span Splice B-Line’s 9A-6006 and 9A-6007 Aluminum Mid-Span Splice Appendix Features • Standard for H46A, H47A and 57A straight sections. • Allows random splice location. • Six bolt design 1/2" Stainless Steel Type 316 hardware standard. • Available on ladder bottoms only. • 09" and 12" rung spacing. Tray Series Catalog No. H46A 9A-6006 H47A 9A-6007 57A 9A-6007 The Cable Tray: H46A H47A Tested to: • 167 lbs/ft (safety factor 1.5) • 125 lbs/ft (safety factor 2.0) • 20 ft. simple beam test Tested to: • 149 lbs/ft (safety factor 1.5) • 112 lbs/ft (safety factor 2.0) • 20 ft. simple beam test • 12" rung spacing • 36" wide • 12" rung spacing • 36" wide The Splice: 9A-6006 9A-6007 Tested to: • 135 lbs/ft (safety factor 1.5) • 101 lbs/ft (safety factor 2.0) • 20 ft. simple beam test Tested to: • 143 lbs/ft (safety factor 1.5) • 107 lbs/ft (safety factor 2.0) • 20 ft. simple beam test • mid-span splice • mid-span splice Options: The 9A-6006 and 9A-6007 splice is also available with B-Line’s 46A and 47A series cable tray systems • • • • Available on ladder bottoms only (09" and 12" rung spacing). Available on 240" (20’) or longer span straight sections. To order add “MS” to part number: Ex. 46AMS09-24-288. For standard 6A or 7A fittings with H46A or H47A systems an additional pair of standard splice plates is required (9A-1006 or 9A-1007). Also available: H6A and H7A Fittings • Ladder bottom only (09" RS). • Incorporates the 9A-6006 or 9A-6007 splice. • Example: H6A-12-90HB24 or H7A-12-90HB24 One pair 9A-6006 or 9A-6007 included. 357 Cable Tray Systems Appendix - Special Purpose Peaked Covers Appendix Special Purpose 2 to 3 Pitch Peaked Covers Features These covers are not available for Series 1 system or in steel with a pre-galvanized finish. • 33° slope to shed precipitants. • Heavy construction - made for the industrial environment. • Available in aluminum and steel; hot dip galvanized after fabrication (HDGAF ASTM A-123), 304 stainless and 316 stainless. • Available in flanged design only. • Fittings are in multiple piece welded construction. • Expanding/Reducing HT and HX covers are not available. 2 to 3 Pitch Tray Width Peak Height 6" 9" 12" 18" 24" 30" 36" 2" 3" 4" 6" 8" 10" 12" Horizontal Tee Vertical Outside Bend Horizontal Bend Horizontal Cross Catalog Number Selector Example: 83 7 A Detail Material 83 = 2 to 3 Pitch Peaked 7 = Flanged Aluminum 2 = Flanged Steel A = Aluminum G = HDGAF ASTM A-123 SS4 = 304 Stainless Steel SS6 = 316 Stainless Steel 3 = Flanged Steel (All straight sections except 248, 258, 268) 2 to 3 Pitch Cover Clamp • Recommended for outdoor service. - 24 - 144 Material Thickness Cover Type (248, 258, 268 straight sections & fittings 80 80 = .080 Aluminum straight section 125 = .125 Aluminum fittings 16 = 16 Ga. Steel straight sections. 18 = 18 Ga. Steel fittings. Side Rail Height Tray Width 06 = 09 = 12 = 18 = 24 = 30 = 36 = 6" 9" 12" 18" 24" 30" 36" 144 120 72 60 = = = = 12 ft. (3.66 m) 10 ft. (3.05 m) 6 ft. (1.83 m) 5 ft. (1.52 m) Catalog No. Catalog No. Catalog No. Steel Stainless Steel in. mm Aluminum 4 101 9A-(‡)-9P44 9G-(‡)-9P44 9**-(‡)-9P44 5 127 9A-(‡)-9P54 9G-(‡)-9P54 9**-(‡)-9P54 6 152 9A-(‡)-9P64 9G-(‡)-9P64 9**-(‡)-9P64 7 178 9A-(‡)-9P74 9G-(‡)-9P74 9**-(‡)-9P74 (‡) Insert tray width 358 Item Description Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days) Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days) Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum) (**) Insert SS4 or SS6 Cable Tray Systems Reference Material - Methods Permitted Wiring methods permitted in cable tray per the 2005 NEC® Armored cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 320) Electrical metallic tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 358) Electrical nonmetallic tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 362) Fire alarm cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 760) Flexible metal conduit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 348) Flexible metallic tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 360) Instrumentation tray cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 727) Intermediate metal conduit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 342) Liquidtight flexible metal conduit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 350) Liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 356) Metal-clad cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 330) Mineral-insulated, metal-sheathed cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 332) Multiconductor service-entrance cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 338) Multiconductor underground feeder and branch-circuit cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 340) Multipurpose and communications cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 800) Nonmetallic-sheathed cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 334) Power and control tray cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 336) Power-limited tray cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Section 725.61(C) and 725.71(E) Optical fiber cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 770) Other factory-assembled, multiconductor control, signal, or power cables that are specifically approved for installation in cable trays 21. Rigid metal conduit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 344) 22. Rigid nonmetallic conduit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 352) Reference Material - Appendix 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. Formulas Formulas • Allowable load: • Deflection: w = F96Sx L2 3 ∆ = 5WL 384EIx ∆= • Stress: 5wL4 4608EIx 2 F = wL 96Sx • Deflection Multiplier (K) = deflection w = • Max. Working Load = Legend w W F L Sx = = = = = load (lbs/ft) total load across span (lbs) design stress (lbs/in2) span (inches) section modulus for 2 rails (in3) (see page 360 for Sx values) E = 10 million for Alum. (lb/in.2) 29 million for Steel (lb/in.2) Ix = moment of inertia for 2 rails (in4) (see page 360 for Ix values) 5L4 4608EIx Max. deflection Deflection Multiplier 359 Cable Tray Systems Reference Material - Side Rails Cable Tray Side Rails Design Data For One Rail Appendix Aluminum Side Rails D E C B A A - Side Rail Height B - Loading Depth C - Web Thickness D - Flange Width B-Line Series Side Rail Height A (in.) B (in.) C (in.) D (in.) E (in.) Sx (in.3) Ix (in.4) Area (in.2) Weight (lbs./ft.) 24 4 4.12 3.05 .060 1.75 .740 .67 1.43 .525 .62 M24 4 4.18 3.09 .080 1.75 .760 .84 1.93 .750 .83 34 4 4.20 3.08 .100 1.75 .750 1.05 2.49 .902 1.06 25 5 5.00 3.93 .068 1.75 .748 .90 2.31 .620 .72 35 5 5.06 3.96 .090 1.75 .745 1.18 3.19 .857 .98 26 6 6.12 5.04 .065 2.00 .745 1.26 3.95 .698 .82 36 6 6.17 5.06 .075 2.00 .725 1.68 5.42 .903 1.05 46 6 6.19 5.08 .085 2.00 .650 1.79 6.09 .989 1.17 M46 6 6.20 5.09 .100 2.00 .750 1.89 6.36 1.116 1.30 H46 6 6.24 5.09 .130 2.00 .750 2.67 8.65 1.473 1.74 37 7 7.14 6.05 .075 2.00 .750 1.88 6.75 .904 1.06 47 7 7.24 6.13 .100 2.00 .675 2.47 8.94 1.189 1.40 H47 7 7.24 6.09 .125 2.00 .675 3.05 11.46 1.520 1.77 57 7 7.40 6.23 .160 2.00 .875 3.86 16.43 2.114 2.46 S8A 8 8.00 6.17 .170 3.00 1.000 7.69 27.67 2.754 3.20 A (in.) B (in.) C (in.) D (in.) E (in.) Sx (in.3) Ix (in.4) Area (in.2) Weight (lbs./ft.) Steel Side Rails B-Line Series D 148 4 3.625 3.125 .048 .875 -- .25 .45 .251 .84 156 5 4.188 3.688 .060 .875 -- .36 .76 .340 1.16 166 6 5.188 4.688 .060 .750 -- .46 1.20 .385 1.31 176 7 6.188 5.688 .060 .750 -- .64 1.90 .444 1.52 248 4 4.188 3.14 .048 1.000 .392 .32 .72 .313 1.17 346 4 4.188 3.13 .060 1.500 .655 .48 1.11 .449 1.64 444 4 4.188 3.11 .075 1.500 .670 .64 1.47 .561 2.02 258 5 5.188 4.14 .048 1.000 .392 .45 1.22 .361 1.34 356 5 5.188 4.13 .060 1.500 .655 .66 1.86 .509 1.86 454 5 5.188 4.11 .075 1.500 .670 .87 2.48 .636 2.29 268 6 6.188 5.14 .048 1.000 .392 .59 1.90 .409 1.52 368 6 6.188 5.13 .048 1.500 .643 .71 2.39 .457 1.70 366 6 6.188 5.14 .060 1.500 .655 .85 2.87 .569 2.08 464 6 6.188 5.11 .075 1.500 .670 1.14 3.83 .711 2.56 378 7 7.188 6.14 .048 1.500 .643 .89 3.45 .505 1.88 476 7 7.188 6.13 .060 1.500 .655 1.07 4.15 .629 2.30 574 7 7.188 6.11 .075 1.500 .670 1.43 5.55 .792 2.83 C Side Rail Height B A Series One Rail Only D E C A B All Other Steel Rails A - Side Rail Height B - Loading Depth C - Web Thickness D - Flange Width Design Factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus 360 Cable Tray Systems Reference Material - Bottom Members Cable Tray Bottom Members Ladder Type Rungs Design Material Type Factors Type Single Rung Uniform Load Capacity (in Lbs.) with safety factor of 1.5 Tray Width 6 9 12 18 24 30 Appendix Rung 36 1" Ix = .0361 in.4 A 1" Aluminum 766 575 Sx = .0707 in.3 1.5" 1" Ix = .0432 in.4 B 1" Aluminum 594 495 749 624 Sx = .0877 in.3 1.5" 1" Ix = .0249 in.4 Steel 1" A 2912 1941 1456 971 728 Sx = .0528 in.3 1.5" 1" Ix = .0312 in.4 Steel 1" B Sx = .0661 in.3 1.5" 15/8" Ix = .0450 in.4 B44AL 1" 15/8" B44 Aluminum Sx = .0787 in.3 Ix = .0445 in.4 1" 3/4" 3328 2219 1664 1109 832 666 555 5172 3448 2586 1724 1293 1034 862 Redi-Rail 1480 987 740 493 370 296 224 Steel 981 654 491 327 245 230 192 Strut Rung Steel Sx = .0782 in.3 Strut Rung Ix = .0130 in.4 Sx = .0344 in.3 25/32" 1" 1/2" A Ix = .0039 in.4 Sx = .0134 in.3 Series 1 1.5" 1" 1/2" B Ix = .0047 in.4 Steel Sx = .0164 in.3 Series 1 1.5" 15/8" Ix = .0353 in.4 1" 15/8" Sx = .0708 in.3 Aluminum Marine Rung Sx = .0685 in.3 1997 1498 999 749 599 499 4530 3020 2265 1510 1133 906 755 Steel Ix = .0347 in.4 1" 2996 Marine Rung Corrugated Bottoms (Ventilated and Solid) Single Rung Load Capacity (in Lbs.) with safety factor of 1.5 Bottom Design Material Type Factors Type 6 9 12 18 24 30 36 Ix = .0455 in.4 Sx = .0898 in.3 Aluminum 3141 2029 1491 970 726 660 594 Ix = .0348 in.4 Sx = .0667 in.3 Steel 2973 1946 1445 955 711 650 590 Ix = .0185 in.4 Sx = .0503 in.3 Series 148 Steel 2645 1763 1323 881 661 3” 3” 21/4” 1” Tray Width Trough 3” 3” 21/4” 1” Trough 27/8” 27/8” 3/4” 21/4” Trough 361 Cable Tray Systems Reference Material - Cable Tray Weights Series 1 Appendix Steel Side Rail Weights Tray Series 148 156 166 176 Weight for lbs/ft 1.68 2.32 2.62 3.03 2 Side Rails kg/m 2.50 3.45 3.90 4.51 Example: Weight for 148P09-12-144 = 1.68 lbs/ft + .51 lbs/ft = 2.19 lbs/ft = (2.19 lbs/ft) (12 ft) = 26.28 lbs. Tray Bottom Weights Tray Width (inches) 6 9 12 18 24 30 36 6" Spacing lbs/ft 0.38 0.57 0.76 1.14 1.52 2.25 2.70 Rung Weight kg/m 0.57 0.85 1.13 1.70 2.26 3.35 4.02 9" Spacing lbs/ft 0.25 0.38 0.51 0.76 1.01 1.50 1.80 Rung Weight kg/m 0.38 0.57 0.75 1.13 1.51 2.23 2.68 12" Spacing lbs/ft 0.19 0.29 0.38 0.57 0.76 1.13 1.35 Rung Weight kg/m 0.29 0.43 0.57 0.85 1.13 1.68 2.01 Vented Trough lbs/ft 0.48 0.72 0.95 1.43 1.91 2.39 2.86 Weight kg/m 0.71 1.06 1.42 2.13 2.84 3.55 4.26 Solid Trough lbs/ft 0.60 0.90 1.20 1.80 2.39 2.99 3.59 Weight kg/m 0.89 1.34 1.78 2.67 3.56 4.45 5.34 4" Vented lbs/ft 0.57 0.86 1.14 1.71 2.28 3.37 3.42 Rung Weight kg/m 0.85 1.27 1.70 2.54 3.39 5.02 5.09 Solid Bottom lbs/ft 1.01 1.51 2.01 3.02 4.02 5.20 6.25 Weight kg/m 1.50 2.24 2.99 4.49 5.98 7.74 9.29 All Series 1 Steel Series 148 Steel Series 156, 166 & 176 Steel When using steel tray that is hot dip galvanized after fabrication add 9.6% to weights. Series 2, 3, 4 or 5 Aluminum Side Rail Weights Tray Series 24 M24 34 25 35 26 36 46 M46 H46 37 47 H47 57 Weight for lbs/ft 1.23 1.66 2.12 1.44 1.96 1.64 2.09 2.33 2.60 3.47 2.12 2.80 3.54 4.92 2 Side Rails kg/m 1.83 2.47 3.15 2.14 2.92 2.44 3.11 3.47 3.87 5.16 3.15 4.16 5.27 7.32 Steel Side Rail Weights Tray Series 248 346 444 258 356 454 268 368 366 464 378 476 574 Weight for lbs/ft 2.34 3.28 4.04 2.68 3.72 4.58 3.04 3.40 4.16 5.12 3.76 4.60 5.66 2 Side Rails kg/m 3.48 4.88 6.01 3.99 5.54 6.82 4.52 5.06 6.19 7.62 5.59 6.84 8.42 Series 2, 3, 4 or 5 weights continued on page 363. 362 Cable Tray Systems Reference Material - Cable Tray Weights Series 2, 3, 4 or 5 Tray Bottom Weights Tray Width (inches) lbs/ft kg/m lbs/ft kg/m lbs/ft kg/m lbs/ft kg/m lbs/ft kg/m lbs/ft kg/m lbs/ft kg/m lbs/ft kg/m lbs/ft kg/m lbs/ft kg/m lbs/ft kg/m lbs/ft kg/m 9 12 18 24 30 36 42 0.30 0.44 0.44 0.66 0.59 0.88 0.89 1.32 1.18 1.76 1.70 2.53 2.04 3.04 2.38 3.54 0.20 0.29 0.29 0.44 0.39 0.58 0.59 0.87 0.78 1.16 1.13 1.68 1.36 2.02 1.58 2.35 0.15 0.22 0.22 0.32 0.29 0.43 0.44 0.65 0.58 0.86 0.85 1.26 1.02 1.52 1.19 1.77 0.10 0.15 0.15 0.22 0.20 0.30 0.30 0.45 0.40 0.60 0.57 0.85 0.68 1.02 0.80 1.19 0.25 0.37 0.38 0.56 0.50 0.74 0.75 1.12 1.00 1.49 1.25 1.86 1.50 2.23 1.75 2.60 0.31 0.45 0.46 0.68 0.61 0.91 0.92 1.36 1.22 1.82 1.53 2.27 1.83 2.72 2.14 3.18 0.62 0.92 0.92 1.37 1.23 1.83 1.85 2.75 2.46 3.66 3.67 5.46 4.40 6.55 5.14 7.65 0.41 0.61 0.62 0.92 0.82 1.22 1.23 1.83 1.64 2.44 2.45 3.65 2.94 4.37 3.43 5.10 0.31 0.46 0.47 0.69 0.62 0.92 0.93 1.38 1.24 1.85 1.84 2.74 2.21 3.29 2.58 3.83 0.21 0.31 0.31 0.46 0.41 0.61 0.62 0.92 0.82 1.22 1.22 1.82 1.46 2.18 1.71 2.54 0.53 0.79 0.80 1.18 1.06 1.58 1.59 2.37 2.12 3.15 2.65 3.94 3.18 4.73 3.71 5.52 0.67 0.99 1.00 1.48 1.33 1.98 2.00 2.97 2.66 3.96 3.33 4.95 3.99 5.94 4.66 6.93 Appendix 6" Spacing Rung Weight 9" Spacing Rung Weight 12" Spacing All Rung Weight Series 2,3,4 18" Spacing Aluminum Rung Weight Vented Trough Weight Solid Trough Weight 6" Spacing Rung Weight 9" Spacing Rung Weight All 12" Spacing Series Rung Weight 2,3,4,5 18" Spacing Steel Rung Weight Vented Trough Weight Solid Trough Weight 6 When using steel tray that is hot dip galvanized after fabrication add 9.6% to weights. Fiberglass Side Rail Weights Fiberglass Tray Series Weight for 2 Side Rails lbs/ft kg/m 13 24 36 46 H46 48 1.40 2.08 1.78 2.65 2.82 4.20 3.72 5.54 3.72 5.54 4.66 6.93 Fiberglass Bottom Weights Tray Width (inches) 6" Spacing Rung Weight 9" Spacing Rung Weight 12" Spacing Rung Weight 18" Spacing All Rung Weight Series 6" Spacing Fiberglass Marine Rung Wt. 9" Spacing Marine Rung Wt. 12" Spacing Marine Rung Wt. 18" Spacing Marine Rung Wt. lbs/ft kg/m lbs/ft kg/m lbs/ft kg/m lbs/ft kg/m lbs/ft kg/m lbs/ft kg/m lbs/ft kg/m lbs/ft kg/m 6 9 12 18 24 30 36 0.54 0.80 0.81 1.20 1.08 1.60 1.62 2.41 2.16 3.21 2.70 4.01 3.23 4.81 0.35 0.52 .053 0.78 0.70 1.04 1.05 1.56 1.40 2.09 1.75 2.61 2.10 3.13 0.27 0.40 0.40 0.60 0.54 0.80 0.81 1.20 1.08 1.60 1.35 2.01 1.62 2.41 0.19 0.28 0.28 0.42 0.38 0.56 0.57 0.84 0.75 1.12 0.94 1.40 1.13 1.68 0.75 1.11 1.12 1.67 1.49 2.,22 2.24 3.33 2.98 4.44 3.73 5.55 4.48 6.66 0.48 0.,72 0.73 1.08 0.97 1.44 1.45 2.16 1.94 2.89 2.42 3.61 2.91 4.33 0.37 0.56 0.56 0.83 0.75 1.11 1.12 1.67 1.49 2.22 1.87 2.78 2.24 3.33 0.26 0.39 0.39 0.58 0.52 0.78 0.78 1.17 1.04 1.55 1.31 1.94 1.57 2.33 363 Cable Tray Systems Reference Material - Metric Conversion Appendix Metric Conversion Chart To Convert From To Multiply By Angle degree radian (rad) radian (rad) degree 0.01745329 57.295780 Area foot2 inch2 circular mil sq. centimeter (cm2) square meter (m2) square meter (m2) square meter (m2) square meter (m2) square meter (m2) square meter (m2) square inch (in2) foot2 inch2 circular mil 0.09290304 0.0064516 x 10-2 0.00005067075 x 10-5 0.15500030 10.763910 1550.0030 1973523000.0 Temperature degree Fahrenheit degree Celsius degree Celsius degree Fahrenheit t°C = (t°F - 32) / 1.8 t°F = 1.8t°C + 32 Force pounds - force (lbf) newtons (N) 4.4482220 Length foot (ft) inch (in) mil inch millimeters meter (m) meter (m) meter (m) micrometer (µm) meter (m) meter (m) meter (m) micrometer (µm) inch (in) foot (ft) inch (in) mil inch (in) 0.30480 0.02540 0.002540 x 10-3 25400.0 0.039370 3.280840 39.370080 39370.0080 0.039370080 x 10-3 cubic meter (m3) cubic meter (m3) cubic inch (in3) foot3 inch3 cubic meter (m3) 0.028316850 0.016387060 x 10-3 0.061023740 35.314660 61023.760 0.0037854120 Volume foot3 inch3 cubic centimeter (cm3) cubic meter (m3) cubic meter (m3) gallon (U.S. liquid) Section Properties section modulus S (in3) moment of inertia I (in4) modulus of elasticity E (psi) section modulus S (m3) moment of inertia I (m4) modulus of elasticity E (Pa) S (m3) I (m4) E (Pa) S (in3) I (in4) E (psi) 0.016387060 x 10-3 0.00041623140 x 10-3 6894.7570 61023.740 2402510.0 0.014503770 x 10-2 364 Cable Tray Systems Reference Material - Metric Conversion Metric Conversion Chart (Cont.) To Appendix To Convert From Multiply By Bending Moment or Torque lbf • ft lbf • in N•m N•m newton meter (N•m) newton meter (N•m) lbf • ft lbf • in 1.3558180 0.11298480 0.73756210 8.8507480 Mass ounce (avoirdupois) pound (avoirdupois) ton (short, 2000 lb) ton (long, 2240 lb) kilogram (kg) kilogram (kg) kilogram (kg) kilogram (kg) kilogram (kg) kilogram (kg) kilogram (kg) kilogram (kg) ounce (avoirdupois) pound (avoirdupois) ton (short, 2000 lb) ton (long, 2240 lb) 0.028349520 0.45359240 907.18470 1016.0470 35.273960 2.2046220 0.0011023110 0.98420640 x 10-3 Mass Per Unit Length lb/ft lb/in kilogram per meter (kg/m) kilogram per meter (kg/m) kilogram per meter (kg/m) kilogram per meter (kg/m) lb/ft lb/in 1.4881640 17.857970 0.67196890 0.55997410 Mass Per Unit Volume lb/ft3 lb/in3 kilogram per cubic meter (kg/m3) kilogram per cubic meter (kg/m3) lb/ft3 kilogram per cubic meter (kg/m3) kilogram per cubic meter (kg/m3) lb/ft3 lb/in3 lb/in3 16.018460 27679.90 0.062427970 0.03612730 x 10-3 1728.0 kilogram per square meter (kg/m2) pound per square foot (lb/ft2) 4.8824280 0.20481610 Mass Per Unit Area lb/ft2 kg/m2 Pressure or Stress lbf/in2 (psi) kip/in3 (ksi) lbf/in2 (psi) pascal (Pa) pascal (Pa) megapascals (MPa) pascal (Pa) pascal (Pa) megapascals (MPa) pound-force per square inch (psi) kip per square inch (ksi) lbf/in2 (psi) 6894.7570 6894757.0 0.0068947570 0.0014503770 x 10-1 0.0014503770 x 10-4 145.03770 Metric Symbols m = meter cm = centimeter mm = millimeter µm = micrometer kg = kilogram N = newton kN = kilonewton Pa = pascal MPa = megapascal 365 Cable Tray Systems Full Cable Tray Systems Specification Appendix SECTION 16114 CABLE TRAYS PART I - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. The work covered under this section consists of the furnishing of all necessary labor, supervision, materials, equipment, tests and services to install complete cable tray systems as shown on the drawings. B. Cable tray systems are defined to include, but are not limited to straight sections of [ladder type] [trough type] [solid bottom type] [channel type] cable trays, bends, tees, elbows, drop-outs, supports and accessories. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. ASTM A123 - Specification for Zinc (Hot Galvanized) Coatings on Products Fabricated from Rolled, Pressed, and Forged Steel Shapes, Plates, Bars, and Strip. ASTM A653 - Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot Dip Process, Structural (Physical) Quality. ASTM A1011 - Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy and High Strength Low Alloy with Improved Formability. ASTM A1008 - Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability. ASTM B633 - Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel. NEMA VE 1 - Metallic Cable Tray Systems. NEMA VE 2 - Cable Tray Installation Guidelines. 1.03 DRAWINGS A. The drawings which constitute a part of these specifications indicate the general route of the cable tray systems. Data presented on these drawings is as accurate as preliminary surveys and planning can determine until final equipment selection is made. Accuracy is not guaranteed and field verification of all dimensions, routing, etc., is required. B. Specifications and drawings are for assistance and guidance, but exact routing, locations, distances and levels will be governed by actual field conditions. Contractor is directed to make field surveys as part of his work prior to submitting system layout drawings. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submittal Drawings: Submit drawings of cable tray and accessories including clamps, brackets, hanger rods, splice plate connectors, expansion joint assemblies, and fittings, showing accurately scaled components. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on cable tray including, but not limited to, types, materials, finishes, rung spacings, inside depths and fitting radii. For side rails and rungs, submit cross sectional properties including Section Modulus (Sx) and Moment of Inertia (Ix). 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of cable trays and fittings of types and capacities required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. B. NEMA Compliance: Comply with NEMA Standards Publication Number VE 1, "Cable Tray Systems". C. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC, as applicable to construction and installation of cable tray and cable channel systems (Article 392, NEC). D. UL Compliance: Provide products which are UL classified and labeled. E. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 70B, "Recommended Practice for Electrical Equipment Maintenance" pertaining to installation of cable tray systems. 366 Cable Tray Systems Full Cable Tray Systems Specification 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Appendix A. Deliver cable tray systems and components carefully to avoid breakage, denting and scoring finishes. Do not install damaged equipment. B. Store cable trays and accessories in original cartons and in clean dry space; protect from weather and construction traffic. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray and cable channel, systems to be installed shall be as manufactured by Cooper B-Line, Inc. [or engineer approved equal.] 2.02 CABLE TRAY SECTIONS AND COMPONENTS A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide metal cable trays, of types, classes and sizes indicated; with splice plates, bolts, nuts and washers for connecting units. Construct units with rounded edges and smooth surfaces; in compliance with applicable standards; and with the following additional construction features. B. Materials and Finish: Material and finish specifications for each tray type are as follows: 1. Aluminum: Straight section and fitting side rails and rungs shall be extruded from Aluminum Association Alloy 6063. All fabricated parts shall be made from Aluminum Association Alloy 5052. 2. Pre-Galvanized Steel: Straight sections, fitting side rails, rungs, and covers shall be made from structural quality steel meeting the minimum mechanical properties and mill galvanized in accordance with ASTM A653 SS, Grade 33, coating designation G90. Covers for all steel trays will also be furnished from mill galvanized steel in accordance with ASTM A653 G90. 3. Hot Dip Galvanized Steel: Straight section and fitting side rails and rungs shall be made from structural quality steel meeting the minimum mechanical properties of ASTM A1011 SS, Grade 33 for 14 gauge and heavier, ASTM A1008, Grade 33, Type 2 for 16 gauge and lighter, and shall be hot dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A123. All covers and splice plates must also be hot dip galvanized after fabrication; mill galvanized covers are not acceptable for hot dipped galvanized cable tray. All hot dip galvanized after fabrication steel cable trays must be returned to point of manufacture after coating for inspection and removal of all icicles and excess zinc. Failure to do so can cause damage to cables and/or injury to installers. 4. Stainless Steel: Straight section and fitting side rails and rungs shall be made of AISI Type 304 or Type 316 stainless steel. Transverse members (rungs) shall be welded to the side rails with Type 316 stainless steel welding wire. 2.03 TYPE OF TRAY SYSTEM A. Ladder type trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with transverse members (rungs) welded to the side rails. Rungs shall be spaced [6] [9] [12] inches on center. Spacing in radiused fittings shall be 9 inches and measured at the center of the tray's width. Rungs shall have a minimum cable bearing surface of 7/8" with radiused edges. No portion of the rungs shall protrude below the bottom plane of the side rails.** Each rung must be capable of supporting the cable load, with a safety factor of 1.5, and a 200 lb. concentrated load when tested in accordance with NEMA VE 1, section 5.4. **Omit text for Series 1 cable tray systems. B. Ventilated trough type trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a corrugated bottom welded to the side rails. The peaks of the corrugated bottom shall have a minimum flat cable bearing surface of 23/4" and shall be spaced on 6" centers. To provide ventilation in the tray, the valleys of the corrugated bottom shall have 21/4" x 4" rectangular holes punched along the width of the bottom. 367 Cable Tray Systems Full Cable Tray Systems Specification Non-Ventilated bottom trough type trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a corrugated bottom welded to the side rails. The peaks of the corrugated bottom shall have a minimum flat cable bearing surface of 23/4" and shall be spaced on 6" centers. D. Tray Sizes shall have [3] [4] [5] [6] inch minimum usable load depth, or as noted on the drawing. E. Straight tray sections shall have side rails fabricated as I-Beams. All straight sections shall be supplied in standard [10] [12] [20] [24] foot lengths, except where shorter lengths are permitted to facilitate tray assembly lengths as shown on drawings. F. Tray widths shall be [6] [9] [12] [18] [24] [30] [36] inches or as shown on drawings. G. All fittings must have a three inch tangent and a minimum radius of [12] [24] [36] [48] inches. H. Splice plates shall be the bolted type made as indicated below for each tray type. The resistance of fixed splice connections between an adjacent section of tray shall not exceed .00033 ohm. Splice plate construction shall be such that a splice may be located anywhere within a continuously supported span without diminishing rated loading capacity of the cable tray. 1. Aluminum Tray - Splice plates shall be made of 6063-T6 aluminum, using four square neck carriage bolts and serrated flange locknuts. Hardware shall be zinc plated in accordance with ASTM B633, SC1. If aluminum cable tray is to be used outdoors, then hardware shall be Type 316 stainless steel. 2. Steel (including Pre-Galvanized and Hot Dip Galvanized) - Splice plates shall be manufactured of high strength steel, meeting the minimum mechanical properties of ASTM A1011 HSLAS, Grade 50, Class 1. Each splice plate shall be attached with ribbed neck carriage bolts and serrated flange locknuts. Hardware shall be zinc plated in accordance with ASTM B633 SC1 for pre-galvanized cable trays, or Chromium Zinc in accordance with ASTM F-1136-88 for hot dip galvanized cable trays. Splice plates shall be furnished with straight sections and fittings. I. Cable Tray Supports: Shall be placed so that the support spans do not exceed the maximum span indicated on drawings. Supports shall be constructed from 12 gauge steel formed shape channel members 15/8" x 15/8" with necessary hardware such as Trapeze Support Kits (9G-55XX-22SH) as manufactured by Cooper B-Line, Inc. [or engineer approved equal]. Cable trays installed adjacent to walls shall be supported on wall mounted brackets such as B409 as manufactured by Cooper B-Line, Inc. [or engineer-approved equal]. Appendix C. J. Trapeze hangers and center hung supports shall be supported by 1/2" (minimum) diameter rods. K. Barrier Strips: Shall be placed as specified on drawings and be fastened into the tray with self drilling screws. L. Accessories: Special accessories shall be furnished as required to protect, support, and install a cable tray system. Accessories shall consist of, but are not limited to; section splice plates, expansion plates, blind-end plates, specially-designed ladder drop-outs, barriers, etc. 2.04 LOADING CAPACITIES A. Cable tray shall be capable of carrying a uniformly distributed load of _______ lbs./ft. on a ________ ft. support span with a safety factor of 1.5 when supported as a simple span and tested per NEMA VE 1, section 5.2. **In addition to the uniformly distributed load the cable tray shall support 200 lbs. concentrated load at mid-point of span.** Load and safety factors specified are applicable to both the side rails and rung capacities. Cable tray shall be made to manufacturing tolerances as specified by NEMA. **Omit text for Series 1 cable tray systems. 368 Cable Tray Systems Full Cable Tray Systems Specification PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION Appendix A. Install cable trays as indicated; in accordance with equipment manufacturer's instructions, and with recognized industry practices (NEMA VE 2), to ensure that the cable tray equipment complies with requirements of NEC, and applicable portions of NFPA 70B and NECA's "Standards of Installation" pertaining to general electrical installation practices. B. Coordinate cable tray with other electrical work as necessary to properly interface installation of cable tray work with other work. C. Provide sufficient space encompassing cable trays to permit access for installing and maintaining cables. 3.02 TESTING A. Test cable trays to ensure electrical continuity of bonding and grounding connections, and to demonstrate compliance with specified maximum grounding resistance. See NFPA 70B, Chapter 18, for testing and test methods. B. Manufacturer shall provide test reports witnessed by an independent testing laboratory of the "worst case" loading conditions outlined in this specification and performed in accordance with the latest revision of NEMA VE 1. END OF SECTION 369 Cable Tray Systems Additional Cable Tray Sizing Requirements AMPACITY: Appendix Multiconductor Cables (2000V or Less) Cable ampacities shall comply with Tables 310.16 and 310.18 of the NEC® subject to the provisions below: 1. If there are more than 3 current carrying conductors in a cable, derate cable ampacity per section 310.15(B)(2)(A). 2. If tray has solid covers, use 95% of the ampacity values shown in Tables 310.16 and 310.18. 3. If cables are placed in a single layer, with a maintained spacing of not less than 1 cable diameter between cables, the ampacity of the cables shall not exceed the allowable ambient temperature-corrected ampacities of multiconductor cables with not more than 3 insulated conductors in free air in accordance with Section 310.15(C) and Table B.310.3. You must use the ambient ampacity correction factors, found below Table B.310.3, for ambient temperatures other than 40°C (104°F). Multiconductor Cables (2001 Volts and over) Type MV and Type MC Cables 1. Where cable trays are covered for more than 6 ft. with solid, unventilated covers, use not more than 95% of the ampacity values of Tables 310.75 and 310.76. 2. Where cables are installed in a single layer in uncovered trays with a maintained spacing of not less than one cable diameter between cables, you can use the ampacity values listed in Tables 310.71 and 310.72. Single Conductor Cables Ampacity of Cables Rated 2000 Volts or Less in Cable Tray (single conductor cables) Cable Sizes 600 kcmil and Larger 600 kcmil and Larger 1/0 AWG through 500 kcmil 1/0 AWG through 500 kcmil 1/0 AWG & Larger In Single Layer Single Conductors In Triangle Config. 1/0 AWG and Larger Solid Unventilated Cable Tray Cover ? No (**) Yes No (**) Yes Applicable Ampacity Tables (*) 310.17 and 310.19 310.17 and 310.19 310.17 and 310.19 310.17 and 310.19 No (**) 310.17 and 310.19 No (**) 310.20 [See NEC Section 310.15(B)] Mult. Amp. Table Values By Ampacity of Type MV and Type MC Cables (2001 volts or over) in Cable Trays (single conductor cables) Special Conditions Cable Sizes 1.00 Maintained Spacing Of One Cable Diameter 1/0 AWG and Larger 1/0 AWG and Larger 1/0 AWG & Larger In Single Layer Single Conductors In Triangle Config. 1/0 AWG and Larger 1.00 Spacing Of 2.15 x One Conductor O.D. Between Cables 0.75 0.70 0.65 0.60 Solid Unventilated Cable Tray Cover ? No (**) Yes Applicable Ampacity Tables (*) 310.69 and 310.70 310.69 and 310.70 Mult. Amp. Table Values By Special Conditions 0.75 0.70 No (**) 310.69 and 310.70 1.00 Maintained Spacing Of One Cable Diameter No (**) 310.67 and 310.68 1.05 Spacing Of 2.15 x One Conductor O.D. Between Cables (*) The ambient ampacity correction factors must be used. (**) At a specific position, where it is determined that the tray cables require mechanical protection, a single cable tray cover of six feet or less in length can be installed. Cable Fill in Hazardous (Classified) Locations: Section 392.3 of the NEC regulates the use of cable tray wiring systems in hazardous (classified) locations. This section states that if cable tray wiring systems are installed in hazardous (classified) locations, the cables that they support must be suitable for installation in those hazardous (classified) locations. The cable carries the installation restriction, not the cable tray except that the cable tray installation must comply with Section 392.4. Some hazardous (classified) locations require special spacing of the cables. When installing Type MC, MI & TC cables in cable tray in Class II, Division 2 Hazardous (classified) areas, (combustible dusts), the cables are limited to a single layer with spacing between cables equal to the diameter of the largest adjacent cable. This is the only hazardous (classified) location where the spacing of the cables is required although it is recommended that this wiring method also be employed in Class III, Division I, and Class III, Division 2 (Ignitable Fibers & Flyings). Please note that this will alter the cable tray sizing information obtained from the sizing flow chart on page 36 & 37 of this catalog. 370 Cable Tray Systems Installation Data Please reference NEMA VE 2, metal cable tray installation guideline, for more complete information. www.cabletrays.com/technica.htm Appendix Supports - Cooper B-Line Cable Tray shall be sized and installed as a complete cable support system appropriate for the cable types installed. Recommended cable tray support locations are as shown below. Do not exceed the maximum support spacing and design load as printed on the side rail label. Refer to Canadian Electrical Code (CEC) section 12-2202 for minimum cable tray clearances. Splice Plates - Use factory supplied splice plates only. Splice plates located at the quarter span between supports are preferred. Avoid placing splices at midspan and directly above supports. Torque all splice plate fasteners to 19 ft. - lbs. for 3/8" and 50 ft. - lbs. for 1/2". Expansion splice plate fasteners should be loosened 1/2 turn after reaching full torque to allow for travel. Set the side rail gap for expansion plates according to the chart on page 24 and ensure that a support is located within 2 feet on each side of the expansion splice. Conductors - The Cable Tray system installation shall be completed prior to pulling conductors. Cable support distances for conductor size should be referenced in CEC Part 1, Table 21. Single conductor cables placed one diameter or more apart in ventilated or ladder type tray are allowed to use the free air rating per the CEC. Any conductor in vertical runs of cable tray and all single conductor cables must be fastened to the rungs with nylon cable ties or stainless steel clamps. Carbon steel cable clamps should not be used due to induction heating, per CEC section 12-2204 (5). Covers - Vertical cable trays which penetrate dry floors must be covered for 2m (two meter) above the floor level. All cable tray dead ends must be closed with blind ends per CEC sec 12-2202( 6). Handling - Cable tray is shipped without exterior crating, therefore careful material handling practices should be used. Cable tray straight sections should be lifted with wide slings and an overhead crane. If a crane is not available and a fork lift is to be used, only single bundles should be lifted. Ensure that each bundle is properly centered. Cable tray fittings that are not crated should be unbanded and off-loaded by hand. Storage - All cable tray materials are subject to storage stain (white rust) if improperly stored. If cable tray is stored as shipped, it must be stored indoors. If the cable tray material must be stored outside, it must be unbanded and loosely stacked on an angle to minimize the components' contact area as well as provide for adequate drainage. NEMA RECOMMENDED SUPPORT LOCATIONS FOR FITTINGS .6M .6 M 2 ft. ø 2 ft. ø ø 1 /2 2 ft. .6M 2 ft. 16.9mm .6M Vertical Elbows ø Horizontal Elbows 16.9mm 2/3 R 2/3 R 2 ft. .6M 2 ft. 2 ft. .6M .6M 1/2 L L Horizontal Tee Horizontal Cross 371 Cable Tray Systems Support Channels & Channel Nuts Channel Sizes & Hole Patterns Selection Chart Appendix Channel Dimensions Height Material & Thickness Stainless Steel Width 1 2 3 Channel Hole Patterns ** S H17/8 TH Aluminum Type 304 Type 316 4 Steel Channel Type SH B11 3 1/4" 1 5/8" 12 Ga. -- -- -- 1 1 1 -- B12 2 7/16" 1 5/8" 12 Ga. .105 -- -- 1,2 1 1,2 -- B22 1 5/8" 1 5/8" 12 Ga. .105 12 Ga. 12 Ga. 1,2,3,4 1 1,2,3,4 1 B24 1 5/8" 1 5/8" 14 Ga. .080 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 1,2,3,4 1 1,2,3,4 -- B32 1 3/8" 1 5/8" 12 Ga. -- 12 Ga. -- 1,3 1 1,3 -- B42 1" 1 5/8" 12 Ga. -- 12 Ga. -- 1,3 1 1,3 -- B52 13 16 / " 1 5/8" 12 Ga. -- 12 Ga. -- 1,3 1 1,3 -- B54 13 16 / " 1 5/8" 14 Ga. .080 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 1,2,3,4 1 1,2,3,4 -- Available Finishes on Steel: Plain (Oil Coated), Dura-Green Epoxy, Pre-Galvanized, and Hot Dip Galvanized are standard. ** 1 2 3 4 - Steel Aluminum Type 304 Stainless Steel Type 316 Stainless Steel Channel Nuts With Spring Without Spring Twirl Nut FN228 B11 B12 B22 B24 B32 B42 B52 B54 B11 B22 B12 B24 B32 B42 B52 B54 B11 B22 B12 B24 B32 B42 B52 B54 E-Z Twirl FN228 N728 N228 N528 N228WO N228WO TN228 TN228 3/8" N725 N225 N525 N225WO N525WO TN225 TN525 Thread Size Thickness 3/8"-16 1/2"-13 3/8" 1/2" for all nuts for N725,N225,N225WO,TN225 for N525,N525WO,TN525 3/8" N755 N255 N555 N255WO N555WO -- -- 5/8"-11 1/2" for N755,N255,N255WO for N555,N555WO 3/8" Channel Nut With Spring Channel Nut Without Spring Twirl Nut FN228 For other channels, channel nuts, and fittings see B-Line Strut Systems Catalog. 372 Cable Tray Systems Concrete Inserts & Threaded Rod Continuous Concrete Insert 120" (10 ft.) 240" (20 ft.) Channel Size Channel Depth Maximum Load 2000 lbs./ft. B22I-120 B22I-240 B22 1 5/8" B32I-120 B32I-240 B32 1 3/8" 2000 lbs./ft. B52I-120 B52I-240 B52 13 /16" 1500 lbs./ft. Appendix Catalog Number for Safety factor of 3 on loading. Other lengths available upon request. Furnished with end caps and styrofoam filler installed. Standard finishes: Plain (Oil Coated) Dura Green Epoxy Pre-Galvanized Hot Dip Galvanized B2500 Spot Insert & N2500 Insert Nut Concrete Insert Applications Standard Finish: Zinc Plated Continuous inserts used vertically are ideal mounting bases for cable tray brackets. B2500 Insert For multi-tiered tray assemblies, inserts function as the anchors for each stanchion. N2500 Insert Nut Insert rod size behind part number. Square Nuts for Spot Inserts Angle Fittings B104 B844 B101 373 Cable Tray Systems Appendix Notes 374 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Manual 2005 CABLE TRAY MANUAL Based on the 2005 National Electrical Code® 375 Cable Tray Systems Table of Contents Page No. Introduction ................................................................................................................. 377 Why Cable Tray? Safety ................................................................................................................. Dependability ............................................................................................ 378 Space Savings ..................................................................................................... Cost Savings ............................................................................................. 379 - 378 379 379 382 Cable Tray Manual An In-depth Look at the 2005 NEC®, Section 392 Types of Cable Trays (NEC® 392.1 Scope) ................................................. 383 - 384 EMI/RFI Cable Tray ................................................................................... 384 - 385 Cable Tray Materials ............................................................................................ 385 Types of Cables Allowed in Cable Tray [392.3 (A)] ....................................... 385 - 386 MI - Mineral Insulated Metal Sheathed Cable [Article 332] ............................. 386 MC - Metal Clad Cable [Article 330] ............................................................ 386 TC - Power and Control Tray Cable [Article 336] ......................................... 386 ITC - Instrumentation Tray Cable [Article 727] ............................................. 387 PLTC - Power Limited Tray Cable [Sections 725.61 (C) and 725.71 (E)] ........ 387 Other Types - Fire Alarm [Article 760], Multipurpose and Communications Cable [Article 800] ............. 387 Single Conductor & Type MV Cables [392.3 (B)] .......................................... 387 - 388 Cable Tray Use in Hazardous Locations [392.3 (D)] ...................................... 388 - 390 Limitations on Cable Tray Use [392.4] ................................................................... 390 Cable Tray Loading [392.5 (A)] ................................................................... 390 - 392 Fiberglass Cable Tray [392.3 (E) & 392.5 (F)] ............................................... 392 - 393 Discontinuous Cable Tray and Fittings [392.6 (A)] ......................................... 393 - 394 Covers [392.6 (D)] ............................................................................................... 395 Barriers [392.6 (E) & (F)] ............................................................................ 395 - 396 Spacing of Multiple Cable Trays [392.6 (I)] ............................................................. 396 Supporting Conduit from Cable Tray [392.6 (J)] ........................................... 396 - 397 Use of Cable Tray as an Equipment Grounding Conductor [392.7 Grounding] .... 398 - 400 Fastening Cables [392.8 (B)] ................................................................................. 401 Cable Installation [392.8] ............................................................................ 401 - 403 Sizing Cable Tray Multiconductor - 2000 volts or less [392.9] ....................................... 403 - 405 Single conductor - 2000 volts or less [392.10] ................................... 405 - 406 Type MC or MV - 2001 volts or greater [392.12] ........................................ 407 Ampacities of Cables in Cable Tray ............................................................. 406 - 408 Cable Tray Wiring System Design and Installation Hints ................................ 408 - 409 Fireproofing Tray ....................................................................................... 409 - 410 Expansion and Contraction ........................................................................ 410 - 411 Appendix Index & Appendix Sheets ............................................................. 412 - 419 Cable Tray Installation & Specification Checklists .................................... 420 - 423 Footnotes ...................................................................................................................... 424 376 Cable Tray Systems INTRODUCTION The Cooper B-Line Cable Tray Manual was produced by Cooper B-Line's technical staff. Cooper B-Line has recognized the need for a complete cable tray reference source for electrical engineers and designers. The following pages address the 2005 National Electric Code® requirements for cable tray systems as well as design solutions from practical experience. The information has been organized for use as a reference guide for both those unfamiliar and those experienced with cable tray. The information contained herein has been carefully checked for accuracy and is believed to be correct and current. No warranty, either expressed or implied, is made as to either its applicability to, or its compatibility with, specific requirements, of this information, nor for damages consequent to its use. All design characteristics, specifications, tolerances and similar information are subject to change without notice. Cooper B-Line, Inc. 509 West Monroe Street Highland, IL 62249-0326 Tel: (800) 851-7415 Fax: (618) 654-5499 National Electrical Code® and NEC® are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association, Inc. Quincy, MA 02269. Reprinted with permission from NFPA 70-1999, the National Electrical Code®, Copyright© 1998, National Fire Protection Association, Quincy, MA 02269. This reprinted material is not the complete and official position of the National Fire Protection Association, on the referenced subject which is represented only by the standard in its entirety. 377 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Manual Nearly every aspect of cable tray design and installation has been explored for the use of the reader. If a topic has not been covered sufficiently to answer a specific question or if additional information is desired, contact the engineering department at Cooper B-Line. We sincerely hope you will find the Cooper B-Line Cable Tray Manual a helpful and informative addition to your technical library. WHY CABLE TRAY? Cable Tray Manual BECAUSE A CABLE TRAY WIRING SYSTEM PROVIDES SAFE AND DEPENDABLE WAYS TO SAVE NOW AND LATER Large numbers of electrical engineers have limited detail knowledge concerning wiring systems. There is the tendency by engineers to avoid becoming involved in the details of wiring systems, leaving the wiring system selection and design to designers or contractors. Certain decisions must be made for any wiring system installation, and these decisions should be made in the design and construction activities' chain where maximum impact is achieved at the lowest possible cost. Deferring design decisions to construction can result in increased costs and wiring systems incompatible with the owner's future requirements. Early in the project's design life, the costs and features of various applicable wiring systems should be objectively evaluated in detail. Unfortunately, such evaluations are often not made because of the time and money involved. It is important to realize that these initial evaluations are important and will save time and money in the long run. The evaluation should include the safety, dependability, space and cost requirements of the project. Many industrial and commercial electrical wiring systems have excessive initial capital costs, unnecessary power outages and require excessive maintenance. Moreover, the wiring system may not have the features to easily accommodate system changes and expansions, or provide the maximum degree of safety for the personnel and the facilities. Cable tray wiring systems are the preferred wiring system when they are evaluated against equivalent conduit wiring systems in ter ms of safety, dependability, space and cost. To properly evaluate a cable tray wiring system vs. a conduit wiring system, an engineer must be knowledgeable of both their installation and the system features. The advantages of cable tray installations are listed below and explained in the following paragraphs. • Safety Features • Dependability • Space Savings • Cost Savings • Design Cost Savings • Material Cost Savings • Installation Cost & Time Savings • Maintenance Savings CABLE TRAY SAFETY FEATURES A properly engineered and installed cable tray wiring system provides some highly desirable safety features that are not obtainable with a conduit wiring system. • Tray cables do not provide a significant path for the transmission of corrosive, explosive, or toxic gases while conduits do. There have been explosions in industrial facilities in which the conduit systems were a link in the chain of events that set up the conditions for the explosions. These explosions would not have occurred with a cable tray wiring system since the explosive gas would not have been piped into a critical area. This can occur even though there are seals in the conduits. There does have to be some type of an equipment failure or abnormal condition for the gas to get into the conduit, however this does occur. Conduit seals prevent explosions from traveling down the conduit (pressure piling) but they do not seat tight enough to prevent moisture or gas migration until an explosion or a sudden pressure increase seats them. The October 6, 1979 Electrical Substation Explosion at the Cove Point, Maryland Columbia Liquefied Natural Gas Facility is a very good example of where explosive gas traveled though a two hundred foot long conduit with a seal in it. The substation was demolished, the foreman was killed and an operator was badly burned. This explosion wouldn’t have occurred if a cable tray wiring system had been installed instead of a conduit wiring system. A New Jersey chemical plant had the instrumentation and electrical equipment in one of its control rooms destroyed in a similar type incident. • In addition to explosive gases, corrosive gases and toxic gases from chemical plant equipment failures can travel through the conduits to equipment or control rooms where the plant personnel and the sensitive equipment will be exposed to the gases. • In facilities where cable tray may be used as the equipment grounding conductor in accordance with NEC ® Sections 392.3(C) & 392.7, the grounding equipment system components lend themselves to visual inspection as well as electrical continuity checks. CABLE TRAY DEPENDABILITY A properly designed and installed cable tray system with the appropriate cable types will provide a wiring system of outstanding dependability for the control, communication, data handling, instrumentation, and power systems. The dependability of cable tray wiring systems has been proven by a 40 year track record of excellent performance. • Cable tray wiring systems have an outstanding record for dependable service in industry. It is the most common industrial wiring system in Europe. In continuous process systems, an electrical system failure can cost millions of dollars and present serious process safety problems for the facility, its personnel and the people in the surrounding communities. A properly designed and installed cable tray system with the appropriate cable types will provide a wiring system of outstanding dependability for process plants. 378 Cable Tray Systems covers just the conductors, material, and installation labor costs. The results of these initial cost evaluations usually show that the installed cable tray wiring system will cost 10 to 60 percent less than an equivalent conduit wiring system. The amount of cost savings depends on the complexity and size of the installation. • Large retail and warehouse installations use cable tray to support their data communication cable systems. Such systems must be dependable so that there are no outages of their continuous inventory control systems. There are other savings in addition to the initial installation cost savings for cable tray wiring systems over conduit wiring systems. They include reduced engineering costs, reduced maintenance costs, reduced expansion costs, reduced production losses due to power outages, reduced environmental problems due to continuity of power and reduced data handling system costs due to the continuity of power. The magnitudes of many of these costs savings are difficult to determine until the condition exists which makes them real instead of potential cost savings. • Cable tray wiring systems have been widely used to support cabling in both commercial and industrial computer rooms overhead and beneath the floor to provide orderly paths to house and support the cabling. These types of installations need a high degree of dependability which can be obtained using cable tray wiring systems. DESIGN COST SAVINGS CABLE TRAY SPACE SAVINGS When compared to a conduit wiring system, an equivalent cable tray wiring system installation requires substantially less space. Increasing the size of a structure or a support system to handle a high space volume conduit wiring system is unnecessary when this problem can be avoided by the selection of a cable tray wiring system. • Facilities with high density wiring systems devoted to control, instrumentation, data handling and branch circuit wiring have the choice of selecting cable tray or conduit wiring systems. A conduit wiring system is often a poor choice because large conduit banks require significant space, competing with other systems and equipment. Choosing a cable tray wiring system greatly reduces this problem. • Financial institutions with lar ge computer installations have high density wiring systems under floors or in overhead plenum areas that are best handled by cable tray wiring systems. • Airport facilities have extensive cable tray wiring systems to handle the ever expanding needs of the airline industry. • Cable tray is used in many facilities because of the ever present need of routing more and more cables in less space at lower costs. • Large health care facilities have high density wiring systems that are ideal candidates for cable tray. • Most projects are roughly defined at the start of design. For projects that are not 100 percent defined before design start, the cost of and time used in coping with continuous changes during the engineering and drafting design phases will be substantially less for cable tray wiring systems than for conduit wiring systems. A small amount of engineering is required to change the width of a cable tray to gain additional wiring space capacity. Change is a complex problem when conduit banks are involved. • The final drawings for a cable tray wiring system may be completed and sent out for bid or construction more quickly than for a conduit wiring system. Cable tray simplifies the wiring system design process and reduces the number of details. • Cable tray wiring systems are well suited for computer aided design drawings. A spread sheet based wiring management program may be used to control the cable fills in the cable tray. While such a system may also be used for controlling conduit fill, large numbers of individual conduits must be monitored. For an equal capacity wiring system, only a few cable tray runs would have to be monitored. • Dedicated cable tray installation zones alert other engineering disciplines to avoid designs that will produce equipment and material installation conflicts in these areas. As more circuits are added, the cable tray installation zone will increase only a few inches; the space required for the additional conduits needed would be much greater. CABLE TRAY WIRING SYSTEM COST SAVINGS • The fact that a cable can easily enter and exit cable tray anywhere along its route, allows for some unique opportunities that provide highly flexible designs. Usually, the initial capital cost is the major factor in selecting a project's wiring system when an evaluation is made comparing cable tray wiring systems and conduit wiring systems. Such an evaluation often • Fewer supports have to be designed and less coordination is required between the design disciplines for the cable tray supports compared to conduit supports. 379 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Manual • Television broadcast origination facilities and studios make use of cable tray to support and route the large volumes of cable needed for their operations with a high degree of dependability. It would be impossible to have the wiring system flexibility they need with a conduit wiring system. MATERIAL COST SAVINGS • Excluding conductors, the cost of the cable trays, supports, and miscellaneous materials will provide a savings of up to 80% as compared to the cost of the conduits, supports, pull boxes, and miscellaneous materials. An 18 inch wide cable tray has an allowable fill area of 21 square inches. It would take 7 - 3 inch conduits to obtain this allowable fill area (7 x 2.95 square inches = 20.65 square inches). Cable Tray Manual • The cost of 600 volt insulated multiconductor cables listed for use in cable tray is greater than the cost of 600 volt insulated individual conductors used in conduit. The cost differential depends on the insulation systems, jacket materials and cable construction. • For some electrical loads, parallel conductors are installed in conduit and the conductors must be derated, requiring larger conductors to make up for the deration. If these circuits were installed in cable tray, the conductor sizes would not need to be increased since the parallel conductor derating factors do not apply to three conductor or single conductor cables in cable tray. • Typical 300 volt insulated multiconductor instrumentation tray cables (ITC) and power limited tray cables (PLTC) cost the same for both cable tray and conduit wiring systems. This applies for instrumentation circuits, low level analog and digital signal circuits, logic input/output (I/O) circuits, etc. There are other cable tray installations which require a higher cost cable than the equivalent conduit installation. Such installations are limited to areas where low smoke emission and/or low flame spread ITC or PLTC cables must be used. • Conduit banks often require more frequent and higher strength supports than cable trays. 3 inch and larger rigid metal conduits are the only sizes allowed to be supported on 20 foot spans [National Electrical Code® (NEC®) Table 344.30(B)(2)]. • When a cable tray width is increased 6 inches, the cable tray cost increase is less than 10 percent. This substantially increases the cable tray’s wiring capacity for a minimal additional cost. To obtain such an increase in capacity for a conduit wiring system would be very costly. COST - Cable Tray vs. Conduit (Equivalent Conductor Fill Areas) 5 40000 Labor Cost @ $60/hr per NECA labor units. 35000 Material Cost 30000 Total Installed Cost ($) 4 25000 20000 3 15000 2 10000 1 5000 0 Aluminum Ladder Cable Tray Steel Ladder Cable Tray Solid Bottom Cable Tray EMT Rigid Steel Conduit Installation: 200 linear feet of cable supported with four 90° direction changes and all trapeze supports on 8 ft. spans. 1. Aluminum, 18" wide, ladder cable tray (9" rung spacing) with all hardware. 2. Hot dip galvanized steel, 18" wide, ladder cable tray (9" rung spacing) with all hardware. 3. Hot dip galvanized steel, 18" wide, solid bottom cable tray and all hardware. 4. 7 parallel runs of 3" diameter EMT with concentric bends. 5. 7 parallel runs of 3" diameter galvanized conduit with concentric bends. Note: Above costs do not include cable and cable pulling costs. Cable costs differ per installation and cable/conductor pulling costs have been shown to be considerably less for cable tray than for conduit. 380 Cable Tray Systems INSTALLATION COST AND TIME SAVINGS • Depending on the complexity and magnitude of the wiring system, the total cost savings for the initial installation (labor, equipment and material) may be up to 75 percent for a cable tray wiring system over a conduit wiring system. When there are banks of conduit to be installed that are more than 100 feet long and consist of four or more 2 inch conduits or 12 or more smaller conduits, the labor cost savings obtained using cable tray wiring systems are very significant. • The higher the elevation of the wiring system, the more important the number of components required to complete the installation. Many additional man-hours will be required just moving the components needed for the conduit system up to the work location. • Conduit wiring systems require pull boxes or splice boxes when there is the equivalent of more than 360 degrees of bends in a run. For large conductors, pull or junction boxes may be required more often to facilitate the conductor’s installation. Cable tray wiring systems do not require pull boxes or splice boxes. • Penetrating a masonry wall with cable tray requires a smaller hole and limited repair work. • More supports are normally required for rigid steel conduit due to the requirements of NEC ® Table 344.30(B)(2). • Concentric conduit bends for direction changes in conduit banks are very labor intensive and difficult to make. However if they are not used, the installation will be unattractive. The time required to make a concentric bend is increased by a factor of 3-6 over that of a single shot bend. This time consuming practice is eliminated when cable tray wiring systems are used. • Conductor pulling is more complicated and time consuming for conduit wiring systems than for cable tray wiring systems. Normally, single conductor wire pulls for conduit wiring systems require multiple reel setups. For conduit wiring systems, it is necessary to pull from termination equipment enclosure to termination equipment enclosure. Tray cables being installed in cable trays do not have to be pulled into the termination equipment enclosures. Tray cable may be pulled from near the first termination enclosure along the cable tray route to near the second termination enclosure. Then, the tray cable is inserted into the equipment enclosures for termination. For projects with significant numbers of large conductors terminating in switchgear, this may be a very desirable feature that can save hours of an electrician's time. Unnecessary power outages can be eliminated since tray cable pulls may be made without • Conductor insulation damage is common in conduits since jamming can occur when pulling the conductors. Jamming is the wedging of conductors in a conduit when three conductors lay side by side in a flat plane. This may occur when pulling around bends or when the conductors twist. Ninety-two percent of all conductor failures are the result of the conductor’s insulation being damaged during the conductor’s installation. Many common combinations of conductors and conduits fall into critical jam ratio values. Critical jam ratio (J.R.= Conduit ID/Conductor OD) values range from 2.8 to 3.2. The J. R. for 3 single conductor THHN/THWN insulated 350 kcmil conductors in a 21/2 inch conduit would be 3.0 (2.469 inches/ 0.816 inches). If conductor insulation damage occurs, additional costs and time are required for replacing the conductors. This cannot occur in a cable tray wiring system. • Smaller electrician crews may be used to install the equivalent wiring capacity in cable tray. This allows for manpower leveling, the peak and average crew would be almost the same number, and the electrician experience level required is lower for cable tray installations. • Since the work is completed faster there is less work space conflict with the other construction disciplines. This is especially true if installations are elevated and if significant amounts of piping are being installed on the project. MAINTENANCE SAVINGS • One of the most important features of cable tray is that tray cable can easily be installed in existing trays if there is space available. Cable tray wiring systems allow wiring additions or modifications to be made quickly with minimum disruption to operations. Any conceivable change that is required in a wiring system can be done at lower cost and in less time for a cable tray wiring system than for a conduit wiring system. • Moisture is a major cause of electrical equipment and material failures. Breathing due to temperature cycling results in the conduits accumulating relatively large amounts of moisture. The conduits then pipe this moisture into the electrical equipment enclosures which over a period of time results in the deterioration of the equipment insulation systems and their eventual failure. Also, moisture may become a factor in the corrosion failure of some of the critical electrical equipment's metallic components. Conduit seals are not effective in blocking the movement of moisture. The conduit systems may be designed to reduce the moisture 381 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Manual • Many more individual components are involved in the installation of a conduit system and its conductors compared to the installation of a cable tray system and its cables. This results in the handling and installing of large amounts of conduit items vs. small amounts of cable tray items for the same wiring capacity. de-energizing the equipment. For conduit installations, the equipment will have to be de-energized for rubber safety blanketing to be installed, otherwise the conductor pulls might have to be made on a weekend or on a holiday at premium labor costs to avoid shutting down production or data processing operations during normal working hours. Cable Tray Manual problems but not to completely eliminate it. Few designers go into the design detail necessary to reduce the effects of moisture in the conduit systems. Tray cables do not provide internal moisture paths as do conduits. • In the event of exter nal fires in industrial installations, the damage to the tray cable and cable tray is most often limited to the area of the flame contact plus a few feet on either side of the flame contact area. For such a fire enveloping a steel conduit bank, the steel conduit is a heat sink and the conductor insulation will be damaged for a considerable distance inside the conduit. Thermoplastic insulation may be fused to the steel conduit and the conduit will need to be replaced for many feet. This occurred in an Ohio chemical plant and the rigid steel conduits had to be replaced for 90 feet. Under such conditions, the repair cost for fire damage would normally be greater for a conduit wiring system than for cable tray and tray cable. In the Ohio chemical plant fire, there were banks of conduits and runs of cable tray involved. The cable tray wiring systems were repaired in two days. The conduit wiring systems were repaired in six days and required a great deal more manpower. Because Article 300 is exempt from this requirement only low-voltage and communication cables are affected. Each Article adopted a definition of abandoned cables and the rule for removal. The general consensus is that abandoned cable is cable that is not terminated at equipment or connectors and is not identified for future use with a tag. Please refer to each individual NEC® Article for specifics. Having to tag, remove, or rearrange cables within an enclosed raceway can be a time consuming and difficult job. Without being able to clearly see the cables and follow their exact routing throughout a facility, identifying abandoned cables would be very difficult and expensive. With the open accessibility of cable tray, these changes can be implemented with ease. Abandoned cables can be identified, marked, rearranged, or removed with little or no difficulty. • In the event of an exter nal fire, the conduit becomes a heat sink and an oven which decreases the time required for the conductor insulation systems to fail. The heat decomposes the cable jackets and the conductor insulation material. If these materials contain PVC as do most cables, hydrogen chloride vapors will come out the ends of the conduits in the control rooms. These fumes are very corrosive to the electronic equipment. They are also hazardous to personnel. A flame impingement on a cable tray system will not result in the fumes going into the control room as there is no containment path for them. They will be dispersed into the atmosphere. IN MOST CASES AN OBJECTIVE EVALUATION OF THE REQUIREMENTS FOR MOST HIGH DENSITY WIRING SYSTEMS WILL SHOW THAT A CABLE TRAY WIRING SYSTEM PROVIDES A WIRING SYSTEM SUPERIOR TO A CONDUIT WIRING SYSTEM. Abandoned Cables Easily identified, marked, or removed - all possible from an open Cable Tray System For the 2002 National Electrical Code, several proposals were submitted to the NFPA to revise the 1999 NEC® for Articles 300, 640, 645, 725, 760, 770, 800, 820, and 830 to require all abandoned cables to be removed from plenum spaces. The purpose of the proposals is to remove the cables as a source of excess combustibles from plenums and other confined spaces such as raised floors and drop ceilings. All of the Code Making Panels agreed that this should be acceptable practice except Code Making Panel 3, which oversees Article 300. 382 Cable Tray Systems AN IN-DEPTH LOOK AT 2005 NEC® ARTICLE 392 - CABLE TRAY (The following code explanations are to be used with a copy of the 2005 NEC®.) To obtain a copy of the NEC® contact: National Fire Protection Association® 1 Batterymarch Park • P.O. Box 9101 Quincy, Massachusetts 02269-9101 1-800-344-3555 Standard Aluminum Ladder Of the types of cable trays listed in this section, ladder cable tray is the most widely used type of cable tray due to several very desirable features. Where the ladder cable tray supports small diameter multiconductor control and instrumentation cables; 6, 9, or 12 inch rung spacings should be specified. Quality Type TC, Type PLTC, or Type ITC small diameter multiconductor control and instrumentation cables will not be damaged due to the cable tray rung spacing selected, but the installation may not appear neat if there is significant drooping of the cables between the rungs. • A ladder cable tray without covers provides for the maximum free flow of air, dissipating heat produced in current carrying conductors. For ladder cable trays supporting large power cables, 9 inch or wider rung spacings should be selected. For many installations, the cable trays are routed over the top of a motor control center (MCC) or switchgear enclosure. Cables exit out the bottom of the cable trays and into the top of the MCC or switchgear enclosure. For these installations, the cable manufacturer's recommended minimum bending radii for the specific cables must not be violated. If the rung spacing is too close, it may be necessary to remove some rungs in order to maintain the proper cable bending radii. This construction site modification can usually be avoided by selecting a cable tray with 12 or 18 inch rung spacing. • Moisture cannot accumulate in ladder cable trays and be piped into electrical equipment as happens in conduit systems. If you are still uncertain as to which rung spacing to specify, 9 inch rung spacing is the most common and is used on 80% of the ladder cable tray sold. • The rungs provide a convenient anchor for tying down cables in vertical runs or where the positions of the cables must be maintained in horizontal runs. • Cables may exit or enter through the top or the bottom of the tray. • Ladder cable tray cannot pipe hazardous or explosive gasses from one area to another as happens with conduit systems. • In areas where there is the potential for dust to accumulate, ladder cable trays should be installed. The dust buildup in ladder cable trays will be less than the dust buildup in ventilated trough or solid bottom cable trays. Ladder cable trays are available in widths of 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, and 42 inches with rung spacings of 6, 9, 12, or 18 inches. Wider rung spacings and wider cable tray widths decrease the overall strength of the cable tray. Specifiers should be aware that some cable tray manufacturers do not account for this load reduction in their published cable tray load charts. Cooper B-Line uses stronger rungs in wider cable trays to safely bear the loads published. Steel Ventilated Trough The 1999 NEC® added the word ‘ventilated’ in front of trough to clear up some confusion that solid trough is treated the same as ventilated trough. It is not. Solid trough is recognized as solid bottom cable tray. 383 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Manual With one exception, the specifier selects the rung spacing that he or she feels is the most desirable for the installation. The exception is that 9 inches is the maximum allowable rung spacing for a ladder cable tray supporting any 1/0 through 4/0 single conductor cables [See Section 392.3(B)(1)(a)]. 392.1. Scope. Cable Tray Manual Ventilated trough cable tray is often used when the specifier does not want to use ladder cable tray to support small diameter multiconductor control and instrumentation cables. As no drooping of the small diameter cables is visible, ventilated trough cable trays provide neat appearing installations. Small diameter cables may exit the ventilated trough cable tray through the bottom ventilation holes as well as out the top of the cable tray. For installations where the cables exit the bottom of the cable tray and the system is subject to some degree of vibration, it is advisable to use Cooper B-Line Trough Drop-Out Bushings (Cat. No. 99-1124). These snap-in bushings provide additional abrasion protection for the cable jackets. Just as for ladder cable tray, ventilated trough cable tray will not pipe moisture into electrical equipment. Standard widths for ventilated trough cable tray systems are 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, and 36 inches. The standard bottom configuration for ventilated trough cable tray is a corrugated bottom with 27/8 inch bearing surfaces - 6 inches on centers and 21/4 inch x 4 inch ventilation openings. Since a corrugated bottom cannot be bent horizontally, the standard bottom configuration for horizontal bend fittings consists of rungs spaced on 4 inch centers. This difference in bottom construction may be objectionable to some owners, so be sure you are aware of the owner's sensitivity to aesthetics for the cable tray installation. Aluminum Solid Bottom Trough Some specifiers prefer solid bottom cable tray to support large numbers of small diameter control and multiconductor instrumentation cables. Solid bottom steel cable trays with solid covers and wrap around cover clamps can be used to provide EMI/RFI shielding protection for sensitive circuits. Unlike ladder and ventilated trough cable trays, solid bottom cable trays can collect and retain moisture. Where they are installed outdoors or indoors in humid locations and EMI/RFI shielding protection is not required, it is recommended that 1/4 inch weep holes be drilled in their bottoms at the sides and in the middle every 3 feet to limit water accumulation. The words "and other similar structures." were incorporated in Section 392.1 for future types of cable tray that might be developed, such as center supported type cable tray. All the technical information developed by the 1973 NEC® Technical Subcommittee on Cable Tray for Article 318 - Cable Trays was based on cable trays with side rails and this technical information is still the basis for the 2005 NEC® Article 392 - Cable Trays. Vent. Channel Cable Tray (B-Line's Cable Channel) Channel cable tray systems (Cooper B-Line's cable channel) are available in 3, 4, and 6 inch widths with ventilated or solid bottoms. T h e N E C ® n o w recognizes solid bottom cable channel. Prior to the 2002 Code, the NEC® did not have any specific provisions for the use of solid cable channel. Instead of large conduits, cable channel may be used very effectively to support cable drops from the cable tray run to the equipment or device being serviced and is ideal for cable tray runs involving a small number of cables. Cable channel may also be used to support push buttons, field mounted instrumentation devices, etc. Small diameter cables may exit ventilated cable channel through the bottom ventilation holes, out the top or through the end. For installations where the cables exit through the ventilation openings and the cable channel or the cables are subject to some degree of vibration, it is advisable to use Cooper B-Line Cable Channel Bushings (Cat. No. 99-1125). These snap-in plastic bushings provide additional abrasion protection for the cable jackets. Center Supported Cable Tray (B-Line’s Cent-R-Rail System) The standard lengths for cable trays are 10, 12, 20 and 24 feet (consult Cooper B-Line for the availability of nonstandard cable tray lengths). Selecting a cable tray length is based on several criteria. Some of these criteria include the required load that the cable tray must support, the distance between the cable tray supports, and ease of handling and installation. One industry standard that is strongly recommended is that only one cable tray splice be placed between support spans and, for long span trays, that they ideally be place at 1/4-span. This automatically limits the length of tray you choose, as the tray must be longer than or equal to the support span you have selected. 384 Cable Tray Systems Matching the tray length to your support span can help ensure that your splice locations are controlled. appearance of the cable tray system in addition to reducing labor costs. Cable trays can be organized into 4 categories: Short Span, Intermediate Span, Long Span, and Extra-Long Span. Cable Tray Materials In an indoor industrial installation 10 or 12 foot tray sections may be easier to handle and install as you may have piping or ducting to maneuver around. However, using 20 foot instead of 12 foot straight sections may provide labor savings during installation by reducing the number of splice joints. If this is done, the selected tray system should meet the loading requirements for the support span you are using. If you are interested in supporting 100 lbs/ft and you are buying 20 foot tray sections while supporting it every 12 feet, it isn’t necessary to specify a NEMA 20C tray (100 lbs/ft on a 20 foot span). A NEMA 20A tray (50 lbs/ft on a 20 foot span) will support over 130 lbs/ft when supported on a 12 ft span with a safety factor of 1.5. Specifying a 20C tray is not an economical use of product. If you desire to use 20 foot sections of cable tray, it makes more sense to increase your support span up to 20 feet. This not only saves labor by decreasing the number of splices, but also by decreasing the number of supports that must be installed. Long Span trays are typically supported anywhere from 14 to 20 foot intervals with 20 feet being the most popular. In long span situations, the placement of the splice locations at 1 / 4 -span becomes much more important. Matching the tray length to your support span can help control your splice locations. Extra-Long Span trays are supported on spans exceeding 20 feet. Some outdoor cable tray installations may have to span anywhere from 20 to 30 feet to cross roads or to reduce the number of expensive outdoor supports. The distance between supports affects the tray strength exponentially; therefore the strength of the cable tray system selected should be designed around the specific support span chosen for that run. [See Section 392.5(A) on page 390 for additional information on cable tray strength and rigidity.] Cooper B-Line has many cataloged fittings and accessory items for ladder, ventilated trough, ventilated channel, and solid bottom cable trays which eliminate the need for the costly field fabrication of such items. When properly selected and installed, these factory fabricated fittings and accessories improve the Metallic cable trays are readily available in aluminum, pregalvanized steel, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication, and stainless steel. Aluminum cable tray should be used for most installations unless specific corrosion problems prohibit its use. Aluminum's light weight significantly reduces the cost of installation when compared to steel. A fine print note is included in the 2005 NEC® that references the National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) documents for further information on cable tray. These documents: ANSI/NEMA VE-1, Metal Cable Tray Systems; NEMA VE-2, Cable Tray Installation Guidelines; and NEMA FG-1, Non Metallic Cable Tray Systems, are an excellent industry resource in the application, selection, and installation of cable trays both metallic and non metallic. Contact Cooper B-Line for more information concerning these helpful documents. 392.2. Definition. Cable Tray System. This section states that cable tray is a rigid structural support system used to securely fasten or support cables and raceways. Cable trays are not raceways. Cable trays are mechanical supports just as strut systems are mechanical supports. NEC® Article 392 - Cable Trays is an article dedicated to a type of mechanical support. It is very important that the personnel involved with engineering and installing cable tray utilize it as a mechanical support system and not attempt to utilize it as a raceway system. There are items in the NEC® that apply to raceways and not to cable tray. There are also items in the NEC® that apply to cable tray and not to raceways. These differences will be covered at the appropriate locations in this manual. 392.3. Uses Permitted. Cable tray installations shall not be limited to industrial establishments. The text in Section 392.3 clearly states that cable tray may be used in non-industrial establishments. The use of cable tray should be based on sound engineering and economic decisions. For clarity, the NEC® now lists all types of circuits to explicitly permit their use in cable trays. These circuit types include: services, feeders, branch circuits, communication circuits, control circuits, and signaling circuits. The 2002 NEC® also added a new requirement that where cables in tray are exposed to the direct rays of the sun, they shall be identified as sunlight resistant for all occupancies, not just industrial. 385 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Manual Short Span trays, typically used for non-industrial indoor installations, are usually supported every 6 to 8 feet, while Inter mediate Span trays are typically supported every 10 to 12 feet. A 10 or 12 foot cable tray is usually used for both of these types of installations. To keep from allowing two splices to occur between supports, a 12 foot tray should be used for any support span greater than 10 feet, up to 12 feet. Placing the cable tray splices at 1/4-span is not critical in a short or intermediate span application given that most trays have sufficiently strong splice plates. Cable Tray Manual 392.3. Uses Permitted. (A) Wiring Methods. This section identifies the 300 & 600 volt multiconductor cables that may be supported by cable tray. The "Uses Permitted" or "Uses Not Permitted" sections in the appropriate NEC® cable articles provide the details as to where that cable type may be used. Where the cable type may be used, cable tray may be installed to support it except as per Section 392.4 which states that cable trays shall not be installed in hoistways or where subject to severe physical damage. Where not subject to severe physical damage, cable tray may be used in any hazardous (classified) area to support the appropriate cable types in accordance with the installation requirements of the various Articles that make up NEC® Chapter 5 or in any non-hazardous (unclassified) area. It should be noted that Section 300.8 of the NEC® states that cable trays containing electric conductors cannot contain any other service that is not electrical. This includes any pipe or tube containing steam, water, air, gas or drainage. For commercial and industrial cable tray wiring systems: Type ITC, Type MC, Type TC, and Type PLTC multiconductor cables are the most commonly used cables. Type MI and Optical-Fiber cables are special application cables that are desirable cables for use in some cable tray wiring systems. The following paragraphs provide information and comments about these cable types. Type MI Cable: Mineral-Insulated, Metal Sheathed Cable (Article 332). This cable has a liquid and gas tight continuous copper sheath over its copper conductors and magnesium oxide insulation. Developed in the late 1920's by the French Navy for submarine electrical wiring systems, properly installed MI cable is the safest electrical wiring system available. In Europe, Type MI cable has had a long, successful history of being installed (with PVC jackets for corrosion protection) in cable trays as industrial wiring systems. This cable may be installed in hazardous (classified) areas or in non-hazardous (unclassified) areas. The single limitation on the use of Type MI cable is that it may not be used where it is exposed to destructive corrosive conditions unless protected by materials suitable for the conditions. Type MI cable without overall nonmetallic coverings may be installed in ducts or plenums used for environmental air and in other space used for environmental air in accordance with Sections 300.22(B) and (C). Cable tray may be installed as a support for Type MI cable in any location except where the cable is installed in a hoistway. Section 332-30 states that MI cable shall be securely supported at intervals not exceeding 6 feet (1.83 m). Type MI cable has a UL two hour fire resistive rating when properly installed. An installation requirement for this rating is that the cable be securely supported every 3 feet. Steel or stainless steel cable trays should be used to support Type MI cable being used for critical circuit service. During severe fire conditions, steel or stainless steel cable tray will remain intact and provide support longer than aluminum or fiberglass reinforced plastic cable trays. Type MC Cable: Metal-clad cable (Article 330). There are large amounts of Type MC cable installed in industrial plant cable tray systems. This cable is often used for feeder and branch circuit service and provides excellent service when it is properly installed. The metallic sheath may be interlocking metal tape or it may be a smooth or corrugated metal tube. A nonmetallic jacket is often extruded over the aluminum or steel sheath as a corrosion protection measure. Regular MC cable, without nonmetallic sheath, may be supported by cable tray in any hazardous (classified) area except Class I and Class II, Division 1 areas. For Type MC cables to qualify for installation in Class I and Class II Division I areas (Section 501-4(A) (1) (c&d), they must have a gas/vapor tight continuous corrugated aluminum sheath with a suitable plastic jacket over the sheath. They must also contain equipment grounding conductors and listed termination fittings must be used where the cables enter equipment. Type MC Cable employing an impervious metal sheath without overall nonmetallic coverings may be installed in ducts or plenums used for environmental air in accordance with Section 300.22(B) and may be installed in other space used for environmental air in accordance with Section 300.22(C). The maximum support spacing is 6 feet (1.83 m). Type TC Cable: Power and control tray cable (Article 336). This cable type was added to the 1975 NEC® (as an item associated with the revision of Article 318-Cable Trays). Type TC cable is a multiconductor cable with a flame retardant nonmetallic sheath that is used for power, lighting, control, and signal circuits. It is the most common cable type installed in cable tray for 480 volt feeders, 480 volt branch circuits, and control circuits. Where Type TC cables comply with the crush and impact requirements of Type MC cable and is identified for such use, they are permitted as open wiring between a cable tray and the utilization equipment or device. In these instances where the cable exits the tray, the cable must be supported and secured at intervals not exceeding 6 feet (See Section 336.10(6)). The service record of UL listed Type TC cable where properly applied and installed has been excellent. For those installations where the NEC® allows its use, a cost savings is realized by using Type TC cables instead of Type MC cables. Type TC cable may be installed in cable tray in hazardous (classified) industrial plant areas as permitted in Articles 392, 501, 502, 504 and 505 provided the conditions of maintenance and supervision assure that only qualified persons will service the installation [See Section 336.10(3)]. Where a cable tray wiring system containing Type TC cables will be exposed to any significant amount of hot metal splatter from welding or the torch cutting of metal during construction or maintenance activities, temporary metal or plywood covers should be installed on the cable tray in the exposure areas to prevent cable jacket and conductor insulation damage. It is desirable to use only quality Type TC cables that will pass the IEEE 383 and UL Vertical Flame Tests (70,000 BTU/hr). Type TC cable assemblies may contain optical fiber members as per the UL 1277 standard. 386 Cable Tray Systems Type ITC Cable: Instrumentation Tray Cable (Article 727). Although this was a new cable article in the 1996 NEC ® , it is not a new type of cable. Thousands of miles of ITC cable have been installed in industrial situations since the early 1960’s. This is a multiconductor cable that most often has a nonmetallic jacket. The No. 22 through No. 12 insulated conductors in the cables are 300 volt rated. A metallic shield or a metallized foil shield with a drain wire usually encloses the cable’s conductors. These cables are used to transmit the low energy level signals associated with the industrial instrumentation and data handling systems. These are very critical circuits that impact on facility safety and on product quality. Type ITC cable must be supported and secured at intervals not exceeding 6 feet [See Section 727.4]. Type PLTC Cable: Power-Limited Tray Cable (Sections 725-61(C), and 725-71(E)). This is a multiconductor cable with a flame retardant nonmetallic sheath. The No. 22 through No. 12 insulated conductors in the cables are 300 volt rated. A metallic shield or a metallized foil shield with drain wire usually encloses the cable's conductors. This cable type has high usage in communication, data processing, fire protection, signaling, and industrial instrumentation wiring systems. There are versions of this cable with insulation and jacket systems made of materials with low smoke emission and low flame spread properties which make them desirable for use in plenums. In Industrial Establishments where the conditions of maintenance and supervision ensure that only qualified persons service the installation and where the cable is not subject to physical damage Type PLTC cable may be installed in cable trays hazardous (classified) areas as permitted in Section 501.4(B), 502.4(B) and 504.20. Type PLTC cables that comply with the crush and impact requirements of Type MC cable and are identified for such use, are permitted as open wiring in lengths not to exceed a total of 50 ft. between a cable tray and the utilization equipment or device. In this situation, the cable needs to be supported and secured at intervals not exceeding 6 ft. Where a cable tray wiring system containing Type PLTC cables will be exposed to any Optical Fiber Cables (Article 770). The addition of optical fiber cables in the Section 392.3(A) cable list for the 1996 NEC was not a technical change. Optical fiber cables have been allowed to be supported in cable trays as per Section 770.6. Optical fibers may also be present in Type TC cables as per UL Standard 1277. For the 1999 NEC® code, Article 760 - Fire Alarm Cables and Articles 800 - Multipurpose and Communications Cables were added to the list of cables permitted to be installed in cable tray systems. For the 1993 NEC®, the general statement in the 1990 NEC® which allowed all types of raceways to be supported by cable trays was replaced by individual statements for each of the ten specific raceway types that may now be supported by cable tray. The chances of any such installations being made are very low, since strut is a more convenient and economic choice than cable tray to support raceway systems. 392.3. Uses Permitted. (B) In Industrial Establishments. This section limits the installation of single conductor cables and Type MV multiconductor cables in cable trays to qualifying industrial establishments as defined in this section. Per the 2002 NEC® solid bottom cable trays are now permitted to support single conductor cables only in industrial establishments where conditions of maintenance and supervision ensure that only qualified persons will service the installed cable tray system. However, at this time, no fill rules for single conductor cables in solid bottom cable tray have been established. [see Section 392.3(B)] 392.3. Uses Permitted. (B) In Industrial Establishments. (1) Single Conductor. Section 392.3(B)(1) covers 600 volt and Type MV single conductor cables. There are several sections which cover the requirements for the use of single conductor cables in cable tray even though they only comprise a small percentage of cable tray wiring systems. Such installations are limited to qualifying industrial facilities [See Section 392.3(B)]. Many of the facility engineers prefer to use three conductor power cables. Normally, three conductor power cables provide more desirable electrical wiring systems than single conductor power 387 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Manual Type ITC Cable may be installed in cable trays in hazardous (classified) areas as permitted in Articles 392, 501, 502, 504 and 505. It states in Article 727 that Type ITC cables that comply with the crush and impact requirements of Type MC cable and are identified for such use, are permitted as open wiring in lengths not to exceed 50 ft. between a cable tray and the utilization equipment or device. Where a cable tray wiring system containing Type ITC cables will be exposed to any significant amount of hot metal splatter from welding or the torch cutting of metal during construction or maintenance activities, temporary metal or plywood covers should be installed on the cable tray to prevent cable jacket or conductor insulation damage. It is desirable to use only quality Type ITC cables that will pass the IEEE 383 and UL Vertical Flame Tests (70,000BTU/hr). significant amount of hot metal splatter from welding or the torch cutting of metal during construction or maintenance activities, temporary metal or plywood covers should be installed on the cable tray to prevent cable jacket and conductor insulation damage. It is desirable to use only quality Type PLTC cables that will pass the IEEE 383 and UL Vertical Flame Tests (70,000 BTU/hr). Type PLTC cable assemblies may contain optical fiber members as per the UL 1277 standard. cables in cable tray (See Section 392.8. Cable installation - three conductor vs. single conductor cables). 392.3(B)(1)(a) Single conductor cable shall be No. 1/0 or larger and shall be of a type listed and marked on the surface for use in cable trays. Where Nos. 1/0 through 4/0 single conductor cables are used, the maximum allowable rung spacing for ladder cable tray is 9 inches. Cable Tray Manual 392.3(B)(1)(b) Welding cables shall comply with Article 630, Part IV which states that the cable tray must provide support at intervals not to exceed 6 inches. A permanent sign must be attached to the cable tray at intervals not to exceed 20 feet. The sign must read “CABLE TRAY FOR WELDING CABLES ONLY”. cable tray system is installed. The metal in cable trays may be used as the EGC as per the limitations of table 392.7(B)(2). See Section 392.7. Grounding in this manual for additional information on the use of cable trays as the EGC. 392.3. Uses Per mitted. (D) Hazar dous (Classified) Locations. This section states that if cable tray wiring systems are installed in hazardous (classified) areas, the cables that they support must be suitable for installation in those hazardous (classified) areas. The cable carries the installation restriction. The installation restriction is not on the cable tray except that the cable tray installations must comply with Section 392.4. The following is an explanation of the parts of the code which affect the use of cable tray in hazardous locations. 501.10. Wiring Methods - Listed Termination 392.3(B)(1)(c) This section states that single conductors used as equipment grounding conductors (EGCs) in cable trays shall be No. 4 or larger insulated, covered or bare. The use of a single conductor in a cable tray as the EGC is an engineering design option. Section 300.3(B) states that all conductors of the same circuit and the EGC, if used, must be contained within the same cable tray. The other options are to use multiconductor cables that each contain their own EGC or to use the cable tray itself as the EGC in qualifying installations [see Section 392.3(C)] If an aluminum cable tray is installed in a moist environment where the moisture may contain materials that can serve as an electrolyte, a bare copper EGC should not be used. Under such conditions, electrolytic corrosion of the aluminum may occur. For such installations, it is desirable to use a low cost 600 volt insulated conductor and remove the insulation where connections to equipment or to equipment grounding conductors are made. (See Section 392.7. Grounding, for additional information on single conductors used as the EGC for cable tray systems). Fittings. (A) Class I, Division 1 (Gases or Vapors). 501.10(A)(1)(b) Type MI cable may be installed in cable tray in this type of hazardous (classified) area. 501.10(A)(1)(c) allows Type MC-HL cables to be installed in Class I, Division I areas if they have a gas/vapor tight continuous corrugated aluminum sheath with a suitable plastic jacket over the sheath. They must also contain equipment grounding conductors sized as per Section 250.122 and listed termination fittings must be used where the cables enter equipment. 501.10(A)(1)(d) allows Type ITC-HL cable to be installed in Class I, Division I areas if they have a gas/vapor tight continuous corrugated aluminum sheath with a suitable plastic jacket over the sheath and provided with ter mination fittings listed for the application. 501.10. Wiring Methods. (B) Class I, Division 2 (Gases or Vapors). Types ITC, PLTC, MI, MC, MV, or TC cables may be installed in cable tray in this type of hazardous (classified) area. Under the conditions specified in Section 501.15(E), Cable seals are required in Class 1, Division 2 areas. Cable seals should be used only when absolutely necessary. 501.15. Sealing and Drainage. (E) Cable Seals, 392.3. Uses Permitted. (B) In Industrial Establishment (2) Medium Voltage. Single and multiconductor type MV cables must be sunlight resistant if exposed to direct sunlight. Single conductors shall be installed in accordance with 392.3(B)(1) Class 1, Division 2. (1) Cables will be required to be sealed only where they enter certain types of enclosures used in Class 1, Division 2 areas. Factory sealed push buttons are an example of enclosures that do not require a cable seal at the entrance of the cable into the enclosure. 501.15. Sealing and Drainage. (E) Cable Seals, 392.3. Uses Per mitted. (C) Equipment Grounding Conductors. Cable tray may be used as the EGC in any installation where qualified persons will service the installed cable tray system. There is no restriction as to where the Class 1, Division 2. (2) Gas blocked cables are available from some cable manufacturers but they have not been widely used. For gas to pass through the jacketed multiconductor cable's core, a pressure differential must be maintained from one end of the 388 Cable Tray Systems cable to the other end or to the point where there is a break in the cable's jacket. The existence of such a condition is extremely rare and would require that one end of the cable be in a pressure vessel or a pressurized enclosure and the other end be exposed to the atmosphere. The migration of any significant volume of gas or vapor though the core of a multiconductor cable is very remote. This is one of the safety advantages that cable tray wiring systems have over conduit wiring systems. There are documented cases of industrial explosions caused by the migration of gases and vapors through conduits when they came in contact with an ignition source. There are no known cases of cables in cable tray wiring systems providing a path for gases or vapors to an ignition source which produced an industrial explosion. Class 1, Division 2. (3) Exception: Cables with an unbroken gas/vapor-tight continuous sheath shall be permitted to pass through a Class 1, Division 2 location without seals. This is an extremely important exception stating that cable seals are not required when a cable goes from an unclassified area through a classified area then back to an unclassified area. 501.15. Sealing and Drainage. (E) Cable Seals, Class 1, Division 2. (4) If you do not have a gas/vapor-tight continuous sheath, cable seals are required at the boundary of the Division 2 and unclassified location. The sheaths mentioned above may be fabricated of metal or a nonmetallic material. 502.10. Wiring Methods. (A) Class II, Division 1 (Combustible Dusts). Type MI cable may be installed in cable tray in this type of hazardous (classified) area. The Exception allows Type MC cables to be installed in Class II, Division 1 areas if they have a gas/vapor tight continuous corrugated aluminum sheath with a suitable plastic jacket over the sheath. They must also contain equipment grounding conductors sized as per Section 250.122 and listed termination fittings must be used where the cables enter equipment. 502.10. Wiring Methods. (B) Class II, Division 2 (Combustible Dusts). This section states: Type ITC and PLTC cables may be installed in ladder or ventilated cable trays following the same practices as used in non-hazardous (unclassified) areas. No spacing is required between the ITC or PLTC cables. This is logical as the ITC and PLTC cable circuits are all low energy circuits which do not produce any significant heat or heat dissipation problems. D1 D1 D2 D2 D1 D1 D1 D3 Required Spacing in Cable Trays for Type MC, MI & TC Cables in Class II, Division 2 Hazardous (Classified) Areas Note 1. The cables are limited to a single layer with spacing between cables equal to the diameter of the largest adjacent cable. This means that the cables must be tied down at frequent intervals in horizontal as well as vertical cable trays to maintain the cable spacing. A reasonable distance between ties in the horizontal cable tray would be approximately 6 feet (See Section 392.8 Cable Installation - Tying cables to cable trays). Note 2. Spacing the cables a minimum of 1 inch from the side rails to prevent dust buildup is recommended. This is not an NEC requirement but a recommended practice. Where cable tray wiring systems with current carrying conductors are installed in a dust environment, ladder type cable trays should be used since there is less surface area for dust buildup than in ventilated trough cable trays. The spacing of the cables in dust areas will prevent the cables from being totally covered with a solid dust layer. In dusty areas, the top surfaces of all equipment, raceways, supports, or cable jacket surfaces where dust layers can accumulate will require cleanup housekeeping at certain time intervals. Good housekeeping is required for personnel health, personnel safety and facility safety. Excessive amounts of dust on raceways or cables will act as a thermal barrier which may not allow the power and lighting insulated conductors in a raceway or cable to safely dissipate internal heat. This condition may result in the accelerated aging of the conductor insulation. A cable tray system that is properly installed and maintained will provide a safe dependable wiring system in dust environments. Exception: Type MC cable listed for use in Class II,Division I locations shall be permitted to be installed without the above spacing limitations. This was a new exception for the 1999 NEC® code. For this type of wiring there is no danger of the cables being overheated when covered with dust. The current flow in these circuits is so low that the internally generated heat is insufficient to heat the cables and cable spacing is not a necessity. Even under such conditions, layers of dust should not be allowed to accumulate to critical depths as they may be ignited or 389 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Manual 501.15. Sealing and Drainage. (E) Cable Seals, Type MC, MI and TC [See Section 336.4(3)] cables may be installed in ladder, ventilated trough, or ventilated cable channel, but they are not allowed to be installed in solid bottom cable trays. explode as the result of problems caused by other than the electrical system. 502.10(B)(3). Nonincendive Field Wiring Wiring in nonincendive circuits shall be permitted using any of the wiring methods suitable for wiring in ordinary locations. Cable Tray Manual 503.10. Wiring Methods. (A) Class III, Division 1 and (B) Class III, Division 2 (Ignitable Fibers or Flyings). Type MI or MC cables may be installed in cable tray in these types of hazardous (classified) areas. The installations should be made using practices that minimize the build-up of materials in the trays. This can be done by using ladder cable tray with a minimum spacing between the cables equal to the diameter of the largest adjacent cable. In some cases, a greater spacing between cables than that based on the cable diameters might be desirable depending on the characteristics of the material that requires the area to be classified. Here again, it must be emphasized that good housekeeping practices are required for all types of wiring systems to insure the safety of the personnel and the facility. 504.20. Wiring Methods. This section allows intrinsically safe wiring systems to be installed in cable trays in hazardous (classified) areas. Section 504.30 specifies the installation requirements for intrinsically safe wiring systems that are installed in cable trays. Section 504.70 specifies the sealing requirements for cables that may be part of a cable tray wiring system. Section 504.80(B) states that cable trays containing intrinsically safe wiring must be identified with permanently affixed labels. Cable trays are ideal for supporting both intrinsically safe and nonintrinsically safe cable systems as the cables may be easily spaced and tied in position or a standard metallic barrier strip may be installed between the intrinsically and nonintrinsically safe circuits. 505.15. Wiring Methods. This section was added to the 2002 NEC ® to explicitly permit cable trays in hazardous areas classified by the international zone system, if the cables comply with the cable requirements for zone locations. 392.3. Uses Permitted. Cable Tray. (E) Nonmetallic There are limited numbers of applications where nonmetallic cable trays might be preferred over metallic cable trays for electrical safety reasons and/or for some corrosive conditions. An example of an electrical safety application would be in an electrolytic cell room. Here, the amperages are very high and significant stray current paths are present. Under such conditions, there is the possibility for a high amperage short circuit if a low resistance metallic path (metallic cable tray or metallic raceway) is present [See information under Section 392.5(F) Nonmetallic Cable Trays]. 392.4. Uses Not Permitted. This is the only place in the NEC ® where all the various types of cable tray have limitations on their place of use. No cable trays can be used in hoistways or where subject to severe physical damage. The designer must identify the zones of installation where a cable tray might be subjected to severe physical damage. Usually such areas are limited and provisions can be made to protect the cable tray by relocating it to a more desirable location or as a last resort to provide protection using the appropriate structural members. The second sentence of Section 392.4 states that cable tray shall not be used in ducts, plenums, and other air-handling spaces except to support the wiring methods recognized for use in such spaces. This is not a restriction on cable tray as long as it is used as a support for the appropriate cable types. Metallic cable trays may support cable types approved for installation in ducts, plenums, and other air-handling spaces as per Section 300.22(B) and the cable types approved for installation in Other Space Used for Environmental Air as per Section 300.22(C). The second sentence of Section 300.22(C)(1) is as follows: Other types of cables and conductors shall be installed in electrical metallic tubing, flexible metallic tubing, intermediate metal conduit, rigid metal conduit without an overall nonmetallic covering, flexible metal conduit, or, where accessible, surface metal raceway or metal wireway with metal covers or solid bottom metal cable tray with solid metal covers. Reprinted with permission from NFPA 70-1999, the National Electrical Code®, Copyright© 1998, National Fire Protection Association, Quincy, MA 02269. This reprinted material is not the complete and official position of the National Fire Protection Association, on the referenced subject which is represented only by the standard in its entirety. This part of Section 300.22(C) is confusing. The statement as underlined in the above paragraph leads some to assume, for installations in Other Spaces Used for Environmental Air, that the types of insulated single conductors which are installed in raceway installations may also be installed in solid bottom metal cable trays with metal covers. This is not so. Only the appropriate multiconductor cable types as per Section 392.3(A) may be installed in solid bottom cable trays. Cable tray may be used to support data process wiring systems in air handling areas below raised floors as per Sections 300.22(D) and 800.52(D). 392.5. Construction Specifications. (A) Strength and Rigidity. The designer must properly select a structurally satisfactory cable tray for their installation. This selection is based on the cable tray's strength, the cable 390 Cable Tray Systems tray loading and the spacing of the supports. The ANSI/NEMA Metallic Cable Tray Systems Standard Publication VE-1 contains the cable tray selection information and it is duplicated in Cooper B-Line's Cable Tray Systems Catalog. Most cable trays are utilized as continuous beams with distributed and concentrated loads. Cable trays can be subjected to static loads like cable loads and dynamic loads such as wind, snow, ice, and even earthquakes. The total normal and abnormal loading for the cable tray is deter mined by adding all the applicable component loads. The cable load + the concentrated static loads + ice load (if applicable) + snow load (if applicable) + wind load (if applicable) + any other logical special condition loads that might exist. This total load is used in the selection of the cable tray. The following is an explanation of the ‘historical’ NEMA cable tray load classifications found in ANSI/NEMA VE-1. There used to be four cable tray support span categories, 8, 12, 16, and 20 feet, which are coupled with one of three load designations, "A" for 50 lbs/ft, "B" for 75 lbs/ft, and "C" for 100 lbs/ft. For example, a NEMA class designation of 20B identifies a cable tray that is to be supported at a maximum of every 20 feet and can support a static load of up to 75 lbs/linear foot. The cable load per foot is easy to calculate using the cable manufacturer's literature. If the cable tray has space available for future cable additions, a cable tray has to be specified that is capable of supporting the final Example of Cable Loading per foot: 10 - 3/C No. 4/0 (2.62 lbs/ft) Total = 26.20 lbs/ft 3 - 3/C No. 250 kcmil (3.18 lbs/ft) Total = 9.54 lbs/ft 4 - 3/C No. 500 kcmil (5.87 lbs/ft) Total = 23.48 lbs/ft Total Weight of the Cables = 59.22 lbs/ft These cables would fill a 30 inch wide cable tray and if a 36 inch wide cable tray were used there would be space available for future cables (See pages 415 thru 421 for information on calculating tray width.). To calculate the proper cable tray design load for the 36" wide cable tray multiply 59.22 lbs/ft x 36 inches/30 inches = 71.06 lbs/ft. If this cable tray is installed indoors, a load symbol "B" cable tray would be adequate. If there were additional loads on the cable tray or the cable tray were installed outdoors, it would be necessary to calculate all the additional potential loads. The potential load most often ignored is installation loads. The stresses of pulling large cables through cable trays can produce 3 times the stress of the cables' static load. If the installation load is not evaluated the cable tray may be damaged during installation. A 16C or 20C NEMA Class should be specified if large cables are to be pulled. Even though walking on cable tray is not recommended by cable tray manufacturers and OSHA regulations, many designers will want to specify a cable tray which can support a 200 lb. concentrated load "just in case". A concentrated static load applied at the midspan of a cable tray is one of the most stressful conditions a cable tray will experience. To convert a static concentrated load at midspan to an equivalent distributed load take twice the concentrated load and divide it by the support span [(2 x 200 lbs.)/Span]. The strength of the rung is also a very important consideration when specifying a concentrated load. The rung must be able to withstand the load for any tray width, as well as additional stresses from cable installation. Excessive rung deflection can weaken the entire cable tray system. Cooper B-Line uses heavier rungs on their wider industrial trays as a standard. Most cable tray manufacturer's rungs are not heavy enough to withstand concentrated loads at 36" tray widths. For outdoor installations a cable tray might be subject to ice, snow, and wind loading. Section 25 of the National Electrical Safety Code (published by the 391 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Manual The NEMA Standard provides for a static load safety factor of 1.5. A number (Span in Feet - the distance between supports) and letter (Load in lbs/ft) designation is used to properly identify the cable tray class on drawings, in specifications, in quotation requisitions, and in purchase requisitions to guarantee that the cable tray with the proper characteristics will be received and installed. The designer must specify the cable tray type, the material of construction, section lengths, minimum bend radius, width, rung spacing (for a ladder type cable tray), and the total loading per foot for the cables on a maximum support spacing (See page 420 for cable tray specifications checklist). For many installations, the cable trays must be selected so that they are capable of supporting specific concentrated loads, the weight of any equipment or materials attached to the cable tray, ice and snow loading, and for some installations the impact of wind loading and/or earthquakes must be considered. future load. Although these historical load designations are still useful in narrowing down the choices of cable trays, NEMA has recently changed the VE-1 document. ANSI/NEMA VE-1 now requires the marking on the cable trays to indicate the exact rated load on a particular span. Trays are no longer limited to the four spans and three loads listed above. Now, for example, a tray may be rated for 150 lbs/ft on a 30 ft. span. It is recommended when specifying cable tray, to specify the required load, support span and straight section length to best match the installation. Cable Tray Manual Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers) contains a weather loading map of the United States to determine whether the installation is in a light, medium, or heavy weather load district. NESC Table 250-1 indicates potential ice thicknesses in each loading district as follows: 0.50 inches for a heavy loading district, 0.25 inches for a medium loading district, and no ice for a light loading district. To calculate the ice load use 57 pounds per cubic foot for the density of glaze ice. Since tray cables are circular and the cable tray has an irregular surface the resulting ice load on a cable tray can be 1.5 to 2.0 times greater than the glaze ice load on a flat surface. Snow load is significant for a cable tray that is completely full of cables or a cable tray that has covers. The density of snow varies greatly due to its moisture content, however the minimum density that should be used for snow is 5 pounds per cubic foot. The engineer will have to contact the weather service to determine the potential snow falls for the installation area or consult the local building code for a recommended design load. Usually cable trays are installed within structures such that the structure and equipment shelter the cable trays from the direct impact of high winds. If wind loading is a potential problem, a structural engineer and/or the potential cable tray manufacturer should review the installation for adequacy. To determine the wind speed for proper design consult the Basic Wind Speed Map of the United States in the NESC (Figure 250-2). For those installations located in earthquake areas, design engineers can obtain behavioral data for Cooper B-Line cable trays under horizontal, vertical and longitudinal loading conditions. Testing done for nuclear power plants in the 1970's indicates that cable trays act like large trusses when loaded laterally and are actually stronger than when loaded vertically. Cable tray supports may still need to be seismically braced and designers should consult the Cooper B-Line Seismic Restraints Catalog for detailed design information. The midspan deflection multipliers for all B-Line cable trays are listed in the Cable Tray Systems catalog. Simply pick your support span and multiply your actual load by the deflection multiplier shown for that span. The calculated deflections are for simple beam installations at your specified load capacity. If a deflection requirement will be specified, extra care needs to be taken to ensure that it does not conflict with the load requirement and provides the aesthetics necessary. Keep in mind that continuous beam applications are more common and will decrease the deflection values shown by up to 50%. Also, aluminum cable trays will deflect 3 times more than steel cable trays of the same NEMA class. To complete the design, the standard straight section length and minimum bend radius must be chosen. When selecting the recommended length of straight sections, be sure that the standard length is greater than or equal to the maximum support span. Choose a fitting radius which will not only meet or exceed the minimum bend radius of the cables but will facilitate cable installation. [See pages 354 & 355 for more information on selecting the appropriate cable tray length] 392.5. Construction Specifications. (B) Smooth Edges. This is a quality statement for cable tray systems and their construction. Cooper B-Line cable tray is designed and manufactured to the highest standards to provide easy, safe installation of both the cable tray and cables. 392.5. Construction Specifications. (C) Corrosion Protection. Cable tray shall be protected from corrosion per Section 300.6, which lists some minimum criteria for different corrosive environments. The Cooper B-Line Cable Tray Catalog contains a corrosion chart for cable tray materials. Cable trays may be obtained in a wide range of materials including aluminum, pregalvanized steel, hot dipped galvanized steel (after fabrication), Type 304 or 316 stainless steel, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) or epoxy coated aluminum or steel and also nonmetallic (fiber reinforced plastic). Check with a metallurgist to determine which metals and coatings are compatible with a particular corrosive environment. BLine has corrosion information available and may be able to recommend a suitable material. Remember that no material is totally impervious to corrosion. Stainless steel can deteriorate when attacked by certain chemicals and nonmetallic cable trays can deteriorate when attacked by certain solvents. 392.5. Construction Specifications. (D) Side Rails. The technical infor mation in Article 392 was originally developed for cable trays with rigid side rails by the 1973 NEC® Technical Subcommittee on Cable Tray. “Equivalent Structural Members” was added later to incorporate new styles of cable tray such as center rail type tray and ‘mesh’ or wire basket tray. 392.5. Construction Specifications. (E) Fittings. This section has been misinterpreted to mean that cable tray fittings must be used for all changes in direction and elevation [See Section 392.6(A) Complete system for further explanation). When two cable tray runs cross at different elevations, lacing a cable between the rungs of one tray and dropping into the other is a common practice which changes the direction of the cable while providing adequate cable support. Although the use of cable tray fittings is not mandatory, it is often desirable to use them when possible to improve the appearance of the installation. 392 Cable Tray Systems 392.5. Construction Specifications. (F) Nonmetallic Cable Tray. This section states that cable tray systems can have mechanically discontinuous segments, and that the mechanically discontinuous segment cannot be greater than 6 feet. A bonding jumper sized per Section 250.102 is necessary to connect across any discontinuous segment. The bonding of the system should be in compliance with Section 250.96. Bonding Jumper Cable Tray Elevation Change Without Fittings Cable Tray Manual This type of cable tray is usually made of Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP). Applications for FRP cable tray systems include some corrosive atmospheres and where non-conductive material is required. Cooper B-Line fiberglass cable tray systems are manufactured from glass fiber reinforced plastic shapes that meet ASTM flammability and self-extinguishing requirements. A surface veil is applied during pultrusion to ensure a resin rich surface and increase ultraviolet resistance, however, for extended exposure to direct sunlight, additional measures, such as painting the tray, are sometimes employed to insure the longevity of the product. Ambient temperature is also a design consideration when FRP cable tray is used. An ambient temperature of 100°F will decrease the loading capacity of polyester resin fiberglass cable tray by 10%. 392.6. Installation. (A) Complete System. 8 6 1 5 16 2 10 7 4 11 13 12 9 18 3 15 17 14 Typical Cable Tray Layout Nomenclature 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Ladder Type Cable Tray Ventilated Trough Type Cable Tray Splice Plate 90° Horizontal Bend, Ladder Type Tray 45° Horizontal Bend, Ladder Type Tray Horizontal Tee, Ladder Type Tray Horizontal Cross, Ladder Type Tray 90° Vertical Outside Bend, Ladder Type Tray 45° Vertical Outside Bend, Ventilated Type Tray 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 30° Vertical Inside Bend, Ladder Type Tray Vertical Bend Segment (VBS) Vertical Tee Down, Ventilated Trough Type Tray Left Hand Reducer, Ladder Type Tray Frame Type Box Connector Barrier Strip Straight Section Solid Flanged Tray Cover Cable Channel Straight Section, Ventilated Cable Channel, 90° Vertical Outside Bend 393 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Manual There are some designers, engineers, and inspectors that do not think that cable tray is a mechanical support system just as strut is a mechanical support system. Cable tray is not a raceway in the NEC ® but some designers, engineers, and inspectors attempt to apply the requirements for raceway wiring systems to cable tray wiring systems even when they are not applicable. Cable tray wiring systems have been used by American industry for over 35 years with outstanding safety and continuity of service records. The safety service record of cable tray wiring systems in industrial facilities has been significantly better than those of conduit wiring systems. There have been industrial fires and explosions that have occurred as a direct result of the wiring system being a conduit wiring system. In these cases, cable tray wiring systems would not have provided the fires and explosions that the conduit systems did by providing as explosion gas flow path to the ignition source even though the conduit systems contained seals. The most significant part of this section is that the metallic cable tray system must have electrical continuity over its entire length and that the support for the cables must be maintained. These requirements can be adequately met even though there will be installation conditions where the cable tray is mechanically discontinuous, such as at a firewall penetration, at an expansion gap in a long straight cable tray run, where there is a change in elevation of a few feet between two horizontal cable tray sections of the same run, or where the cables drop from an overhead cable tray to enter equipment. In all these cases, adequate bonding jumpers must be used to bridge the mechanical discontinuity. Cables Exiting 480 Volt Outdoor Switchgear and Entering Cable Tray System (Cable fittings with clamping glands are required to prevent moisture flow into equipment due to the cable's overhead entry into the switchgear enclosure). Cables Entering and Exiting Motor Control Centers from Cable Tray Systems. 392.6. Installation. (B) Completed Before Installation. Control Cable Entering Pushbutton and Power Cable Entering Motor Terminal Box from 6 Inch Channel Cable Tray System (Bottom entries provide drip loops to prevent moisture flow into enclosures.) This means that the final cable tray system must be in place before the cables are installed. It does not mean that the cable tray must be 100% mechanically continuous. The electrical bonding of the metallic cable tray system must be complete before any of the circuits in the cable tray system are energized whether the cable tray system is being utilized as the equipment grounding conductor in qualifying installations or if the bonding is being done to satisfy the requirements of Section 250.96. 392.6. Installation. (C) Supports. The intent of this section is to ensure that the conductor insulation and cable jackets will not be 394 Cable Tray Systems damaged due to stress caused by improper support. Multiconductor 600 volt Type TC cables and 300 volt Type PLTC cables exhibit a high degree of damage resistance when exposed to mechanical abuse at normal temperatures. 392.6. Installation. (D) Covers. Cable tray covers provide protection for cables where cable trays are subject to mechanical damage. The most serious hazard to cable in cable trays is when the cables are exposed to significant amounts of hot metal spatter during construction or maintenance from torch cutting of metal and welding activities. For these exposure areas, the cable tray should be temporarily covered with plywood sheets. If such exposure is to be a frequent occurrence, cable tray covers should be installed in the potential exposure areas. Where cable trays contain power and lighting conductors, raised or ventilated covers are preferable to solid covers since the raised or ventilated covers allow the cable heat to be vented from the cable tray. When covers are installed outdoors, they should be attached to the cable trays with heavy duty wrap around clamps instead of standard duty clips. During high winds, the light duty clips are not capable of restraining the covers. Outdoor cover installations should be overlapped at expansion joint locations to eliminate cover buckling. Covers which fly off the cable tray create a serious hazard to personnel, as was the case at a Texas gulf coast chemical plant where operators would not leave their control room because hurricane force winds had stripped many light gauge stainless steel covers off a large cable tray system. These sharp edged metal covers were flying though the air all during the high wind period, posing a serious threat to the worker's safety. Solid Non-Flanged Solid Flanged Peaked Flanged Ventilated Flanged Cable Tray Manual During an inspection of industrial installations by the 1973 NEC® Technical Subcommittee on Cable Tray, a test setup was constructed of an 18 inch wide Class 20C aluminum cable tray supported three feet above ground level containing several sizes of multiconductor cables. This installation was continuously struck in the same area with eight pound sledge hammers until the cable tray was severely distorted, the cables however, exhibited only cosmetic damage. When these cables were tested electrically, they checked out as new tray cable. Since that time, significant improvements have been made in cable jacket and conductor insulation materials so that the cables available today are of better quality than the 1973 test cables. Although tray cables are capable of taking a great deal of abuse without any problems, cable tray installations must be designed by taking appropriate measures to ensure that the tray cables will not be subjected to mechanical damage. Types of Cable Tray Covers. Standard Cover Clamp Combination Cover & Hold Down Clamp Heavy Duty Cover Clamp Raised Cover Clamp Cover Joint Strip Aluminum Cable Tray Cover Accessories Equivalent Items are available for Steel Cable Trays. 392.6. Installation. (E) Multiconductor Cables Rated 600 Volts or Less. Cables containing 300 or 600 volt insulated conductors may be installed intermingled in the same cable tray which is different from the requirements for raceways. This is a reasonable arrangement because a person may safely touch a 300 or 600 volt cable which is in good condition, so having the cables come into contact with each other is not a problem either. Many cable tray users separate the instrumentation cables from the power and control cables by installing them in separate cable trays or by installing barriers in the cable trays. Often, because of the volume of the instrumentation cable, using separate cable trays is the most desirable installation practice. Numerous cable tray systems have been installed where the instrumentation cables and branch circuit cables are installed in the same cable trays with and without barriers with excellent per for mance and reliability. Most problems that occur involving 395 Cable Tray Systems instrumentation circuits are due to improper grounding practices. For analog and digital instrumentation circuits, good quality twisted pair Type ITC and Type PLTC cables with a cable shield and a shield drain wire should be used. Do not purchase this type of cable on price alone, it should be purchased because of it's high quality. Engineers specifying cables should be knowledgeable of the cable's technical details in order to design systems which will provide trouble free operation. Also, should the cable tray or its supports become damaged, the tray will not exert forces which could damage the wall or the penetration. Cable Tray Manual 392.6. Installation. (F) Cables Over 600 Volts. Cables with insulation rated 600 volts or less may be installed with cables rated over 600 volts if either of the following provisions are met. No. 1: Where the cables over 600 volts are Type MC. Cables Rated Over 600 Volts Are Type MC 300 & 600 Volt Cables 392.6. Installation. (H) Exposed and Accessible. Article 100 - Definitions. Exposed: (as applied to wiring methods) on or attached to the surface or behind panels designed to allow access. Accessible: (As applied to wiring methods) Capable of being removed or exposed without damaging the building structure or finish, or not permanently closed in by the structure or finish of the building. NO. 1 No. 2: Where separated with a fixed solid barrier of a material compatible with the cable tray. 300 & 600 Volt Cables Fixed Solid Barrier Comparable Material Cables Rated Over 600 Volts Reprinted with permission from NFPA 70-1999, the National Electrical Code®, Copyright© 1998, National Fire Protection Association, Quincy, MA 02269. This reprinted material is not the complete and official position of the National Fire Protection Association, on the referenced subject which is represented only by the standard in its entirety. 392.6. Installation. (I) Adequate Access. NO. 2 392.6. Installation. (G) Through Partitions and Walls. Whether penetrating fire rated walls with tray cable only or cable tray and tray cable, the designer should review with the local building inspector the method he proposes to use to maintain the fire rating integrity of the wall at the penetration. Many methods for sealing fire wall penetrations are available, including bag or pillow, caulk, cementitious, foam, putty and mechanical barrier systems. Many designers prefer to run only the tray cable through fire rated walls. Sealing around the cables is easier than sealing around the cables and the cable tray. Cable tray wiring systems should be designed and installed with adequate room around the cable tray to allow for the set up of cable pulling equipment. Also, space around the cable tray provides easy access for installation of additional cables or the removal of surplus cables. Where cable trays are mounted one above the other, a good rule to follow is to allow 12 to 18 inches between the underside and the top of adjacent cable trays or between the structure's ceiling and the top of the cable tray. 392.6. Installation. (J) Conduits and Cables Supported from Cable Tray. For the 1996 NEC®, a significant change was made in this section. The installations covered in this section may now only be made in qualifying industrial facilities. 396 Cable Tray Systems In Section 392.6(J) of the 1993 NEC®, cable tray installations that supplied support for conduits were not restricted to qualifying industrial facilities. The 1996 NEC®, Section 392.6(J) text restricts the use of such installations even though there is no documented history of problems in non-industrial installations. Over 99 percent of the conduits supported on cable trays are the result of conduits being terminated on the cable tray side rails [See Section 392.8(C)]. For over 40 years, it has been common practice to house the cables exiting the cable tray in conduits or cable channel where the distance from the cable tray system to the cable terminations requires the cable be supported. Several manufacturers supply UL approved cable tray to conduit clamps such as the Cooper B-Line 9ZN-1158. In addition to conduit and cables being supported from cable tray; industrial companies have been mounting instrumentation devices, push buttons, etc. on cable tray and cable channel for over 40 years. This section once lead some to believe that only conduit or cables may be supported from cable trays which is not correct as cable tray is a mechanical support just as strut is a mechanical support. Because of this, the wording in Section 392.6(J) of the 2002 NEC® was changed. Instead of allowing only cable and conduit to be supported from cable tray, the code now states that raceways, cables, boxes and conduit bodies are now permitted to be supported from the cable tray. Where boxes or conduit bodies are attached to the bottom or side of the cable tray, they must be fastened and supported in accordance with Section 314.23. UL Listed Conduit To Cable Tray Clamp 2 Inch Rigid Metal Conduit Conduit Bushing Cable Tray Side Rail 16 Feet Cable Tray See NEC® Table 344.30(B)(2) To Obtain The Support Requirements For Other Conduit Sizes. Position Of The First Conduit Support From The Cable Tray (Conduit Must Be Securely Fastened To The Support) Conduit Terminated On And Supported By The Cable Tray Side Rail. Installation For Qualifying Industrial Facilities As Per 392.6(J). UL Listed Conduit To Cable Tray Clamp Any Size Of Rigid Metal Conduit Conduit Bushing Cable Tray Side Rail 3 Feet or 5 Feet Position Of The First Conduit Support From The Cable Tray (Conduit Must Be Securely Fastened To The Support) See Section 344.30 Cable Tray Conduit Terminated On The Cable Tray Side Rail. Installation For Commercial And Non-Qualifying Industrial Facilities As Per 392.6(J). 397 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Manual As a result of the change in this section, identical functional installations in non-qualifying installations (commercial and industrial) and qualifying industrial installations have different physical requirements. In a qualifying industrial installation, a conduit terminated on a cable tray may be supported from the cable tray. In a commercial or non-qualifying industrial installation, the conduit that is terminated on the cable tray must be securely fastened to a support that is within 3 feet of the cable tray or securely fastened to a support that is within 5 feet of the cable tray where structural members don’t readily permit a secure fastening within 3 feet. The conduit of the non-qualifying installation still needs to be bonded to the cable tray. A fitting may be used for this bonding even though it will not count as a mechanical support. 392.7. Grounding. (A) Metallic Cable Trays. electrical system as its function is electrical safety. All metallic cable trays shall be grounded as required in Article 250.96 regardless of whether or not the cable tray is being used as an equipment grounding conductor (EGC). There are three wiring options for providing an EGC in a cable tray wiring system: (1) An EGC conductor in or on the cable tray. (2) Each multiconductor cable with its individual EGC conductor. (3) The cable tray itself is used as the EGC in qualifying facilities. The EGC is the most important conductor in an Discontinuous Joints Require Bonding Bonding Jumper Not Required For Rigidly Bolted Joints Cable Tray Manual For Qualifying Facilities EGCs in the Cables or EGC Cables Are Not Required If Rating Of The Feeder Overcurrent Device Permits Using The Tray For the EGC Bond Conduit Three Phase Motor Installation Motor Control Center Bond Switchgear Transformer (Solidly Grounded Secondary) EGC In Cable EGC Building Steel Ground Bus Bonded To Enclosure Lightning Protection Grounding System Ground Correct Bonding Practices To Assure That The Cable Tray System Is Properly Grounded If an EGC cable is installed in or on a cable tray, it should be bonded to each or alternate cable tray sections via grounding clamps (this is not required by the NEC® but it is a desirable practice). In addition to providing an electrical connection between the cable tray sections and the EGC, the grounding clamp mechanically anchors the EGC to the cable tray so that under fault current conditions the magnetic forces do not throw the EGC out of the cable tray. A bare copper equipment grounding conductor should not be placed in an aluminum cable tray due to the potential for electrolytic corrosion of the aluminum cable tray in a moist environment. For such installations, it is best to use an insulated conductor and to remove the insulation where bonding connections are made to the cable tray, raceways, equipment enclosures, etc. with tin or zinc plated connectors. See Table 250.122 on page 419 for the minimum size EGC for grounding raceway and equipment. 398 Cable Tray Systems 392.7. Grounding. (B) Steel or Aluminum Cable Tray Systems. (1) & (2) Table 392.7(B). Metal Area Requirements for Cable Trays Used as Equipment Grounding Conductors Maximum Fuse Ampere Rating, Circuit Breaker Ampere Trip Minimum Cross-Sectional Area Setting, or Circuit Breaker of Metal* In Square Inches Protective Relay Ampere Trip Setting for Ground-Fault Protection of Any Cable Circuit Steel Aluminum In the Cable Tray System Cable Trays Cable Trays 0.20 0.40 0.70 1.00 1.50** --------- 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.40 0.40 0.60 1.00 1.50 2.00** For SI units: one square inch = 645 square millimeters. *Total cross-sectional area of both side rails for ladder or trough cable trays; or the minimum cross-sectional area of metal in channel cable trays or cable trays of one-piece construction. **Steel cable trays shall not be used as equipment grounding conductors for circuits with ground-fault protection above 600 amperes. Aluminum cable trays shall not be used as equipment grounding conductors for circuits with ground-fault protection above 2000 amperes. One of the most interesting results of the tests was for an aluminum cable tray with a corroded joint and only two nylon bolts. 34,600 amperes for 14 cycles produced only a 34° C temperature rise at the splice plate area. If the protective devices work properly, the temperature rises recorded at the cable tray splices during these tests would not be sufficient to damage the cables in the cable tray. Also note that in these tests only one side rail was used, but in a regular installation, both side rails would conduct fault current and the temperature rise at the splice plate areas would be even lower. When the cable tray is used as the EGC, consideration has to be given to the conduit or ventilated channel cable tray connections to the cable tray so that the electrical grounding continuity is maintained from the cable tray to the equipment utilizing the electricity. Conduit connections to the cable tray were also tested. At that time, no commercial fittings for connecting conduit to cable tray were available, so right angle beam clamps were used with very good results. There are now UL Listed fittings for connecting and bonding conduit to cable tray. This test setup and results are shown on page 414 (Appendix Sheet 2). Reprinted with permission from NFPA 70-1999, the National Electrical Code®, Copyright© 1998, National Fire Protection Association, Quincy, MA 02269. This reprinted material is not the complete and official position of the National Fire Protection Association, on the referenced subject which is represented only by the standard in its entirety. Table 392.7(B) "Metal Area Requirements for Cable Trays used as Equipment Grounding Conductors" shows the minimum cross-sectional area of cable tray side rails (total of both side rails) required for the cable tray to be used as the Equipment Grounding Conductor (EGC) for a specific Fuse Rating, Circuit Breaker Ampere Trip Rating or Circuit Breaker Ground Fault Protective Relay Trip Setting. These are the actual trip settings for the circuit breakers and not the maximum permissible trip settings which in many cases are the same as the circuit breaker frame size. If the maximum ampere rating of the cable tray is not sufficient for the protective device to be used, the cable tray cannot be used as the EGC and a separate EGC must be included within each cable assembly or a separate EGC has to be installed in or attached to the cable tray. [See also Section 250-120 for additional information] The subject of using cable tray for equipment grounding conductors was thoroughly investigated by the 1973 NEC ® Technical Subcommittee on Cable Tray. Many calculations were made and a number of tests were performed by Monsanto Company Engineers at the Bussman High Current Laboratory. The test setup to verify the capability of cable tray to be used as the EGC is shown in Figure 1 on page 400. The test amperes available were forced through one cable tray 399 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Manual 60 100 200 400 600 1000 1200 1600 2000 side rail which had three splice connections in series. No conductive joint compound was used at the connections and the bolts were wrench tight. Copper jumper cables were used from the current source to the cable tray. The cable tray was NEMA Class 12B. The test results are shown on Page 413 (Appendix Sheet 1), Table I for aluminum and Table II for steel cable tray. Temperature Rise Test Material Thickness: 0.125" Aluminum or 14 Gauge Steel 91/2" 4" Cross Section Area, 2 Rails: Aluminum - 1.00 sq. in. Steel - 0.76 sq. in. 13/16" 41/2" 4" 3/8" 0.080" Aluminum or 14 Gauge Steel 3/8" Adjustable Vertical Rigid Cable Tray Manual Cable Tray Connectors Bolting Hardware Cross Section Cable Tray Side Rail Insulated Joints Fuse (if used) 500 kcmil copper, Type RH Insulation Current Source Cable Lug T T C1 C2 T C3 Cable Lug T - Temperature Measurement at each Tray Connection C1, C2, & C3 - Cable Tray Connectors or Bonding Jumpers Figure 1 (See Page 413 Appendix Sheet 1) 392.7. Grounding. (B) Steel or Aluminum Cable Tray Systems. (3) & (4) For a cable tray to be used as an EGC the manufacturer must provide a label showing the crosssectional area available. This also holds true for some mechanically constructed cable tray systems such as Redi-Rail®. Redi-Rail has been tested and UL Classified as an EGC. Cooper B-Line's label is shown at the top of page 401. The cable tray system must be electrically continuous whether or not it is going to serve as the EGC. At certain locations (expansion joints, discontinuities, most horizontal adjustable splice plates, etc.), bonding jumpers will be required. Section 250.96. Bonding Other Enclosures states that cable tray shall be effectively bonded where necessary to assure electrical continuity and to provide the capacity to conduct safely any fault current likely to be imposed on them (also see Sections 250.92(A)(1) & 250.118(12)). It is not necessary to install bonding jumpers at standard splice plate connections. The splice connection is UL classified as an EGC component of the cable tray system. 99-N1 600 amps max. 99-40 1600 amps max. 99-1620 2000 amps max. NOTE: The NEC ® only recognizes aluminum and steel cable trays as EGC’s. As with all metallic cable trays, stainless steel cable trays must be bonded according to NEC® guidelines. Fiberglass cable trays do not require bonding jumpers since fiberglass is nonconductive. 400 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Label WARNING! Do Not Use As A Walkway, Ladder, Or Support For Personnel. Catalog Number: 24A09-12-144 STR SECTION Shipping Ticket: 260203 00 001 Mark Number: 78101115400 Purchase Order: D798981 Minimum Area: 1.000 SQ. IN. Load Class: D1 179 KG/M 3 METER SPAN 392.8. Cable Installation. (A) Cable Splices. There is no safety problem due to cable splices being made in cable trays if quality splicing kits are used, provided that the splice kits do not project above the siderails and that they are accessible. A box or fitting is not required for a cable splice in a cable tray. 392.8. Cable Installation. (B) Fastened Securely. In seismic, high-shock and vibration prone areas, cables (especially unarmored cables) should be secured to the cable tray at 1 to 2 foot intervals to prevent the occurrence of sheath chafing. Otherwise, there is no safety or technical reason to tie down multiconductor cables in horizontal cable tray runs unless the cable spacing needs to be maintained or the cables need to be confined to a specific location in the cable tray. In nonhorizontal cable tray runs, small multiconductor cables should be tied down at 3 or 4 foot intervals and larger (1 inch diameter and above) Type MC and Type TC multiconductor cable should be tied down at 6 foot intervals. If used outdoors, plastic ties should be sunlight, ultraviolet (UV), resistant and be made of a material that is compatible with the industrial environment. Installed outdoors, white nylon plastic ties without a UV resistant additive will last 8 to 14 months before breaking. Also available for these applications are cable cleats, stainless steel ties and P-clamps. (P-Clamp shown installed on industrial aluminum rung) www.cooperbline.com (618) 654-2184 09/15/2005 000291745 NON-VENTILATED Reference File #LR36026 392.8. Cable installation. (C) Bushed Conduit and Tubing. For most installations, using a conduit to cable tray clamp for terminating conduit on cable tray is the best method. Where a cable enters a conduit from the cable tray, the conduit must have a bushing to protect the cable jacket from mechanical damage; a box is not required [See Section 300.15(C). Boxes, Conduit Bodies, or Fittings - Where Required. Where cables enter or exit from conduit or tubing that is used to provide cable support or protection against physical damage. A fitting shall be provided on the end(s) of the conduit or tubing to protect the wires or cables from abrasion.]. There are some special installations where the use of conduit knockouts in the cable tray side rail for terminating conduit is appropriate. This would not be a good standard practice because it is costly and labor intensive, and if randomly used may result in damaging and lowering the strength of the cable tray. Channel to Tray Channel to Channel Cable Channel Branch Circuit 401 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Manual This product is classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as to its suitability as an equipment grounding conductor only. 556E 1 of 1 30781011154005 Use Only As A Mechanical Support For Cables, Tubing and Raceways. 392.8. Cable Installation. (D) Connected in Parallel. One technique to prevent excessive movement of cables is to employ fault-rated cable cleats. Section 310.4. Conductors in Parallel. States the following: To maintain the minimum distance between conductors, the single conductor cables should be securely bound in circuit groups using fault rated cable cleats. If the cleat spacing is properly chosen according to the available fault-current, the resulting cable grouping will inherently maintain a minimum distance between conductors. These circuit groups provide the lowest possible circuit reactance which is a factor in determining the current balance amoung various circuit groups. Cable Tray Manual The paralleled conductors in each phase, neutral or grounded conductor shall: (1) Be the same length. (2) Have the same conductor material. (3) Be the same size in circular mil area. (4) Have the same insulation type. (5) Be terminated in the same manner. Where run in separate raceways or cables, the raceways or cables shall have the same physical characteristics. Conductors of one phase, neutral, or grounded circuit shall not be required to have the same physical characteristics as those of another phase, neutral, or grounded circuit conductor to achieve balance. A difference between parallel conductors in raceways and those in cable trays is that the conductors in the cable tray are not derated unless there are more than three current carrying conductors in a cable assembly [as per Exception No.2 of Section 310.15(B)(2)(a) and Section 392.11(A)(1)]. Where the single conductor cables are bundled together as per Section 392.8(D) and if there are neutrals that are carrying currents due to the type of load involved (harmonic currents) it may be prudent to derate the bundled single conductor cables. The high amperages flowing under fault conditions in 1/0 and larger cables produce strong magnetic fields which result in the conductors repelling each other until the circuit protective device either de-energizes the circuit or the circuit explodes. Under such fault conditions, the cables thrash violently and might even be forced out of the cable tray. This happened at a northern Florida textile plant where several hundred feet of Type MV single conductor cable was forced out of a cable tray run by an electrical fault because the cables were not restrained properly. This potential safety threat is precisely why Article 392.8 (D) requires single conductor cables be securely bound in circuit groups to prevent excessive movement due to fault-current magnetic forces. For a three-phase trefoil or triangular arrangement (the most common single conductor application), these forces can be calculated according to the formula: Ft = (0.17 x ip2) / S. Ft=Maximum Force on Conductor (Newtons/meter) ip=Peak Short Circuit Current (kilo-Amperes) S=Spacing between Conductors (meters) = Cable Outside Diameter for Triplex (trefoil) Installations. For installations that involve phase conductors of three conductor or single conductor cables installed in parallel, cable tray installations have conductor cost savings advantages over conduit wiring systems. This is because the conductors required for a cable tray wiring system are often a smaller size than those required for a conduit wiring system for the same circuit. No paralleled conductor ampacity adjustment is required for single conductor or three conductor cables in cable trays [See NEC® Section 392.11(A)]. There were changes in the 1993 NEC® and 1996 NEC® for installations where an equipment grounding conductor is included in a multiconductor cable: the equipment grounding conductor must be fully rated per Section 250.122. If multiconductor cables with internal equipment grounding conductors are paralleled, each multiconductor cable must have a fully rated equipment grounding conductor. Section 250.122 now prohibits the use of standard three conductor cables with standard size EGCs when they are installed in parallel and the EGCs are paralleled. There have been no safety or technical problems due to operating standard three conductor cables with standard sized EGCs in parallel. This has been a standard industrial practice for over 40 years with large numbers of such installations in service. This change was made without any safety or technical facts to justify this change. To comply with Section 250.122, Three options are available: 1. Order special cables with increased sized EGCs which increases the cost and the delivery time. 2. Use three conductor cables without EGCs and install a single conductor EGC in the cable tray or use the cable tray as the EGC in qualifying installations. 3. Use standard cables but don’t utilize their EGCs, use a single conductor EGC or the cable tray as the EGC in qualifying installations. Should industry be required to have special cables fabricated for such installations when there have been absolutely no safety problems for over 40 years? Each designer and engineer must make his own decision on this subject. If the installations are properly designed, quality materials are used, and quality workmanship is obtained, there is no safety reason for not following the past proven practice of paralleling the EGCs of standard three conductor cable. 402 Cable Tray Systems 392.8. Cable Installation. Conductors. (E) Single This section states that single conductors in ladder or ventilated trough cable tray that are Nos. 1/0 through 4/0, must be installed in a single layer. In addition to the fill information that is in Section 392.10(A)(4), an exception was added which allows the cables in a circuit group to be bound together rather than have the cables installed in a flat layer. The installation practice in the exception is desirable to help balance the reactance’s in the circuit group. This reduces the magnitudes of voltage unbalance in three phase circuits. Compatibility Of Cable Tray Types And Cable Trays Based On The NEC® 3", 4", & 6" Wide Solid or Ventilated Channel Cable Tray Solid Bottom Cable Tray Ventilated Trough Cable Tray Increasing the cable tray side rail depth increases the strength of the cable tray but the greater side rail depth does not permit an increase in cable fill area for power or lighting cables or combinations of power, lighting, control and signal cables. The maximum allowable fill area for all cable tray with a 3 inch or greater loading depth side rail is limited to the 38.9 percent fill area for a 3 inch loading depth side rail (Example: 3 inches x 6 inches inside cable tray width x 0.389 = 7.0 square inch fill area. This is the first value in Column 1 of Table 392.9. All succeeding values for larger cable tray widths are identically calculated). 392.9. Number of Multiconductor Cables. Rated 2000 Volts or less, in Cable Trays. (A) Any Mixture of Cable. (2) Cables Smaller Than 4/0 The allowable fill areas for the different ladder or ventilated trough cable tray widths are indicated in square inches in Column 1 of Table 392.9. The total sum of the cross-sectional areas of all the cables to be installed in the cable tray must be equal to or less than the cable tray allowable fill area. For an example of the procedure to use in selecting a cable tray width for the type of cable covered in this section see page 416 (Appendix Sheet 4), [Example 392.9(A)(2)]. Ladder Cable Tray Multiconductor Cables 300 & 600 Volt * Single Conductor Cables - 600 Volt * Type MV Multiconductor Cables ** Type MV Single Conductor Cables ** X X X X X X X X X X X X X X *** X - Indicates the Installations Allowed by Article 392 * - For cables rated up to 2000 volts. ** - For cables rated above 2000 volts. *** - For 1/0 - 4/0 AWG single conductor cables installed in ladder cable tray, maximum rung spacing is 9 inches. 392.9. Number of Multiconductor Cables. Rated 2000 Volts or less, in Cable Trays. (A) Any Mixture of Cables. (1) 4/0 or Larger Cables The ladder or ventilated trough cable tray must have 392.9. Number of Multiconductor Cables. Rated 2000 Volts or less, in Cable Trays. (A) Any Mixture of Cables. (3) 4/0 or Larger Cables Installed With Cables Smaller Than 4/0 The ladder or ventilated trough cable tray needs to be divided into two zones (a barrier or divider is not required but one can be used if desired) so that the No. 4/0 and larger cables have a dedicated zone as they are to be placed in a single layer. The formula for this type of installation is shown in Column 2 of Table 392.9. This formula is a trial and error method of selecting a cable tray of the proper width. A direct method for determining the cable tray width is available by figuring the cable tray widths that are required for each of the cable combinations and then adding these widths together to select the proper cable tray width. [Sd (sum of the diameters of the No. 4/0 and larger cables)] + [Sum of Total Cross Sectional Area of all Cables No. 3/0 and Smaller) x (6 inches/7 square inches)] = The Minimum Width of Cable Tray Required. For an example of the procedure to use in selecting a cable tray width for the type of cable covered in this section, see page 417, (Appendix Sheet 5), [EXAMPLE 392.9(A)(3)]. 403 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Manual Where ladder or ventilated trough cable trays contain multiconductor power or lighting cables, or any mixture of multiconductor power, lighting, control, or signal cables, the maximum number of cables that can be installed in a cable tray are limited to the Table 392.9 allowable fill areas. The cable tray fill areas are related to the cable ampacities. Overfill of the cable tray with the conductors operating at their maximum ampacities will result in cable heat dissipation problems with the possibility of conductor insulation and jacket damage. an inside usable width equal to or greater than the sum of the diameters (Sd) of the cables to be installed in it. For an example of the procedure to use in selecting a cable tray width for the type of cable covered in this section see page 415 (Appendix Sheet 3), [Example 392.9(A)(1)]. Cable Tray Manual 392.9. Number of Multiconductor Cables. Rated 2000 Volts or less, in Cable Trays. (B) Multiconductor Control and/or Signal Cables Only. zone in the tray in order to be installed in one layer. Therefore the cable tray needs to be divided into two zones (a barrier or divider is not required but one can be used if desired). A ladder or ventilated trough cable tray, having a loading depth of 6 inches or less containing only control and/or signal cables, may have 50 percent of its crosssectional area filled with cable. If the cable tray has a loading depth in excess of 6 inches, that figure cannot be used in calculating the allowable fill area as a 6 inch depth is the maximum value that can be used for the cross-sectional area calculation. For an example of the procedure to use in selecting a cable tray width for the type of cable covered in this section, see page 418 (Appendix Sheet 6),[Example 392.9 (B)]. The formula for this type of installation is shown in Column 4 of Table 392.9. This formula is a trial and error method of selecting a cable tray of the proper width. A direct method for determining the cable tray width is available by figuring the cable tray widths that are required for each of the cable combinations and then adding these widths together to select the proper cable tray width. [Sd (sum of the diameters of the No. 4/0 and larger cables) x (1.11)] + [(Sum of Total CrossSectional Area of all Cables No. 3/0 and Smaller) x (6 inches/5.5 square inches) = The Minimum Width of Cable Tray Required. The procedure used in selecting a cable tray width for the type of cables covered in this section is similar to that shown on Appendix Sheet 5 page 417. 392.9. Number of Multiconductor Cables, Rated 2000 Volts, Nominal, or Less, in Cable Trays. (C) Solid Bottom Cable Trays Containing Any Mixture. For solid bottom cable tray, the allowable cable fill area is reduced to approximately 30 percent as indicated by the values in Columns 3 and 4 of Table 392.9. The first value in Column 3 was obtained as follows: 3 in. loading depth x 6 in. inside width x 0.305 = 5.5 square inches. The other values in Column 3 were obtained in a like manner. The Sd term in Column 4 has a multiplier of 1 vs. the multiplier of 1.2 for Column 2. 392.9. Number of Multiconductor Cables, Rated 2000 Volts, Nominal, or Less, in Cable Tr a y s . ( C ) S o l i d B o t t o m C a b l e Tr a y s Containing any Mixture. (1) 4/0 or Larger Cables The procedure used in selecting a cable tray width for the type of cable covered in this section is similar to that shown on Appendix Sheet 3 page 415, but only 90 percent of the cable tray width can be used. 392.9. Number of Multiconductor Cables, Rated 2000 Volts, Nominal, or Less, in Cable Tr a y s . ( D ) S o l i d B o t t o m C a b l e Tr a y Multiconductor Control and/or Signal Cables Only. This is the same procedure as for ladder and ventilated trough cable trays except that the allowable fill has been reduced from 50 percent to 40 percent. The procedure used in selecting a cable tray width for the type of cable covered in this section is similar to that shown on Appendix Sheet 6 page 418. [Example 392.9(B)] 392.9. Number of Multiconductor Cables, Rated 2000 Volts, Nominal, or Less in Cable Trays. (E) Ventilated Channel Cable Trays. 392.9(E)(1) Where only one multiconductor cable is installed in a ventilated channel cable tray. 392.9. Number of Multiconductor Cables, Rated 2000 Volts, Nominal, or Less, in Cable Tr a y s . ( C ) S o l i d B o t t o m C a b l e Tr a y s Containing Any Mixture. (2) Cables Smaller Than 4/0 Ventilated Channel Cable Tray Size Maximum Cross-Sectional Area of the Cable 3 Inch Wide 2.3 Square Inches 4 Inch Wide 4.5 Square Inches The procedure used in selecting a cable tray width for the type of cable covered in this section is similar to that shown on Appendix Sheet 4 page 416. The maximum allowable cable fill area is in Column 3 of Table 392.9. 6 Inch Wide 7.0 Square Inches 392.9. Number of Multiconductor Cables, Rated 2000 Volts, Nominal, or Less, in Cable Tr a y s . ( C ) S o l i d B o t t o m C a b l e Tr a y s Containing any Mixture. (3) 4/0 or Larger Cables Installed With Cables Smaller Than 4/0 No. 4/0 and larger cables must have a dedicated 392.9(E)(2) The fill areas for combinations of multiconductor cables of any type installed in ventilated channel cable tray. Ventilated Channel Cable Tray Size Maximum Allowable Fill Area 3 Inch Wide 1.3 Square Inches 4 Inch Wide 2.5 Square Inches 6 Inch Wide 3.8 Square Inches 404 Cable Tray Systems 392.9. Number of Multiconductor Cables, Rated 2000 Volts, Nominal, or Less in Cable Trays. (F) Solid Channel Cable Trays. 392.10. Number of Single Conductor Cables, Rated 2000 Volts or Less, in Cable Trays. (A) Ladder or Ventilated Trough Cable Trays. (2) 250 KCMIL to 1000 KCMIL Cables 392.9(F)(1) Where only one multiconductor cable is installed in a solid channel cable tray. Solid Channel Cable Tray Size Maximum Cross-Sectional Area of the Cable 2 Inch Wide 1.3 Square Inches 3 Inch Wide 2.0 Square Inches 4 Inch Wide 3.7 Square Inches 6 Inch Wide 5.5 Square Inches The fill areas for combinations of multiconductor cables of any type installed in solid channel cable tray. Solid Channel Cable Tray Size Maximum Allowable Fill Area 2 Inch Wide 0.8 Square Inches 3 Inch Wide 1.1 Square Inches 4 Inch Wide 2.1 Square Inches 6 Inch Wide 3.2 Square Inches Cable Tray Width Single Conductor Size Dia. In. (Note) #1 Area Sq. In. 6 In. 1/0 0.58 -- 2/0 0.62 -- 3/0 0.68 -- 18 In. 24 In. 30 In. (Note #2) 36 42 In. In. 9 In. 12 In. 10 15 20 31 41 51 62 72 9 14 19 29 38 48 58 67 8 13 17 26 35 44 52 61 4/0 0.73 -- 8 12 16 24 32 41 49 57 250 Kcmil 0.84 0.55 11 18 24 35 47 59 71 82 350 Kcmil 0.94 0.69 9 14 19 28 38 47 57 65 500 Kcmil 1.07 0.90 7 11 14 22 29 36 43 50 750 Kcmil 1.28 1.29 5 8 10 15 20 25 30 35 -- 4 6 8 12 16 20 24 28 1000 Kcmil 1.45 Notes: #1. Cable diameter's used are those for OkoniteOkolon 600 volt single conductor power cables. #2. 42 inch wide is ladder cable tray only. 392.10. Number of Single Conductor Cables, Rated 2000 Volts or Less in Cable Trays. Installation of single conductors in cable tray is restricted to industrial establishments where conditions of maintenance and supervision assure that only qualified persons will service the installed cable tray systems. Single conductor cables for these installations must be 1/0 or larger, and they may not be installed in solid bottom cable trays. 392.10. Number of Single Conductor Cables, Rated 2000 Volts or Less in Cable Trays. (A) Ladder or Ventilated Trough Cable Trays. (1) 1000 KCMIL or Larger Cables The sum of the diameters (Sd) of all single conductor cables shall not exceed the cable tray width, and the cables shall be installed in a single layer. #3. Such installations are to be made only in qualifying industrial facilities as per Sections 392.3(B) & (B)(1). #4. To avoid problems with unbalanced voltages, the cables should be bundled with ties every three feet or four feet. The bundle must contain the circuit's three phase conductors plus the neutral if one is used. #5. The single conductor cables should be firmly tied to the cable trays at six foot or less intervals. 392.10. Number of Single Conductor Cables, Rated 2000 Volts or Less in Cable Trays. (A) Ladder or Ventilated Trough Cable Trays. (3) 1000 KCMIL or Larger Cables Installed With Cables Smaller Than 1000 KCMIL. Such installations are very rare. 405 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Manual 392.9(F)(2) Number Of 600 Volt Single Conductor Cables That May Be Installed In Ladder Or Ventilated Trough Cable Tray - Section 392.10(A) (2) 392.10. Number of Single Conductor Cables, Rated 2000 Volts or Less in Cable Trays. (A) Ladder or Ventilated Trough Cable Trays. (4) Cables 1/0 Through 4/0 The sum of the diameters (Sd) of all 1/0 through 4/0 cables shall not exceed the inside width of the cable tray. Cable Tray Manual 392.10. Number of Single Conductor Cables, Rated 2000 Volts or Less in Cable Trays. (B) Ventilated Channel Cable Trays. The sum of the diameters (Sd) of all single conductors shall not exceed the inside width of the ventilated cable channel. Number Of 600 Volt Single Conductor Cables That May Be Installed In A Ventilated Channel Cable Tray - Section 392.10(B) Single Conductor Size Diameter Inches (Note #1) 3 Inch V. Channel C.T. 4 Inch V. Channel C.T. 6 Inch V. Channel C.T. 1/0 AWG 0.58 5 6 10 2/0 AWG 0.62 4 6 9 3/0 AWG 0.68 4 5 8 4/0 AWG 0.73 4 5 8 250 Kcmil 0.84 3 4 7 350 Kcmil 0.94 3 4 6 500 Kcmil 1.07 2 3 5 750 Kcmil 1.28 2 3 4 1000 Kcmil 1.45 2 2 4 Notes: #1. Cable diameter's used are those for OkoniteOkolon 600 volt single conductor power cables. #2. Such installations are to be made only in qualifying industrial facilities as per Sections 392.3(B) & (B)(1). #3. The phase, neutral, and EGCs cables are all counted in the allowable cable fill for the ventilated channel cable tray. #4. To avoid problems with unbalanced voltages, the cables should be bundled with ties every three feet or four feet. The bundle must contain the circuit's three phase conductors plus the neutral if one is used. If a cable is used as the EGC, it should also be in the cable bundle. If the designer desires, the ventilated channel cable tray may be used as the EGC as per Table 392.7(B)(2). #5. The single conductor cables should be firmly tied to the ventilated channel cable tray at six foot or less intervals. 392.11. Ampacity of Cables Rated 2000 Volts or Less in Cable Trays. (A) Multiconductor Cables. Ampacity Tables 310.16 and 310.18 are to be used for multiconductor cables which are installed in cable tray using the allowable fill areas as per Section 392.9. The ampacities in Table 310.16 are based on an ambient temperature of 30˚ Celsius. Conduit and cable tray wiring systems are often installed in areas where they will be exposed to high ambient temperatures. For such installations, some designers and engineers neglect using the Ampacity Correction Factors listed below the Wire Ampacity Tables which results in the conductor insulation being operated in excess of its maximum safe temperature. These correction factors must be used to derate a cable for the maximum temperature it will be subjected to anywhere along its length. 392.11(A)(1) Section 310.15(B)(2)(a) refers to Section 392.11 which states that the derating infor mation of Table 310.15(B)(2)(a) applies to multiconductor cables with more than three current carrying conductors but not to the number of conductors in the cable tray. 392.11(A)(2) Where cable trays are continuously covered for more than 6 feet (1.83m) with solid unventilated covers, not over 95 percent of the allowable ampacities of Tables 310.16 and 310.18 shall be per mitted for multiconductor cables. This is for multiconductor cables installed using Table 392.16 or 392.18. If these cables are installed in cable trays with solid unventilated covers for more than 6 feet the cables must be derated. Where cable tray covers are to be used, it is best to use raised or ventilated covers so that the cables can operate in a lower ambient temperature. 392.11(A)(3) Where multiconductor cables are installed in a single layer in uncovered trays, with a maintained spacing of not less than one cable diameter between cables, the ampacity shall not exceed the allowable ambient temperature corrected ampacities of multiconductor cables, with not more than three insulated conductors rated 0-2000 volts in free air, in accordance with Section 310.15(C). By spacing the cables one diameter apart, the engineer may increase the allowable ampacities of the cables to the free air rating as per Section 310.15(C) and Table B-310.3 in Appendix B. Notice that the allowable fill of the cable tray has been decreased in this design due to the cable spacing. 406 Cable Tray Systems 392.11. Ampacity of Cables Rated 2000 Volts or Less in Cable Trays. (B) Single Conductor Cables. Single conductor cables can be installed in a cable tray cabled together (triplexed, quadruplexed, etc.) if desired. Where the cables are installed according to the requirements of Section 392.10, the ampacity requirements are shown in the following chart as per Section 392.11(B)(1), (2), (3), & (4): The 2005 NEC ® has added a new exception to 392.11(B)(3). Stating that the capacity for single conductor cables be placed in solid bottom shall be determined by 310.15(C). Cable Sizes (1) 600 kcmil and Larger No Cover Allowed (**) 310.17 and 310.19 0.75 (1) 600 kcmil and Larger Yes 310.17 and 310.19 0.70 (2) 1/0 AWG through 500 kcmil No Cover Allowed (**) 310.17 and 310.19 0.65 (2) 1/0 AWG through 500 kcmil Yes 310.17 and 310.19 0.60 No Cover Allowed (**) 310.17 and 310.19 No Cover Allowed (**) 310.20 [See NEC Section 310.15(B)] (4) 1/0 AWG & Larger In Single Layer Single Conductors In Triangle Config. 1/0 AWG and Larger 1.00 1.00 Special Conditions Technically Undesirable Installation Interpretation #1 Cable Tray Manual Sec. No. (3) Applicable Ampacity Tables (*) Mult. Amp. Table Values By Solid Unventilated Cable Tray Cover Spacing Between Conductors (2.15 x O.D. of Conductor) Spacing Between Conductors (2.15 x O.D. of Conductor) Technically Desirable Installation Interpretation #2 392.12. Number of Type MV and Type MC Cables (2001 Volts or Over) in Cable Trays. Sum the diameters of all the cables (Sd) to determine the minimum required cable tray width. Triplexing or quadruplexing the cables does not change the required cable tray width. Whether the cables are grouped or ungrouped, all installations must be in a single layer. Maintained Spacing Of One Cable Diameter Spacing Of 2.15 x One Conductor O.D. Between Cables(***) (*) The ambient ampacity correction factors must be used. (**) At a specific position, where it is determined that the tray cables require mechanical protection, a single cable tray cover of six feet or less in length can be installed. The wording of Section 392.11(B)(4) states that a spacing of 2.15 times one conductor diameter is to be maintained between circuits. Two interpretations of this statement are possible. Interpretation #1. - The 2.15 times one conductor diameter is the distance between the centerlines of the circuits (the center lines of the conductor bundles). Interpretation #2. - The 2.15 times one conductor diameter is the free air distance between the adjacent cable bundles. The use of the word “circuit” is unfortunate as its presence promotes Interpretation #1. An installation based on Interpretation #1 is not desirable as a free air space equal to 2.15 times one conductor diameter between the cable bundles should be maintained to promote cable heat dissipation. 392.13. Ampacity of Type MV and Type MC Cables (2001 Volts or Over) in Cable Trays. (A) Multiconductor Cables (2001 Volts or Over). Pr ovision No. 1: Wher e cable trays ar e continuously covered for more than six feet (1.83 m) with solid unventilated covers, not more than 95% of the allowable ampacities of Tables 310.75 and 310.76 shall be permitted for multiconductor cables. Cables installed in cable trays with solid unventilated covers must be derated. Where cable tray covers are to be used, it is best to use raised or ventilated covers so that the cables can operate in a lower ambient temperature. Provision No. 2: Where multiconductor cables are installed in a single layer in uncovered cable trays with a maintained spacing of not less than one cable diameter between cables, the ampacity shall not exceed the allowable ampacities of Table 310.71 and 310.72. If the cable tray does not have covers and the conductors are installed in a single layer spaced not less than one cable diameter apart, the cable conductor ampacities can be 100 percent of the ambient temperature corrected capacities in Tables 310.71 or 310.72. 407 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Manual 392.13. Ampacity of Type MV and Type MC Cables (2001 Volts or Over) in Cable Trays. (B) Single Conductor Cables (2001 Volts or Over). Sec. No. Cable Sizes (1) 1/0 AWG and Larger No Cover Allowed (**) 310.69 and 310.70 0.75 (1) 1/0 AWG and Larger Yes 310.69 and 310.70 0.70 (2) (3) 1/0 AWG & Larger In Single Layer Single Conductors In Triangle Config. 1/0 AWG and Larger Applicable Ampacity Tables (*) Mult. Amp. Table Values By Solid Unventilated Cable Tray Cover No Cover Allowed (**) 310.69 and 310.70 No Cover Allowed (**) 310.67 and 310.68 Special Conditions Spacing Between Conductors (2.15 x O.D. of Conductor) Technically Desirable Installation Interpretation #2 1.00 1.00 Maintained Spacing Of One Cable Diameter Spacing Of 2.15 x One Conductor O.D. Between Cables(***) (*) The ambient ampacity correction factors must be used. (**) At a specific position, where it is determined that the tray cables require mechanical protection, a single cable tray cover of six feet or less in length can be installed. The wording of Section 392.13(B)(3) states that a spacing of 2.15 times one conductor diameter is to be maintained between circuits. Two interpretations of this statement are possible. Interpretation #1. - The 2.15 times one conductor diameter is the distance between the centerlines of the circuits (the center lines of the conductor bundles). Interpretation #2. - The 2.15 times one conductor diameter is the free air distance between the adjacent cable bundles. The use of the word “circuit” is unfortunate as its presence promotes Interpretation #1. An installation based on Interpretation #1 is not desirable as a free air space equal to 2.15 times one conductor diameter between the cable bundles should be maintained to promote cable heat dissipation. Spacing Between Conductors (2.15 x O.D. of Conductor) Technically Undesirable Installation Interpretation #1 CABLE TRAY WIRING SYSTEM DESIGN AND INSTALLATION HINTS. Cable tray wiring systems should have a standardized cabling strategy. Standard cable types should be used for each circuit type. Most of the following circuits should be included; feeder circuits, branch circuits, control circuits, instrumentation circuits, programmable logic controller input and output (I/O) circuits, low level analog or digital signals, communication circuits and alar m circuits. Some cables may satisfy the requirements for several circuit types. Minimizing the number of different cables used on a project reduces installed costs. Some companies have cable standards based on volume usage to minimize the numbers of different cables used on a project. For example: if a 6 conductor No. 14 control cable is needed but 7 conductor No. 14 control cable is stocked, a 7 conductor control cable would be specified and the extra conductor would not be used. Following such a practice can reduce the number of different cables handled on a large project without increasing the cost since high volume cable purchases result in cost savings. Orderly record keeping also helps provide quality systems with lower installation costs. The following items should be included in the project's cable records: • Cable Tray Tag Numbers - The tagging system should be developed by the design personnel with identification numbers assigned to cable tray runs on the layout drawings. Cable tray tag numbers are used for controlling the installation of the proper cable tray in the correct location, routing cables through the tray system and controlling the cable fill area requirements. • Cable Schedules - A wire management system is required for any size project. Cable schedules must be developed to keep track of the cables. This is especially true for projects involving more than just a few feeder cables. A typical cable schedule would contain most or all of the following: • The Cable Number, the Cable Manufacturer & Catalog Number, Number of conductors, the conductor sizes, and the approximate cable length. • Cable Origin Location - The origin equipment ID with the compartment or circuit number and terminals on which the cable conductors are to be terminated. It should also include the origin equipment layout drawing 408 Cable Tray Systems number, and the origin equipment connection diagram number. • Cable Routing - Identifies the cable tray sections or runs that a cable will occupy. Cable tray ID tag numbers are used to track the routing. • Cable Termination Location - The device or terminal equipment on which the cable conductors are to be terminated. It should also include the termination equipment layout drawing number, and the termination equipment connection diagram number. CABLE TRAY ACCESSORIES. B-Line manufactures a full line of prefabricated accessories for all types of B-Line cable trays. The use of the appropriate accessories will provide installation cost and time savings. In addition to providing desirable electrical and mechanical features for the cable tray system, the use of the appropriate accessories improves the physical appearance of the cable tray system. Some of the most common accessories are shown below. • Cable Installation Provisions - The cable tray system must be designed and installed, to allow access for cable installation. For many installations, the cables may be hand laid into the cable trays and no cable pulling equipment is required. There are other installations where sufficient room must be allotted for all the cable pulling activities and equipment. The cable manufacturers will provide installation information for their cables such as maximum pulling tension, allowable sidewall pressures, minimum bending radii, maximum per missible pulling length etc.. Lubricants are not normally used on cables being installed in cable trays. The engineer and designers should discuss in detail the installation of the cables with the appropriate construction personnel. This will help to avoid installation problems and additional installation costs. It is important that the cable pull is in the direction that will result in the lowest tension on the cables. Keep in mind there also needs to be room at the ends of the pulls for the reel setups and for the power pulling equipment. Cable pulleys should be installed at each direction change. Triple pulleys should be used for 90 degree horizontal bends and all vertical bends. Single pulleys are adequate for horizontal bends less than 90 degrees. Use rollers in-between pulleys and every 10 to 20 feet depending on the cable weight. Plastic jacketed cables are easier to pull than are the metallic jacketed cables and there is less chance of cable damage. The pulling eye should always be attached to the conductor material to avoid tensioning the insulation. For interlocked armor cables, the conductors and the armor both have to be attached to the pulling eye. Normally, the cables installed in cable trays are not subjected to the damage suffered by insulated conductors pulled into conduit. Depending on the size of the insulated conductors and the conduit, jamming can take place which places destructive stresses on the cable insulation. In the October, 1991 issue of EC]&M magazine, the article on cable pulling stated that 92 percent of the insulated conductors that fail do so because they were damaged in installation. Ladder Dropout Horizontal Adjustable Splice Requires supports within 24” on both sides, per NEMA VE 2. Vertical Adjustable Splice Frame Box Connector Requires supports within 24” on both sides, per NEMA VE 2. Cable Support Fitting FIREPROOFING CABLE TRAY Cable trays should not be encapsulated for fire protection purposes other than for the short lengths at fire rated walls unless the cables are adequately derated. Encapsulation to keep fire heat out will also keep conductor heat in. If conductors cannot dissipate their heat, their insulation systems will deteriorate. If the cable tray will be encapsulated, the cable manufacturer should be consulted for derating information. CABLE TRAY MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR If the cable tray finish and load capacity is properly specified and the tray is properly installed, virtually no maintenance is required. 409 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Manual Some design consultants and corporate engineering departments use spread sheets to monitor the cable tray runs for cable fill. With such a program, the cable tray fill area values for each cable tray run or section can be continuously upgraded. If a specified cable tray run or section becomes over filled, it will be flagged for corrective action by the designer. Pre-Galvanized - This finish is for dry indoor locations. No maintenance is required. CABLE TRAY. THERMAL CONTRACTION AND EXPANSION Hot Dip Galvanized - This finish is maintenance free for many years in all but the most severe environments. If components have been cut or drilled in the field, the exposed steel area should be repaired with a cold galvanizing compound. Cooper B-Line has a spray on zinc coating available which meets the requirements of ASTM A780, Repair of Hot Dip Finishes. All materials expand and contract due to temperature changes. Cable tray installations should incorporate features which provide adequate compensation for thermal contraction and expansion. Installing expansion joints in the cable tray runs only at the structure expansion joints does not nor mally compensate adequately for the cable tray's thermal contraction and expansion. The supporting structure material and the cable tray material will have different thermal expansion values. They each require unique solutions to control thermal expansion. Cable Tray Manual Aluminum - Our cable tray products are manufactured from type 6063-T6 aluminum alloy with a natural finish. The natural oxide finish is self healing and requires no repair if it is field modified. Non-metallic - Fabrication with fiberglass is relatively easy and comparable to working with wood. Any surface that has been drilled, cut, sanded, or otherwise broken, must be sealed with a comparable resin. Polyester or vinyl ester sealing kits are available. Cable tray should be visually inspected each year for structural damage i.e., broken welds, bent rungs or severely deformed side rails. If damage is evident, from abuse or installation, it is recommended that the damaged section of cable tray be replaced rather than repaired. It is much easier to drop a damaged section of tray out from under the cables than it is to shield the cables from weld spatter. NEC® Section 300.7(B) states that 'Raceways shall be provided with expansion joints where necessary to compensate for thermal expansion or contraction.' NEC® Section 392 does not address thermal contraction and expansion of cable tray. One document which addresses expansion is the NEMA Standards Publication No. VE 2, Section 4.3.2. NEMA VE-2 Table 4-2 shows the allowable lengths of steel and aluminum cable tray between expansion joints for the temperature differential values. Reprinted with permission from NFPA 70-1999, the National Electrical Code®, Copyright© 1998, National Fire Protection Association, Quincy, MA 02269. This reprinted material is not the complete and official position of the National Fire Protection Association, on the referenced subject which is represented only by the standard in its entirety. Table 4-2 Maximum Spacing Between Expansion Joints That Provide For One Inch (25.4 mm) Movement Temp. Differential Steel Stainless Steel 304 316 Aluminum (m) Feet (m) °F (°C) Feet Feet (m) 25 (-4) 512 (156.0) 260 (79.2) 347 (105.7) 379 (115.5) 667 (203.3) 50 (10) 256 (78.0) 174 (53.0) 189 (57.6) 333 (101.5) 75 (24) 171 (52.1) 87 (26.5) 116 (35.4) 126 (38.4) 222 (67.6) 100 (38) 128 (39.0) 65 (19.8) 87 (26.5) 95 (29.0) 167 (50.9) 125 (51) 102 (31.1) 52 (15.8) 69 (21.0) 76 (23.2) 133 (40.5) 150 (65) 85 (25.9) 43 (13.1) 58 (17.7) 63 (19.2) 111 (33.8) 175 (79) 73 (22.2) 37 (11.3) 50 (15.2) 54 (16.4) 95 (28.9) 130 (39.6) Feet (m) Feet FRP (m) For a 100°F differential (winter to summer), a steel cable tray will require an expansion joint every 128 feet and an aluminum cable tray every 65 feet. The temperature at the time of installation will dictate the gap setting. 410 Cable Tray Systems Max. Temp. C° F° 130 50 130 110 40 110 1 90 90 20 70 70 10 50 50 0 30 -10 10 10 -20 -10 -10 30 -30 30 3 2 -30 -30 4 -40 1/8 0 The Gap 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 Gap Setting in Inches 1 Figure 4.13B Gap Setting Of Expansion Splice Plate 1" (25.4 mm) Gap Maximum Setting of the Expansion Joint Splice Plate is used as follows per the example indicated in VE-2 Figure 4.13B. Step 1. Plot the highest expected cable tray metal temperature during the year on the maximum temperature vertical axis. Example's Value: 100 Degrees F. As a clamp. As a guide. Another item essential to the operation of the cable tray expansion splices is the type of hold down clamps used. The cable tray must not be clamped to each support so firmly that the cable tray cannot contract and expand without distortion. The cable tray needs to be anchored at the support closest to the midpoint between the expansion joints with hold down clamps and secured by expansion guides at all other support locations.The expansion guides allow the cable tray to slide back and forth as it contracts and expands. Supports must also be located on both sides of an expansion splice. The supports should be located within two feet of the expansion splice to ensure that the splice will operate properly. If these guidelines for cable tray thermal contraction and expansion are not followed, there is the potential for the cable trays to tear loose from their supports, and for the cable trays to bend and collapse. Step 2. Plot the lowest expected cable tray metal temperature during the year on the minimum temperature vertical axes. Example's Value: - 28 Degrees F. Step 3. Draw a line between these maximum and minimum temperature points on the two vertical axis. Step 4. To determine the required expansion joint gap setting at the time of the cable tray's installation: Plot the cable tray metal temperature at the time of the cable tray installation on the maximum temperature vertical axis (Example's Value: 50 Degrees F). Project over from the 50 Degrees F point on the maximum temperature vertical axis to an intersection with the line between the maximum and minimum cable tray metal temperatures. From this intersection point, project down to the gap setting horizontal axis to find the correct gap setting value (Example's Value: 3/8 inch gap setting). This is the length of the gap to be set between the cable tray sections at the expansion joint. 411 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Manual Metal Temperature At Time Of Installation (F° or C°) Min. Temp. F° The plotted High - Low Temperature Range in Figure 4-13B is 128° F. The 125° F line in Table 4-1 shows that installations in these temperature ranges would require 3/8” expansion joints approximately every 102 feet for Steel and every 52 feet for Aluminum cable tray. Appendix Pages Appendix Sheet 1 ...................................................................................................... 413 Temperature Rise Tests, Cable Tray Connectors, Class II Aluminum & Steel Ladder Tray Appendix Sheet 2 ...................................................................................................... 414 Temperature Rise Tests, Conduit Clamps For Bonding Rigid Conduit To Cable Tray Cable Tray Manual Appendix Sheet 3 ...................................................................................................... 415 Example - NEC® Section 392.9(A)(1) Appendix Sheet 4 ...................................................................................................... 416 Example - NEC® Section 392.9(A)(2) Appendix Sheet 5 ...................................................................................................... 417 Example - NEC® Section 392.9(A)(3) Appendix Sheet 6 ...................................................................................................... 418 Example - NEC® Section 392.9(B) Appendix Sheet 7 ...................................................................................................... 419 Table 250.122 Minimum Size EGC for Raceway and Equipment Appendix Sheet 8 ............................................................................................ 420 - 421 Cable Tray Sizing Flowchart Appendix Sheet 9 ............................................................................................ 422 - 423 Cable Tray Installation & Specification Checklist Footnotes ................................................................................................................... 424 Additional Cable Tray Resources and Engineering Software 412 Cable Tray Systems TABLE I TEMPERATURE RISE TESTS, CABLE TRAY CONNECTORS, CLASS II ALUMINUM LADDER CABLE TRAY Test Current Amps And Fuse Size* I2T Test Time Cycles mult. by 106 Connector Data C2 C1 C3 Type No. & Temp. Type Of Type Rise Of Connector Bolts °C Connector No. & Type Bolts Temp. Rise °C Type Of Connector 66 69 Adj. Vert. 1 Bolt** 4 Steel 6 3/0 CU Bond AL-CU Lugs 18 Rigid Clean 7,900 1,200A Fuse 82 85 Rigid Corroded 4 Steel 10 3/0 CU Bond AL-CU Lugs 22 Rigid Clean 12,000 120 288 Rigid 2 Corroded Nylon 50 3/0 CU Bond AL-CU Lugs 104 12,000 124 297 Rigid Corroded 4 Steel 40 Rigid Corroded 4 Lugs 34,600 14 280 Rigid 2 Corroded Nylon 34 3/0 CU Bond 34,400 14 276 Rigid 4 Corroded Nylon 28 Rigid Corroded 2 Steel 8 2 Steel 9 Rigid Clean 2 Steel 32 46 Rigid Clean 4 Steel 21 AL-CU Lugs 75 Rigid Clean 2 Steel 29 4 Steel 35 Rigid Clean 4 Steel 20 TABLE II TEMPERATURE RISE TESTS, CABLE TRAY CONNECTORS, CLASS II STEEL LADDER CABLE TRAY Test Current Amps And Fuse Size* I2T Test Time Cycles mult. by 106 Connector Data C2 C1 C3 Type No. & Temp. Type Of Type Rise Of Connector Bolts °C Connector No. & Type Bolts Temp. Rise °C Type Of Connector No. & Temp. Type Rise Bolts °C 1,980 200A, FU 52 3.4 Adj. Vert. 1 Bolt** 4 2 No. 6 CU Bond AL-CU Lugs 10 Rigid 2 3 1,970 400A, FU 394 25.5 Adj. Vert. 1 Bolt** 4 9 No. 6 CU Bond AL-CU Lugs *** Rigid 2 15 8100 51.8 Adj. Vert. 1 Bolt** 4 18 Rigid 4 23 Rigid 2 32 1,960 400A, FU 12,000 120 288 Adj. Vert. 2 Bolts** 4 94 Adj. Vert. 2 Bolts** 4 89 Rigid 4 81 12,000 123 295 Rigid 4 70 Rigid 4 87 Rigid 4 85 34,000 13 250 Rigid 4 71 Rigid 4 57 Rigid 4 69 * Test current was interrupted in a predetermined time when a fuse was not used. ** 1 or 2 Bolts - Number of bolts installed on the adjustable vertical connector hinge. *** The No. 6 bonding jumper melted and opened the circuit when protected by 400A fuse. (See Page 400 - Figure 1 for Temperature Rise Test illustration) Appendix Sheet 1 413 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Manual 7,900 1,200A Fuse No. & Temp. Type Rise Bolts °C Conduit Conduit Cable Tray Right Angle Beam Clamp Cable Tray Manual To Current Source To Current Source UL Listed Conduit Clamp (9ZN-1158) Cable Tray Test Set-Up Conduit Clamp Detail CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT FOR RIGID CONDUIT TEMPERATURE RISE TESTS TABLE III TEMPERATURE RISE TESTS, CONDUIT CLAMPS FOR BONDING RIGID CONDUIT TO CABLE TRAY Test Current Amperes Test Time Cycles I2T mult. 106 Size Material Class 36,000 16 344.7 4" Aluminum 20,900 60.5 441.2 4" 12,100 178 433.3 21,000 20 3,260 Rigid Conduit Cable Tray Condition After Test Material Temp. Rise °C II Aluminum 19 No arcing or damage Aluminum II Aluminum 70 No arcing or damage 4" Aluminum II Aluminum 74 No arcing or damage 146.8 4" Steel II Steel (?) Zinc melted at point where conduit contacted with tray 900 159.5 4" Steel II Steel 63 No arcing or damage 21,000 30 220 2" Aluminum II Aluminum 21 No arcing or damage 12,100 120.5 294.2 2" Aluminum II Aluminum 59 No arcing or damage 8,000 245 261.1 2" Aluminum II Aluminum 44 No arcing or damage 21,000 14 103.8 2" Steel II Steel 62 Zinc melted at point where conduit contacted with tray 12,000 60.5 145.4 2" Steel II Steel 22 Slight arc between clamp and tray 3,240 600 104.9 2" Steel II Steel 49 No arcing or damage 21,000 20 146.8 1" Aluminum II Aluminum 20 No arcing or damage 12,200 60.5 150.3 1" Aluminum II Aluminum 24 No arcing or damage 12,100 14.5 35.3 1" Steel II Steel 6 No arcing or damage 8,000 63.5 67.84 1" Steel II Steel 59 No arcing or damage 1,980 200A FU 44.5 2.9 1" Steel II Steel 1 No arcing or damage Appendix Sheet 2 414 Cable Tray Systems Example - NEC® Section 392.9(A)(1) Width selection for cable tray containing 600 volt multiconductor cables, sizes #4/0 AWG and larger only. Cable installation is limited to a single layer. The sum of the cable diameters (Sd) must be equal to or less than the usable cable tray width. 30" Usable Cable Tray Width 29.82" = Equals Cable Sd 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 2 1 1 Cable Tray Manual 3 1 Cross Section Of The Cables And The Cable Tray Cable tray width is obtained as follows: Item Number List Cable Sizes (D) List Cable Outside Diameter (N) List Number of Cables Multiply (D) x (N) Subtotal of the Sum of the Cables Diameters (Sd) 1. 3/C - #500 kcmil 2.26 inches 4 9.04 inches 2. 3/C - #250 kcmil 1.76 inches 3 5.28 inches 3. 3/C - #4/0 AWG 1.55 inches 10 15.50 inches The sum of the diameters (Sd) of all cables (Add Sds for items 1, 2, & 3.) 9.04 inches + 5.28 inches + 15.50 inches = 29.82 inches (Sd) A cable tray with a usable width of 30 inches is required. For a 10% increase in cost a 36 inch wide cable tray could be purchased which would provide for some future cable additions. Notes: 1. The cable sizes used in this example are a random selection. 2. Cables - copper conductors with cross linked polyethylene insulation and a PVC jacket. (These cables could be ordered with or without an equipment grounding conductor.) 3. Total cable weight per foot for this installation. 61.4 lbs./ft. (without equipment grounding conductors) 69.9 lbs./ft. (with equipment grounding conductors) This load can be supported by a load symbol "B" cable tray - 75 lbs./ft. Appendix Sheet 3 415 Cable Tray Systems Example - NEC® Section 392.9(A)(2) Width selection for cable tray containing 600 volt multiconductor cables, sizes #3/0 AWG and smaller. Cable tray allowable fill areas are listed in Column 1 of Table 392.9. Cable Tray Manual 30" Usable Cable Tray Width Cross Section Of The Cables And The Cable Tray Cable tray width is obtained as follows: Item Number List Cable Sizes 1. 2. 3. 4. 3/C #12 AWG 4/C #12 AWG 3/C #6 AWG 3/C #2 AWG (A) List Cable Cross Sectional Areas 0.17 0.19 0.43 0.80 sq. sq. sq. sq. (N) List Number of Cables in. in. in. in. 20 16 14 20 Multiply (A) x (N) Total of the Cross Sectional Area for Each Item 3.40 3.04 6.02 16.00 sq. sq. sq. sq. in. in. in. in. Method 1. The sum of the total areas for items 1, 2, 3, & 4: 3.40 sq. in. + 3.04 sq. in. + 6.02 sq. in. + 16.00 sq. in. = 28.46 sq. inches From Table 392.9 Column 1 a 30 inch wide tray with an allowable fill area of 35 sq. in. must be used. The 30 inch cable tray has the capacity for additional future cables (6.54 sq. in. additional allowable fill area can be used.) Method 2. The sum of the total areas for items 1, 2, 3, & 4 multiplied by 6 in. = cable tray width required 7 sq. in. 3.40 sq. in. + 3.04 sq. in. + 6.02 sq. in. + 16.00 sq. in. = 28 46 sq. in. 28.46 sq. in. x 6 in. = 24.39 inch cable tray width required 7 sq. in. Use a 30 inch wide cable tray. ( ( ) ) Notes: 1. The cable sizes used in this example are a random selection. 2. Cables - copper conductors with cross linked polyethylene insulation and a PVC jacket. (These cables could be ordered with or without an equipment grounding conductor.) 3. Total cable weight per foot for this installation. 31.9 lbs./ft. (Cables in this example do not contain equipment grounding conductors.) This load can be supported by a load symbol "A" cable tray - 50 lbs./ft. Appendix Sheet 4 416 Cable Tray Systems Example - NEC® Section 392.9(A)(3) Width selection for cable tray containing 600 volt multiconductor cables, sizes #4/0 AWG and larger (single layer required) and #3/0 AWG and smaller. These two groups of cables must have dedicated areas in the cable tray. 24" Usable Cable Tray Width 9.09" 1.93" 12.98" 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 Cable Tray Manual Cross Section Of The Cables And The Cable Tray Cable tray width is obtained as follows: A - Width required for #4/0 AWG and larger multiconductor cables Item Number List Cable Sizes (D) List Cable Outside Diameter (N) List Number of Cables Multiply (D) x (N) Subtotal of the Sum of the Cables Diameters (Sd) 1. 3/C - #500 kcmil 2.26 inches 3 6.78 inches 2. 3/C - #4/0 AWG 1.55 inches 4 6.20 inches Total cable tray width required for items 1 & 2 = 6.78 inches + 6.20 inches = 12.98 inches B - Width required for #3/0 AWG and smaller multiconductor cables (A) (N) Multiply (A) x (N) List Cable List Number Total of the Cross Sectional of Cables Cross Sectional Area Area For Each Item Item Number List Cable Sizes 3. 3/C #12 AWG 0.17 sq. in. 20 3.40 sq. in. 4. 3/C #10 AWG 0.20 sq. in. 20 4.00 sq. in. 5. 3/C #2 AWG 0.80 sq. in. 4 3.20 sq. in. Total cable tray width required for items 3, 4, & 5 (3.40 sq. in. + 4.00 sq. in. + 3.20 sq. in.) ( 6 in. 7 sq. in. 1 ) = (10.6 sq. in.) ( 6 in. 7 sq. in. 1 ) = 9.09 inches Actual cable tray width is A - Width (12.98 in.) + B - Width (9.09 in.) = 22.07 inches A 24 inch wide cable tray is required. The 24 inch cable tray has the capacity for additional future cables (1.93 inches or 2.25 sq. inches allowable fill can be used). Notes: 1. This ratio is the inside width of the cable tray in inches divided by its maximum fill area in sq. inches from Column 1 Table 392.9. 2. The cable sizes used in this example are a random selection. 3. Cables - copper conductors with cross linked polyethylene insulation and a PVC jacket. 4. Total cable weight per foot for this installation. 40.2 lbs./ft. (Cables in this example do not contain equipment grounding conductors.) This load can be supported by a load symbol "A" cable tray - 50 lbs./ft. Appendix Sheet 5 417 Cable Tray Systems Example - NEC® Section 392.9(B) Cable Tray containing Type ITC or Type PLTC Cables Cable Tray Manual 6" Usable Cable Tray Width 4" Usable Cable Tray Depth Cross Section Of The Cables And The Cable Tray 50% of the cable tray useable cross sectional area can contain type PLTC cables 4 inches x 6 inches x .050 = 12 square inches allowable fill area. 2/C - #16 AWG 300 volt shielded instrumentation cable O.D. = 0.224 inches. Cross Sectional Area = 0.04 square inches. 12 sq. in. = 300 cables can be installed in this cable tray. 0.04 sq. in./cable 300 cables = 11.54 rows can be installed in this cable tray. 26 cables/rows Notes: 1. The cable sizes used in this example are a random selection. 2. Cables - copper conductors with PVC insulation, aluminum/mylar shielding, and PVC jacket. Appendix Sheet 6 418 Cable Tray Systems Table 250.122. Minimum Size Equipment Grounding Conductors for Grounding Raceways and Equipment Size (AWG or kcmil) Copper Aluminum or Copper-Clad Aluminum* 15 20 30 40 60 14 12 10 10 10 12 10 8 8 8 100 200 300 400 500 8 6 4 3 2 6 4 2 1 1/0 600 800 1000 1200 1600 1 1/0 2/0 3/0 4/0 2/0 3/0 4/0 250 350 2000 2500 3000 4000 5000 6000 250 350 400 500 700 800 400 600 600 800 1200 1200 Cable Tray Manual Rating or Setting of Automatic Overcurrent Device in Circuit Ahead of Equipment, Conduit, etc., Not Exceeding (Amperes) Reprinted with permission from NFPA 70-1999, the National Electrical Code®, Copyright© 1998, National Fire Protection Association, Quincy, MA 02269. This reprinted material is not the complete and official position of the National Fire Protection Association, on the referenced subject which is represented only by the standard in its entirety. Appendix Sheet 7 419 Cable Tray Systems CABLE TRAY SIZING FLOWCHART Start Here Sizing Cable Tray Per NEC 392 392.12 W ≥ Sd (single layer) No 2000V or less cables Cable Tray Manual Yes Solid Bottom Tray No Yes Vented Channel Tray Ladder or Vented Trough Tray No Yes See Exception 392.11(B)(3) 392.10(B) W ≥ Sd Yes 392.10(A)(1) W ≥ Sd Yes S/C 1000 kcmil or larger Yes S/C 1/0 or larger No Multiconductor cables Yes Continued on next page No 392.3(B)(1)(a) Not permitted ® by the NEC No 392.10(A)(2) W ≥ A/1.1 Yes S/C 250 kcmil up to 1000 kcmil No Note: The value “A” only applies to cables 250 up to 1000kcmil. The value “sd” only applies to 1000 kcmil and larger cables. 392.10(A)(3) Yes W ≥ A/1.1 +Sd S/C 250 kcmil and larger Note: Use when mixing 250 thru 1000 kcmil cables with cables larger than 1000 kcmil. No Legend W = Cable Tray Width D = Cable Tray Load Depth Sd = Sum of Cable Diameters A = Sum of Cable Areas S/C = Single Conductor M/C = Multiconductor Cables RS = Ladder Rung Spacing 392.10(A)(4) W ≥ Sd (9” max. RS) Yes S/C 1/0 thru 4/0 Appendix Sheet 8 420 Cable Tray Systems CABLE TRAY SIZING FLOWCHART Ampacity: See pages 406 - 408 for information on cable ampacity that might affect the cable tray sizing flowchart. See pages 387 - 390 for information on hazardous (classified) areas that might affect the cable tray sizing flowchart. Ladder or Vented Trough Tray No Yes M/C 4/0 or larger Yes Yes 392.9(A)(1) W ≥ Sd (single layer) No M/C smaller than 4/0 No Solid Bottom Tray M/C 4/0 or larger 392.9(A)(2) W ≥ A/1.2 No M/C smaller than 4/0 Solid Channel Tray Yes Yes 392.9(C)(1) W ≥ Sd/0.9 (single layer) No Yes No Vented Channel Tray Cable Tray Manual Yes One M/C only Yes 392.9(E)(1) W x D ≥ 1.6A No Yes 392.9(C)(2) W ≥ A/0.9 392.9(E)(2) W x D ≥ 2.9A One M/C Only No No Yes M/C smaller than 4/0, with 4/0 or larger Yes W ≥ A/1.2 + Sd Note: The value “A” only applies to cables smaller than 4/0. The value “Sd” only applies to 4/0 and larger cables, which must be single layer No M/C control and/or signal 392.9(A)(3) Yes 392.9(B) W x D ≥ 2A M/C smaller than Yes 4/0, with 4/0 or larger A + Sd W≥ 0.9 Note: The value “A” only applies to cables smaller than 4/0. The value “Sd” only applies to 4/0 and larger cables, which must be single layer No M/C control and/or signal 392.9(C)(3) Yes 392.9(D) W x D ≥ 2.5A 392.9(F)(2) W x D ≥ 3.2A 392.9(F)(1) W x D ≥ 1.9A Legend W = Cable Tray Width D = Cable Tray Load Depth Sd = Sum of Cable Diameters A = Sum of Cable Areas S/C = Single Conductor M/C = Multiconductor Cables RS = Ladder Rung Spacing Appendix Sheet 8 421 Cable Tray Systems CABLE TRAY INSTALLATION & SPECIFICATION CHECKLIST Project Information Project Name: Location: Contractor/Engineer: Phone: # Project Information Cable Tray Manual Distributor Name: Location: Contact: Phone: Fax: Cable Tray Material Aluminum Pre-Galvanized Steel Hot-Dip Galvanized Steel 304 Stainless Steel 316 Stainless Steel Fiberglass-Polyester Resin Fiberglass-Vinyl Ester Resin Fiberglass-Zero Halogen Fiberglass-Dis Stat Width 6” 9” 12” 18” 24” 30” 36” 42” ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ NEMA Load Depth* 2” ** 3” 4” 5” 6” ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ * Load depth is 1” less than siderail height. ** Fiberglass and wire mesh. Bottom Styles 6” 9” 12” 18” Ventilated Trough Non-Ventilated Trough Non-Ventilated Bottom Length ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ Metallic 120” 144” 240” 288” Fitting Radius ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ Non-Metallic 120” ❏ 240” ❏ 12” 24” 36” 48” ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ Tray Series B-Line Series OR System Loading (50 lbs./ft.) ❏ (75 lbs./ft.) ❏ (100 lbs./ft.) ❏ ❏ Support Span Load Rating Safety Factor 422 ft. lbs./ft. Appendix Sheet 9 Cable Tray Systems CABLE TRAY INSTALLATION & SPECIFICATION CHECKLIST Cable Channel Material Width 3” 4” 6” 8” * ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ * Fiberglass only. Fitting Radius 0” 6” 12” 24” 36” Type Ventilated Non-Ventilated ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ Cable Tray Manual Aluminum Pre-Galvanized Steel Hot-Dip Galvanized Steel 304 Stainless Steel 316 Stainless Steel Fiberglass-Polyester Resin Fiberglass-Vinyl Ester Resin Fiberglass-Zero Halogen Fiberglass-Dis Stat Cent-R-Rail System Depth* Data-Track Verti-Rack Half-Rack Multi-Tier Half Rack Width* 3” 6” 9” 12” 18” 24” ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ Straight Rung 2” 3” 4” 6” ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ Rung Spacing* 6” 9” 12” 18” 24” ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ Tiers* Length 2 3 4 5 6 120” ❏ 144” ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ * Options shown are not available for all systems. Please check B-Line Cent-R-Rail Catalog for availability. Flextray Width* 2” 4” 6” 8” 12” 16” 18” 20” 24” 30” 32” ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ Depth* 1.5” 2” 4” 6” Wire Mesh Size Length 2x4 118” (3 meters) ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ * Widths shown are not available for all depths. Appendix Sheet 9 Cable Tray Systems 423 Footnotes: 1 NEMA Standard VE-2, Section 4, Installation 4.3 Straight Section Installation - 4.3.1. Horizontal Cable Tray Straight Sections states that straight section lengths should be equal to or greater than the span length to ensure not more than one splice between supports. Cable Tray Manual Additional Cable Tray Resources Cable Tray Institute 1300 N. 17th Street Rosslyn, VA 22209 National Electrical Manufacturers Association 1300 N. 17th Street Rosslyn, VA 22209 www.cabletrays.com www.nema.org B-Line Engineering Software TrayCAD® TrayCAD® is a Cable Tray layout design program that works within the AutoCAD® environment. TrayCAD® is a windows based program and installs as an add-on to your AutoCAD® system. Use the TrayCAD® toolbar to add cable tray to your existing plans by drawing a single centerline representation of the tray run. Then, with the click of a button, the program will build a full-scale 3-D wire-frame model of the cable tray and all the appropriate fittings. The program also automatically creates a Bill of Material and contains a library of modifiable details. Runway Router® Runway Router® is a cable ladder runway (ladder rack) layout design program that works within your AutoCAD® environment. Use the commands from the Runway Router® toolbar to layout runway, relay racks and electronic cabinets. Add cable tray or Cent-R-Rail® to your existing plans by drawing a single centerline representation of the cable run. Then, with the click of a button, the program will build a full-scale 3-D wire-frame model of the cable runway and all the appropriate connectors and fittings. The program also automatically creates a Bill of Material and contains a library of modifiable details. 424 Cable Tray Systems B-Line Wire Management Resources B-Line Product Catalogs • Cable Tray Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Metallic, Two Siderail System Commercial and Industrial Applications • Fiberglass Cable Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Non-Metallic, Two Siderail Trays Non-Metallic Strut Systems Cable Tray Manual • Cent-R-Rail® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Center Supported Cable Tray “Lay-In” Cable Design for Easy Installation of Low Voltage Cables • Redi-Rail® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pre-Punched Aluminum Side Rail Design Unmatched Job Site Adaptability for a Two Side Rail System - Load Depths 2” to 6” • Flextray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unmatched Adaptability to Site Conditions Pre-Packaged Installation Kits and Accessories Fast - Adaptable - Economical Other B-Line Wire Management Systems • Telecom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saunders’ Cable Runway and Relay Racks Unequal Flange Racks • Cable Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supports all Cat 5, Fiber Optic, Innerduct and Low Voltage Cabling Requirements • Wireway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Houses Runs of Control and Power Cable Available in NEMA 12, Type 1 & Type 3R B-Line Mechanical Support Systems • Strut Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Metal Framing Support System. Fully Adjustable and Reusable, with a Complete Line of Channel, Fittings and Accessories for Multi-Purpose Applications • Seismic Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multi-Directional Bracing for Electrical Conduit, Cable Tray and Mechanical Piping Systems. OSHPD Pre-Approved Details 425 Cable Tray Systems Index - Straight Sections Cable Tray Straight Sections Prefix Example: 148 * 12 - 24 - 144 ① ➁ ① Series ➁ Material ➂ Rung Spacing ➂ ➃ ➄ ➃ Width ➄ Length Catalog No. Page Redi-Rail® Aluminum Cable Tray H14AR ➂ - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . H15AR ➂ - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . H16AR ➂ - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . H17AR ➂ - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 187 187 187 A = Aluminum Index Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum Cable Tray Catalog No. Page Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel Cable Tray Page Fiberglass Cable Tray 248 G ➂ - ➃ - ➄ 248 P ➂ - ➃ - ➄ ............. .............. 250 250 258 G ➂ - ➃ - ➄ 258 P ➂ - ➃ - ➄ ............. .............. 252 252 268 G ➂ - ➃ - ➄ 268 P ➂ - ➃ - ➄ ............. .............. 254 254 346 G ➂ - ➃ - ➄ 346 P ➂ - ➃ - ➄ ............. .............. 250 250 356 G ➂ - ➃ - ➄ 356 P ➂ - ➃ - ➄ ............. .............. 252 252 366 G ➂ - ➃ - ➄ 366 P ➂ - ➃ - ➄ ............. .............. 254 254 378 G ➂ - ➃ - ➄ 378 P ➂ - ➃ - ➄ ............. .............. 256 256 444 G ➂ - ➃ - ➄ 444 P ➂ - ➃ - ➄ ............. .............. 250 250 454 G ➂ - ➃ - ➄ 454 P ➂ - ➃ - ➄ ............. .............. 252 252 464 G ➂ - ➃ - ➄ 464 P ➂ - ➃ - ➄ ............. .............. 254 254 24A ➂ - ➃ - ➄ 25A ➂ - ➃ - ➄ 26A ➂ - ➃ - ➄ ............... ............... ............... 226 228 230 34A ➂ - ➃ - ➄ 35A ➂ - ➃ - ➄ 36A ➂ - ➃ - ➄ 37A ➂ - ➃ - ➄ ............... ............... ............... ............... 226 228 230 232 46A ➂ - ➃ - ➄ 47A ➂ - ➃ - ➄ ............... ............... 230 232 476 G ➂ - ➃ - ➄ 476 P ➂ - ➃ - ➄ ............. .............. 256 256 57A ➂ - ➃ - ➄ ............... 232 574 G ➂ - ➃ - ➄ 574 P ➂ - ➃ - ➄ ............. .............. 256 256 ............. ............. 230 232 G = Hot Dipped Galvanized Steel P = Pre-Galvanized Steel H46A ➂ - ➃ - ➄ H47A ➂ - ➃ - ➄ Catalog No. 13F ➂ - ➃ - ➄ 13FD➂ - ➃ - ➄ 13FT➂ - ➃ - ➄ 13FV➂ - ➃ - ➄ ............... 24F ➂ - ➃ - ➄ 24FD➂ - ➃ - ➄ 24FT➂ - ➃ - ➄ 24FV➂ - ➃ - ➄ ............... 36F ➂ - ➃ - ➄ 36FD➂ - ➃ - ➄ 36FT➂ - ➃ - ➄ 36FV➂ - ➃ - ➄ ............... 46F ➂ - ➃ - ➄ 46FD➂ - ➃ - ➄ 46FT➂ - ➃ - ➄ 46FV➂ - ➃ - ➄ ............... 48F ➂ - ➃ - ➄ 48FD➂ - ➃ - ➄ 48FT➂ - ➃ - ➄ 48FV➂ - ➃ - ➄ ............... .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. 322 322 322 322 323 323 323 323 324 324 324 324 324 324 324 324 .............. 325 325 325 325 H46F ➂ - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H46FD➂ - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . H46FT➂ - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . H46FV➂ - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324 324 324 324 .............. .............. F = Polyester Resin FD = Dis-Stat Resin FT = Zero Halogen Resin FV = Vinyl Ester Resin S8A ➂ - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 A = Aluminum Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Stainless Steel Cable Tray 348SS4 ➂ - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 348SS6 ➂ - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Series 1 Steel Cable Tray 148 G ➂ - ➃ - ➄ 148 P ➂ - ➃ - ➄ ............. .............. 202 202 156 G ➂ - ➃ - ➄ 156 P ➂ - ➃ - ➄ ............. .............. 203 203 166 G ➂ - ➃ - ➄ 166 P ➂ - ➃ - ➄ ............. .............. 204 204 176 G ➂ - ➃ - ➄ 176 P ➂ - ➃ - ➄ ............. .............. 205 205 358SS4 ➂ - ➃ - ➄ 358SS6 ➂ - ➃ - ➄ ............ ............ 273 273 368SS4 ➂ - ➃ - ➄ 368SS6 ➂ - ➃ - ➄ ............ ............ 274 274 464SS4 ➂ - ➃ - ➄ 464SS6 ➂ - ➃ - ➄ ............ ............ 274 274 SS4 = Stainless Steel 304 SS6 = Stainless Steel 316 G = Hot Dipped Galvanized Steel P = Pre-Galvanized Steel 426 Cable Tray Systems Straight Sections Cable Channel Straight Sections Catalog No. Prefix Example: A CC - 06 - 144 ① ① Material ➁ Series ➁ ➂ ➃ ➂ Width ➃ Length Catalog No. Page Aluminum Cable Channel ACC - ➂ - ➃ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 ACCN - ➂ - ➃ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 A = Aluminum CC = Ventilated CCN = Non-Ventilated Steel Cable Channel GCC - ➂ - ➃ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 GCCN - ➂ - ➃ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 G = Hot Dipped Galvanized P = Pre-Galvanized CC = Ventilated CCN = Non-Ventilated Stainless Steel Cable Channel SS4CC - ➂ - ➃ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 SS4CCN - ➂ - ➃ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 SS6CC - ➂ - ➃ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 SS6CCN - ➂ - ➃ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 SS4 = Stainless Steel 304 SS6 = Stainless Steel 316 CC = Ventilated CCN = Non-Ventilated Page ............... ............... ............... ............... FCCDN-03 - ➄ FCCDN-04 - ➄ FCCDN-06 - ➄ FCCDN-08 - ➄ ............. ............. ............. ............. FCCN-03 - ➄ FCCN-04 - ➄ FCCN-06 - ➄ FCCN-08 - ➄ ............... FCCT-03 - ➄ FCCT-04 - ➄ FCCT-06 - ➄ FCCT-08 - ➄ ............... ............... ............... ............... ............... ............... ............... FCCTN-03 - ➄ FCCTN-04 - ➄ FCCTN-06 - ➄ FCCTN-08 - ➄ FCCV-03 - ➄ FCCV-04 - ➄ FCCV-06 - ➄ FCCV-08 - ➄ ............. ............. ............. ............. ............... ............... ............... ............... FCCVN-03 - ➄ FCCVN-04 - ➄ FCCVN-06 - ➄ FCCVN-08 - ➄ ............. ............. ............. ............. FCC = Polyester Resin FCCD = Zero Halogen Resin FCCT = Dis-Stat Resin FCCV = Vinyl Ester Resin 348 348 348 348 348 348 348 348 348 348 348 348 348 348 348 348 348 348 348 348 348 348 348 348 348 348 348 348 Prefix Example: FT 2 X 12 X 10 ① ➁ ➂ ➃ ① Flextray ➂ Width ➁ loading Height ➃ Length 118” Catalog No. Page Flextray Straight Sections FT1.5X4X10 FT1.5X6X10 FT1.5X8X10 FT1.5X10X10 .............. 46 46 46 46 FT2X2X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FT2X4X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FT2X6X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FT2X8X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FT2X12X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FT2X16X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FT2X18X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FT2X20X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FT2X24X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FT2X30X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FT2X22X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 FT4X4X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FT4X6X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FT4X8X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FT4X12X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FT4X16X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FT4X18X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FT4X20X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FT4X24X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FT4X30X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 FT6X8X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FT6X12X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FT6X16X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FT6X18X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FT6X20X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FT6X24X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 47 47 47 47 47 ............... ............... ............... Index PCC - ➂ - ➃ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 PCCN - ➂ - ➃ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Flextray Fiberglass Cable Channel FCC-03 - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 FCC-04 - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 FCC-06 - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 FCC-08 - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 FCCD-03 - ➄ FCCD-04 - ➄ FCCD-06 - ➄ FCCD-08 - ➄ - Index CC = Ventilated CCN = Non-Ventilated 427 Cable Tray Systems Index - Straight Sections Cent-R-Rail® Straight Sections Prefix Example: C0 A DT 09 - 12 - 144 ① ➁ ① Series ➁ Material ➂ Type ➂ ➃ ➄ ➅ ➃ Rung Spacing ➄ Width ➅ Length Catalog No. Page Catalog No. C3ADB ➃ - ➄ - ➅ .............. 132 C3ADT ➃ - ➄ - ➅ .............. 132 C4A1H ➃ - ➄ - ➅ .............. 136 C4A1V12-24-144 C4A2M ➃ - ➄ - ➅ Index Aluminum Cent-R-Rail C0A1H ➃ - ➄ - ➅ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 138 & 182 . . . . . . . . 134 & 182 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 C0A2M ➃ - ➄ - ➅ C0A2V ➃ - ➄ - ➅ C0A2VI ➃ - ➄ - ➅ ........ C0A3M ➃ - ➄ - ➅ C0A3V ➃ - ➄ - ➅ C0A3VI ➃ - ➄ - ➅ C0A4M ➃ - ➄ - ➅ C0A4V ➃ - ➄ - ➅ C0A4VI ➃ - ➄ - ➅ ........ C0A5V ➃ - ➄ - ➅ C0A5VI ➃ - ➄ - ➅ ........ C0A6V ➃ - ➄ - ➅ C0A6VI ➃ - ➄ - ➅ ........ ........ C4A2V12-24-144 181 138 & 182 ............ 181 C4A3M ➃ - ➄ - ➅ ........ 138 & 182 C4A4M ➃ - ➄ - ➅ ........ 138 & 182 .............. 132 ........ 138 & 182 134 & 182 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 C4ADT ➃ - ➄ - ➅ .............. 132 ........ C6A1H ➃ - ➄ - ➅ .............. 136 C6ADB ➃ - ➄ - ➅ .............. 132 138 & 182 . . . . . . . . 134 & 182 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 C6ADT ➃ - ➄ - ➅ .............. 132 134 & 182 183 .............. 134 & 182 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 .............. 132 C0ADT ➃ - ➄ - ➅ .............. 132 C2A2V ➃ - ➄ - ➅ C2A2VI ➃ - ➄ - ➅ ........ C2A3V ➃ - ➄ - ➅ C2A3VI ➃ - ➄ - ➅ ........ C2A4V ➃ - ➄ - ➅ C2A4VI ➃ - ➄ - ➅ ........ C2A5V ➃ - ➄ - ➅ C2A5VI ➃ - ➄ - ➅ ........ C2A6V ➃ - ➄ - ➅ C2A6VI ➃ - ➄ - ➅ ........ 134 & 182 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 134 & 182 183 .............. 134 & 182 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 134 & 182 183 .............. 134 & 182 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 .............. 136 C3A2M ➃ - ➄ - ➅ ........ 138 & 182 C3A3M ➃ - ➄ - ➅ ........ 138 & 182 ........ 138 & 182 C3A4M ➃ - ➄ - ➅ ............ C4ADB ➃ - ➄ - ➅ C0ADB ➃ - ➄ - ➅ C3A1H ➃ - ➄ - ➅ Page continued in next column 428 Cable Tray Systems Fittings - Index Cable Tray Fittings Prefix Example: 4 * x - 24 - 90 HB 24 ① ➁ ➂ ➃ ➄ ➅ ➆ ① Series/Height ➃ Width ➁ Material ➄ Angle ➂ Bottom ➅ Type (HB, VI, VO) ➆ Radius Catalog No. Page Redi-Rail® Aluminum Cable Tray Fittings H1(†)AR ➂ - ➃ - ➄ HB ➆ . . . . . . H1(†)AR ➂ - ➃ HT ➆ . . . . . . . . H1(†)AR ➂ - ➃ HX ➆ . . . . . . . . H1(†)AR ➂ - ➃ - ➄ VI ➆ . . . . . . . H1(†)AR ➂ - ➃ - ➄ VO ➆ . . . . . H1(†)AR ➂ - ➃ - ➄ VT ➆ . . . . . . 188 188 188 188 188 188 AR = Aluminum Redi-Rail (†) = Insert 4 for 4”, 5 for 5”, 6 for 6” or 7 for 7” side rail heights Catalog No. Page Series 1 Steel Cable Tray Fittings 14G ➂ - ➃ VBS ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . 1(†)G ➂ - ➃ - ➄ HB ➆ . . . . . . . . . 1(†)G ➂ - ➃ HT ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . 1(†)G ➂ - ➃ HX ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . 1(†)G ➂ - ➃ LR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . 1(†)G ➂ - ➃ RR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . 1(†)G ➂ - ➃ SR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . 1(†)G ➂ - ➃ - ➄ VI ➆ . . . . 218 1(†)G ➂ - ➃ - ➄ VO ➆ . . . 218 - 222 215 216 216 217 217 217 221 221 14P ➂ - ➃ VBS ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . 1(†)P ➂ - ➃ - ➄ HB ➆ . . . . . . . . . 1(†)P ➂ - ➃ HT ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . 1(†)P ➂ - ➃ HX ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . 1(†)P ➂ - ➃ LR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . 1(†)P ➂ - ➃ RR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . 1(†)P ➂ - ➃ SR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . 1(†)P ➂ - ➃ - ➄ VI ➆ . . . . 218 1(†)P ➂ - ➃ - ➄ VO ➆ . . . 218 - 222 215 216 216 217 217 217 221 221 Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum Cable Tray Fittings (†)A ➂ - ➃ CFS ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 (†)A ➂ - ➃ - ➄ HB ➆ . . . . . 287, 288 (†)A ➂ - ➃ HT ➆ . . . 289, 291, 292 (†)A ➂ - ➃ HX ➆ . . . . . . . 289, 293 (†)A ➂ - ➃ HYL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 (†)A ➂ - ➃ HYR . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 (†)A ➂ - ➃ LR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 (†)A ➂ - ➃ RR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 (†)A ➂ - ➃ SR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 (†)A ➂ - ➃ - ➄ VI ➆ . . . . . . 295 - 298 (†)A ➂ - ➃ - ➄ VO ➆ . . . . . 295 - 298 (†)A ➂ - ➃ VT ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 (†)A ➂ - ➃ VTU ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . 299 A = Aluminum (†) = Insert 4 for 4”, 5 for 5”, 6 for 6” or 7 for 7” side rail heights Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel Cable Tray Fittings (†)G ➂ - ➃ CFS ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 (†)G ➂ - ➃ - ➄ HB ➆ . . . . . 287, 288 (†)G ➂ - ➃ HT ➆ . . . . 289, 291, 292 (†)G ➂ - ➃ HX ➆ . . . . . . . 289, 293 (†)G ➂ - ➃ HYL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 (†)G ➂ - ➃ HYR . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 (†)G ➂ - ➃ LR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 (†)G ➂ - ➃ RR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 (†)G ➂ - ➃ SR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 (†)G ➂ - ➃ - ➄ VI ➆ . . . . . . 295 - 298 (†)G ➂ - ➃ - ➄ VO ➆ . . . . 295 - 298 (†)G ➂ - ➃ VT ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 (†)G ➂ - ➃ VTU ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . 299 (†)P ➂ - ➃ CFS ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 (†)P ➂ - ➃ - ➄ HB ➆ . . . . . 287, 288 (†)P ➂ - ➃ HT ➆ . . . 289, 291, 292 (†)P ➂ - ➃ HX ➆ . . . . . . . . 289, 293 (†)P ➂ - ➃ HYL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 (†)P ➂ - ➃ HYR . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 Page (†)P ➂ - ➃ LR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 (†)P ➂ - ➃ RR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 (†)P ➂ - ➃ SR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 (†)P ➂ - ➃ - ➄ VI ➆ . . . . . . 295 - 298 (†)P ➂ - ➃ - ➄ VO ➆ . . . . . 295 - 298 (†)P ➂ - ➃ VT ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 (†)P ➂ - ➃ VTU ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . 299 G = Hot-Dipped Galvanized Steel P = Pre-Galvanized Steel (†) = Insert 4 for 4”, 5 for 5”, 6 for 6” or 7 for 7” side rail heights Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Stainless Steel Cable Tray Fittings (†)SS4 ➂ - ➃ CFS ➆ . . . . . . . . . 300 (†)SS4 ➂ - ➃ - ➄ HB ➆ . . . 287, 288 (†)SS4 ➂ - ➃ HT ➆ . . 289, 291, 292 (†)SS4 ➂ - ➃ HX ➆ . . . . . 289, 293 (†)SS4 ➂ - ➃ HYL . . . . . . . . . . . 294 (†)SS4 ➂ - ➃ HYR . . . . . . . . . . . 294 (†)SS4 ➂ - ➃ LR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . 290 (†)SS4 ➂ - ➃ RR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . 290 (†)SS4 ➂ - ➃ SR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . 290 (†)SS4 ➂ - ➃ - ➄ VI ➆ . . . 295 - 298 (†)SS4 ➂ - ➃ - ➄ VO ➆ . . 295 - 298 (†)SS4 ➂ - ➃ VT ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . 299 (†)SS4 ➂ - ➃ VTU ➆ . . . . . . . . . 299 (†)SS6 ➂ - ➃ CFS ➆ . . . . . . . . . 300 (†)SS6 ➂ - ➃ - ➄ HB ➆ . . . 287, 288 (†)SS6 ➂ - ➃ HT ➆ . . 289, 291, 292 (†)SS6 ➂ - ➃ HX ➆ . . . . . 289, 293 (†)SS6 ➂ - ➃ HYL . . . . . . . . . . . 294 (†)SS6 ➂ - ➃ HYR . . . . . . . . . . . 294 (†)SS6 ➂ - ➃ LR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . 290 (†)SS6 ➂ - ➃ RR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . 290 (†)SS6 ➂ - ➃ SR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . 290 (†)SS6 ➂ - ➃ - ➄ VI ➆ . . . 295 - 298 (†)SS6 ➂ - ➃ - ➄ VO ➆ . . 295 - 298 (†)SS6 ➂ - ➃ VT ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . 299 (†)SS6 ➂ - ➃ VTU ➆ . . . . . . . . . 299 SS4 = Stainless Steel 304 SS6 = Stainless Steel 316 (†) = Insert 4 for 4”, 5 for 5”, 6 for 6” or 7 for 7” side rail heights continued in next column 429 Cable Tray Systems Index G = Hot-Dipped Galvanized Steel P = Pre-Galvanized Steel (†) = Insert 4 for 4”, 5 for 5”, 6 for 6” or 7 for 7” side rail heights Catalog No. Index - Fittings Cable Tray Fittings Prefix Example: 4 * x - 24 - 90 HB 24 ① ➁ ➂ ➃ ➄ ➅ ➆ ① Series/Height ➃ Width ➁ Material ➄ Angle ➂ Bottom ➅ Type (HB, VI, VO) ➆ Radius Cable Channel Fittings Prefix Example: G CC - 04 - 45 VI 12 ① ➁ ① Material ➁ Series ➂ Width Catalog No. Index Catalog No. ➂ ➃ ➄ ➅ ➃ Angle ➄ Type (HB, VI, VO) ➅ Radius Page Page Fiberglass Cable Tray Fittings (†)F - ➃ - ➄ HB ➆ . . . . . . . 327, 328 (†)F - ➃ - HT ➆ . . . . . 329, 332, 334 (†)F - ➃ - HX ➆ . . . . . . . . . . 330, 336 (†)F - ➃ - LR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 (†)F - ➃ - RR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 (†)F - ➃ - SR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 (†)F - ➃ - ➄ VI ➆ . . . . . . . . 338, 340 (†)F - ➃ - ➄ VO ➆ . . . . . . . 338, 340 (†)F - ➃ - VT ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 (†)F - ➃ - VTU ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 (†)FD - ➃ - ➄ HB ➆ . . . . . . 327, 328 (†)FD - ➃ - HT ➆ . . . 329, 332, 334 (†)FD - ➃ - HX ➆ . . . . . . . . 330, 336 (†)FD - ➃ - LR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 (†)FD - ➃ - RR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 (†)FD - ➃ - SR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 (†)FD - ➃ - ➄ VI ➆ . . . . . . . 338, 340 (†)FD - ➃ - ➄ VO ➆ . . . . . . 338, 340 (†)FD - ➃ - VT ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 (†)FD - ➃ - VTU ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . 342 (†)FT - ➃ - ➄ HB ➆ . . . . . . 327, 328 (†)FT - ➃ - HT ➆ . . . . 329, 332, 334 (†)FT - ➃ - HX ➆ . . . . . . . . 330, 336 (†)FT - ➃ - LR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 (†)FT - ➃ - RR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 (†)FT - ➃ - SR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 (†)FT - ➃ - ➄ VI ➆ . . . . . . . 338, 340 (†)FT - ➃ - ➄ VO ➆ . . . . . . 338, 340 (†)FT - ➃ - VT ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 (†)FT - ➃ - VTU ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 (†)FV - ➃ - ➄ HB ➆ . . . . . . 327, 328 (†)FV - ➃ - HT ➆ . . . 329, 332, 334 (†)FV - ➃ - HX ➆ . . . . . . . . 330, 336 (†)FV - ➃ - LR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 (†)FV - ➃ - RR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 (†)FV - ➃ - SR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 (†)FV - ➃ - ➄ VI ➆ . . . . . . . 338, 340 (†)FV - ➃ - ➄ VO ➆ . . . . . . 338, 340 (†)FV - ➃ - VT ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 (†)FV - ➃ - VTU ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . 342 Aluminum Cable Channel Fittings ACC - ➂ - ➃ HB ➅ . . . . . . 114, 115 ACC - ➂ - ➃ HC ➅ . . . . . . . . . . . 112 ACC - ➂ HT ➅ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 ACC - ➂ HTC ➅ . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 ACC - ➂ HX ➅ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 ACC - ➂ HXC ➅ . . . . . . . . . . . . ACC - ➂ PC ➅ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ACC - ➂ - ➃ VC ➅ . . . . . . . . . . . ACC - ➂ - ➃ VI ➅ . . . . . . . 119, ACC - ➂ - ➃ VO ➅ . . . . . . 117, 112 112 112 120 118 ACCN - ➂ - ➃ HB ➅ . . . . 114, ACCN - ➂ HT ➅ . . . . . . . . . . . . ACCN - ➂ HX ➅ . . . . . . . . . . . . ACCN - ➂ - ➃ VI ➅ . . . . . . 119, ACCN - ➂ - ➃ VO ➅ . . . . 117, 115 116 116 120 118 Catalog No. Page Stainless Steel Cable Channel Fittings SS4CC - ➂ - ➃ HB ➅ . . . 114, 115 SS4CC - ➂ HT ➅ . . . . . . . . . . . 116 SS4CC - ➂ HX ➅ . . . . . . . . . . . 116 SS4CC - ➂ - ➃ VI ➅ . . . . . . 119, 120 SS4CC -➂-➃ VO ➅ . . . . . 117, 118 SS4CCN - ➂ - ➃ HB ➅ . . . 114, SS4CCN - ➂ HT ➅ . . . . . . . . . . SS4CCN - ➂ HX ➅ . . . . . . . . . . SS4CCN -➂-➃ VI ➅ . . . . . . 119, SS4CCN -➂-➃ VO ➅ . . . . . 117, 115 116 116 120 118 SS6CC - ➂ - ➃ HB ➅ . . . 114, SS6CC - ➂ HT ➅ . . . . . . . . . . . SS6CC - ➂ HX ➅ . . . . . . . . . . . SS6CC - ➂ - ➃ VI ➅ . . . . . . 119, SS6CC -➂-➃ VO ➅ . . . . . 117, 115 116 116 120 118 SS6CCN - ➂ - ➃ HB ➅ . . . 114, SS6CCN - ➂ HT ➅ . . . . . . . . . . SS6CCN - ➂ HX ➅ . . . . . . . . . . SS6CCN -➂-➃ VI ➅ . . . . . . 119, SS6CCN -➂-➃ VO ➅ . . . . . 117, 115 116 116 120 118 SS4 = Stainless Steel 304 SS6 = Stainless Steel 316 A = Aluminum Steel Cable Channel Fittings GCC - ➂ - ➃ HB ➅ . . . . . . 114, 115 GCC - ➂ - ➃ HC ➅ . . . . . . . . . . . 112 GCC - ➂ HT ➅ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 GCC - ➂ HTC ➅ . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 GCC - ➂ HX ➅ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Fiberglass Cable Channel Fittings FCC(†)N-(xx)-45HB12 . . . . . . 348 GCC - ➂ HXC ➅ . . . . . . . . . . . . GCC - ➂ PC ➅ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GCC - ➂ - ➃ VC ➅ . . . . . . . . . . . GCC - ➂ - ➃ VI ➅ . . . . . . . 119, GCC - ➂ - ➃ VO ➅ . . . . . . 117, 112 112 112 120 118 FCC(†)N-(xx)-45VI12 GCCN - ➂ - ➃ HB ➅ . . . . 114, GCCN - ➂ HT ➅ . . . . . . . . . . . . GCCN - ➂ HX ➅ . . . . . . . . . . . . GCCN - ➂ - ➃ VI ➅ . . . . . 119, GCCN - ➂ - ➃ VO ➅ . . . . 117, 115 116 116 120 118 G = Hot-Dipped Galvanized Steel Note: Not available in Pre-Galvanized FCC(†)N-(xx)-90HB12 ...... 348 FCC(†)N-(xx)-HT12 ......... 348 FCC(†)N-(xx)-HX12 ......... 348 FCC(†)N-(xx)-45VO12 FCC(†)N-(xx)-90VI12 FCC(†)N-(xx)-90VO12 ....... 348 ...... 348 ....... 348 ...... 348 (†) For Polyester Resin leave blank For Dis-Stat Resin insert D For Zero Halogen insert T For Vinyl Ester Resin insert V (xx) = Insert 03 for 3”, 04 for 4”, 06 for 6” or 08 for 8” side rail heights F = Polyester Resin, FD = Dis-Stat Resin FT = Zero Halogen Resin, FV = Vinyl Ester Resin (†) = Insert 3 for 3”, 4 for 4”, 6 for 6” or 8 for 8” side rail heights 430 Cable Tray Systems Covers - Index Cable Tray Covers Prefix Example: 801 * 20 - 24 - 144 ① ① Series ➁ Material ➂ Thickness Catalog No. ➁ ➂ ➃ ➄ ➃ Width ➄ Length or Fitting Type Page Redi-Rail® Aluminum Cable Tray Covers 887 A 40 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 A = Aluminum Contact Cooper B-Line Engineering for fitting cover information. See page RR-9 for fitting cover examples. A = Aluminum Contact Cooper B-Line Engineering for fitting cover information. See page AT-22 for fitting cover examples. Page Series 1 Steel Cable Tray Covers 801 G 18 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 801 P 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 809 G 18 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 809 P 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 811 G 18 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 811 P 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 819 G 18 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 819 P 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 G = Hot Dipped Galvanized Steel P = Pre-Galvanized Steel Contact Cooper B-Line Engineering for fitting cover information. See page LST-13 for fitting cover examples. Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel Cable Tray Covers 802 G 18 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 802 P 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 803 G 18 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 803 P 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 804 G 18 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 804 P 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 812 G 18 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 812 P 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 813 G 18 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 813 P 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 814 G 18 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 814 P 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 822 G 18 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 822 P 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 823 G 18 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 823 P 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 824 G 18 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 824 P 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 G = Hot Dipped Galvanized Steel P = Pre-Galvanized Steel Contact Cooper B-Line Engineering for fitting cover information. See page ST-20 for fitting cover examples. Catalog No. Page Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Stainless Steel Cable Tray Covers 802 SS4 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . 281 802 SS6 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . 281 803 SS4 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . 281 803 SS6 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . 281 804 SS4 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . 281 804 SS6 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . 281 812 SS4 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . 281 812 SS6 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . 281 813 SS4 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . 281 813 SS6 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . 281 814 SS4 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . 281 814 SS6 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . 281 822 SS4 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . 281 822 SS6 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . 281 823 SS4 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . 281 823 SS6 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . 281 824 SS4 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . 281 824 SS6 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . 281 SS4 = Stainless Steel 304 SS6 = Stainless Steel 316 Index Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum Cable Tray Covers 806 A 40 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 807 A 40 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 816 A 40 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 817 A 40 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 826 A 40 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 827 A 40 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Catalog No. Contact Cooper B-Line Engineering for fitting cover information. See page SST-12 for fitting cover examples. Fiberglass Cable Tray Covers F-C - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 FD-C - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 FDP-C - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 FP-C - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 FT-C - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 FTP-C - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 FV-C - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 FVP-C - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 F = Polyester Resin FD = Dis-Stat Resin FT = Zero Halogen Resin FV = Vinyl Ester Resin C = Cover Covers are flat unless a P is added to part number P = Peaked Contact Cooper B-Line Engineering for fitting cover information. 431 Cable Tray Systems Index - Covers Cable Channel Covers Flextray Covers Prefix Example: 808 * 20 - 04 - 120 ① ① Series ➁ Material ➂ Thickness ➁ ➂ ➄ ➃ ➃ Width ➄ Length or Fitting Type Catalog No. Page Aluminum Cable Channel Covers 808 A 40 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Catalog No. Page 2 IN COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 IN COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 IN COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 IN COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 IN COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 IN COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 IN COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 IN COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 IN COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 87 87 87 87 87 87 87 87 A = Aluminum Contact Cooper B-Line Engineering for fitting cover information. See page CCT-6 for fitting cover examples. Index Steel Cable Channel Covers 808 G 18 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 808 P 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 G = Hot Dipped Galvanized Steel P = Pre-Galvanized Steel Contact Cooper B-Line Engineering for fitting cover information. See page CCT-6 for fitting cover examples. Cent-R-Rail® Covers Catalog No. Page Bottom Rung Covers CAK1F-DB - ➃ - ➄ .......... 164 CPK1F-DB - ➃ - ➄ ........... 164 CAK1F-DT - ➃ - ➄ .......... 164 CPK1F-DT - ➃ - ➄ ........... 164 Top Rung Covers Stainless Steel Cable Channel Covers 808 SS4 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . 111 808 SS6 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . 111 SS4 = Stainless Steel 304 SS6 = Stainless Steel 316 A = Aluminum P = Pre-Galvanized Steel Contact Cooper B-Line Engineering for fitting cover information. See page CCT-6 for fitting cover examples. 432 Cable Tray Systems Accessories - Index Aluminum Redi-Rail™ Cable Tray Accessories Not all accessories for Redi-Rail cable tray are aluminum only. Those finishes and part numbers will be listed in this section. Catalog No. Page 9A-(tray width)-R064 . . . . . . . 9A-R064 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-R065 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-R066 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-R067 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-(tray width)-R074 . . . . . . . 9A-R074 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-R075 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-R076 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-R077 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-R084 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-R085 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-R086 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-R087 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-R104 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-R06RK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-R06SBERK . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-R09RK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-R09SBERK . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-R12RK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-R12SBERK . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-R18RK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-R18SBERK . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-R24RK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-R24SBERK . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-R30RK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-R30SBERK . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-R36RK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-R36SBERK . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-R964 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-R965 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-R966 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-R967 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-RBC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-RFM-12RK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-RFM-24RK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-RFM-36RK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-SR0406 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-SR0409 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-SR0506 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-SR0509 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1158 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS-R238 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS-R250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1204 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1204NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1420NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page Catalog No. Page 192 189 189 189 189 192 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 193 193 193 193 193 193 193 193 193 193 193 193 193 193 189 189 189 189 193 196 196 196 193 193 193 193 190 190 190 190 190 192 9ZN-5106 . . . . . . . . . . . . 190, 9ZN-5106-WB . . . . . . . . 190, 9ZN-5109 . . . . . . . . . . . . 190, 9ZN-5109-WB . . . . . . . . 190, 9ZN-5112 . . . . . . . . . . . . 190, 9ZN-5112-WB . . . . . . . . 190, 9ZN-5118 . . . . . . . . . . . . 190, 9ZN-5118-WB . . . . . . . . 190, 9ZN-5124 . . . . . . . . . . . . 190, 9ZN-5124-WB . . . . . . . . 190, 9ZN-9012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-LV1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-LV1A-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-MB1-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-MB1-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-R238 . . . . . . . . . . . 190, 9ZN-R250 . . . . . . . . . . . 190, 9ZN-RR2RR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BAX-4-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BAX-4-16-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BAX-4-16-32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BAX-4-16-48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BL1400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BL1410 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BL1420 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BL1430 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U3A-CP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U4A-CP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U5A-CP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U6A-CP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UR(load depth)A-06 . . . . . . . . UR(load depth)ASB-06 . . . . . UR(load depth)A-09 . . . . . . . . UR(load depth)ASB-09 . . . . . UR(load depth)A-12 . . . . . . . . UR(load depth)ASB-12 . . . . . UR(load depth)A-18 . . . . . . . . UR(load depth)ASB-18 . . . . . UR(load depth)A-24 . . . . . . . . UR(load depth)ASB-24 . . . . . 195 196 195 196 195 196 195 196 195 196 192 191 191 191 191 195 195 195 191 191 191 191 190 190 190 190 194 194 194 194 194 194 194 194 194 194 194 194 194 194 Index Redi-Rail® Tray Accessories 73AR-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 73AR-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 73AR-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . 195 73AR-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . 195 74AR-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 74AR-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 74AR-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . 195 74AR-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . 195 75AR-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 75AR-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 75AR-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . 195 75AR-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . 195 76AR-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 76AR-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 76AR-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . 195 76AR-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . 195 99-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 9A-9012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 9A-R004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 9A-R005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 9A-R006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 9A-R007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 9A-R014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 9A-R015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 9A-R016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 9A-R017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 9A-R024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 9A-R025 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 9A-R026 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 9A-R027 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 9A-R034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 9A-R035 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 9A-R036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 9A-R037 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 9A-(tray width)-R044 . . . . . . . 192 9A-R045 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 9A-R046 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 9A-R047 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 9A-(tray width)-R054 . . . . . . . 192 9A-R054 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 9A-R055 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 9A-R056 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 9A-R057 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 9A-R060 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 9A-R061 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 9A-R062 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Catalog No. A = Aluminum G = Hot-Dipped Galvanized SS = Stainless Steel 304 ZN = Zinc Plated 433 Cable Tray Systems Index - Accessories Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum Cable Tray Accessories Not all accessories for aluminum cable tray are aluminum only. Those finishes and part numbers will be listed in this section. Index Catalog No. Page Aluminum Tray Accessories 73A-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 73A-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 73A-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . . . 238 73A-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . . 238 74A-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 74A-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 74A-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . . . 238 74A-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . . 238 75A-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 75A-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 75A-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . . . 238 75A-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . . 238 76A-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 76A-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 76A-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . . . 238 76A-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . . 238 99-40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 99-1124 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 99-1620 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 99-2125-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 99-9980-tray width . . . . . . . . . 246 99-9982 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 99-N2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 99-NP240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 99-NY36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 99-PE34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 9A-tray width-9044 . . . . . . . . 246 9A-tray width-9044P . . . . . . . 246 9A-tray width-9054 . . . . . . . . 246 9A-tray width-9054P . . . . . . . 246 9A-tray width-9064 . . . . . . . . 246 9A-tray width-9064P . . . . . . . 246 9A-tray width-9074 . . . . . . . . 246 9A-tray width-9074P . . . . . . . 246 9A-1004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 9A-1004-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 9A-1005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 9A-1005-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 9A-1006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 9A-1006-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 9A-1007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 9A-1007-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 9A-1014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 9A-1015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 9A-1016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 9A-1017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 9A-1024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Catalog No. 9A-1025 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1026 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1027 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1034-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1034-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1035 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1035-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1035-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1036-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1036-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1037 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1037-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1037-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1045 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1046 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1047 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1054 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1055 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1056 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1057 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1060 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1061 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1062 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1064-reduction . . . . . . . . . 9A-1065-reduction . . . . . . . . . 9A-1066-reduction . . . . . . . . . 9A-1067-reduction . . . . . . . . . 9A-1074-tray width . . . . . . . . 9A-1075-tray width . . . . . . . . 9A-1076-tray width . . . . . . . . 9A-1077-tray width . . . . . . . . 9A-1084-tray width . . . . . . . . 9A-1085-tray width . . . . . . . . 9A-1086-tray width . . . . . . . . 9A-1087-tray width . . . . . . . . 9A-1104-tray width . . . . . . . . 9A-1104T-tray width . . . . . . . 9A-1205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1226 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1227 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-2044 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-2045 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-2046 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page Catalog No. Page 236 236 236 236 236 236 236 236 236 236 236 236 236 236 236 236 236 236 237 237 237 237 236 236 236 237 237 237 237 237 237 237 237 237 237 237 237 238 238 240 243 243 243 243 237 236 236 236 9A-2047 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-2130 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-6006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-6007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-9012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1158 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1249 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1249HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-5324 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-5325 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-5326 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-5327 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-5500-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-55xx-22SHA Series . . . . . 9GRN-55xx-22SHA Series . . 9P-55xx-22SH Series . . . . . . 9P-9043 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-9053 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-9063 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-9073 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-1241 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-1242 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-2351 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-2352 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-1205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-1241 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-1242 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1150 Series . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1155 Series . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1204 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1204NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1208 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1208NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1241 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1242 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1249 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1249HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-2351 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-2352 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-5200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-5212 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-5224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-5324 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-5325 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-5326 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 239 236 236 246 237 240 240 240 239 239 239 239 241 241 241 241 246 246 246 246 243 243 239 239 240 243 243 237 237 240 240 240 240 240 243 243 240 240 239 239 242 242 242 239 239 239 continued on next page 434 Cable Tray Systems Accessories Aluminum Cable Tray Accessories Catalog No. Page Series 1 Steel Cable Tray Accessories Not all accessories for steel cable tray are steel only. Those finishes and part numbers will be listed in this section. Catalog No. A = Aluminum G = Hot-Dipped Galvanized GRN = Dura-Green Painted P = Pre-Galvanized Steel SS = Stainless Steel 304 SS4 = Stainless Steel 304 SS6 = Stainless Steel 316 ZN = Zinc Plated 239 241 238 246 246 246 239 244 243 244 244 244 244 243 243 244 244 242 243 239 239 244 244 239 239 239 239 239 239 239 239 239 239 239 241 241 241 241 241 237 237 Page Series 1 Steel Cable Tray Accessories 72G-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 72G-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 72G-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . . 209 72G-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . . 209 72P-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 72P-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 72P-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . . . 209 72P-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . . . 209 737G-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 737G-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 737G-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . 209 737G-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . 209 737P-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 737P-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 737P-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . . 209 737P-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . 209 747G-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 747G-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 747G-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . 209 747G-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . 209 747P-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 747P-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 747P-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . . 209 747P-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . 209 757G-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 757G-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 757G-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . 209 757G-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . 209 757P-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 757P-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 757P-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . . 209 757P-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . 209 99-1124 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 99-2125-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 99-9982 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 99-N1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 9A-2130 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 9G-1104T-tray width . . . . . . . 209 9G-1158 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 9G-2004-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 9G-2005-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 9G-2006-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 9G-2007-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 9G-4004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 9G-4005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Catalog No. Page 9G-4006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-4007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-4014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-4015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-4016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-4017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-7024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8025 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8026 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8034-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8034-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8035 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8035-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8035-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8036-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8036-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8045 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8046 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8054 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8055 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8056 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8060 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8064-reduction . . . . . . . . . 9G-8065-reduction . . . . . . . . . 9G-8066-reduction . . . . . . . . . 9G-8074-tray width . . . . . . . . 9G-8075-tray width . . . . . . . . 9G-8076-tray width . . . . . . . . 9G-8084-tray width . . . . . . . . 9G-8085-tray width . . . . . . . . 9G-8086-tray width . . . . . . . . 9G-8244 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8245 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8246 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-9014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-9015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-9016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-9019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-tray width-9040 . . . . . . . . 9G-9043 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-tray width-9044 . . . . . . . . 9G-9053 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 206 206 206 206 206 206 206 206 206 206 206 206 206 206 206 206 206 206 206 206 206 207 207 207 206 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 206 206 206 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 Index 9ZN-5327 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-5500-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-9002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-9012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-9112 Series . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-9113 Series . . . . . . . . . . . ATR Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B212-1/4 or 3/8 . . . . . . . . . . . B297 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B305-B308 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B312 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B321 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B355 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B409 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B409UF-12 or 21 . . . . . . . . . B441-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B441-22A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B494 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B501 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B655-3/8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B655-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B700-Jx Series . . . . . . . . . . . . B750-Jx Series . . . . . . . . . . . . BP081SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BP110SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BP135SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BP175SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BP205SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BP250SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BP300SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BP325SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BP375SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BP425SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BP475SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DB10-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DB10-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DB10-42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DB10-50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DB10-60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SFHN 3/8”-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . SNCB 3/8” x 3/4” . . . . . . . . . . - Index continued on next page 435 Cable Tray Systems Index - Accessories Series 1 Steel Cable Tray Accessories Not all accessories for steel cable tray are steel only. Those finishes and part numbers will be listed in this section. Index Catalog No. Page 9G-tray width-9054 . . . . . . . . 9G-9063 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-tray width-9064 . . . . . . . . 9G-9243 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-1104T-tray width . . . . . . . 9P-2004-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-2005-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-2006-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-2007-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-8054 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-8055 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-8056 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-8064-reduction . . . . . . . . . 9P-8065-reduction . . . . . . . . . 9P-8066-reduction . . . . . . . . . 9P-8084-tray width . . . . . . . . 9P-8085-tray width . . . . . . . . 9P-8086-tray width . . . . . . . . 9P-tray width-9040 . . . . . . . . 9P-9043 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-tray width-9044 . . . . . . . . 9P-9053 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-tray width-9054 . . . . . . . . 9P-9063 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-tray width-9064 . . . . . . . . 9SS4-2351 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-2352 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1113 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1150 Series . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1204 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1204NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1208 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1208NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-2351 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-2352 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-4004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-4005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-4006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-4007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-4014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-4015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-4016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-4017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-5106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-5106-WB . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-5109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-5109-WB . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 212 212 212 209 206 206 206 206 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 208 208 208 207 208 208 208 208 208 208 206 206 206 206 206 206 206 206 208 208 208 208 Catalog No. Page 9ZN-5112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-5112-WB . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-5118 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-5118-WB . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-5124 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-5124-WB . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-5324 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-5325 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-5326 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-7024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8025 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8026 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8034-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8034-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8035 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8035-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8035-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8036-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8036-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8045 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8046 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8060 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8074-tray width . . . . . . . 9ZN-8075-tray width . . . . . . . 9ZN-8076-tray width . . . . . . . 9ZN-8244 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8245 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8246 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-9014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-9015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-9016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-9019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-9101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-9102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-9103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-9104 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-9243 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATR Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B210 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B210A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B212 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B297 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B305-B308 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 208 208 208 208 208 208 208 208 206 206 206 206 206 206 206 206 206 206 206 206 206 206 206 206 206 207 207 207 206 206 206 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 208 211 211 211 210 211 Catalog No. Page B312 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B321 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B351L Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B409 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B409UF-Series . . . . . . . . . . . . B441-22 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . B441-22A Series . . . . . . . . . . B494 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B655 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B701-Jx Series . . . . . . . . . . . . B751-Jx Series . . . . . . . . . . . . B752 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B753 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RNCB 3/8”-16 x 3/4” . . . . . . SFHN 3/8”-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 211 211 210 210 210 210 210 208 211 211 211 211 207 207 A = Aluminum G = Hot-Dipped Galvanized P = Pre-Galvanized Steel SS4 = Stainless Steel 304 ZN = Zinc Plated 436 Cable Tray Systems Accessories - Index Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel Cable Tray Accessories Not all accessories for steel cable tray are steel only. Those finishes and part numbers will be listed in this section. Catalog No. Page Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel Cable Tray Accessories 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 259 268 260 261 262 262 262 261 260 260 259 262 259 Page 9G-1241 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1242 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1249 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-5324 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-5325 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-5326 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-5327 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-5500-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-55xx-22SHA Series . . . . . 9G-8004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8004-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8005-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8006-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8007-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8025 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8026 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8027 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8034-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8034-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8035 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8035-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8035-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8036-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8036-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8037 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8037-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8037-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8045 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8046 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8047 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8054 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8055 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8056 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8057 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8060 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8061 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8062 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8064-reduction . . . . . . . . . 265 265 262 261 261 261 261 263 263 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 259 259 259 259 258 258 258 259 Catalog No. Page 9G-8065-reduction . . . . . . . . . 9G-8066-reduction . . . . . . . . . 9G-8067-reduction . . . . . . . . . 9G-8074-tray width . . . . . . . . 9G-8075-tray width . . . . . . . . 9G-8076-tray width . . . . . . . . 9G-8077-tray width . . . . . . . . 9G-8084-tray width . . . . . . . . 9G-8085-tray width . . . . . . . . 9G-8086-tray width . . . . . . . . 9G-8087-tray width . . . . . . . . 9G-8224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8226 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8227 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8244 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8245 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8246 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-8247 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-9014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-9015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-9016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-9017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-9043 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-tray width-9044 . . . . . . . . 9G-tray width-9044P . . . . . . . 9G-9053 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-tray width-9054 . . . . . . . . 9G-tray width-9054P . . . . . . . 9G-9063 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-tray width-9064 . . . . . . . . 9G-tray width-9064P . . . . . . . 9G-9073 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-tray width-9074 . . . . . . . . 9G-tray width-9074P . . . . . . . 9GRN-55xx-22SHA Series . . 9P-1104-tray width . . . . . . . . 9P-1104T-tray width . . . . . . . 9P-55xx-22SH Series . . . . . . 9P-8024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-8025 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-8026 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-8027 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-8054 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-8055 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-8056 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-8057 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-8064-reduction . . . . . . . . . 259 259 259 259 259 259 259 259 259 259 259 265 265 265 265 258 258 258 258 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 263 260 260 263 258 258 258 258 259 259 259 259 259 Index 73G-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73G-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73G-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . . 73G-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . . 73P-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73P-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73P-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . . . 73P-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . . . 74G-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74G-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74G-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . . 74G-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . . 74P-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74P-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74P-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . . . 74P-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . . . 75G-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75G-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75G-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . . 75G-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . . 75P-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75P-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75P-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . . . 75P-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . . . 76G-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76G-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76G-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . . 76G-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . . 76P-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76P-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76P-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . . . 76P-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . . . 99-1124 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99-2125-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99-9980-tray width . . . . . . . . . 99-9982 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99-N1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99-NP240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99-NY36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-2130 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1104-tray width . . . . . . . . 9G-1104T-tray width . . . . . . . 9G-1158 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog No. continued on next page 437 Cable Tray Systems Index - Accessories Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel Cable Tray Accessories Not all accessories for steel cable tray are steel only. Those finishes and part numbers will be listed in this section. Index Catalog No. Page 9P-8065-reduction . . . . . . . . . 9P-8066-reduction . . . . . . . . . 9P-8067-reduction . . . . . . . . . 9P-8084-tray width . . . . . . . . 9P-8085-tray width . . . . . . . . 9P-8086-tray width . . . . . . . . 9P-8087-tray width . . . . . . . . 9P-9043 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-tray width-9044 . . . . . . . . 9P-tray width-9044P . . . . . . . 9P-9053 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-tray width-9054 . . . . . . . . 9P-tray width-9054P . . . . . . . 9P-9063 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-tray width-9064 . . . . . . . . 9P-tray width-9064P . . . . . . . 9P-9073 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-tray width-9074 . . . . . . . . 9P-tray width-9074P . . . . . . . 9SS4-2351 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-2352 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-4050 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-4075 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-4100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-4125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-4150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-4175 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-4200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-4225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-4250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-4275 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-4300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-4325 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-4350 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-4375 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-4400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-4425 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-4450 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-4475 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-1205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1150 Series . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1155 Series . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1204 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1204NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1208 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1208NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 259 259 259 259 259 259 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 261 261 261 261 261 261 261 261 261 261 261 261 261 261 261 261 261 261 261 261 262 259 259 262 262 262 262 262 259 Catalog No. Page 9ZN-1241 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1242 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1249 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-2351 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-2352 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-5200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-5212 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-5224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-5324 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-5325 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-5326 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-5327 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-5500-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8004-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8005-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8006-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8007-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8034-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8034-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8035 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8035-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8035-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8036-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8036-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8037 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8037-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8037-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8045 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8046 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8047 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8060 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8061 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8062 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8074-tray width . . . . . . . 9ZN-8075-tray width . . . . . . . 9ZN-8076-tray width . . . . . . . 9ZN-8077-tray width . . . . . . . 9ZN-8224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 265 262 261 261 264 264 264 261 261 261 261 263 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 259 259 259 259 265 Catalog No. Page 9ZN-8225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8226 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8227 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8244 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8245 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8246 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-8247 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-9002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-9014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-9015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-9016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-9017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-9101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-9102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-9103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-9104 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-9114 Series . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-9115 Series . . . . . . . . . . . ATR Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B212 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B297 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B305-B308 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B312 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B321 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B355 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B409 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B409UF-Series . . . . . . . . . . . . B441-22 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . B441-22A Series . . . . . . . . . . B494 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B501 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B655 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B700-Jx Series . . . . . . . . . . . . B750-Jx Series . . . . . . . . . . . . DB10-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DB10-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DB10-42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DB10-50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DB10-60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RNCB 3/8”-16 x 3/4” . . . . . . SFHN 3/8”-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 265 265 258 258 258 258 260 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 261 266 265 266 266 266 266 265 265 266 266 264 265 261 266 266 263 263 263 263 263 259 259 A = Aluminum G = Hot-Dipped Galvanized GRN = Dura-Green Painted P = Pre-Galvanized Steel SS4 = Stainless Steel 304 SS6 = Stainless Steel 316 ZN = Zinc Plated 438 Cable Tray Systems Accessories - Index Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Stainless Steel Cable Tray Accessories Not all accessories for steel cable tray are steel only. Those finishes and part numbers will be listed in this section. Catalog No. Page Page 9SS4-4325 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-4350 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-4375 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-4400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-4425 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-4450 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-4475 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-8004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-8004-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-8005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-8005-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-8006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-8006-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-8014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-8015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-8016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-8024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-8025 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-8026 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-8034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-8034-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-8034-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-8035 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-8035-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-8035-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-8036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-8036-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-8036-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-8045 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-8046 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-8054 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-8055 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-8056 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-8060 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-8064 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-8065 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-8066 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-8074-tray width . . . . . . 9SS4-8075-tray width . . . . . . 9SS4-8076-tray width . . . . . . 9SS4-8084-tray width . . . . . . 9SS4-8085-tray width . . . . . . 9SS4-8086-tray width . . . . . . 9SS4-8224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-8225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-8226 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-8227 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-8244 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-8245 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-8246 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 278 278 278 278 278 278 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 276 276 276 275 276 276 276 276 276 276 276 276 276 278 278 278 278 275 275 275 Catalog No. Page 9SS4-9002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-9043 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-tray width-9044 . . . . . . 9SS4-tray width-9044P . . . . . 9SS4-9053 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-tray width-9054 . . . . . . 9SS4-tray width-9054P . . . . . 9SS4-9063 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-tray width-9064 . . . . . . 9SS4-tray width-9064P . . . . . 9SS4-9101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-9102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-9103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-9104 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-9115 Series . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-1104-tray width . . . . . . 9SS6-1205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-1240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-1241 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-1242 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-8004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-8004-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-8005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-8005-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-8006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-8006-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-8014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-8015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-8016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-8024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-8025 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-8026 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-8034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-8034-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-8034-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-8035 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-8035-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-8035-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-8036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-8036-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-8036-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-8045 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-8046 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-8054 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-8055 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-8056 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-8060 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-8064 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-8065 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-8066 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 282 282 282 282 282 282 282 282 282 282 282 282 282 282 277 278 276 280 280 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 276 276 276 275 276 276 276 Index Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Stainless Steel Cable Tray Accessories 73SS4-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 73SS4-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . 277 73SS4-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . 277 73SS4-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . 277 73SS6-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 73SS6-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . 277 73SS6-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . 277 73SS6-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . 277 74SS4-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 74SS4-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . 277 74SS4-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . 277 74SS4-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . 277 74SS6-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 74SS6-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . 277 74SS6-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . 277 74SS6-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . 277 75SS4-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 75SS4-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . 277 75SS4-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . 277 75SS4-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . 277 75SS6-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 75SS6-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . 277 75SS6-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . 277 75SS6-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . 277 99-2125-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 99-9980-tray width . . . . . . . . . 282 99-9982 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 99-NP240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 99-NY36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 9G-1158 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 9G-1249 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 9SS4-1104-tray width . . . . . . 277 9SS4-1150 Series . . . . . . . . . . 276 9SS4-1155 Series . . . . . . . . . . 276 9SS4-1240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 9SS4-1241 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 9SS4-1242 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 9SS4-4050 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 9SS4-4075 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 9SS4-4100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 9SS4-4125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 9SS4-4150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 9SS4-4175 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 9SS4-4200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 9SS4-4225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 9SS4-4250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 9SS4-4275 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 9SS4-4300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Catalog No. continued on next page 439 Cable Tray Systems Index - Accessories Stainless Steel Cable Tray Accessories Catalog No. Page Index 9SS6-8074-tray width . . . . . . 9SS6-8075-tray width . . . . . . 9SS6-8076-tray width . . . . . . 9SS6-8084-tray width . . . . . . 9SS6-8085-tray width . . . . . . 9SS6-8086-tray width . . . . . . 9SS6-8224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-8225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-8226 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-8227 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-8244 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-8245 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-8246 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-9002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-9014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-9015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-9016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-9043 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-tray width-9044 . . . . . . 9SS6-tray width-9044P . . . . . 9SS6-9053 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-tray width-9054 . . . . . . 9SS6-tray width-9054P . . . . . 9SS6-9063 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-tray width-9064 . . . . . . 9SS6-tray width-9064P . . . . . 9SS6-9101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-9102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-9103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-9104 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-9115 Series . . . . . . . . . . ATR Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B212 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B297 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B355 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B409 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B441-22 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . B441-22A Series . . . . . . . . . . B494 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B655 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DB10-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DB10-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DB10-42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DB10-50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DB10-60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RNCB 3/8”-16 x 3/4” . . . . . . SFHN 3/8”-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . G = Hot-Dipped Galvanized SS4 = Stainless Steel 304 SS6 = Stainless Steel 316 276 276 276 276 276 276 278 278 278 278 275 275 275 277 282 282 282 282 282 282 282 282 282 282 282 282 282 282 282 282 282 278 280 279 280 279 280 280 279 278 279 279 279 279 279 276 276 Fiberglass Cable Tray Accessories Catalog No. Page Fiberglass Cable Tray Accessories 9(x)-1083-W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-1084-W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-1086-W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-1088-W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-1104-W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9F-1208 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-4003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-4004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-4013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-4014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-4023 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-4024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-4033 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-4034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-4043 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-4053 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-4054 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-4303H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-4303V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-4304H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-4304V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-4453H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-4453V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-4454H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-4454V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-4903H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-4903V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-4904H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-4904V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-8006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-8008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-8016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-8018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-8026 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-8028 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-8036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-8038 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 345 345 345 347 347 347 347 347 347 347 347 347 347 347 347 345 345 345 345 345 345 345 345 345 345 345 346 346 346 346 346 346 346 346 346 346 346 346 345 345 345 345 345 345 345 345 Catalog No. Page 9(x)-8056 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-8058 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-8063 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-8064 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-8084 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-8086 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-8306H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-8306V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-8308H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-8308V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-8456H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-8456V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-8458H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-8458V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-8906H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-8906V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-8908H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-8908V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-9013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-9014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-9015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-9034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-9034P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-9044 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-9044P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-9064 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-9064P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-9084 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(x)-9084P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72(x)-120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72(x)-90HBLF . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72(x)-90VI-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72(x)-90VO-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . 73(x)-120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73(x)-90HBLF . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73(x)-90VI-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73(x)-90VO-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . 74(x)-120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75(x)-90HBLF . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75(x)-90VI-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75(x)-90VO-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . 77(x)-90HBLF . . . . . . . . . . . . . RSK-010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TPDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 345 345 345 345 345 346 346 346 346 346 346 346 346 346 346 346 346 344 344 344 344 344 344 344 344 344 344 344 347 347 347 347 347 347 347 347 347 347 347 347 347 347 344 (x) = Insert F for Polyester Resin Insert V for Vinyl Ester Resin Insert T for Zero Halogen Resin Insert V for Dis-Stat Resin 440 Cable Tray Systems Accessories - Index Cable Channel Accessories Catalog No. Page Aluminum Cable Channel Accessories 110 109 109 109 109 109 109 110 110 110 110 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 110 110 110 111 111 111 111 111 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 Page 9ZN-1232-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1232-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B185CCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B409-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B409-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 110 110 110 110 A = Aluminum G = Hot-Dipped Galvanized ZN = Zinc Plated Steel Cable Channel Accessories 99-1125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1043 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1044 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1044-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1231-3 & 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1231-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1232-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1232-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1232-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1237-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1237-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1237-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1243 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1244 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1245 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1246 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1261-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1261-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1261-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1543 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1544 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1546 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1583 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1584 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1586 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1643 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1644 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1646 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1743 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1744 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1746 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 109 109 109 110 110 110 110 110 109 109 109 110 110 110 110 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 Catalog No. Page 9G-1843 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1844 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1846 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-3305-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-3305-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-3305-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-9023 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-9024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-9033 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-9034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-9036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-1043 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-1044 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-1044-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-1261-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-1261-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-1261-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-1543 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-1544 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-1546 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-1583 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-1584 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-1586 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-1643 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-1644 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-1646 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-1743 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-1744 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-1746 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-1843 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-1844 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-1846 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-9023 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-9024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-9033 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-9034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9P-9036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1231-3 & 4 . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1231-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1232-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1232-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1232-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1237-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1237-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1237-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1243 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 109 109 110 110 110 111 111 111 111 111 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 111 111 111 111 111 110 110 110 110 110 109 109 109 110 Index 99-1125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1043 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1044 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1044-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1237-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1237-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1237-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1243 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1244 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1245 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1246 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1261-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1261-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1261-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1543 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1544 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1546 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1583 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1584 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1586 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1643 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1644 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1646 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1743 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1744 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1746 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1843 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1844 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-1846 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-3305-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-3305-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-3305-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-9023 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-9024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-9033 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-9034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-9036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1231-3 & 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1231-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1232-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1232-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-1232-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1231-3 & 4 . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1231-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1232-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog No. continued on next page 441 Cable Tray Systems Index - Accessories Cable Channel Accessories Catalog No. Page 9ZN-1244 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1245 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1246 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-3305-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-3305-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-3305-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B185CCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B409-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B409-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 G = Hot-Dipped Galvanized P = Pre-Galvanized Steel ZN = Zinc Plated Index Stainless Steel Cable Channel Accessories 99-1125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 9G-1231-3 & 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 9G-1231-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 9G-1232-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 9G-1232-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 9G-1232-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 9SS4-1043 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 9SS4-1044 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 9SS4-1044-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 9SS4-1237-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 9SS4-1237-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 9SS4-1237-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 9SS4-1243 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 9SS4-1244 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 9SS4-1245 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 9SS4-1246 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 9SS4-1261-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 9SS4-1261-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 9SS4-1261-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 9SS4-1543 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 9SS4-1544 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 9SS4-1546 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 9SS4-1583 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 9SS4-1584 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 9SS4-1586 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 9SS4-1643 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 9SS4-1644 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 9SS4-1646 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 9SS4-1743 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Catalog No. Page 9SS4-1744 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-1746 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-1843 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-1844 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-1846 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-3305-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-3305-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-3305-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-9023 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-9024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-9033 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-9034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS4-9036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-1043 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-1044 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-1044-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-1237-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-1237-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-1237-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-1243 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-1244 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-1245 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-1246 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-1261-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-1261-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-1261-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-1543 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-1544 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-1546 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-1583 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-1584 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-1586 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-1643 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-1644 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-1646 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-1743 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-1744 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-1746 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-1843 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-1844 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-1846 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-3305-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-3305-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-3305-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-9023 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-9024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-9033 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 109 109 109 109 110 110 110 111 111 111 111 111 109 109 109 109 109 109 110 110 110 110 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 110 110 110 111 111 111 Catalog No. Page 9SS6-9034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-9036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1231-3 & 4 . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1231-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1232-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1232-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ZN-1232-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B185CCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B409-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B409-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 111 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 G = Hot-Dipped Galvanized SS4 = Stainless Steel 304 SS6 = Stainless Steel 316 ZN = Zinc Plated Fiberglass Cable Channel Accessories 9(x)-1001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 9(x)-1013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 9(x)-1023 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 9(x)-1033 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 9SS6-1247-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 9SS6-1247-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 9SS6-1247-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 9SS6-1247-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 9SS6-1248-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 9SS6-1248-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 9SS6-1248-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 9SS6-1248-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 9(x)-1301H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 9(x)-1301V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 9(x)-1451H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 9(x)-1451V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 9(x)-1901H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 9(x)-1901V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 SS6 = Stainless Steel 316 (x) = Insert F for Polyester Resin Insert V for Vinyl Ester Resin Insert T for Zero Halogen Resin Insert V for Dis-Stat Resin 442 Cable Tray Systems Accessories - Index Flextray Accessories Catalog No. Page Flextray Accessories Page ATR1/2X72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATR1/2X120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATR1/2X144 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATTACHMENT CLP . . . . . . . . B22SGALV120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . B22SHGALV120 . . . . . . . . . . . B56SGALV120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . B56SHGALV120 . . . . . . . . . . . B201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B202 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B409UF-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B409UF-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B409UF-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B441-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B444-1/4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B444-3/8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B444-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B501-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B501-11/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B501-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B501-21/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B655-1/4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B655-3/8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B655-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B719EB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B999 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B3036L-3/8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B3036L-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BKC100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BKC150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BKC200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BKCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BKP10063 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BKP10094 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BKP15094 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BKP15125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BKP20125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BKP20188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BKS10063 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BKS10094 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BKS15094 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BKS15125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BKS20125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BKS20188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BKW063 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BKW094 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BKW125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BKW188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BKYC-094 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BKYC-094-120K . . . . . . . . . . . BTM WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 94 94 69 95 95 95 95 94 94 78 78 78 95 95 95 95 78 78 78 78 94 94 92 92 94 94 94 64 64 64 64 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 64 64 64 64 64 64 49 Catalog No. Page BW4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 CABLE ROLLER . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 CLEANSHEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 CLEANSHEAR BEND . . . . . . . 97 CTR HUNG CLP . . . . . . . . . . . 60 DROP OUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 FLEXMATE2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 FLEXMATE TOOL . . . . . . . . . . 51 FLOOR PAN 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 FLOOR PAN 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 FTA2DO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 FTA2FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 FTA2RS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 FTA4RS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 FTA6HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55, 68 FTA6RS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 FTA050CC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 FTA075CC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 FTA100CC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 FTA125CC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 FTB2UB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 69 FTB6CS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 FTB8CS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 FTB12CS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 FTB16CS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 FTB18CS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 FTB20CS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 FTB24CS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 FT BE 2X2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 FT BE 2X4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 FT BE 2X6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 FT BE 2X8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 FT BE 2X12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 FT BE 2X16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 FT BE 2X18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 FT BE 2X20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 FT BE 2X24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 FT BE 4X4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 FT BE 4X6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 FT BE 4X8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 FT BE 4X12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 FT BE 4X16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 FT BE 4X18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 FT BE 4X20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 FT BE 4X24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 FT BE 6X8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 FT BE 6X12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 FT BE 6X16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 FT BE 6X18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 FT BE 6X20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 FT BE 6X24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Index 1/4 FW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 1/4 HN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 1/4 LW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 3/8 FW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 3/8 HN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 3/8 LW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 1/2 FW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 1/2 HN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 1/2 LW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 2 IN DIVIDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 2 IN CTR SUPT . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 4 C BRKT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 4 CTR HGR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 4 IN DIVIDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 4 L BRKT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 6 CTR HGR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 6 IN DIVIDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 8 C BRKT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 8 CTR HGR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 8 L BRKT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67, 77 10 LFT PROFILE . . . . . . . . . . . 63 12 C BRKT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 12 CTR HGR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 12 L BRKT . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67, 77 12 PROFILE SUPT . . . . . . . . . 63 16 CTR HGR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 16 L BRKT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 16 PROFILE SUPT . . . . . . . . . 63 18 CTR HGR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 20 CTR HGR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 20 L BRKT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 24 CTR HGR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 24 L BRKT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 24 PROFILE SUPT . . . . . . . . . 63 28 PROFILE SUPT . . . . . . . . . 63 90 DEGREE KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 7187 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 7197 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 AIRSHEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 ARC-37-150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 ARS-37-150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 ARS-37-150SW . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 ARW-37-200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 ARW-37-200SW . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 ATR1/4X72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 ATR1/4X120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 ATR1/4X144 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 ATR3/8X72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 ATR3/8X120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 ATR3/8X144 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Catalog No. 443 Cable Tray Systems Index - Accessories Flextray Accessories Catalog No. Page Index FTHDWE 1/4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTRF0X24X2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTRF2X6X2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTRF2X6X4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTRF2X12X2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTRF2X12X4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTRF2X24X2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTRF2X24X4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTRF4X6X2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTRF4X6X4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTRF4X12X2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTRF4X12X4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTRF4X24X2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTRF4X24X4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTRF6X6X2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTRF6X6X4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTRF6X12X2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTRF6X12X4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTRF6X24X2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTRF6X24X4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTRF6CBRKT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTRF12CBRKT . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTRFBRIDGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTRFGROUND CLIP . . . . . . . . FTRFHS06 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTRFHS12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTRFHS24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTRFLBRKT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTRFOFFICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTRFVERT CLIP . . . . . . . . . . . . FTRFVERTEX04 . . . . . . . . . . . . FTRFVERTEX06 . . . . . . . . . . . . FTRFVERTEX08 . . . . . . . . . . . . FTRFVS02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTRFVS04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTRFVS06 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTRFVS10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTRFVS12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTRFVS16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTRFVS18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTRFVS20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS3SP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS20SK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS21SK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS22SK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS23SK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS24SK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS36SB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTSBK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTSCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTSHAK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 81 81 81 81 81 81 81 81 81 81 81 81 81 81 81 81 81 81 81 83 83 83 84 82 82 82 83 84 84 83 83 83 82 82 82 82 82 82 82 82 51 57 57 57 57 57 54 54 50 55 Catalog No. Page FTSTLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 FTSWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 FTU2X6X2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 FTU2X6X4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 FTU2X6X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 FTU2X12X2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 FTU2X12X4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 FTU2X12X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 FTU2X20X2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 FTU2X20X4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 FTU2X20X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 FTU4X6X2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 FTU4X6X4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 FTU4X6X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 FTU4X12X2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 FTU4X12X4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 FTU4X12X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 FTU4X20X2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 FTU4X20X4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 FTU4X20X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 FTU6X6X2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 FTU6X6X4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 FTU6X6X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 FTU6X12X2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 FTU6X12X4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 FTU6X12X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 FTU6X20X2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 FTU6X20X4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 FTU6X20X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 GROUND BOLT . . . . . . . . 79, 93 GROUND SUPT GL . . . . . . . . 93 INSERT 4X118 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 INSERT 6X118 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 INSERT 8X118 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 INSERT 12X118 . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 INSERT 16X118 . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 INSERT 18X118 . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 INSERT 20X118 . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 INSERT 24X118 . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 LABEL CLIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 N224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 N225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 N228 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 PEDESTAL CLAMP . . . . . 77, 85 PEDESTAL KIT . . . . . . . . . 77, 85 RACK CLAMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 SB301-1/2X8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 SB420ACW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 SB420AFB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 SB420ATG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 SB2204 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Catalog No. Page SPLICE BAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SUPT WASHER . . . . . 55, 60, TOOLLESS CLIP . . . . . . . 77, TOP WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . TRAPEZE SUPT2 . . . . . . . . . . . WALL SUPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WASHER SPL KIT . . . . . . . . . . WB30BC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WB30RB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WB46H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WB48WMK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WB50BA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WB50RB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WB50WC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WB1224WMK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WB5506 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WB5508 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WB5512 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WB5518 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WB5518CH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WB5524 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WBU1203 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WBU1204 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WBU1205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WBU1206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WBU1216 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WBU1224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WBU1231 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WBU2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WBU2024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WBU2031 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WBUCB8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WBUCB12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WBUCF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WBUCK12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WBUCK812 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WBUF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WBUFA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WBUFLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WBUFLT-06 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WBUFLT-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WBUHD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WBUL16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WBUL24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WBUL31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WBUPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WBUTAPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WBWTK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Z BRKT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 69 89 49 59 69 49 98 98 59 70 98 98 98 70 62 62 62 62 62 62 76 76 76 76 74 74 74 74 74 74 75 75 76 75 75 79 79 73 73 73 76 75 75 75 76 79 70 68 444 Cable Tray Systems Accessories - Index Cent-R-Rail® Accessories Catalog No. Page Cent-R-Rail® Accessories 154 153 154 153 153 153 153 151 151 151 151 151 155 151 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 151 150 150 150 150 150 155 155 155 151 151 154 154 159 159 159 159 159 159 159 159 159 159 159 159 159 159 Page BL1440-C442 . . . . . . . . . . . . . BL1450-C442 . . . . . . . . . . . . . C2AV-03-RK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C2AV-06-RK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C2AV-09-RK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C2AV-12-RK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C3A1H-03-RK . . . . . . . . . . . . C3A1H-06-RK . . . . . . . . . . . . C3A1H-09-RK . . . . . . . . . . . . C3A1H-12-RK . . . . . . . . . . . . C3ADB-06-RK . . . . . . . . . . . . C3ADB-09-RK . . . . . . . . . . . . C3ADB-12-RK . . . . . . . . . . . . C3ADB-18-RK . . . . . . . . . . . . C3ADB-24-RK . . . . . . . . . . . . C3AM-03-RK . . . . . . . . . . . . . C3AM-06-RK . . . . . . . . . . . . . C3AM-09-RK . . . . . . . . . . . . . C3AM-12-RK . . . . . . . . . . . . . C4A1H-03-RK . . . . . . . . . . . . C4A1H-06-RK . . . . . . . . . . . . C4A1H-09-RK . . . . . . . . . . . . C4A1H-12-RK . . . . . . . . . . . . C4ADB-06-RK . . . . . . . . . . . . C4ADB-09-RK . . . . . . . . . . . . C4ADB-12-RK . . . . . . . . . . . . C4ADB-18-RK . . . . . . . . . . . . C4ADB-24-RK . . . . . . . . . . . . C4AM-03-RK . . . . . . . . . . . . . C4AM-06-RK . . . . . . . . . . . . . C4AM-09-RK . . . . . . . . . . . . . C4AM-12-RK . . . . . . . . . . . . . C6A1H-03-RK . . . . . . . . . . . . C6A1H-06-RK . . . . . . . . . . . . C6A1H-09-RK . . . . . . . . . . . . C6A1H-12-RK . . . . . . . . . . . . C6ADB-06-RK . . . . . . . . . . . . C6ADB-09-RK . . . . . . . . . . . . C6ADB-12-RK . . . . . . . . . . . . C6ADB-18-RK . . . . . . . . . . . . C6ADB-24-RK . . . . . . . . . . . . C73A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C73A-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . C74A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C74A-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . C76A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C76A-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . CAB-U10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAB-U20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 159 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 164 164 164 164 164 164 151 151 Catalog No. Page CAB-U25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAC-HTD06B . . . . . . . . . . . . CAC-HTD09B . . . . . . . . . . . . CAC-HTD12B . . . . . . . . . . . . CAC-HTD18B . . . . . . . . . . . . CAC-HTD24B . . . . . . . . . . . . CAC-HTH03B . . . . . . . . . . . . CAC-HTH06B . . . . . . . . . . . . CAC-HTH09B . . . . . . . . . . . . CAC-HTH12B . . . . . . . . . . . . CAC-HTM03B . . . . . . . . . . . . CAC-HTM06B . . . . . . . . . . . . CAC-HTM09B . . . . . . . . . . . . CAC-HTM12B . . . . . . . . . . . . CAC-HTV03B . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAC-HTV06B . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAC-HTV09B . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAC-HTV12B . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAC-HXD06B . . . . . . . . . . . . CAC-HXD09B . . . . . . . . . . . . CAC-HXD12B . . . . . . . . . . . . CAC-HXD18B . . . . . . . . . . . . CAC-HXD24B . . . . . . . . . . . . CAC-HXV03B . . . . . . . . . . . . CAC-HXV06B . . . . . . . . . . . . CAC-HXV09B . . . . . . . . . . . . CAC-HXV12B . . . . . . . . . . . . CAC-OH050B . . . . . . . . . . . . CAC-OH065B . . . . . . . . . . . . CAC-OH080B . . . . . . . . . . . . CAC-OH100B . . . . . . . . . . . . CAC-OH130B . . . . . . . . . . . . CAC-OV030B . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAC-OV060B . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAC-UFB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAC-VB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAL-D3-021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAL-D3-028 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAL-D3-036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAL-D3-044 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAL-D3-051 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAL-D3-059 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAL-D3-081 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAL-D3-089 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAL-D3-111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAL-D3-119 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAL-D4-021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAL-D4-028 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 144 144 144 144 143 143 143 143 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 141 141 141 141 141 142 142 147 145 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 Index ADI Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATR Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ASA Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B22A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B107 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B107-22A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B110AL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B202 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B212-3/8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B281ASQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B307 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B308 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B312-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B312-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B312-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B321-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B355 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B370 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B381 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B382 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B383 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B384 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B385 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B441-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B441-22A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B441Z-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B450 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B594 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B655 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B656 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BL1400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BL1410 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BL1420 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BL1430 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BL1440 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BL1450 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BL1460 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BL1470 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BL1480 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BL1490 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BL1400-C442 . . . . . . . . . . . . . BL1410-C442 . . . . . . . . . . . . . BL1420-C442 . . . . . . . . . . . . . BL1430-C442 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog No. continued on next page 445 Cable Tray Systems Index - Accessories Cent-R-Rail® Accessories Catalog No. Page Index CAL-D4-036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAL-D4-044 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAL-D4-051 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAL-D4-059 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAL-D4-081 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAL-D4-089 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAL-D4-111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAL-D4-119 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAL-D6-021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAL-D6-028 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAL-D6-036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAL-D6-044 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAL-D6-051 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAL-D6-059 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAL-D6-081 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAL-D6-089 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAL-D6-111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAL-D6-119 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAL-V2-014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAL-V2-029 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAL-V2-044 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAL-V2-059 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAM-BE1B3xxB . . . . . . . . . . . CAM-BE1B4xxB . . . . . . . . . . . CAM-BE1B6xxB . . . . . . . . . . . CAM-BE1T3xxB . . . . . . . . . . . CAM-BE1T4xxB . . . . . . . . . . . CAM-BE1T6xxB . . . . . . . . . . . CAM-BE2MxxB . . . . . . . . . . . CAM-BE2VxxB . . . . . . . . . . . . CAM-BE3MxxB . . . . . . . . . . . CAM-BE3VxxB . . . . . . . . . . . . CAM-BE4MxxB . . . . . . . . . . . CAM-BE4VxxB . . . . . . . . . . . . CAM-BEDB3xxB . . . . . . . . . . CAM-BEDB4xxB . . . . . . . . . . CAM-BEDB6xxB . . . . . . . . . . CAM-BEDT3xxB . . . . . . . . . . CAM-BEDT4xxB . . . . . . . . . . CAM-BEDT6xxB . . . . . . . . . . CAM-CA1L-Series . . . . . . . . . CAM-CA1S-Series . . . . . . . . . CAM-CA2L-Series . . . . . . . . . CAM-CA2S-Series . . . . . . . . . CAM-CA3L-Series . . . . . . . . . CAM-CA3S-Series . . . . . . . . . CAM-DF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAM-DO-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAM-DO-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 163 163 163 163 163 163 163 163 163 163 163 163 163 163 163 163 163 163 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 156 156 Catalog No. Page CAM-DO-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAM-DO-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAM-DO-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAM-DO-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAM-DO-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAM-DO-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAM-DO-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAM-GJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAM-PR253 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAM-PR254 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAM-PR256 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAM-VDO-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAM-VDO-21/2 . . . . . . . . . . . CAM-VDO-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAM-VDO-51/2 . . . . . . . . . . . CAP-008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAP-012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAP-020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAP-023 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAP-027 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAP-035 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAP-038 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAP-042 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAP-050 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAP-053 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAP-072 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAP-080 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAP-102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAP-110 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-1M003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-1M006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-1M009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-1M012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-1M303 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-1M306 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-1M309 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-1M312 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-1M403 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-1M406 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-1M409 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-1M412 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-1V003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-1V006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-1V009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-1V012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-1V203 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-1V206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-1V209 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-1V212 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 147 147 147 156 156 156 156 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 Catalog No. Page CAR-2M003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-2M006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-2M009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-2M012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-2M303 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-2M306 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-2M309 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-2M312 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-2M403 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-2M406 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-2M409 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-2M412 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-2V003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-2V006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-2V009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-2V012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-2V203 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-2V206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-2V209 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-2V212 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-1V424 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-H3-06 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-H3-09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-H3-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-H3-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-H3-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-H4-06 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-H4-09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-H4-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-H4-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-H4-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-H6-06 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-H6-09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-H6-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-H6-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAR-H6-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAS-CB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAS-EB1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAS-EB2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAS-HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAS-SB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAS-NG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAS-VB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAT-B1H3xxB . . . . . . . . . . . . CAT-B1H4xxB . . . . . . . . . . . . CAT-B1H5xxB . . . . . . . . . . . . CAT-B2MxxB . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAT-B2VxxB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 181 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 141 141 141 142 140 140 145 162 162 162 162 162 continued on next page 446 Cable Tray Systems Accessories - Index Cent-R-Rail® Accessories Catalog No. Page 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 161 149 149 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 Page CPLM-EC10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPLM-EC20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPLM-EC30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPLM-EC40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPLM-EC50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPM-MTSC-Size . . . . . . . . . . . CPM-MTSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPP-008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPP-012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPP-020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPP-023 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPP-027 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPP-035 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPP-038 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPP-042 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPP-050 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPP-053 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPP-072 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPP-080 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPP-102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPP-110 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CZN-DRS-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CZN-DRS-60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CZN-DRS-72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CZNH-CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CZNH-CD-I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CZNH-CD-5/8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . CZNH-CV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CZNH-CV-I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CZNH-CV-5/8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . CZNH-WH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CZNH-WM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CZNM-RC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CZNT-WB1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CZNT-WB2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FW Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HN Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N225 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N255 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N525 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N555 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N725 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N755 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SB-2133-CR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC228 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TN225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TN525 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U2A-06 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U2A-09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 158 158 158 159 180 180 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 152 152 152 148 148 148 148 148 148 149 149 164 161 161 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 150 152 153 153 146 146 Catalog No. U2A-12 U2A-18 U2A-24 U3A-06 U3A-09 U3A-12 U3A-18 U3A-24 U4A-06 U4A-09 U4A-12 U4A-18 U4A-24 U6A-06 U6A-09 U6A-12 U6A-18 U6A-24 Page ................... ................... ................... ................... ................... ................... ................... ................... ................... ................... ................... ................... ................... ................... ................... ................... ................... ................... 146 146 146 146 146 146 146 146 146 146 146 146 146 146 146 146 146 146 Index CAT-B3MxxB . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAT-B3VxxB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAT-B4MxxB . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAT-B4VxxB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAT-B5VxxB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAT-B6VxxB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAT-BDB3xxB . . . . . . . . . . . . CAT-BDB4xxB . . . . . . . . . . . . CAT-BDB6xxB . . . . . . . . . . . . CAT-BDT3xxB . . . . . . . . . . . . CAT-BDT4xxB . . . . . . . . . . . . CAT-BDT6xxB . . . . . . . . . . . . CAT-WB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPB-CV1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPB-U10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPL-D3-021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPL-D3-028 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPL-D3-036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPL-D3-044 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPL-D3-051 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPL-D3-059 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPL-D3-081 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPL-D3-089 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPL-D3-111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPL-D3-119 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPL-D4-021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPL-D4-028 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPL-D4-036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPL-D4-044 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPL-D4-051 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPL-D4-059 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPL-D4-081 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPL-D4-089 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPL-D4-111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPL-D4-119 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPL-D6-021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPL-D6-028 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPL-D6-036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPL-D6-044 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPL-D6-051 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPL-D6-059 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPL-D6-081 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPL-D6-089 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPL-D6-111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPL-D6-119 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPL-V2-014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPL-V2-029 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPL-V2-044 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPL-V2-059 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog No. Cable Cleats & Accessories Catalog No. Page 9SS6-CC2328 . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-CC2732 . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-CC3035 . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-CC3338 . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-CC3642 . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-CC4046 . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-CC4450 . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-CC4855 . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SS6-CCMB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 447 Cable Tray Systems Cabling Support Options Ask The Experts! 1-800-851-7415 ext. 366 CABLE HOOK SYSTEM Cooper B-Line’s cable hook system is a user friendly, cost effective means to support communications cabling. The cable hooks are designed to maximize cable-bearing surface, eliminate stress and optimize cable performance. Cable hooks are available in three convenient sizes: 15/16", 2", and 4", and will accommodate most support applications. CABLE RUNWAY Traditional telecom cabling support system offered in solid bar, tubular, C-Channel and our new aluminum design. No side rail design allows system to be installed in limited spaces without fittings. FLEXTRAY CABLE SUPPORT SYSTEMS Cooper B-Line’s Flextray cable support system is a low profile, rugged wire mesh design, which provides an economical cable support system that is field adaptable. The unique field control eliminates the need to special order clumsy fittings. CENT-R-RAIL® SYSTEMS Four separate systems created to match installation needs. The best systems for cable to freely enter and exit the system. Strong, NEMA 12C, aluminum construction. System assembles with couplings and connectors and is UL Classified. The fastest system to install. 448 Cable Tray Systems Introduction Cabling Support Options Ask The Experts! 1-800-851-7415 B-Line Systems was formed in 1956 and has over 30 years experience manufacturing cable tray systems in which it has grown to become the industry leader. This growth was achieved by offering unmatched quality in both service and products. Today Cooper B-Line stands alone in its customer service resources with cable tray fabrication location at four locations throughout the United States. Strategically located facilities alone do not generate unmatched service. The professional staff at Cooper B-Line is knowledgeable, energetic, and care about customer needs. The right attitude coupled with the facilities does generate unsurpassed customer service. Cooper B-Line’s product offerings also set new standards. Cooper B-Line manufactures cable support product lines that bridge both the electrical and telecom markets. Each of those product lines are engineered to provide top performance while offering unique installation savings. This catalog is dedicated to the metallic and non-metallic, two side rail, cable tray systems. CABLE TRAY SYSTEMS Cooper B-Line’s traditional two side rail cable tray. Rugged two side rail construction protects cables and allows for a wide range of sizes and strengths. Coupled with a large selection of materials, finishes, and bottom types, these engineered systems can satisfy your particular requirements. MEMBER REDI-RAIL™ SYSTEMS This new high tech design offers new freedom to the installer. The mechanically assembled, pre-punched side rail design provides unmatched job sight adaptability for a two side rail system. Loading depths from 2" to 6", aluminum construction. Cooper B-Line cable trays conform to the requirements of IEC Standard 61537, 2001 Ed. B - V O CCAAL Questions, Comments, Suggestions? ““ SSMM with Cooper B-Line ” Voice Of the Customer...Actively Listening bvocal@cooperindustries.com 618-654-2184 ext. 456 CHANNEL CABLE TRAY Cooper B-Line’s channel cable tray is a compact, adaptable, easy to install system that is available in steel, aluminum, and fiberglass. System has fittings available as well as connectors and a full line of accessories. Ask The Experts! 1-800-851-7415 ext. 366 Cooper B-Line 509 West Monroe Street Highland, IL 62249 ext. 366 WIREWAY Cooper B-Line offers commercial and industrial wireway and wiring trough to handle almost any of your wire and cable routing needs. Commercial Type 1 and 3R designs are available with or without knockouts. Sizes range from 2.5" x 2.5" to 12" x 12" and lengths from 12" to 120". Industrial NEMA 12 designs are available in both lay-in and feed-through styles. Wireway is available in ANSI 61 gray painted steel and Type 304 stainless steel. Cooper B-Line can also provide special sizes, finishes, and other modifications. Phone: 800-851-7415 Fax: 618-654-1917 www.cooperbline.com Important notice: The information herein has been carefully checked for accuracy and is believed to be correct and current. No warranty, either expressed or implied, is made as to either its applicability to or its compatibility with specific requirements of this information, nor for damages consequential to its use. All design characteristics, specifications, tolerances and similar information are subject to change without notice. 449 Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Systems Cable Tray Systems Other Cooper B-Line Product Lines Strut Systems (Bolted Framing) Electrical Enclosures Electronic Enclosures Pipe Hanger & Support Systems Spring Steel Fasteners Cable Runway & Relay Racks (CommData) Meter Mounting & Distribution Equipment Anchors www.cooperbline.com CT-09 B - V O C AALL with Cooper B-Line ” Questions, Comments, Suggestions? ““ SSMM Voice Of the Customer...Actively Listening bvocal@cooperindustries.com 618-654-2184 ext. 456 SYSTEMS THAT MAKE SENSE Cooper Industries, Ltd. 600 Travis, Ste. 5800 Houston, TX 77002-1001 Phone: 713-209-8400 www.cooperindustries.com © 2009 Cooper B-Line, Inc. Cable Tray Systems CT-09 Cooper B-Line 509 West Monroe Street Highland, IL 62249 Phone: 800-851-7415 Fax: 618-654-1917 Printed in U.S.A. 10509 Aluminum, Steel, Stainless Steel & Fiberglass Cable Tray Systems Redi-Rail™ & Cent-R-Rail® Tray Systems Cable Channel & Wire Basket Systems
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.6 Linearized : Yes XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 4.0-c316 44.253921, Sun Oct 01 2006 17:14:39 Producer : QuarkXPress(tm) 6.0 X Press Private : %%DocumentProcessColors: Cyan Magenta Yellow Black.%%DocumentCustomColors: (*PANTONE 200 C).%%+ (PANTONE 366 C).%%CMYKCustomColor: 0 1 .63 .12 (*PANTONE 200 C).%%+ .2 0 .44 0 (PANTONE 366 C).%%EndComments Create Date : 2009:05:29 13:15:36Z Creator Tool : QuarkXPress(tm) 6.0 Modify Date : 2009:06:01 08:54:44-05:00 Metadata Date : 2009:06:01 08:54:44-05:00 Document ID : uuid:bc05546e-4c81-11de-93e6-0017f2c99344 Instance ID : uuid:1968de3e-301f-4b6e-9335-10bfeb65fb57 Format : application/pdf Title : Layout 1 Has XFA : No Page Count : 452 Creator : QuarkXPress(tm) 6.0EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools